chron┆25+┆any pronouns┆lgbtqia+┆multifandom┆★
hallo there, you can call me chron. this sideblog is centered around reblogging & commenting on fandom, kpop media and fanfiction. i used to write fiction myself and have been reading online for more than half my life. the main reason i set up this account is to engage with the fanfiction community and to appreciate authors and their creations by leaving nice messages. ˶ᵔ ᵕ ᵔ˶
🔵 - warnings
n/sfш┆mdni with #18+┆dms open┆slow updates┆★
i read and reblog both sfш and nsfш fiction. mdni when: posts are marked nsfш by the author and/or tagged #18+ by me! i check in regularly but occasionally have extended periods of time when i am inactive due to reallife responsibilities. however my dms and letterbox are always open for chatting and sharing. ◛ˎˊ˗
dear authors:
please interact or reach out to me if you have any questions or something i've said or done has made you uncomfortable. i enjoy annotating and yapping endlessly over your works and never carry the intention to confuse, harm or critique others. we're all strangers on the internet but nobody says we have to stay that way. ˙ᵕ˙
🟡 - navigation
my most common tags & their meanings┆★
#★ ┆ chronic: any post, text or thought written entirely by me
#★ ┆ chroncom: fanfictions i have commented and given feedback to
#★ ┆ chrononymous: questions/threads i asked anonymously often as 🃏 anon
#afternote: followed by keywords from an author's response to my reblog ♡
#inspiration: prompts and ideas that make me want to write
#appreciation: good vibes for authors and readers
#advice: tips and tricks for writers and readers
#my bells: [name]: my lovely mutuals 🫶
genres and warning: fluff, angst, young immature love gone wrong but they get back together so it's all good <33 very lowkey vibes!
wc: 4k
synopsis: no relationship is perfect, and you learn that with san. you may be meant for each other, but your relationship has its fair shares of trials and tribulations.
being with choi san was one of the most natural things in the world. at least for you.
you became friends in college. he was not an unfamiliar face at all, but back when you were both in school, you never expected to exchange anything more than greetings– or assignments, at the most. just a peek to make sure you were both on the same page.
you never expected to find each other in college, but there he was, the silly country boy with the funny accent that charmed the pants off everyone. except… there was nothing silly about the boy that appeared in front of you.
boy.
this was a man. choi san had changed– he was tall and had grown beautifully in his height. his shoulders were a bit broader now, waist narrower and he carried himself with natural confidence. his hair was slightly longer too, accentuating the sharp curves of his face.
choi san had changed, yet he was still the boy that you exchanged homework with– the boy with a shy smile that formed dimples in his cheeks. the boy with a warm, welcoming gaze.
he was still the same boy with his politeness and his mannerisms. he was familiar, but he suddenly felt like a stranger– or so you thought.
as soon as he spotted you, his eyes curved into crescents and he waved enthusiastically, almost hopping as he rushed towards you. you couldn’t help but laugh.
“it really is you!” he grinned. “a familiar face after one week! i almost gave up.”
you understood. you almost gave up too– making new friends was no easy feat.
one thing common between the two of you was that you were both shy to the bone. being in the same school with the same people for years meant that you were comfortable, but anyone who knew you was aware of how introverted you were.
you had a tendency to stay in the shadows until someone would physically pull you out. when choi san approached you, you felt like you were back in those comfortable shadows.
with him, maybe you could muster the courage to step out into the light too.
it was very easy to fall for san.
how could you not?
at first, you thought that it was just because you were comfortable with him. he was someone that you knew, someone you could trust amidst navigating the fragile environment of college where anything you said could be twisted and used against you.
he was someone who was there to help you, whether it be with assignments or the anxious thoughts inside your head:
“i miss being a teen,” you pouted. “remember when all we looked forward to was one of the teachers taking off?”
“and when your section and ours would have free lessons together…”
“ultimate chaos,” you both echoed, laughing simultaneously.
“you’ll make friends here too,” san assured you. “i met some nice people. you will too.”
“how do you know if they’re nice?”
“they speak their mind,” san said. “like wooyoung.”
wooyoung was one of your best memories of school. he was san’s best friend but that boy was friends with the entire school and naturally, you had enough interactions to remember him fondly.
“i’ll try to find someone like wooyoung then, but he’s one of a kind,” you reminisced with a smile.
“if you don’t find someone, you always have me,” san said and you locked eyes with him.
there he was, smiling innocently, a promise in his eyes. you have me.
with the first signs of spring bloom scattered on his hair from the pink cherry tree under which you sat, from the cool breeze of the last signs of winter caressing your cheeks and drawing a pale flush on the apples, to the telltale signs of unexpected feelings blossoming in your heart.
perhaps, that was the moment when you first fell in love with him. you did not know it yet.
you were not sure– not until you found him napping across you in the library while he waited for you to finish your work so you both could head to the dorms together.
you silently sat next to him and resisted the urge to tuck his hair away from his eyes– the strands could be poking him, but he looked so at peace, as if he did not have a care in this world.
you were not sure until you found him with a bunch of daisies in his hands that he collected near the pond on his way to the cafe where you were meeting up to try a new flavour and discuss your group assignment.
the daisies reminded me of you. you asked him what exactly was it about the daisies that made him think of you. “they’re pretty,” he answered as if it was a given.
you’re pretty, he said right after, making you two share shy laughter, the feeling in your heart blooming further.
you did not know that you were in love with him until you had a bad day and he found you in one of your spots– the spots that you had never shared with anyone.
“the whole purpose of a hiding spot is that i do not wish to be found,” you announced.
“i know,” he tsk-ed. “but i also know that the whole purpose of going to your hiding spots is that you wish to be found by someone who understands and tells you that you are not alone.”
the stars were particularly bright that night, especially from the rooftop of the abandoned dorm building. that dorm building was situated between your and san’s dorms and you were good at picking locks.
whenever you needed to get away from the world, you found yourself at the rooftop.
the moon was nowhere in sight, though.
it did not need to be present. there was san who looked like a beautiful night sky– star-like freckles littered across his neck and face. the crescents of his eyes. the depth in his gaze.
he was the night sky, his presence like a mountain, true to his name. san. someone you could always lean on.
he placed his hand on top of yours– shy at first, but sure. you rested your head on his shoulder only because you could look him in the eyes no longer without ruining whatever dynamics you had.
friends, but closer. friends, but more intimate.
“i am not alone,” you realised. “i have you.”
you were sure that you loved him when he wrapped one arm around you and leaned against you, resting his cheek on top of your head.
he let you be, allowing you to relax into his embrace before asking if you wanted to talk about whatever was bothering you.
you talked. he listened– he always did. he offered advice. you thanked him, and then your troubles were gone, leaving you both with the reality of your proximity.
“san,” you breathed, pulling away. you felt dizzy now that your body was not leaning against his.
san licked his lips, pursing them as he scanned your face. “are you alright?”
“i’m more than alright,” you laughed.
“then… can i?”
his gaze was stuck on your lips. yours parted in answer and he leaned in– experimental, restrained but sure.
all you could think at that moment was that he liked you just as much as you did.
everything was going to be fine.
being with san romantically was the most natural thing. it was ingrained in his core to take care of you.
wiping your face with napkins when you ate lunch together, fussing over your clothes (you shouldn’t dress so light in winters! what if you catch a cold?), making you walk on the other side of the footpath so you weren’t near the road, looking out for you on every occasion– he was perfect.
he was everything that you ever wanted in a partner. a shoulder to lean on and a sleeve to wipe your tears away.
his warm personality was something you would never get tired of.
you basked in his presence endlessly, taking and taking.
you shared company, friendship and a love like none other. you were both so innocent but so perfect.
he was perfect.
the problem with perfection, though, is that it can be overwhelming.
it started with the little things.
arguments. over the pettiest of things.
“i told you so many times not to sit on my bed when you come from your study sessions,” you reprimanded san. “your guy friends are filthy.”
“come on, that’s too harsh,” san got up with a sigh and took to the chair near your desk. from your nervous lip bite, he could tell that you were still uncomfortable.
“i just don’t like it,” you rolled your eyes. it wasn’t harsh. “you don’t like when i bite my nails, and i have stopped doing that. see?”
when you outstretch your hands, san actually leans forward and inspects the state of your hands. he looks at you and his gaze falls to your mouth.
“you bite your lips now. they’re all bruised.”
“some vaseline ought to fix that,” you point at the lip therapy balm and san tosses it to you. “maybe you should change into one of my clothes before we cuddle in bed.”
“my clothes are clean,” san was starting to sound impatient. “we do not roll around in mud when we study, y/n.”
“i have been to mingi’s place too. you guys had crumbs of food everywhere.”
“that’s when seonghwa was absent!” san took a deep breath. “you know seonghwa is a neat freak and we don’t mess around with him.”
when you don’t appear convinced, san pulls closer and tries to hold your hand. however, you recoil.
you realise how petty you were being right away.
“i’m– i’m sorry. i didn’t mean it–”
a sorry can’t fix the hurt that flashed in his eyes.
“i’m going back to my room.”
you make it up later when you take snacks to his room, eat and play around. everything is fine.
except everything is not perfect. the foundation of your relationship starts to crack further with more arguments.
especially over the more serious matters.
“i don’t think nari likes me,” san runs his hands through his hair, frustrated. “you’re overthinking. you always do.”
you always do. did he have to say that?
“what if i’m right about this?” you square up in front of san and he chuckles as if it is the most hilarious thing you have ever done. “i’m serious. the girls in my class confirmed that nari, in fact, does like you. a lot. she’s planning to confess soon, when she knows that you and i are dating.
“baby, i thought you felt secure in our relationship,” san holds you by the shoulders, meeting your eyes. “do you think that if she confesses, i would break up with you and start dating her?”
“no, but–”
“then her feelings shouldn’t be a problem, especially when she hasn’t said them out loud.”
“but she’s always hanging around you!” you cry out and pull away from him, hurt. “she keeps hovering around you, and you keep entertaining her! do you like the attention, san? do i not give you enough?”
san doesn’t realise what you meant by that at that time. he continues to pretend that you are the one overthinking
even after his friends start to complain about nari
it isn’t until nari goes ahead and kisses san– without his consent– that things blow up.
the news spreads like wildfire. nari and san kissed.
it reaches your ears, and a strange sort of satisfaction fills you.
you were right.
san finds you in your hiding spot. this time, you are not turned towards the sky.
this time, you are facing the door so when he steps out on the roof, he sees you right away.
“y/n,” he begins. “i can explain–”
“hold it,” you raise your hand in the air. “i don’t want to hear anything.”
“she kissed me! i didn’t– i pushed her away! please believe me–”
“of course i believe you,” you laugh and san frowns, confused.
“you do?”
“yes, san,” you stand up, folding your arms and smiling, looking away. fighting to keep the tears at bay.
“i believe you. i know that you would never kiss nari when we are in a relationship.”
“then… there isn’t a problem, right?”
“there is,” your voice turns steel. “i warned you, and you didn’t heed my warning. you disrespected me by allowing things to get to this point. you could have told nari off and she wouldn’t have pulled this stunt. you kept her around, kept her close until she felt safe enough to kiss you, and then you pushed her away?”
you scoff. san looks as if he has been kicked in the stomach.
“you hear my concerns. you hear my rants. you let me yap your ears off, but you don’t listen. you never do. it’s like your heart doesn’t allow you to.”
“that’s not true,” san grows angry. “don’t assume things about me– don’t you dare say that i don’t care about you enough to listen to you–”
“then why didn’t you listen to me when i told you about nari?”
this time, your voice breaks.
it hurts san– it hurts him as if a knife has been wedged into his heart. he grows almost short of breath as he apologises, but you have had enough.
you tell him that you need a break.
it isn’t your first break, but it is starting to look like it would last longer than the others.
your relationship takes a sour turn, and it turns ugly and bitter as you start to take more breaks.
it turns into something toxic. you can’t let each other go. you want to let each other go but you can’t see each other with someone else.
when college ends, it signifies the end of an era in more than one way.
you and san part ways for good. you don’t promise to stay friends, but you promise to stay in contact and check in on each other every once in a while.
you do that for a few months, but life gets busy when you find work. checking in becomes harder when he finds work as well. your schedules never match, and a phone call sounds like the last thing you would do.
you find new friends. girl friends. you don’t need a man in your life. you have your two roommates who are incredible and respect your boundaries– unlike a certain someone.
san sticks with wooyoung. when he has wooyoung, he doesn’t have to search for anything else. wooyoung keeps him entertained and busy.
just like that, you both move on. there are the occasional nights of drinking and crying over what you both lost, but it doesn’t weigh on you as heavily.
it just becomes a memory.
choi san becomes a memory– a memory that seems to be fading.
as soon as you realise it, you cling to it. he was your best friend. he loved you like no one else.
even though he is not a part of your life anymore, you will always be fond of him.
so you collect all your memories in a box– photos, cards, gifts and notes. you tuck it inside your cupboard. out of sight, out of mind.
the box of memories in your head? you tuck it away too. you only go near it in your weakest moments for a momentary sense of relief
a few years pass before your paths cross again
it happens as a coincidence, or perhaps, the lord has decided to test you both again
you are attending a company conference in a beautiful town near the sea, and you have an amazing view from your room
however, the view right outside your room is no less beautiful
you open your door and find him standing right in front of you
choi san
he is still the dimpled-smile boy you fell in love with… except he has turned into a man
his face has sharpened and softened at the same time, making his features sit better
his shoulders are broad and you could fit two of you in his arms
there is a certain elegance and a sense of maturity in his aura
and those eyes
it takes a moment for him too, before it clicks for him. that it’s you
his eyes slowly scan you up and down, taking everything in and he realises he has stopped breathing when he almost gasps for air
“y/n.”
your heart does the same little tumble that it always does when he called your name
“sannie–”
when you call him by his nickname, san breaks into a smile and you both instantly relax.
“this is… a surprise, to say the least,” you shake your head. “what brings you here?”
“research,” san replies. “a team project. what about you?”
“a conference.”
“the conference organised by that food technology company?” a smile creeps up on san’s lips and it only grows when you nod.
“i knew you would make it.”
you smile back earnestly. your phone rings and you check the time before rejecting the call.
“i’m sorry, i really have to go. but… should we meet up for drinks later? how long are you here for?”
“i’m here for a couple of days. i’ll text you the address, i know a good place. you haven’t changed your number, right?”
“i haven’t,” you lock your door. “see you later?”
san nods and you leave with a grin, your heart filling with something that resembles hope.
the drinks late night help you both loosen up just enough to catch up on what you have missed
you learn that san is still living with wooyoung although they have moved to a bigger apartment
they work in different companies and fields but they make good roomies hence they stick with each other
san learns that you have finally started to work towards your dream of working for the biggest food technology company in this country
he tells you that he is proud of your accomplishments
you tell him that you are proud of the man he has become
one meetup leads to another, and then another
“wanna go to the beach?”
“wanna check the cafe at the corner of the street?”
you make the most of the couple of days that you spend together in the same town
you spend almost all of your free time together, to the point that you delay going into your rooms and prefer rooftops
“i see your love for heights hasn’t changed one bit,” san teases.
“neither has your love for cats,” you comment, eyes pointed at the kitten that he has befriended. the kitten lives on the roof but has made home in the man’s lap
the five days that you spend together heals something inside you– something that had cracked when you broke up with san
the breakup was done in a civilised manner, but it had shattered the little bubble that you had created
the bubble of familiarity and comfort
the bubble remained so until you met san again and you found yourself feeling young and hopeful
when it is time to go back, you decide to stay in contact
this time, you move with caution
this time, you have learnt the price of taking things for granted
when a position in your company opens up– the one you had been eyeing for a long time, you find that you will have to move
and you find that you will be much, much closer to san
you take it immediately. you will miss your girls, but you have wanted this position forever
when you tell san, he loops wooyoung in and they help you move
it is so good to reunite with the people that you have spent a good chunk of your teen years with
wooyoung decides to play cupid, as per usual, and this time his goal is to reunite you both
he emphasises that it’s not too late to start again
you’re both mature now, and you both know how to set boundaries
you both know what to prioritise
that’s what he tells you
to san, wooyoung says something else
he threatens to date you if san doesn’t up his game
that’s all the push that san needs
he finds yourself on your doorsteps on a wednesday night
you have just showered and you are still wearing a towel in your hair, dressed in the most comfortable penguin pjs
when the bell rings, you think it’s delivery– isn’t it too quick for delivery to arrive?
you open the door to find san looking disheveled
his cheeks are flushed as if he had too much to drink– or did he decide to run up the stairs?
he is still wearing a white shirt that you assume he wore to work, a few buttons undone and the tie loose around his neck
his hair is long and falls on his face even though they must have been slicked back earlier
“would you like to come in?” you frown in confusion, but your heart rate picks up
you recognise the look in his eyes
you’ve seen it so many times
you’ve missed it
“san–”
you don’t get to even call him by his full nickname before he is entering your apartment and towering over you, watching you intently with glazed eyes
“if you tell me to stop, i will,” san says and hesitantly brings his hands to your shoulders
“just tell me that it is too late for us.”
“it’s not,” you shake your head. “it’s not too late.”
san looks like he could cry
he leans down and meets your lips with his
the sigh that escapes your mouth is one of relief and it only prompts him to crane your neck with one hand and hold you by the waist with the other
soon, your back is against the wall and you are making out
it is slow and deep, full of promises and apologies
i’m sorry for letting you down
i’m sorry for letting you go
i promise that i will treat you better
some of these, he says out loud
the others, he doesn’t need to. his actions speak louder
curled in his lap on the sofa with his hand in your hair and lips on your forehead, you find yourself at home
you find yourself content and whole
choi san. the boy you fall in love with over and over again
it is still very easy to fall in love with him
it is still the most natural thing to be with him like this
you create new memories with him
the box that you tucked under your bed once is empty now, its content all over your apartment
his handwritten notes of affirmation on the fridge, his photos on the wall in your room along with the cards, and his gifts sprawled all over your place
you have new memories that you tuck in your heart
though you may still argue or fight, you know better now, for you both have experienced the pain of staying apart
you are meant for each other, through the ups and downs
and it will never be too late to be with each other.
can't believe that even on hiatus my yumi sensor went off just to find the most loveliest thing to ease back into more regular(-ly scheduled?) reading :'))
[spoilers ahead]
he can charm my pant- 🚨🚓🚨
from a boy to a man. gulp.
the way you're describing his physical growth.. is this.. a sannie twinkdeath mention.. 💁🦋
maybe only in looks but not persona 😭 aww cutie
choi san frolicking over the asphalt college campus on the first sight, heh.
step out into the light.
nice.
someone you could trust amidst navigating the fragile environment of college where anything you said could be twisted and used against you.
damn, who hurt you. so true that i'm reliving it
"they speak their mind... like wooyoung."
ofc 🙄❤
"if you don't find someone, you always have me."
ehehehehdjdkkfk 😛😛 hah hah
OKAAAY ANIME 🌸
"they're pretty," he answered as if it was a given. you're pretty, he said right after
URGJFNMMGHHH i lovelove this 😫
"the whole purpose of a hiding spot is that i do not wish to be found." P
REACH. 👊
HE WANNA KISS SSOSMYGDODD I JUMPED UP IN BED WHEN I REALIZED WHAT WAS HAPPENINGSKCNCN THE GLANCE AT READER'S LIPS 🧐🤌 MHM GOOD STUFF!!! 🍽
MAAAAN TO HECK!! 😫 i knew it was starting to sound too geeeeewd.
ooooh them pesky arguments, mhm. an accumulation of "small things" covering a greater underlying issue that would require either or both to address fault in themselves. instead it's challenging compromise with compromise. oof.
RECOIL 👁️👃👁️
from everything was going to be fine to everything is fine to everything is not perfect
#noticing 🤏👓
you always do. did he have to say that?
OURGH. 🤕
this lintbrain is chuckling? in our face??
"do you like the attention, san? do i not give you enough?" san doesn't realise what you meant by that at that time. he continues to pretend that you are the one overthinking.
the way. my mouth. fell open.
well, maybe.. he should pick up his slack and start thinking at all so reader doesn't have to do so for the both of them, huh.. ;3;
hahh.. the good ol' angst moment 😪
it isn't your first break, but it is starting to look like it would last longer than the others. 💔💔
THIS GOES ON FOR THE ENTIREEEE COLLEGE DEGREE?? IMAGINE 😦 SISTERR NOOoo
you spend almost all of your free time together, to the point that you delay going into your rooms and prefer rooftops.
rooftops.. ofc, that's genius.🍸
nooOOOOO MY GURLS 😭 WHAT HAPPENED TO NEED-NO-MAN?? it's okay friend, get your money up.
to san, wooyoung says something else. he threatens to date you if san doesn't up his game.
BBHAHAHAHAHA, OK fine, gold star for wooyoung this time.
THAT MAN RAN THROUGH EVERY DOOR AND JUMPED PAST TRAFFIC TO GET TO HER THAT VERY MOMENT, I CANT KCNFKFKC
TENSION DHFKFMD HOW I MISSED IT FKCNKEKEKEKEKE COME IN, SANNIE!! 😛
san looks like he could cry.
🛐🛐🛐 a little never hurt nobody
the box that you tucked under your bed once is empty now, its content all over your apartment.
oh pleaaase :'))
chapter warnings: drinking, smoking, illegal businesses, mentions of war/military, drugs, gangs and corruption, blood and executions yikes, anxiety, a cute lil menty b, SMUT (mdni!! fingering, unprotected sex (do NAWT do this), peak intimacy.
chapter wc: 14.8k
chapter synopsis: you introduce silver light as an analgesic by the name of sylunox at a television broadcast, creating a stir in public as they point fingers at their politicians for keeping this a secret. assemblyman wi agrees to play double agent and reveals a discovery about president lee that he aims to investigate. president lee announces 15 spies caught to be publicly executed at the eden square but you learn that they are innocent and attempt to save them. you fail and have no choice but to join hands with secretary park so you return to sector 1 to say your goodbyes. hongjoong comes to your place to make sure you are alright and the night takes an intimate turn.
prev chapter recap: tiffany tipped the navy as per president lee’s order in fear that he would expose her hala lineage and indict her of international crimes. hongjoong urges her to continue complying with the president on the condition that she inform them of his activities. hongjoong feels doubtful after the meeting but you make up with him and assure him to believe in himself. you meet secretary park and he asks you to come back and inherit his business. you inquire about the ring but he admits it is a secret he cannot reveal. you refuse to comply but sunghoon warns you that he will have his way. you confide in wendy who assures you that the crescents have your back and that she understands your circumstances. president lee makes a public announcement where he covers the dispatched troop as a ‘special forces operation’ to catch and punish spies. the crescents decide to make silver light public and hongjoong promotes you to a shareholder and the face of their pharmaceutical side. you have a deep, vulnerable conversation with him. the crescents release a news article which sheds light on the president’s suspicious involvement in strictland. this leads to an attack on you while you are driving with winter and the informant kids. while nobody gets injured, hongjoong rounds up all crew to remind them of their loyalties.
For someone who used to find refuge in the darkest shadows, you were at an odd place now with the brightest white lights shining on and almost blinding you. There was not a shadow in sight.
You blinked a few times to get your eyes adjusted to the studio lights, straightening your posture and smiling dutifully at the host of The Evening Show With Sunny. Sunny was a news anchor loved by the public and had her own talk show where she hosted and interviewed a wide range of people– from celebrities and politicians to business figures and soldiers.
Tonight, you were here as the head of the pharmaceutical line of The Crescent Company. It should have been Hongjoong sitting here tonight, you thought for the umpteenth time. Or Seonghwa. The two had done so much to have silver light launch as a medicinal drug. Or it could have been San or Yeosang who were risking their lives each day to get the product to be manufactured.
Instead, it was you. You had to remind yourself that you deserved to be here, like the Crescents affirmed again and again. You had every right to be here. You had done enough. You had earned this.
You are a Crescent. Your past or your lineage does not matter. All that matters is that you are one of us now.
Hongjoong knew just the right words to say before your official debut as a Crescent. Internally sighing, you looked towards where Wooyoung and San stood with the production team, tangled in the wires as they awkwardly looked around, looking so out of place. When Wooyoung noticed you watching them, he smiled and gave you a thumbs up, San following soon after.
You would be fine.
You were the face of the pharmaceutical line. You were going to make not one but several statements today, most of them political and controversial in nature. You were going to put on a brave front. You had one shot to show the world what The Crescent Company stood for.
“Are you ready?” Sunny asked as she settled down on the sofa seat across from you and you nodded, taking a deep breath. She went on in a mechanical tone to assure you that you would do fine, that she was going to follow the script and there would be no unexpected surprises. She probably assured every guest on her show in a similar manner.
The makeup artist approached you one last time, fixing your hair that was styled in a slick back, as well as dabbing at your forehead with a smile– there were surely beads of sweat on there. You fixed your pearl ring and rested your hands over the black pants of your velvet suit. Once in position, the director called a countdown and Sunny did her introductions of the show.
The first half, which was 15 minutes of introductions and background, passed by swiftly. You introduced the Crescent Company as mainly a manufacturing business, working with Pledis who were a private company that manufactured electronic components such as resistors, capacitors, transistors, and diodes among various other things. Their latest endeavour with Pledis was producing their own car components to keep up with the times, supplying mostly to local car companies.
Sunny then asked about the other side projects of the Crescent Company and you introduced the Crescent Bar as a place of comfort for the people of Sector 1. The bar was a spot where people came to drink after a tiring day of work, where men and women who served in the war came to share stories and comfort, where the elderly found company when they missed their family. Upon asking, you admitted that the Crescent Bar would like to expand their business, possibly in Edenary.
Finally, you introduced the pharmaceutical side of the business briefly before the advertisement break. You detailed their partnership with MX Pharmaceuticals which was an established and well-respected company, their gangster background long forgiven and forgotten. Sunny asked if the Crescents were just shareholders, and you finally announced that there was a drug that the Crescent Company was hoping to launch into the market.
As expected, during the 3 minute break, the producers of the show got several calls to stop the broadcast. However, a deal was already made with Mr. Ju Jihoon through his nephew Ju Seok Tae, and even the other co-owner of Eden News did not reserve the right to stop the broadcast as this was Mr. Ju’s domain.
San and Wooyoung were there to assure the staff that there would be no problems, no damage control for them. Everything would be okay– no one was going to get fired after today’s broadcast. They did not need to assume an intimidating stance to convince them, for their name was promise enough.
Sunny was probably used to such broadcasts, or she was an expert at remaining calm as the room switched from hushed murmurs to silence. The three minutes were up, and you both nodded at each other, aware that the next part of the broadcast would change everything.
“Hello, Eden. We’re back to The Evening Show with your favourite host, Sunny. Tonight, we’re interviewing a new face of The Crescent Company, Miss Luna, who introduced herself as the person in charge of the pharmaceutical line of the long-standing business company. The Crescent Company is a major shareholder of MX Pharmaceuticals and it looks like they have big plans for a new drug launch. Luna, would you introduce the drug to the viewers?”
You nodded and looked towards the camera, assuming confidence and starting.
“The medicinal drug that The Crescent Company is aiming to launch is called ‘Sylunox’. It is an opiate analgesic. We have collaborated with MX Pharmaceuticals to conduct research and created the final product, which is a 5mg tablet with 3.5% of its original ingredient. As with any other opioid drug, it has its side effects but with our drug, the side effects are very manageable.
“We’re ecstatic to finally launch it in the market and we hope that the medicine will be beneficial to both doctors and the patients. Our target is to collaborate with anaesthesia and medicine so we can administer the right amounts to patients undergoing surgeries or amputations”
“Could you give us a little background on how this analgesic was brought to life?” Sunny asked.
You nodded. “The Crescents actually accidentally discovered the main component of this analgesic, the opioid drug, during the war. It is called… silver light. As the public is aware, Park Seonghwa of the Crescent Company served as a medic for a short while during the early years of the Battle of the Eight Hills. One of the soldiers in his group discovered the drug by accident, placed among the last medical reserves. There was only a small batch and it was labelled opium, so the drug was used to numb the pain for the soldiers who were in extreme pain due to amputations or organ damage.
“Park Seonghwa noticed that the drug worked far better than the rest of the opiate analgesics in the medical supplies. After confronting his superior, he discovered that silver light was actually not meant to be used as an analgesic at all.”
“Did it have some other beneficial properties then?” Sunny inquired.
“Not at all,” you smiled wryly. “Silver light was discovered by accident. It was never meant to be used by the patients.”
“Then why was it in the medical supplies?”
“We don’t know that,” you said. “All we know is that the soldier who discovered the drug was mysteriously shot to death. Park Seonghwa almost shared the same fate, but because of his military connections, he was transferred to the frontlines as a sniper– a death sentence, if you must. The only reason I’m here tonight is because Park Seonghwa was clever enough to keep a small batch for himself to investigate. With Kim Hongjoong, the boss of The Crescent Company, he traced the drug and found that silver light was something of a pleasure drug for the higher-ups, the elites of Eden.”
Sunny let that statement hang in the air for a few calculative moments before saying, “You’re implying that a beneficial analgesic was being reserved by the upper class of Eden.”
“I’m claiming that this is the case,” you corrected. “Silver light is a sort of currency among the elites, so you can imagine the damage our analgesic will create when launched to the market, accessible to the common man. We’ve faced a lot of obstacles and attempts to stop us, and it’s been a long journey, but it’s time that we let the world know that we care.”
You turned towards the camera, glancing at Wooyoung and San who stood next to it, sharing a subtle nod.
“No longer will The Crescent Company bow to the elites of Eden. We are citizens of Eden, just like everyone else. We are humans, above all. We care, and we hope this medicine launch is an example of our sincerity towards our people. We have suffered enough to make this project come to light, to make the best analgesic for our people so they do not have to go through the pain that we did. We are open to partnerships and we are hoping that by the end of next year, the year 1971, Sylunox will be available in every hospital to be administered by the doctors to the patients who are in pain.”
“That is quite a fierce statement,” Sunny said with a smile. “We will refrain from mentioning any names, but could you shed light on the extent of censoring that’s been done to keep you from announcing this analgesic publicly?”
“Rival companies, of course, which is understandable,” you offered. “A few other business companies. This project was top-secret until recently so it’s not that we had to watch our backs for unexpected moves. We were aware of who wished to stop us, and we were… attacked from the front, if I may.”
“Rival companies… that is interesting,” Sunny looked towards the camera. The first rival company that would come to the viewers’ minds would be Park Pharmaceuticals.
Park Pharmaceuticals, owned by Park Byung Eun, the presidential secretary to the current president of Eden.
“Were there any politically motivated moves made against your project?” Sunny asked.
“Aren’t all moves politically motivated?” You countered. Mr. Ju had instructed to keep as ambiguous as you could about the president’s involvement, so it was a fine line that you had to walk between hinting the involvement and downright exposing them.
“You’re not wrong,” Sunny chuckled lightheartedly. “The upper class of Eden mostly comprises politicians and business figures, and the two go hand in hand. I suppose it must have been quite a challenge to make your announcement tonight. We will wrap up our show now, and wish you the best of luck with your future endeavours.
“This was Miss Luna of The Crescent Company, head of the pharmaceutical business in partnership with MX Pharmaceuticals. The Evening Show With Sunny wishes a good night to their viewers.”
You waited until the cameras turned off and a ‘cut’ boomed through the room before reclining back to the seat in relief for a moment. You could distantly hear Sunny compliment you on doing a good job but all you could focus on was your heartbeat thumping between your ears and your limbs going limp as the adrenaline wore off. You heard familiar chuckles of your partners as they neared, and an assuring smack to your shoulder woke you right up.
“That hurt,” you pouted at the assailant. Wooyoung just grinned cheekily.
“I did not know that you had a bossy charm to you, Miss ‘no longer will we bow to the elites of Eden’.”
“What can I say?” You shrugged, straightening and gathering your belongings. “Your Captain clearly rubbed off on me.”
“You did amazing,” San assured with a pat on your back when you got up. “Let’s go home.”
It didn’t take too long for the news to blow up after that broadcast. Every newspaper company and every channel was talking about The Crescent Company and their daring claims about the upper class of Eden. Naturally, the public started to question the politicians and the assemblymen running for the 1971 elections.
That meant that President Lee was under scrutiny as well. The people, especially the supporters of his political party that was essentially birthed from President Han’s party, were starting to worry if their beloved president had beguiled them all with an innocent facade, which wouldn’t be a first. Eden was known to have a history of questionable leaders. Some people went as far as to question the President’s motives behind creation of the hospital in Eden that was supposedly to honour his wife– was it just a front to hide his wrongdoings?
Secretary Park was dragged into the mud as well. The public claimed that if he was the owner of the leading pharmaceutical company of Eden, there was little chance that he was unaware of the existence of silver light. Many pointed their fingers at him openly and you were sure his business was suffering a great deal.
Assemblyman General Wi and Assemblyman Kim were no exceptions, though Assemblyman Wi was at the shorter end of the stick considering his ties with the military and his questionable political career. Assemblyman Kim didn’t receive much backlash since his supporters were a far smaller number than the other two and he had a good reputation.
Assemblyman Kim was sent a message by you through the Sirens– now was the time to make his move and rise in rankings. For once, the Assemblyman didn’t disappoint and went on to conduct campaigns and addresses, promising the people to provide them with the best healthcare services and demanding that the guilty parties come forth and step down from their positions.
Assemblyman Kim wasn’t the only person who took advantage of the situation, though. Inspector Gong, despite his qualms about reinvestigating President Han’s case, finally took the recent happenings as a sign that President Lee was distracted enough for him to call you and request a meeting with Secretary Oh Jungse, who was still in hiding after being exposed as a funder of the Crescents’ weapons channel.
The Crescents were rejecting any follow-up interviews or meetings regarding the whole matter. It just made everyone more anxious. Security was upped and arrangements were made to welcome anyone who wished to collaborate with the Crescents, whether as a partner or an investor.
Madame Tiffany had requested minimal contact, especially because your broadcast had established that she had decided to partner with the Crescents after all. Hongjoong was keeping tabs on President Lee and countering every move that was made to mark Tiffany as an international criminal, though the President was distracted and didn’t do much. He needed to come clean about his position regarding silver light, and you were sure he was busy with damage control instead. Silver light’s status as a currency for illegal dealings amongst the upper class of Eden– and other nations involved– was probably being questioned.
The wheels were set in motion. You were waiting for the enemy to make their move. However, they were too quiet, and too much quiet was never good. There was something sinister about the way that they settled in resignation, not following up on the Crescents’ claims in any sense whatsoever. The hush before the storm, whispered the winds.
It was why when your official shareholder status was celebrated in a gathering at the bar with an abundance of drinks and food, you consciously tried your best to enjoy that moment. You were aware that everyone was on edge and you were not alone in feeling troubled by the things that had been happening. The boys were trying to find happiness and comfort in moments like these, and you were not going to dampen the mood by letting your worries get the best of you.
You were allowed to celebrate, to steal these little moments and live, laugh and love, Seonghwa had said prior to the gathering. He smiled at you when he noticed you staring holes into your drink and squeezed your hand to get your attention.
“You okay, love?”
“I’m good,” you assured him. “It’s lovely to be here.”
“Right? It’s been a while,” the oldest of the Crescents looked proudly at the rest. Everyone was talking to everyone, their chatter and laughter overlapping. Someone’s cheek was kissed, someone earned a smack to their head. Things could almost pass as normal, so you pushed your worries away and leaned against Seonghwa, sharing a drink.
“Sorry to spoil the mood,” Seonghwa began, “But before I forget, General Wi has decided to play a double agent. He’ll cooperate with us as best as he can, though he won’t be able to do much.”
“That’s not spoiling the mood at all,” you looked at him, sharing a laugh. “It’s good to hear that we have people on our side now.”
“Yeah, I thought I’d smoothen the creases on your forehead,” Seonghwa commented and you smacked his arm, making him groan out loud.
That caught Wooyoung’s attention though. He smacked Seonghwa’s other arm and then leaned forwards, grinning at you. “Is the old man bothering you?”
“No,” you almost doubled over with laughter. “Kind of.”
“Hey!” Seonghwa pulled away, betrayed as Wooyoung struck again. Seonghwa pressed his palm against the back of Wooyoung’s neck, muttering threats into his ears that had him surrendering right away. You watched the encounter with amusement.
“Is the old man bothering you?” You asked Wooyoung. Before he could say yes, Seonghwa started to lament about the betrayal, the light banter continuing even after Wooyoung left, even when you joined Seonghwa for the remainder of the night.
Yet another trip to Edenary was made with Jongho accompanying you this time. General Wi seemed to have some information to share and he wanted it to be in person. Hongjoong suspected that the Assemblyman was going to try and make his own deal with the Crescents and secure protection from whatever threats the President had over his head.
You learned in the meeting with the Assemblyman that the President had not only threatened to ruin his career but had his soldiers stationed around his family’s house. Assemblyman Wi had a wife and a young daughter who resided in Sector 2, unaware that they were being watched. It was an invasion of his privacy and though it wasn’t an unusual move, it still riled up the Assemblyman to no end.
“If he made verbal threats and forced my compliance, I would have stayed loyal to him,” Assemblyman Wi admitted. “I can’t stomach the fact that my wife and daughter are being watched all 24 hours of the day.”
“We can send our people to watch the soldiers that watch your family,” Jongho assured. “They will protect your family.”
“It’s too risky,” Assemblyman Wi looked conflicted.
“I’ve been watched most of my life too,” you revealed and the man shifted uncomfortably. “I know what it feels like to have your privacy invaded like that. Your family should stay ignorant about this matter, but they should be guarded nonetheless. How about having a guard reside with them instead? President Lee wouldn’t know their identity, they could pass as your cousin or acquaintance.”
Assemblyman Wi contemplated that for a few moments. “I’ll think about it and get back to you.”
“A woman can be arranged too, for your peace of mind,” you looked towards Winter and she nodded. “She makes good company and an even better guard. Your wife and daughter would get along well with her.”
“Thank you,” he smiled earnestly after a deep breath, finally willing to share whatever information he had so far.
The Assemblyman had made a visit to the Presidential Office a couple of times and he, ever the sharp-eyed general, noticed a few odd things about his office. There was always his wife’s photo in a frame present on the desk during his broadcast addresses. The frame was always obvious in the shots, just a glimpse of his wife to the public, enough to make their hearts full.
According to the Assemblyman, the frame was carelessly tossed inside the drawer of his desk. He wouldn’t have minded that it has been years since the passing of President Han, but what ticked him off was how he tried to hide the frame when he opened his drawer. Was it because he was ashamed, perhaps having moved on but still pretending to be deep in grief?
“I talked to my wife about this, you see,” Assemblyman Wi was sporting a lazy smile on his face as he traced the outline of his wine glass. “I asked her opinion on why he could have done that. It’s normal for men to move on after some time– even women do, though they tend to grieve more deeply. If moving on becomes shameful, it means there is something going on, right?”
You scrunched your face in confusion. Jongho hummed in thought. “Maybe he has found someone.”
“Why would he need to hide his wife’s photo? It’s not like I don’t know who she is,” the man grunted. “Besides, men tend to boast about having found someone, unless they can’t– but that’s not what this is about. I saw the way his hand shook when he struggled to hide it. So what did I do?”
“You went back,” you started to smile. “To take a good look at the frame.”
“And guess what I found?”
“Nothing?” You shrugged. “Did he cross out her face or something? I mean… we all know that he may or may not be involved in her passing.”
“Something better,” the Assemblyman grinned in the manner of a man who knew too much. “Another photo behind his wife’s. A photo of a baby, except… the baby looks older than the presumed time of death.”
“Holy smokes,” Jongho said and you both exchanged looks. “What age was the baby supposed to be? We are talking about his own baby with President Han, right?”
“Has to be that one, unless he has another from someone else, which would be as much of a surprise. I’m not sure, actually. The baby that we all know about was supposed to be a few months old when she passed away. A beautiful little girl, she was, I had the pleasure of seeing that little angel once in the hospital. The birth was tough on the mother and the child so they were both at the hospital for quite a while and eventually, the baby lost the battle.”
“Ah, yes,” you distantly recalled hearing about the reason the President wished to build a hospital– to honour his wife and late daughter. “So the baby passed a couple of months after her birth, right?”
“But the baby girl in the photo… had to be a year old, or more. Looked too much like the baby I remember.” The Assemblyman shivered involuntarily and Jongho folded his arms, thinking.
“I’m suspecting a baby from another woman. If it’s his baby, she might resemble the dead baby a lot. I mean… all babies look the same to me, I can’t lie.”
“That’s because you’re not a father,” Assemblyman Wi shook his head, disappointed with Jongho’s statement who simply muttered something about how he wasn’t entirely wrong. You had to agree with him. “Alright, yeah, they do look similar. It’s probably his child from another woman, but why hide it like this? He’s earned enough supporters to win the elections again even if people learn about his new family. They will only support him.”
“Yeah, it’s odd that he has to hide it. Maybe his woman has a controversial background or history,” Jongho suggested.
“And that is exactly what I’ll be looking into,” Assemblyman Wi concluded. “I might need your help on that. If you’re digging into the President, send some of your hounds sniffing this way.”
Another child. Was he leading a whole new life? You wondered for the rest of the night.
Did President Lee, the monster of a man, really have a weakness after all?
You were planning to leave the next day and were in the middle of packing your scattered luggage when a knock sounded and you opened the door to a stricken Jaehyun.
“You need to come with me.”
Your gut twisted with anxiety at the ashen face of the man and you nodded, following him to the living room, the sound from the television becoming coherent and you instantly knew that something was very, very wrong given that it was the President’s own voice addressing the public in a surprise broadcast.
“The first phase of our military operation has been a success. Through our intelligence, we have identified a number of spies– traitors to our nation who have been selling information to other nations. It is a shameful act, and will be regarded as such–”
“What is going on?” You asked out loud, meeting eyes with Winter who was as surprised as you for once, fidgeting with her fingers anxiously while seated on the sofa in front of the television.
“We don’t know,” she admitted. “I’m waiting to receive a message or orders, but this is unexpected.”
“President Lee might be acting on his own now,” Jaehyun said, folding his arms. “Especially considering how Eden Hall and even his own team is divided.”
Thanks to the Crescents, he didn’t need to add.
“We have contacted the military and as per our mutual understanding, there will be a public execution of these traitors at the Edenary Square at the 17th hour. The area will be heavily guarded but anyone of age who wishes to witness this historical moment is welcomed–”
“Luna!” Ten’s footsteps seemed to be as loud as his voice as he rushed up the stairs calling your name. “You have a message– you need to do something.”
There was more being said about how the public execution was going to be a display of warning to the traitors of this nation, to set an example and honour the methods of the Edenary Royals who were the founders of this nation, but the ringing in your ear was overpowering the President’s voice, and it felt like you could not make the words that left Ten’s mouth– was he speaking right now?
Winter gently shook you by the arm, bringing you back to your senses. Your mouth felt too dry to speak but you swallowed with some struggle, gathering your bearings. You could hear the distant bell of the phone and you shut your eyes, grounding yourself.
It will be okay.
It will be okay.
It was not okay. You had just about a measly three hours to stop the public execution of 15 innocent lives.
The message you had received was from Ji Chang Wook, the head of the Sirens. His men were among the ones captured and taken for execution on grounds of treason– what treason? The only traitor to this nation was the President himself and his gang, and they were pulling this stunt as a political distraction to shift the people’s attention away from silver light, and more importantly–
Away from Strictland. There was a rumour that the first troop was going to be dispatched to Strictland in the next 24 hours. There would be no news coverage of the event, not a whisper to the public.
Everything was going to hell.
You only allowed yourself another moment of weakness before straightening your shoulders, Hongjoong’s voice in your head grounding you. We are the Leaders. You made a few phone calls to the Sector 1 office while you waited for Jongho to come back from his meeting. The Crescents were uneasy but they shared affirmations and reminded you that you were not alone. You were all in this together– not just the Crescents, but the Sirens were with you. Your other allies were with you.
You were not alone, yet you felt like a lone soldier marching to the battlefield on your own. Could you even win this battle, this war?
When Jongho arrived, he was accompanied by Assemblyman General Wi and you narrowed your eyes at the military man in suspicion. When he raised his hands in surrender, you realised that he looked as worried as the rest of you.
“I had no idea,” he admitted, slumping down on the sofa. “It seems like the President doesn’t trust me that much after all, despite our ‘partnership’.”
“He is wise not to, considering you’re here,” Winter commented, ever the objective person. When the Assemblyman shot her a glare, she only shrugged.
“You understand that we have to stop this execution. These are innocent people that the President is going to prosecute in the name of a distraction. Do you understand the gravity of the situation, Assemblyman?”
“As much as you, if not more,” he responded, fully alert and looking willing to do anything.
“President Kwon of Halaland seems to have gotten a whiff of the soldiers making their way to Strictland," Jongho explained. “Even though Major Sung is trying to keep things under wraps, the President is not a fool. He’ll probably request a meeting soon or retaliate.”
“We’re hoping for a meeting first,” Assemblyman Wi added. “The military… they’re divided now. Our Chief is clearly with President Lee and he won’t share what’s happening with anyone else. Top secret, he says.”
“If he learns that you’re here, you could get in trouble,” Jaehyun reminded the Assemblyman who shrugged knowingly.
“We have more pressing matters on hand,” he looked towards you. “Why does the head of the Sirens think you can put a stop to this execution? And why choose the Sirens as sacrificial lambs?”
A wave of cold washed over you as you were once again reminded of the message Mr. Ji sent. “I don’t know,” you admitted, looking helplessly towards Ten and Winter. “I just received a message without any context. If they think I can contact Secretary Park and convince him somehow, I’ll do that–”
“He’ll ask you to return to him,” Jongho shook his head. “You can’t do that.”
“But Jongho,” you called weakly. “We need to do something.”
“I have orders too,” Jongho retaliated. “From the Captain. Under no circumstances are you to offer yourself to save someone else. Even if it is us.”
Of course Hongjoong anticipated you would do exactly that.
“This is bigger than us,” you reasoned, clenching and unclenching your fists. “I need to do whatever I can. Mr. Ji is counting on us to stop the execution. The least we can do is try, Jongho. The Sirens were helping us, and it looks like President Lee is offended by that.”
Jongho looked distraught– he probably agreed with you, as did the rest, but everyone in the room was aware that Secretary Park wanted you to cut ties with the Crescents and join him. You were the sacrificial lamb now. The captured Sirens were just the bait.
You had an invisible noose around your neck. One wrong move and you would be executed with the rest.
“It’s not just because the Sirens were helping the Crescents,” Winter revealed, palpable hesitation lacing her voice. “Yes, the Sirens were initially banded to help President Han with her private investigation regarding her family, but she was also investigating the Strictland matter. Most of the members of Sirens are deserters from Strictland.”
“Deserters?” Assemblyman Wi repeated.
“A lot of people working in the Strictland nuclear base aren’t there by their own free will,” Winter said. “They are forced to sign confidentiality forms and they are threatened repeatedly. Those brave enough to run away find the Sirens, or other similar groups.”
“And why has none of them reported this to the higher-ups?” You inquired.
“Why do you think?” Winter scoffed. “The same reason President Lee will get away with the executions today. Justice is a far-fetched idea.”
You pinched the bridge of your nose, feeling lightheaded. Those people… they must have risked everything to find the Sirens if what Winter said was right.
“Let’s find loopholes,” Ten suggested, attempting to lighten the mood. “Is there anything we can use to stop Secretary Park, at least? Some dirt over the President? On him?”
“It wouldn’t work anymore,” Jaehyun said, shaking his head. “If President Kwon himself is aware of whatever President Lee is trying to pull, we have nothing left. We can’t make the Strictland Operation public– that would prompt Halaland to make a move against us to show their people that they are stable, unafraid and protective of their nation.”
“I’ll contact my people,” Winter said, grabbing her belongings to leave immediately. “Give me an hour. Ten, please make sure Luna doesn’t leave this building before I come back. However long it may take.”
“Winter–”
“That’s an order,” Winter was serious and you gave in. You could give her an hour, alright.
No more.
Assemblyman Wi looked confused but no one was going to tell him that she was one of the RV spies. Once Winter left, an air of tension settled in the room. You told Jongho that you would be in the office room and left the men to make plans among themselves.
You rang the Sector 1 office, hoping Hongjoong would not pick the receiver.
Your knees almost buckled with relief when someone else answered.
“Yunho,” you called and you heard him suck in his breath.
“Luna,” he almost whispered. “Are you alright?”
“I’m not. Do you understand what needs to be done?”
Silence.
“Hongjoong is going crazy over here, Luna,” Yunho said in a sombre tone. “He is sure there’s another motive to the President’s move, and it’s not a political one. It’s something personal.”
The President has his eyes on you.
“He won’t tell me why,” you stated almost mechanically. “Am I the bait to destroy the Crescents or am I the target itself?”
You heard Yunho shift through the receiver. He was probably deep in thought, trying to come up with a calculative response. The consigliere to Hongjoong.
“I’m allowing everyone an hour, Yunho,” you said assertively. “After the time is up, I’ll make my own decisions. Tell your Captain that.”
“Luna–”
“Tell me, Yunho,” you interrupted. “You’ve been in a similar position as me. You’ve had to make decisions for the greater good. Did you sacrifice your people or did you sacrifice yourself?”
Yunho was silent for a few moments before he answered, with immense effort. “I sacrificed myself.”
“Then you are aware of what I must do,” you smiled in defeat. “If Secretary Park is willing to stop this execution on the terms that I join him, or whatever the cost he may demand, I must pay it. It is only right that I do.”
“But you are not responsible for these lives,” Yunho reminded you.
“I know,” you agreed. “But if I don’t even try, I will be held responsible.”
“I won’t tell Hongjoong what you’re about to do, but Luna… remember to keep a level head. You said your father taught you not to play the game, but to win. Don’t play the game– just try to win.”
“Thank you, Yunho,” you said, finally sighing in relief.
“I love you,” he said and you smiled. Something started to weigh over your heart, crushing it slowly but surely.
“I love you,” he repeated. “Try to win. You can do this. But don’t be too hard on yourself. In case this doesn’t work out, don’t take it out on yourself, you hear me?”
“I do,” you told him, your eyes beginning to sting now.
“I love you,” he repeated like a mantra. “I wish I was there with you right now, Luna, I–”
“It’s okay, I know,” you assured him. “I have Jongho. I’m okay, Yunho, love, I’m okay,” you almost cried. “I love you too, Yunho. I’ll be back soon. Please… please make sure Hongjoong is okay. Will you do that for me?”
“Of course I will,” he sounded weary. “I’m hanging up– he’s here.”
He didn’t give you time to respond before the static of the phone replaced his voice. You wiped your eyes, your heart yearning for the men waiting for you back home.
When Jongho entered a few moments after, he put two and two together. “Who did you talk to?”
“Yunho,” you told him. “Hongjoong… is going to lose it when he learns what I plan to do,” you shook your head.
“Oh, dear,” Jongho closed the distance between the two of you and all but crushed you in a hug. You eased into his protective embrace and let him hold you until your heartbeat was somewhat steady.
“You’ve made up your mind,” he pulled back, searching your eyes for any signs of hesitation and finding none. “What are you going to do?”
“If there’s nothing else that can be done, I’m going to the Park Mansion,” you said, still in his arms. His embrace was the most protective, as if it could shield you from the world. “I’m going to hear him out. He will probably ask me to join him. I’ll have no choice.”
“You can’t do that,” Jongho shook his head. “Not after everything we’ve been through.”
“But that is the only thing I can do,” you smiled sadly. “Imagine if that stops the President from killing innocent people. Wouldn’t you do the same?”
“Why does it have to be you?” He asked. “I don’t understand.”
“I don’t either,” you sighed deeply, resting your forehead against his chest and feeling his steady heartbeat sync with the blood pumping in your head. “Hongjoong knows something, and he won’t tell me. He says he’ll tell me once he’s sure, but when is that? When I go back to my father?”
“He has his reasons,” Jongho said almost mechanically but then scoffed at his own statement. “I’m sure he has. Do you think you can stop this if you go to the Park Mansion?”
“That’s got to be it, right?” You looked up at the man– he was younger than you by a few months but looked as if he had lived more lives than you. You probably looked the same to him right now– spent and lost. “I don’t know what they want from me. I’m so tired of this– if Hongjoong or Winter don’t give me answers tonight, I’m going to be so, so mad, Jongho.”
“I understand,” Jongho squeezed your shoulders. “Just don’t forget that they’re trying to protect you in their own ways.”
You shot him a look– he had a point. Your eyes darted towards the clock but Jongho gently turned your face back towards him with the pad of his thumb.
“It’s going to be okay,” he assured. “I’m going to get you a drink. You look like you need it.”
“Geez, thanks,” you chuckled. “Twenty minutes, Jongho.”
“Whatever,” he said and moved towards the table to pour you both drinks. You appreciated his attempt to lighten the mood but no amount of drinks was going to help you.
~
Winter did not come back after the hour mark. It was twenty minutes above the hour mark when you finally broke the thick silence in the room and requested Ten to drive you to Park Mansion. The boys bought them another twenty minutes, debating whether Winter was stalling or was actually on to something. You all hoped that the latter was the case– she wasn’t the type to stall for no reason. If she wanted you under house arrest, she would guard the doors herself.
You allowed everyone ten more minutes before the stress started to eat at you, the sensation feeling like a physical gnaw. You were now worried about Winter too– just where was she? What was holding her back?
You could not afford to stall any further, whatever the case was. Deciding that you had to take the matter into your own hands, you rushed towards the phone and dialled Park Mansion, the residence number still on your fingertips even though you barely ever called. Your call was answered at the third attempt by none other than Sunghoon. You were feeling extremely queasy by then.
“I knew you would call,” he scoffed, but you almost thought his voice lacked the usual tinge of mockery.
“Where’s father?”
“Not home. Probably at Eden Square, making sure everything goes smoothly at his first public crime scene. He wouldn’t miss the processions to this historical moment, would he now?”
“Is there any way I can request a meeting with him?” You asked, your gut twisting with worry.
“Hardly,” Sunghoon replied. “Father anticipated this call. He asked me to forward the invitation. He will see you at Eden Square– you, and no one else. Not even your little guard.”
You cursed under your breath but Sunghoon was still on call. He did not hang up.
“What’s your plan, y/n?”
“I don’t have one,” you admitted. “I’m just… hoping that he stops this madness. Whatever the price, I’m willing to pay.”
“I can’t tell if this is brave of you or entirely stupid,” Sunghoon sighed audibly. “If you think he’ll stop this execution because you agree to his terms, you’re wrong, dear sister. Do you realise what you’re getting yourself into?”
“What do you care?” You countered, but you had an unsettling feeling that he was right.
“I don’t,” he confirmed. “I’m just reminding you.”
“Do you think Secretary Park… do you think father is bound to comply with President Lee? Or are they two peas in a pod?”
“What does it matter?” Sunghoon asked. “Even if he is forced to comply, it doesn’t change anything.”
He wasn’t wrong, but the truth still sounded bitter to you.
“I have a feeling I’ll be seeing you soon,” Sunghoon tsk-ed. “Say your goodbyes, sissy. Father plans to keep you close for a long, long time.”
“Do you know why?”
“I wish I did,” he admitted. “It doesn’t make sense. Why does he want you to come back after all this time? You have to admit it, I’m not that bad of a businessman. I can take over his business just fine.”
He wasn’t wrong. Secretary Park wanting you to come back to take over the business because he thought Sunghoon wasn’t reliable was just an excuse to conceal another motive. Did he think pulling you out from the Crescents would weaken them? That wasn’t the case– the Crescents were strong before you, and would continue to remain a formidable force in case you dipped out.
“There’s another reason and it’s staring right at our faces,” Sunghoon almost whispered. “I have a hunch, but it’s too mad, it doesn’t make sense. The dots are there, you just need to connect them.”
With that, Sunghoon hung up and you stared holes into the receiver. You did not have time to connect any dots right now– what you needed to do was get to Eden Square.
The familiar knock on your door had you sighing in relief when you spotted Winter. However, she looked grim. You joined her outside where Jongho was waiting. Ten and Jaehyun had left.
“The RV spies did not know anything prior to the President’s broadcast,” Winter confirmed and Jongho whistled.
“That’s got to be a first,” he said.
“We’re not all-knowing,” Winter responded but Jongho wasn’t buying it. As far as he knew, there was no wider spy network than the RV spies. The President must have found a way to make this happen without attracting their attention.
“I have orders to keep you from going to Eden Square,” Winter continued and you folded your arms in disappointment. “Whatever you have to do, you do from here. I’ll be your messenger.”
“You must know then, that Secretary Park wants me at Eden Square alone,” you said and Winter nodded. “I can stop this if I go. You need to let me go.”
Winter shook her head and you were about to burst when Jongho got up, diving between you two.
“Hold up, hold up,” he made sure to calm you as best as he could before turning to Winter. “Orders from who?”
“My boss, and… your boss,” Winter revealed and you scoffed loudly, looking at Jongho pointedly.
“Kim Hongjoong,” you shook your head. “He can’t put me under house arrest. I– he knows that I can stop this. We need to stop this, Winter. We’ll lose far more than those innocent lives if we let it happen without even trying. The Sirens– they trusted us, they trusted me to help them. I can’t let them down like this.”
Winter wiped her palms on her pants, looking as conflicted as Jongho. The two silently communicated with each other while you started to pace across the room, thumb wedged between your teeth as you tried to make sense of things.
You breathed in and out in calculated paces. Now was not the time to let your emotions get the better of you.
“Even if I don’t go now,” you started in a low, calm voice. “Secretary Park will pull another stunt. He wants me back, and he won’t stop until he gets what he wants, even if it means that I have to crawl back to him. You know that, Winter.”
“There is a chance that he will not stop the execution even if you go,” Jongho reminded you. “It’s President Lee who’s in charge. Secretary Park is just his lackey. It’s also the President who must want you back, whatever the reasons may be.”
“Why me?” You asked and Jongho’s heart ached at your distraught tone. “What did I do?”
“You’ve done nothing,” Winter approached you before Jongho could and took your hand, so uncharacteristic of the spy trained to stick to orders and not indulge in feelings. “It’s not your fault in any sense.”
“If I don’t go, it will weigh over my conscience and crush me,” you said, searching Winter’s eyes for any signs of agreement. You found nothing.
“If you go, it’s going to break you. Your life is going to change the moment you shake hands with Secretary Park. It won’t be like before when you pretended to be his niece. This time, he’s going to use you to get what he wants, and he’s a greedy man who wants too much. And… you’ll have to deal with President Lee. He is the root of all this evil.”
You looked towards Jongho, your hand still in Winter’s. “You understand why I have to go, don’t you?”
Jongho nodded. “Hongjoong’s going to kill me if I let you go.”
“He won’t,” you smiled briefly. “I’ll be back. I… I have a plan. I need you both to accompany me to Eden Square, we’ll talk in the car. There’s no time to spare.”
~
You were nineteen when you first witnessed the difference between life and death.
You imagined it would be slow, the life leaving a man’s body. You thought that you would be able to see the light in their eyes dim and be able to hear what they had to say for their last words on this earth. You imagined it to be like the poems you read that vividly described the one moment that separated life and death, as if it was longer than a measly second.
The first death you witnessed was a gunshot to the head. One moment the soldier was complaining about the food rations, and the next, his eyes widened for a fraction of a second before he slumped down near you. The difference between life and death was merely a drop of the pin, a shift in the air, you concluded. Subtle but irreversible.
However, you were about to learn that sudden, quick death was a gift, and the poets were not wrong. Death began the moment you realised it.
“You have to stop this madness,” you pleaded, your voice awfully small for someone who was so confident to come here. “What more do you want from me?”
The Eden Dome seemed to be weeping in your stead, its washed-out cerulean dome still damp from the rain last night. In front of the domed-building in the middle of Eden Square was the old fountain that was soon going to be covered in blood. The 15 victims wore masks that covered their eyes, but you did not need to look at their faces to understand that their death had begun. Even if they lived tonight, a part of them would be dying here.
Their limbs trembled as the guards rounded them around the fountain. They tried to huddle close for some semblance of comfort but they were divided with too much space in between. In their grey prison uniform, they could easily pass for criminals. The public who were filling in to witness this moment sure thought so, unaware that all 15 of them were wrongly accused of treason.
You were not sure if their mouths were taped, but you supposed they had nothing to say now anyway. Not a sound came from them. They seemed to be settling in resignation of their inevitable fate in their last moments.
“I don’t want anything from you,” Secretary Park shook his head, going closer to the railing of the roof. You were at the building in front of the Eden Dome and your view from here was damning. “You will come back to me because at the next procession, someone you personally know could be standing right there.”
“I will come back to you,” you promised.
The last rays of sun for the evening shone upon the victims in an almost ironic manner. The sun wasn’t warm enough to make its presence known to the blinded souls. It felt like a futile attempt to offer them some comfort.
“I will come back to you,” you joined Secretary Park at the edge of the roof. You watched him while he peered down at the scene unfolding in the square with a stoic face, watching the guards bark orders. “But you need to stop this first.”
Secretary Park gave you a look, beckoning you to come closer. From where you stood at the roof of one of the many buildings around Eden Square, your view was almost damning.
“You’re in no position to be making demands,” Secretary Park said. “It’s out of my hands, child.”
“Then why did you call me here?”
Secretary Park motioned towards the Eden Dome. At first, you didn’t get what point he was trying to make, but cold realisation washed over you.
“He’s watching from there, Lee Jinwook,” Secretary Park cocked his head almost in frustration. You observed him carefully– there was obvious resentment on his face, and for once he didn’t mask his disgust. “I called you here so that the President can see that you stand with me. That ring I gave you is your protection. You’re wearing it, right?”
You outstretched your left hand, the pearl sitting on your index finger.
“That ring is your protection, and you are mine,” Secretary Park said and you narrowed your eyes. “I need you close to me so that I can protect us both. So I can protect my family.”
“I was told that I’m protected either way, but… what do you mean that I am your protection?”
Secretary Park only smiled in response, in a manner that indicated that he had already given you too much. You followed his gaze towards the Eden Dome where you could see the faint figure of the President along with his guards, watching over the scene with binoculars in his hand–
Watching you.
The President signalled the soldiers down in the square and 15 of them started to take position in front of the 15 victims. A guard stood beside each, waiting for the signal so they could take their masks off.
“You’ve got to stop this, please,” you tried again. “What does President Lee want from us? From me?”
“I don’t know yet,” Secretary Park clenched his jaw. “I can’t stop this. I’m sorry, y/n. I wish I could but my hands are tied. If I stop this… we’ll lose the war.”
The guards saluted in eerie synchronisation and took off the masks of the 15. You looked at each and every one of them, memorising their faces. A man, middle-aged with a scar on his face. A young woman with eyes full of resentment. A boy who had to be no older than 19. Another man whose cheeks were hollowed and hair ashen. Another woman who looked lost–
It was the first time that your father ever apologised to you and you really looked at him. His eyes no longer had the mischievous twinkle. Instead, there were hollows under his eyes and his mouth drooped downwards. He looked as weary as you felt.
Even in this open space with the wind blowing your hair back, it was hard to breathe. Your lungs felt constricted and the lump in your throat threatened to take your voice with it forever. You clenched your hands into fists to manage the shaking but it didn’t work, so you wrapped your arms around yourself.
“I won’t forgive you for this,” you shut your eyes. Your statement did not sound as assertive as you meant it to be, but you could barely form the words anymore. Your mouth was running dry with each step the soldiers took towards the victims.
“You don’t have to,” he only shrugged. “One day, you will understand why everything had to be this way. “
“I hate you. We’re letting innocent people die,” you let out a dry sob. There were no tears left to cry. The victims did not deserve your tears. You could not save them. You had damned them.
“Close your eyes, y/n.”
You didn’t. You watched the soldiers point their guns simultaneously at the victims.
The victims closed their eyes for you.
It was one loud bang that encompassed the 15 bullets that simultaneously took 15 lives. The sound made you physically recoil as if it was you who had been shot, if the ache in your heart was any indication of that. You took one look at the crime scene– blood all over the old white fountain– before you stepped back and heaved, retching and choking on air.
Secretary Park watched you but did not offer any comfort. He simply stood examining the scene in front of him.
“Look at the mess we’ve made, y/n.”
You didn’t. You were on the ground, staring at your hands.
It was then that he bent down on one knee, meeting your eyes. Something like pity flashed over his face for just a moment. He clasped your hands with his and gently pressed them down until they were in your lap.
“The blood is not on your hands. It’s on my hands.”
You looked at him. There was still a gaping hollow in your heart, threatening to swallow you whole. Winter was right– something did break inside you, perhaps forever. Something probably died too, a slow death like none other.
Secretary Park looked behind you before turning his attention back to you. “It’s over. Come back home soon.”
With that, he got up and sauntered away as if it was the most natural thing to do. You remained on your knees, offering prayers for the dead. You did not apologise. You did not deserve their forgiveness.
“The blood is not on your hands, Luna.”
It was Jongho who said that, sinking down in front of you. “You could have stopped this, and you tried your best. You are not responsible for what happened after. Even the spies and some other people tried to stop this, but… it still happened.”
You knew that. You nodded, but that didn’t help the growing void in your soul.
“Look at me, Luna,” Jongho insisted and you did with immense effort. “It’s not your fault.”
“I know,” you told him. “Doesn’t help me feel any better.”
Jongho nodded in understanding, squeezing your hands. “Hongjoong was trying to find a loophole. It didn’t work. Mr. Ji tried his best too, but… they won.”
You looked towards the Eden Dome. The President was no longer there, but you could feel his silhouette still.
“I’m going to go back to Park Mansion soon,” you said, a bitter taste forming in your tongue. “I’m going to get the President good, and I’ll do it alone. I’ll make sure to ruin him. He has not won this war yet.”
Winter stood near you with her hands clasped on the front, trying her best to mask her dismay at the turn of the events. If the circumstances were different, Winter would have appreciated the way you spat those words with promise and revenge. However, this time it was just evident of the fact that the guard was right–
Something did break inside you.
“You’re not alone,” Jongho urged you to look at him. “We’re with you. We’ll do this together.”
You nodded and he helped you get up but your knees gave in and you stifled another wave of sadness that threatened to take you down with it. Jongho supported you, making sure you were okay to walk before accompanying you downstairs, your guard right behind.
Once in the comfort of the apartment, he took you to your room and made you get in your bed under the covers. You assured him that you were alright but he knew better.
The horrors of the war had kept him awake at nights. He had the boys comfort him and stay with him at his lowest.
He would do the same for you now.
So after making sure that you were fed and ready for bed, he asked if he could stay with you for the night. The sincerity in his voice almost made you smile. You pulled the covers for him so he could get in bed with you.
He held you in his arms. You didn’t question his reasons. You were well aware that it was going to be a long, long night.
When you woke up in the middle of the night with a scream lodged in your throat, he held you closer. He told you stories about the boys and how they comforted him during the war. They would stay up all night for him, barely getting any sleep just so they could watch over their youngest. At the slightest twitch, they would be fretting about how to make sure that he did not wake up, and how to turn his nightmares into dreams.
You did cry then, just a little. You told him that you were incredibly tired. He kissed the top of your head and assured you that it was okay to feel that way, but he believed in you. He believed that you would get back right up and that you would be fine. He also told you that it was okay to not be fine. You had him, the boys, Winter. They all cared for you.
“I’m going to be all alone in that house,” you said in the middle of the night, listening to the steady thump of his heartbeat while he absently caressed the skin on your arm. “I’ve gotten so used to not being alone. It’s become a crutch.”
“It’s not a crutch,” Jongho’s voice had a raspy tinge to it from all the broken sleep. “I see it as my strength. Even when I’m alone, I know that I have my people.”
You hummed. That was certainly one way to look at it.
You looked up at him, resting your chin on his chest. The faint moonlight illuminated the outlines of his face with a light blue sheen from the crack of dawn, and you could tell that he had a smile on his lips.
“Thank you for staying with me tonight. I don’t know what I would have done without you.”
“You would have been fine,” he said but you were not having any of it.
“Thank you for letting me go to Eden Square,” you finally addressed what happened. “I think I would have been so cross with myself if I didn’t go today. Secretary Park… I think he’s finally had enough of President Lee too. He was not happy with what happened.”
“Only a monster would have been happy with how things turned out,” Jongho said, shifting so he could look at you.
“Secretary Park is not the monster that I thought he was. He’s still an evil, evil man,” you asserted. “But… I think I’ll finally have the answers I’ve wanted all this time when I go back to his house. He claims that he needs me in order to protect us, his family.”
“What do you think?” Jongho asked.
“He’s my only family,” you sighed. “He’s the only parent that I have. He may be something of a monster, but he raised me well. If I can protect him from President Lee… I should. I owe him that much.”
“I understand,” Jongho said. “Just remember that you don’t owe the man too much. Don’t end up giving him your all when he doesn’t deserve that. And you’re not responsible for protecting him. He could still be manipulating you.”
“Thank you for understanding, Jongho,” you smiled.
“You need to stop thanking me,” Jongho laughed helplessly. “I’m just saying it like it is. I understand your reasons. I want you to keep a level head when you’re there, and… even though I want to stop you from going to that house, the decision is yours.”
“You should coach Hongjoong. Or even some of the others,” you scoffed. “It’s going to be an ugly fight with them when they learn what happened.”
“The hyungs…” Jongho began, shifting to support you better when you snuggled closer, almost wrapping you in an embrace. “Seonghwa and Yunho too, they… they love with a fierceness that is overwhelming. I don’t know if they always used to be like this or if it was the circumstances that changed them, but they love like they wouldn’t wake up to see tomorrow.”
You sighed deeply at his admission. That was true. The rest were very casual, almost relaxed with their affection, but the oldest ones did love like there was no tomorrow.
“Which is why they’ll absolutely lose it when they learn what happened here,” he continued. “It’s going to be hard to talk some sense into them. They are fierce and possessive, and it’s not bad at all, no.”
You agreed. “I’ll make sure they understand. It’s not like I’m cutting ties with the Crescents. That’s probably the stance Secretary Park will take but I’m yours. I won’t be turning my back on you guys. You’ll just have to be patient.”
Jongho looked at you with reverence, a smile forming on his lips. You were confused for a second but then realisation washed over you and you smacked his chest, making him chuckle.
“You’re no better than your hyungs. All that talk and ‘I’m yours’ is the only thing that processes in that big head of yours?”
“I’m guilty,” he admitted with a grin. You shook your head.
“I am yours, though. You should know that.”
Jongho stifled a groan. “You’re awful.”
You hummed in agreement, cupping his face and caressing his cheeks. You had deep respect for the youngest after everything you had been through with him. He was the most understanding and his presence was always a comfort.
To convey your thanks, you looked at him for permission before you pecked his lips softly. He smiled lovingly, sharing another soft kiss before kissing the top of your head.
You slept soundly afterwards.
You were dropped off at your home when you returned back to Sector 1.
Wendy was not present, probably at work. However, there was a pot of your favourite meal spread on the kitchen counter with a note that said ‘welcome back!’. You smiled at her scribble, feeling close to tears. Before you could confront your emotions, you hopped into the shower and let your tears mix with the running water.
The hot shower seemed to have delivered the cathartic release that you so needed. You took your time under the water with no engagements for the night, enjoying the mechanical routine of washing your body. Anything to distract you from the constant bang of bullets in your head.
Dressing in one of your more comfortable sleeping gowns, you picked at your food but managed to get something in your system after a few minutes of internal debate. You were just finishing cleaning up when the doorbell rang. Your eyes darted towards the clock– it was past 7, which meant that it wasn’t Wendy. She usually came home after 9pm. Could it be Winter? You had given her the evening off and asked her to get some air but maybe she came back to join you for the night.
You donned a robe over your black gown and waited until a knock sounded on your door. You opened it just a fraction, sighing in both relief and surprise when you discovered that it was Hongjoong.
“What are you doing here?” You asked, opening the door for him. “Is everything okay?”
“I just wanted to see you,” he said, making a quick scan of your appearance. “Wrong time? This can wait–”
“No, come in,” you made space for him and took his jacket, hanging his outerwear by the door. “I just had dinner. Would you like something? Tea?”
“I’m good,” he assured, looking around the living room while fixing his white dress shirt. “Winter?”
“Gone for the night,” you said and he finally settled down on the sofa. You took a seat in front of him, bringing your legs up to tuck under the material of your gown. “I was going to see you tomorrow morning.”
Hongjoong nodded. “I just came by to make sure you were alright. We can discuss the logistics some other time.”
“I’m fine,” you shrugged vaguely. “As fine as I can be after… the mess. The shower certainly helped,” you let out a weak chuckle but Hongjoong didn’t find it funny.
“Are you here to scold me, Kim Hongjoong?”
“You always think the worst of me,” he shook his head. “For once, I have no words. I’m mad but I don’t have the words, Luna.”
You pursed your lips. “Did you talk to Jongho yet?”
“A bit. Got a summary of what happened,” he said, folding his arms. “I just… I wish you didn’t go, Luna. That’s all.”
“I know,” you sighed. “I wish I didn’t. I cannot forget the faces of the victims, but… if I didn’t go, no one would have remembered the truth about their last moments.”
Hongjoong sucked in a breath. You had a point.
“How did they look like? In their last moments?”
“Confused,” you recalled. “Afraid, but… angry. We failed them, Hongjoong.”
“Angry at who?” He inquired. “Not at you. Not at themselves for losing their freedom once again to the elites of this continent. Not at Mr. Ji whose cause led them here, but angry at the system, the corruption,” Hongjoong reminded you. “We didn’t fail them. We tried our best. This nation failed them.”
You supposed that he was right.
“This isn’t the first time our nation has failed its people,” Hongjoong continued after a moment. “Neither is it the first time that someone is fighting back.”
“So you are here to kill my spirits? What’s left of them?” You commented and he scoffed in amusement.
“I’m here to remind you that you are not a lone fighter,” Hongjoong said. “I’m here to make sure that my sword hasn’t gone rusty.”
“A little, it has,” you answered. “Just like my shield that failed to protect me. I’m meant to leave for the Park Mansion soon, Hongjoong. How will you protect me now?”
Hurt flashed in his eyes for a moment but he quickly masked it, ever the trained warrior. “Why do you fret? You’re still a weapon, Luna. Your defence might be down momentarily but that does not mean you cannot maim in the meanwhile.”
“I won’t be a weapon,” you told him. “I’ll be a shield. I’m going back because I’ve been threatened that one of my people could be rounded up in Eden Square next time. I don’t think I can attempt something while I’m there and risk the safety of the people I love. Do you understand now?”
“You don’t have to protect us,” Hongjoong leaned forward, attempting to reason, his clasped hands clenching and unclenching. “You only have to protect yourself. We’ll work things out, don’t stress about it– at least not tonight. I– I didn’t mean to talk about this and rile you up, I was supposed to comfort you, fuck.”
You watched Hongjoong bury his face in his hands, probably regretting the direction of your conversation. You shook your head, somewhat amused.
“What was your big plan when you decided to come here, Captain?”
Hongjoong sighed deeply into his hands, locking eyes with you. “No plan. I just wanted to make sure that you were not beating yourself up over what happened, and I wanted to make sure that you ate your dinner. I’ll see myself out now.”
Hongjoong started to get up and turned to leave but before you knew it, you were tugging at his sleeves. He stopped in his tracks but didn’t turn to face you, and you thought that it was better this way.
You wrapped your arms around his waist and rested your head against the space between his shoulders.
“Must we always talk in circles?”
“I don’t know,” Hongjoong’s voice no longer sounded authoritative. “It seems like we’re cursed to do so.”
“We’re not,” you chuckled. “Try saying what you mean for once, Joong.”
Hongjoong grunted, trying to think of the words.
“Shall I start?”
He laughed silently. “Go ahead.”
“I’m sorry.”
“For what?”
“For everything,” you confessed. “For being mean. For always contradicting you.”
“I don’t think you’re mean,” Hongjoong placed his hand on top of yours where they were clasped around his waist. “And I never want you to submit to me just because I’m the boss. I prefer that you contradict me and we work things out after, even if it takes a few arguments to visualise the same goal.”
“See? That wasn’t too hard,” you smiled. “I bet you’re sorry too.”
“Yeah,” Hongjoong laughed softly. “I’m sorry for being mean and contradicting you so often.”
You smiled. “I don’t mind… okay, I mind it when you’re mean. I don’t think you realise when you’re mean,” you told him. He had to agree. “The other part… I don’t mind that. I know you just want the best for us.”
“I’m sorry for being mean,” Hongjoong gently gripped your hands and brought them to his lips, placing soft kisses on both of them before wrapping them on his chest, right over his heart. “I’ve got a bitter tongue, and I hurt the people I love too often.”
“It’s okay,” you pressed your lips against his back. “Someone’s got to discipline us every once in a while.”
Hongjoong laughed heartily at that. “You sound just like the boys, you know? No wonder they like you so much.”
You grinned at his admission. “And you?”
Hongjoong gently pushed your hands away so he could turn and face you. You took a step back, your lips parting in surprise– you had never seen his eyes so soft, so full of affection. You supposed that in the privacy of this house, he was truly unmasked and unguarded.
Vulnerable, but so sure of his actions. He cradled your face ever so gently and traced the pads of his thumbs across your cheekbones, his eyes memorising every inch of your face.
“I thought by now you were aware that I am so deeply and helplessly in love with you that I don’t know what to do. I keep making a fool of myself in an attempt to convey my love to you.”
It felt like some fractured part of your heart was patching itself up, his confession like a balm meant to heal you in places you didn’t know you were hurting. Of course you knew that he loved you, however, these words were something you were sure you would never forget.
A sincere smile grew on his lips. “I promise that I’ll continue to protect you. I know going back to Park Mansion is inevitable now, but I’ll make sure to set things right. You are a Crescent, and nothing will change that. You are a Leader. You are ours, just like we are yours.”
You nodded and he kissed your forehead, lingering there. “Everything will be okay, love.”
You nodded yet again, speechless. The only way you knew to convey your love was through actions so you slid your hands up his chest and cupped his neck, bringing him closer until your lips met in a fierce kiss that was long due now.
It felt as if a dam of feelings had broken. There was too much to account for– months of push and pull, far too much time spent yearning for each other, unaccounted feelings and words and emotions, but nothing mattered anymore, for now you were where you were meant to be– in the Captain’s protective hold, his lips moving against yours full of promise and love.
Hongjoong attempted to steer the kiss into something gentle, attempting to convey his sincerity and yearning, but the way you clutched onto the fabric of his shirt and pulled him closer had him swallowing a groan instead. He resorted to matching the pace of your lips instead, opening his mouth to deepen the kiss as his hands trailed down your body to wrap around your hips and pull you flush to his body.
Hongjoong pulled back, his brows furrowed as he inspected your expressions. A faint smile crawled on your lips and you shut your eyes as you brushed the tip of your nose with his.
“Such a beautiful thing, you are,” Hongjoong cupped your face with one hand, admiring the way you leaned into his touch. With his other hand, he pulled your black robe away from your shoulder, exposing the thin straps of your gown. “My strong warrior. My love.”
Your lips trembled in the slightest and he immediately captured them in a kiss, this time soft and meaningful. He moved in a rhythmic manner, every movement of his hands laced with intention. Slowly, he slid the robe off your body, leaving you in your nightgown that was a simple silk top and shorts with lace decorating the curve of your neck. He traced the pattern with his fingers and cupped your breast once before pulling away from the kiss and attaching his mouth to the curve of your neck.
You craned your neck and let out a deep moan, wrapping your arms around his chest and pulling him closer. He trailed sweet kisses along your collarbone and then pulled the strap with his teeth before kissing the bare skin there, making you chuckle slightly.
“Are you teasing me right now?”
The way he looked at you in response had you shivering in his grasp. You had never seen this look on him– desire and yearning in his eyes. Possessiveness. The two of you moved in unison and shared a deep kiss before he picked you up in his arms and started leading towards the room with the open door and leaking dim light that he naturally assumed was yours.
You caressed his face lovingly as he laid you down on the bed, ever so gently. He started by trailing his hand along your bare thighs, keeping his eyes fixed on yours. You hooked your legs around him but he remained unfazed, settling into a comfortable position and kissing you leisurely. You decided to play along.
It felt like you had all the time in this world. No rushed kisses. No desperation anymore. Just the yearning from all the time spent picking on each other instead of embracing each other now finally translating in the form of caresses and kisses.
Where was the man who sometimes failed to conceal the lust in his eyes when he looked at you? Where was the man who concealed a promise in his words– the promise to break you apart? Was this the man who seemed to have enjoyed it when you were frustrated when he watched you kiss Seonghwa with your eyes fixed on him instead?
This man was someone unfamiliar, or perhaps… vulnerable. True and bare. He held your hand with a reverence that spoke volumes– nothing that he could ever say out loud in words. He kissed your lips with a gentleness that proved his love for you, a whisper of his confession. He traced the outlines of your body with intentions that were all but pure. He swallowed your moans and whimpers with his tongue, resting his core on top of yours and making you restless with each second, yet he remained unmoving without exhibiting any control.
When he finally separated his lips from yours, he watched you for a long time. He fixed his eyes on yours as he began to worship your body, starting with taking off your top. He muttered praises all along. Beautiful. Mine. So lovely. Mine. A piece of my heart.
Mine. Mine. Mine.
You were no longer hesitant with your actions, but you felt a bit shy when you dug your fingers in his hair, the soft strands tickling your skin. You tugged at his hair just a bit when he wrapped his mouth around one of your nipples after teasing it for too long. You tangled your limbs, feeling overwhelmed in the best way possible.
Your Captain. Yours.
While he was fondling your breasts, you tugged at his shirt and he let you take a moment to unbutton it. He threw it off and you frown as you inspect the multiple scars scattered across his body, ranging from faded short ones to stitched long ones.
“What… happened?” You asked, hesitant fingertips reaching out to trace the marks.
Hongjoong didn’t shy away. “I was not always a good soldier. It took me a while to learn how to fight.”
You met his eyes. He smiled at the worry in yours and held your hands, squeezing them affectionately. “It’s okay. They switched me over to Strategy before I could get myself killed. Yunho and… General Wi taught me how to fight and properly defend myself afterwards.”
General Wi. You smiled fondly at his admission. “You must really admire the man, then.”
“Admire, not very much anymore, but respect? I think, yeah,” he admitted. “He is not a bad man and I wish I could help him more.”
“You’re doing enough,” you told him. “Don’t be too harsh on yourself.”
He kissed your forehead, clearly wanting to change the topic. You pulled him to your lips again and shared a reverent kiss, tracing your hands across his marred back and chest.
“You’re beautiful,” you told him when you broke the kiss and he shook his head. “You are. I won’t hear a no.”
“Whatever you say, darling,” he grabbed your left hand and traced the scar that ran along your thumb. “Did you get this in the war too?”
“Oh, no,” you chuckled. “This I got from a foolish fight with Sunghoon.”
His gaze darkened immediately and you poked his chest. “He didn’t hurt me. It was an accident, I accidentally grazed a nail.”
“So it is because of him,” his jaw clenched. “I’m killing him the next time I see him.”
“You’re awful,” you chuckled, letting him trace patterns on your bare waist.
You locked eyes with him and tugged at the waistband of his slacks and he raised an eyebrow. You purposefully tugged at it again and he let out a shaky breath.
“Are you sure?”
“I am,” you nodded eagerly. “Of course I am, Captain. You made me wait for too long.”
He let out a deep guttural laugh and removed your panties first, throwing them away carelessly over his back. His lips started to trail soft kisses along your inner thigh, hands squeezing at the curve of your hips and you tried not to squirm too much under his grasp. He saw how aroused you were for him but he didn’t comment on it. He simply locked his eyes with yours for that final bit of permission before caressing your mound lightly with his fingertips.
You jerked under his touch and he pressed the pad of his thumb to your clit before his fingers worked his way down and deeper, sliding a digit inside you with ease and following with a second soon after. His free hand traced up until it braced itself on your shoulder, his hot gaze watching the way you moved under his touch.
“Too much?” He asked but when you shook your head, he curled his fingers deeper, making you arch slightly, your fists gripping the sheets. He explored the cavity with leisureness, making the coil in your stomach grow tighter and tighter, threatening to snap–
And then he drew away. You let out a soft sound in protest and he shook his head, leaning in to whisper in your ear.
“I want to be inside you when I make you cum.”
With a kiss to your cheek, he pulled his pants and briefs down in one motion, freeing his half-hard cock. You licked your lips at the sight, watching and waiting, something deep growing in your abdomen as a wave of fresh arousal coursed through you. He pumped his cock a couple of times before looking around–
“It’s okay,” you told him and his features contorted into confusion. “I… I’m on contraceptives. You don’t need a condom.”
Hongjoong clenched his jaw, barely able to contain himself. “Are you sure? I have one, it’s not a problem–”
“I’m sure. I– I want this,” you breathed and he could feel something inside of him break at the vulnerability in your voice. “I want to feel you. All of you.”
Hongjoong regarded you with interest. “Have you done this with anyone before?”
“Without a condom?” No,” you told him the truth. You had been intimate with Yunho and Seonghwa so far. With Yeosang and San, it hadn’t gotten to this point yet.
But right now… you needed this. You did not know if it was because it was Hongjoong or because of the recent circumstances, but you needed to feel the utmost level of intimacy. You needed to feel every inch of him– inside you, on top of you, everywhere.
“Come here, please,” you said in a shaky voice and he immediately obeyed, getting on top of you and kissing you slowly, passionately, his cock resting between your folds and being lubricated by your arousal as you moved against him, your arms wrapped around him and held him close. When you didn’t let go of him, he took it as a sign and shifted to bury his cock inside you.
With just the tip inside, he had you groaning and clutching at him, your legs wrapping around him to ease him inside you. He clasped your hand with his free one and guided himself inside you slowly and surely with the other, letting out a deep moan when he was done.
“Fuck,” he whispered, now both hands clasping yours and pinning them to the bed. “Fuck, y/n.”
He moved experimentally, rolling his hips and resting his head on the bed near yours, lips finding your shoulders to give you soft, tender kisses. When you moved in return, he shivered involuntarily and slowly started to thrust into you with deep, meaningful strokes.
“You’re going to end me,” he whispered and you smiled, sharing a sweet kiss with him. “Fuck, baby. You’re really going to kill me.”
“You’re saying that,” you sighed in pleasure, moving in synchronisation with his thrusts. There was no urgency, just the desire to feel each other and make the most of the moment. Your walls twitched, indicating an approaching orgasm but Hongjoong made no effort to speed up. He kept his eyes locked with yours, hands caressing yours as he thrusted in a steady motion, making the delicious feeling in your stomach grow larger with each movement.
Your breath started to grow quicker and Hongjoong’s gaze fell on your parted mouth. He wet his lips before diving into your mouth with his tongue, the kiss growing hot and heavy as his thrusts started to become unsteady.
He unwound his hands from yours and pulled away to cradle your body in his arms before thrusting deeper into you, your moans intermingling. His lips felt like feathers against your temple and you wrapped your arms around his back, telling him that you were close.
“Good, good,” he said with a shaky exhale. “Come for me, love. You’re doing so well, fuck–”
Your orgasm may have been slowly approaching but it hit you with surprise when he held you impossibly closer and you came apart in his arms, an electric feeling coursing through your veins, your deep moan music to his ears. He kept thrusting and followed soon after with a deep groan, trembling under your touch.
He eased your orgasm and his with slow strokes but settled down on top of you, kissing your temple over and over again. You buried your face into the crook of his neck and he rolled over to the side, remaining inside of you for a few moments while he studied your face.
“You’re beautiful, my love,” he told you, tucking your hair back, a sincere, almost childish grin on his lips. “I can’t believe you’re mine.”
“Stop,” you flushed, laughing at the irony of how it was his words that made your cheeks warm when he was still inside you. “You’re insufferable.”
“You love me,” he scoffed.
“I do,” you smiled sincerely. “Kim Hongjoong. I love you so much. Don’t you ever forget that. Don’t you ever doubt that– not for a moment.”
Hongjoong’s smile fell at your confession. He could tell why you chose to say those words now. He would be holding on to these words after you leave for Edenary.
Silently, he slid out of you and waited until he could breathe normally, his hands caressing the curves of your hips, eyes fixed on the contact. You called his name but he didn’t respond. He disappeared and when you heard the sound of water running, you sighed in relief.
He was still here. He wasn’t leaving you alone.
He returned with a towel and a glass of water. Without uttering a word, he handed you the glass while he proceeded to clean you up with gentle swipes. He tossed the towel and got inside the covers after tucking you in. When you moved closer, he wrapped you in a sure embrace as if he would never let you go.
You wished he wouldn’t.
“Hongjoong,” you called softly and he hummed this time, pulling you a little closer and rolling over so you were slightly on top of him while he laid on his back. With a hand buried in your hair and another around your waist, he synchronised his breathing with yours.
“I need you to trust me when I tell you that I will change things,” you started to say, hand caressing the ragged scar that ran across his shoulder. “I don’t know how slow it will be, but I am Luna of the Crescent. I am nobody’s daughter. I am nobody’s sister. I am just Luna now. A part of Ateez. A Leader. A Crescent. I am yours– all of yours. I will return to my rightful place in your arms.”
Hongjoong clutched you tighter so you wouldn’t feel the tremble in his hands. He kept you snug to his chest so you wouldn’t move and see the sheen of tears in his eyes.
“I hate that you have to go,” he said, failing to keep the tremor in his voice. When you tried to move, he held you tighter and you understood. “I hate that I have to let you go. But I want you to know that you are just Luna. You don’t have to play any roles anymore. You are simply a woman who needs to return to her home right here, okay? Return safely. Return proudly. Return whole.”
“I promise,” you told him, determination in your voice. “Thank you for believing in me. I love you, Joong. I love you so much.”
“I love you,” he replied with a kiss to the top of your head. “I don’t doubt that, and I will never forget that.”
my sunny 😭😭😭 ofc she's down for the elites and the gossip
It was why when your official shareholder status was celebrated in a gathering at the bar with an abundance of drinks and food, you consciously tried your best to enjoy that moment. You were aware that everyone was on edge and you were not alone in feeling troubled by the things that had been happening. The boys were trying to find happiness and comfort in moments like these, and you were not going to dampen the mood by letting your worries get the best of you. You were allowed to celebrate, to steal these little moments and live, laugh and love, Seonghwa had said prior to the gathering. He smiled at you when he noticed you staring holes into your drink and squeezed your hand to get your attention. “You okay, love?” “I’m good,” you assured him. “It’s lovely to be here.”
🥺🥺🥺🥺🥺
Seonghwa commented and you smacked his arm, making him groan out loud. That caught Wooyoung’s attention though. He smacked Seonghwa’s other arm and then leaned forwards, grinning at you. “Is the old man bothering you?” “No,” you almost doubled over with laughter. “Kind of.” “Hey!” Seonghwa pulled away, betrayed as Wooyoung struck again. Seonghwa pressed his palm against the back of Wooyoung’s neck, muttering threats into his ears that had him surrendering right away. You watched the encounter with amusement. “Is the old man bothering you?” You asked Wooyoung.
LMAOOOLKSFJNJHB IS THIS MAN BOTHERING YOU MISS??!
Another child. Was he leading a whole new life? You wondered for the rest of the night. Did President Lee, the monster of a man, really have a weakness after all?
i've read so many of your works that i've grown an almost impulsive rejection to outright believing what is insinuated, i can't. 🙃 i'm really trying not to buy into the idea that this could be referring to reader being the weakness bc that would be too obvious right??? but my God, it sure is being played up that way.
“Luna!” Ten’s footsteps seemed to be as loud as his voice as he rushed up the stairs calling your name. “You have a message– you need to do something.”
WHAT THE HELLY AM >I< SUPPOSED TO DO?!?! IM TWEAKING OUT OVER HERE 🫨🫨🫨 omygeez, you can't write that not even the rv spies know what to do but then I SHOULD KNOW?!?"?= DLKSKDM 😶🌫️💀
“Why does the head of the Sirens think you can put a stop to this execution? And why choose the Sirens as sacrificial lambs?”
😫 I 😫 DO 😫 NOT 😫 KNOW 😫
“But Jongho,” you called weakly. “We need to do something.”
“I have orders too,” Jongho retaliated. “From the Captain. Under no circumstances are you to offer yourself to save someone else. Even if it is us.”
holymoly, stop shutting them away 🙄
“I’ll contact my people,” Winter said, grabbing her belongings to leave immediately. “Give me an hour. Ten, please make sure Luna doesn’t leave this building before I come back. However long it may take.” “Winter–” “That’s an order,” Winter was serious and you gave in. You could give her an hour, alright. No more.
rv spies have me by the neck 👐 and so do they have reader, it seems. the most mysterious and concurrently also most trustworthy based alone on the fact that they have caused no harm to reader (and the people around them) directly (as far as we're aware)
“I’m allowing everyone an hour, Yunho,” you said assertively. “After the time is up, I’ll make my own decisions. Tell your Captain that.”
YOUR CAPTAIN??!?)=")(/!? OH WE ARE MADMAD 😦😦
“I love you,” he said and you smiled. Something started to weigh over your heart, crushing it slowly but surely. “I love you,” he repeated.. “I love you,” he repeated like a mantra. “I wish I was there with you right now, Luna, I–”“It’s okay, I know,” you assured him. “I have Jongho. I’m okay, Yunho, love, I’m okay,” you almost cried. “I love you too, Yunho. I’ll be back soon. Please… please make sure Hongjoong is okay. Will you do that for me?”
YOU EVIL EVIL WRITERRRRRR 😭😭😭 YOU ARE NOT INVITED TO MY GOOGLE DOC 😤😤😤
“I don’t know what they want from me. I’m so tired of this– if Hongjoong or Winter don’t give me answers tonight, I’m going to be so, so mad, Jongho.” “I understand,” Jongho squeezed your shoulders. “Just don’t forget that they’re trying to protect you in their own ways.”
nahfucjemimcryingnow 👤 myjonghomyjonghomyjongho.
“Father anticipated this call. He asked me to forward the invitation. He will see you at Eden Square– you, and no one else. Not even your little guard.”
MY JAW IS ON THE FLOOORR 😀😀 HE'S 👏 FORCING 👏THE QUEEN OUTTTT 🫵 WHOSE SIDE ARE YOU ON BROOO
and now with reader being (known as) the face of the pharmaceuticals that revealed the elites had been keeping the opioid to themselves instead of releasing it as a painkiller, just what would happen if reader actually turns to their father's business/side.
“Orders from who?” “My boss, and… your boss,” Winter revealed and you scoffed loudly, looking at Jongho pointedly. “Kim Hongjoong,” you shook your head. “He can’t put me under house arrest. I– he knows that I can stop this. We need to stop this, Winter. We’ll lose far more than those innocent lives if we let it happen without even trying. The Sirens– they trusted us, they trusted me to help them. I can’t let them down like this.”
i'm remembering the time when reader told hongjoong to his face that he wasn't treating them any better than reader's father by keeping them in the dark as if reader was helpless in the situation
also remembering in earlier chapters being mentioned that reader isn't likely forced into (actual) obedience by sheer force so i have hope!!!
“Why me?” You asked and Jongho’s heart ached at your distraught tone. “What did I do?” “You’ve done nothing,” Winter approached you before Jongho could and took your hand, so uncharacteristic of the spy trained to stick to orders and not indulge in feelings. “It’s not your fault in any sense.”
“If I don’t go, it will weigh over my conscience and crush me,” you said, searching Winter’s eyes for any signs of agreement. You found nothing.
I'm gonna cry, just tell me what's going on WHO ARE WEE!!! 😿
The difference between life and death was merely a drop of the pin, a shift in the air, you concluded. Subtle but irreversible. However, you were about to learn that sudden, quick death was a gift, and the poets were not wrong. Death began the moment you realised it.
just superb writing. 👏 has me so locked in and wrapped up.
The last rays of sun for the evening shone upon the victims in an almost ironic manner. The sun wasn’t warm enough to make its presence known to the blinded souls. It felt like a futile attempt to offer them some comfort.
urgh, light and darkness and resignation and a last futile act of mercy? urgh.
“I need you close to me so that I can protect us both. So I can protect my family.” “I was told that I’m protected either way, but… what do you mean that I am your protection?”
I FYCKN KNEEEW ITT 😤😤😤
The guards saluted in eerie synchronisation and took off the masks of the 15.
giving them a last time to see the light omyfgod i- 🚫
“Look at the mess we’ve made, y/n.” You didn’t. You were on the ground, staring at your hands.
WE??? WE ARE???? WHO'SSS WEE I'M NOT FRENCHHJJH!!!
“The blood is not on your hands. It’s on my hands.”
AND THEN THIS?? WHERE DO WE EVEN STAND BRO??
You remained on your knees, offering prayers for the dead. You did not apologise. You did not deserve their forgiveness. “The blood is not on your hands, Luna.” It was Jongho who said that, sinking down in front of you.
gasped with tears welling in my eyes when i read how reader is praying for them. actually gutwrenching. and following the entire moment with jongho repeating the words to them like a mantra was soSOOO needed here. omg.
“I’m going to get the President good, and I’ll do it alone. I’ll make sure to ruin him. He has not won this war yet.” Winter stood near you with her hands clasped on the front, trying her best to mask her dismay at the turn of the events. If the circumstances were different, Winter would have appreciated the way you spat those words with promise and revenge. However, this time it was just evident of the fact that the guard was right– Something did break inside you.
mmhhhn. 😓😓
The horrors of the war had kept him awake at nights. He had the boys comfort him and stay with him at his lowest. He would do the same for you now. So after making sure that you were fed and ready for bed, he asked if he could stay with you for the night. The sincerity in his voice almost made you smile. You pulled the covers for him so he could get in bed with you. He held you in his arms. You didn’t question his reasons. You were well aware that it was going to be a long, long night.
thinking about how he's probably mimicking what atz did for him.
hmm so... hm. reader's father once said that he could only keep tabs on them when reader was still in wonderland. i'm wondering now if it wasn't necessarily their father but president lee who had pushed to send reader away. though it's just a thought. if i had any say in this, madame cha and the got7 gang would show up and barrel down the entire dome.
“I’ll make sure they understand. It’s not like I’m cutting ties with the Crescents. That’s probably the stance Secretary Park will take but I’m yours. I won’t be turning my back on you guys. You’ll just have to be patient.” Jongho looked at you with reverence, a smile forming on his lips. You were confused for a second but then realisation washed over you and you smacked his chest, making him chuckle. “You’re no better than your hyungs. All that talk and ‘I’m yours’ is the only thing that processes in that big head of yours?” “I’m guilty,” he admitted with a grin. You shook your head. “I am yours, though. You should know that.” Jongho stifled a groan. “You’re awful.”
MY JONGHOOOOAND A KISSSYSKCMDPSNCLCLV 🧎➡️🧎➡️
coming back to an empty apartment must feel so jarring after all that noise. from the static tv announcement to the phone ringing to so many people talking, barking orders and then the wind on the rooftop, the gunshots, the wrenching and then the quiet. the prayers. jongho as sole support.
You took your time under the water with no engagements for the night, enjoying the mechanical routine of washing your body. Anything to distract you from the constant bang of bullets in your head.
yeah.
“Are you here to scold me, Kim Hongjoong?” “You always think the worst of me,” he shook his head. “For once, I have no words. I’m mad but I don’t have the words, Luna.”
please, man. just throw a dictionary at me and point to some. 😭
“Angry at who?” He inquired. “Not at you. Not at themselves for losing their freedom once again to the elites of this continent. Not at Mr. Ji whose cause led them here, but angry at the system, the corruption,” Hongjoong reminded you. “We didn’t fail them. We tried our best. This nation failed them.”
😔
“I’m here to make sure that my sword hasn’t gone rusty.” “A little, it has,” you answered. “Just like my shield that failed to protect me. I’m meant to leave for the Park Mansion soon, Hongjoong. How will you protect me now?” Hurt flashed in his eyes for a moment but he quickly masked it, ever the trained warrior. “Why do you fret? You’re still a weapon, Luna. Your defence might be down momentarily but that does not mean you cannot maim in the meanwhile.”
“I won’t be a weapon,” you told him. “I’ll be a shield.."
STAAAHPP IT'S LKSJFN!!! OKAY THEY CAN WORK BY THEMSELVES BUT GOD WHY WOULD THEY 😫😫😫 THEY SHOULDN'T HAVE TO! THEY'D WORK BEST TOGETHER!! YOURE UNDERSELLING YOURSELF.
“You don’t have to protect us,” Hongjoong leaned forward, attempting to reason, his clasped hands clenching and unclenching. “You only have to protect yourself. We’ll work things out, don’t stress about it– at least not tonight. I– I didn’t mean to talk about this and rile you up, I was supposed to comfort you, fuck.” You watched Hongjoong bury his face in his hands, probably regretting the direction of your conversation.
he's so overwhelmed mygod byy 😢😢
You wrapped your arms around his waist and rested your head against the space between his shoulders. “Must we always talk in circles?” “I don’t know,” Hongjoong’s voice no longer sounded authoritative. “It seems like we’re cursed to do so.”
DO😃NOT😃EVEN😃
Vulnerable, but so sure of his actions. He cradled your face ever so gently and traced the pads of his thumbs across your cheekbones, his eyes memorising every inch of your face. “I thought by now you were aware that I am so deeply and helplessly in love with you that I don’t know what to do. I keep making a fool of myself in an attempt to convey my love to you.”
I GASPED 😦 just him trying to come to terms with the man he changes into when around you, lawd.
Hongjoong attempted to steer the kiss into something gentle, attempting to convey his sincerity and yearning, but the way you clutched onto the fabric of his shirt and pulled him closer had him swallowing a groan instead.
LORD I CAN'T BLAME READER BC I'D DO THE SAME GURL 😩
He trailed sweet kisses along your collarbone and then pulled the strap with his teeth before kissing the bare skin there, making you chuckle slightly.
“Are you teasing me right now?”
The way he looked at you in response had you shivering in his grasp. You had never seen this look on him– desire and yearning in his eyes. Possessiveness.
i'm sorry for speaking sir- IMS ORRY FOR BREATHING AIR 🫡🫡
Where was the man who sometimes failed to conceal the lust in his eyes when he looked at you? Where was the man who concealed a promise in his words– the promise to break you apart? Was this the man who seemed to have enjoyed it when you were frustrated when he watched you kiss Seonghwa with your eyes fixed on him instead?
KLSJNLNFJGODS WE BEEN WATCHING READER BEEN WATCHFUL 🫨🫨🫨
He kissed your forehead, clearly wanting to change the topic. You pulled him to your lips again and shared a reverent kiss, tracing your hands across his marred back and chest. “You’re beautiful,” you told him when you broke the kiss and he shook his head. “You are. I won’t hear a no.”
🥹🥲🥹🥲
“I’m killing him the next time I see him.” “You’re awful,” you chuckled, letting him trace patterns on your bare waist.
IMCRACKINGUP KSJKJN 😃😃 MAAAN THEY'RE ACTING LIKE THEY'VE BEEN LOVERS FOR AGES FINDING EACH OTHER AGAIN LEARNING EACH OTHER'S BODY AGAIN 🏃➡️🏃🏃➡️🏃
“It’s okay,” you told him and his features contorted into confusion. “I… I’m on contraceptives. You don’t need a condom.” Hongjoong clenched his jaw, barely able to contain himself. “Are you sure? I have one, it’s not a problem–”
“I’m sure. I– I want this,” you breathed and he could feel something inside of him break at the vulnerability in your voice. “I want to feel you. All of you.”
MISS MA'AM????? I DOUBT MADAME CHA TOUGHT YOU THIS??!?!?!?!?! 😲😲😲
“Fuck,” he whispered, now both hands clasping yours and pinning them to the bed. “Fuck, y/n.”
the concept of reader giving themselves to him entirely (submitting) in combination with the act of hongjoong holding them down regardless not forceful but hungry, craving maybe even 🫠😛😩
Your walls twitched, indicating an approaching orgasm but Hongjoong made no effort to speed up. He kept his eyes locked with yours, hands caressing yours as he thrusted in a steady motion, making the delicious feeling in your stomach grow larger with each movement.
HUFFHUFFHUFF IM A RABBIDDOG GNAWNAGWNAH 🐶🐶
He unwound his hands from yours and pulled away to cradle your body in his arms before thrusting deeper into you, your moans intermingling.
MY GOD THE INTIMACY GOING CRAZYYY HELPPMEUUH
..of all the things i've noted down so far for every chapter, i can NOT believe that i predicted hongjoong cumming inside of reader by chapter five. my legacy..
“Kim Hongjoong. I love you so much. Don’t you ever forget that. Don’t you ever doubt that– not for a moment.” Hongjoong’s smile fell at your confession. He could tell why you chose to say those words now. He would be holding on to these words after you leave for Edenary.
i want to say that the time has come where i should send you another bill for my therapy session. it's been a while after all. but ,if knowing you the way i do is anything to go by, i will probably need a handful more sessions reading this series.
“I need you to trust me when I tell you that I will change things,” you started to say, hand caressing the ragged scar that ran across his shoulder. “I don’t know how slow it will be, but I am Luna of the Crescent. I am nobody’s daughter. I am nobody’s sister. I am just Luna now. A part of Ateez. A Leader. A Crescent. I am yours– all of yours. I will return to my rightful place in your arms.” Hongjoong clutched you tighter so you wouldn’t feel the tremble in his hands. He kept you snug to his chest so you wouldn’t move and see the sheen of tears in his eyes. “I hate that you have to go,” he said, failing to keep the tremor in his voice. When you tried to move, he held you tighter and you understood. “I hate that I have to let you go. But I want you to know that you are just Luna. You don’t have to play any roles anymore. You are simply a woman who needs to return to her home right here, okay? Return safely. Return proudly. Return whole.”
FUCKYOU YUUUUMI😾🖕ILOVEYOU SOMUCH YUUUUMI 😿🫶
chapter warnings: drinking, smoking, illegal businesses, mentions of war/military, drugs, gangs and corruption, secrets and more secrets, luna gets promoted for the umpteenth time, hj finally shows his vulnerable side! but he is also about to murder someone, shooting and near death experience but no one gets hurt.
chapter wc: 11.7k
chapter synopsis: tiffany admits the reason behind her betrayal and hongjoong offers her a chance to redeem herself. you meet secretary park who orders you to come back and inherit the business but you refuse. president lee makes a public announcement where he covers the troops as special forces aiming to catch spies and the crescents follow with a news article hinting at his involvement with strictland. hongjoong promotes you as shareholder and face of the pharmaceutical business. when you get attacked while you are with jaemin and renjun, hongjoong rounds up his crew to remind them of their loyalties.
prev chapter recap: hongjoong, jongho and you go to edenary to get assemblyman wi on your side. before you leave, yunho invites you over for a relaxed night with him and yeosang. you finally meet the assemblyman but he doesn’t cooperate and admits that president lee is a dangerous man who has tied him down. he tells you that the president has his eyes on you and you interpret it as a warning. you request winter to accept secretary park’s invitation to meet him. at a business gathering at the ju residence, you remind assemblyman kim that the offer to join the crescents still stands. you reveal the true involvement of president lee with strictland. president lee makes a surprise appearance there and jongho eases you through the greeting. you catch his female secretary and exchange greetings. you accidentally hear the president tell secretary park that you look just like your mother. hongjoong leaves for sector 4 to follow a tip to madame tiffany and you go to a bar to think things over. you meet inspector gong there and have a rather sentimental talk before trading info. after learning that president han was investigating something personal regarding her family right before her death, you offer the inspector a meeting with president han’s secretary, oh jungse. winter confirms that president han was looking not into her maternal or paternal family which leaves questions about a possible child. the night ends with jongho’s affectionate warning to not make any deals with the devil.
Hongjoong was a man of many names.
The Colonel, he was called in the war. Colonel Kim. An honoured colonel because of his commendable yet questionable military strategies. Sometimes, he thought he heard a whisper of some titles that people were starting to refer to behind his back. ‘The Enigmatic Leader’ or ‘The Controversial Leader’. He heard a group of soldiers refer to him with those names while he hid in the shadows near the barracks to grab a smoke in silence.
Enigmatic or controversial he may be, but a common ground was that everyone believed in his leadership qualities. It’s what prompted him to come up with the term for his own group– The Leaders. No matter how people described him and his gang, they would always include the word ‘leader’ when referring to Hongjoong. It was important to assert that he would always be in the lead regardless of the circumstances. He lived up to that title until it became something embedded in the common man’s subconscious. Hush. Here comes The Leader.
However, after having a detailed conversation with Tiffany through a secure line with her agent physically present to work out the logistics of their future approach, he was half-convinced that perhaps, he was just a man too. Maybe the title was too much for a young man like him. He was a strategist, but anyone could be. He was an honoured Colonel, but that wasn’t a title that only he owned. There were many people in this world like him. He was just a man who had perhaps bitten off more than he could chew. He was wearing a crown and it felt like he couldn’t bear the weight of it anymore.
Hongjoong felt as if he was back to being an inexperienced strategist as he narrated the contents of his meeting with Tiffany to you and Jongho. He felt squeamish, his skin tingling as if there were more than two pairs of eyes in the room trained on him, judging him, ready to pick on his flesh at the slightest slip. Once he was done, he took a deep breath and looked away, rubbing at his face as he let the information sink in.
He wasn’t sure if it was just him. Maybe he was tired of pretending to be someone stronger than he was. Maybe the two of you would be pretending for him now.
You are Kim Hongjoong, he reminded himself. The Leader of the Underworld. Honoured military strategist and the youngest colonel. Ruler of the shadows.
It sounded like he was trying to convince himself.
“I understand Tiffany’s reasons,” it was Jongho who spoke. “If President Lee really threatened to expose her Hala lineage to the world after she’s claimed to be from Wonderland… it would be the end of her business.”
“And now she’s far too deep in with the President to back out,” you rubbed your chin, ignoring the bitter taste in your mouth. “She really had no choice but to work with President Lee to attack us, and if she backs out now, she would be considered an international criminal for betraying her homeland and selling its secrets. She would also have no place in Wonderland anymore.”
“He’s got her trapped from all sides,” Hongjoong took a deep breath. “I don’t blame her for tipping the navy and attacking the warehouse. At least she had the decency to make sure that the warehouse attack did minimal damage.”
“Except now President Lee suspects her and she’s in hiding,” Jongho commented. “And it seems like she also possesses some common sense. President Lee will betray her whether she cooperates with him or not. He wants Strictland to be his property and no one else’s, and he’ll probably get rid of everyone who he uses to get to it. That's why she’s finally come clean now.”
“She cares about her business and the empire she’s built for herself,” Hongjoong mused. “She’s just a businessperson like us. Her partnership is only a means for her to make sure that her reputation remains intact, and her lineage remains a secret. She must have changed her nationality when she was just a teen. At that time, Halaland was under heavy criticism for their nuclear operations– she could not have reached these heights with her Hala roots, so she pulled those rotten roots out and planted a flower instead.”
You observed the uncomfortable shift of Hongjoong’s position, crossing his legs and then deciding against it, his fingers tapping restlessly on the arms of the couch. It had only been a few hours since he came back from Sector 4. He looked weary, and Jongho silently led him to the dining table, urging everyone to eat first. It was mostly silent, just the sound of utensils clicking against each other. You and Jongho could tell the meeting might not have gone as anticipated but hearing Hongjoong narrate what actually happened was far worse than you had ever imagined–
And it looked like he felt the same. If you looked closer, you could see his shoulders curling in with each passing minute with the man physically making an effort to maintain his composure.
“President Lee is just a person too, Hongjoong,” you reminded him. “He may be a monster of a man, but he’s just a man in the end. His pride and ego will surely be his downfall, and we can use that to our advantage.”
Hongjoong spared you a glance. Were you trying to convince yourself too?
You narrowed your eyes. You could tell exactly what he was thinking. “Tiffany is still doing the President's bidding, correct? She can continue to do so. She only has to inform us of the President’s plan.”
“That could be a test,” Hongjoong countered. “We got lucky with the warehouse attack, but if another attack happens and neither our business nor our men are harmed, President Lee will surely know that she has switched sides.”
“Then we pretend that we got harmed,” Jongho suggested and you both shifted your attention to him. “Just like we did with silver light. President Lee has assumed that our batches were damaged, which is why no one has traced the batches to President Son’s area. They’re still out looking for the raw material, the drug.”
You both considered that, and you nodded in agreement.
“She tells us what damage President Lee expects to do, and we pretend that he succeeds the next time. He wants bodies? You can surely arrange for that. He wants raw material as proof? Prepare a batch as a gift,” you scoffed. “He’s probably dying to see what silver light looks like as a medicinal drug.”
Jongho agreed and you both looked towards the Captain who still seemed sceptical.
“We can make this work,” Jongho said, shifting closer to him. You watched the way he curled his fingers around Hongjoong’s hand, squeezing it gently. “Believe in us, Hongjoong. Believe in yourself.”
Hongjoong. It was a surprise to see Jongho call the Captain by his name alone when he always referred to the most of them with the suffix ‘hyung’ attached. Wooyoung and Mingi were the only ones he referred to by their names and you never noticed that until now. You realised a few things– that he was probably very, very close with the warehouse boys considering the little age gap between them, and…
He was talking to Hongjoong as his partner now. Not as a Crescent, but as his friend and companion, if the way he squeezed his hand gently was any indication of that. As a romantic partner, if the way they looked into each other’s eyes was proof of that. Silent communication.
“Alright,” Hongjoong gave in, just like that. Jongho smiled assuringly, patting his arm.
“I’ll go to Sector 4 to meet Tiffany’s agent tomorrow,” Jongho announced. “I’ll take Taeyong with me since he knows who you met. You can go back to Sector 1 with Mark, the boys need you. Let’s have the minimum number of people know about this meeting.”
Hongjoong nodded and Jongho finally let go of his hand, getting up. “I’ve got plans at the bar with an old friend,” Jongho looked at you with a grin. “Someone she almost scared the shit out of.”
“Mr. Kudo?” You asked, recalling the meeting with the middleman for the Utopian client who was funding the Crescents’ weapons project.
“Ju Seok Tae,” Jongho said and your mouth turned into an ‘o’. “You scared him too.”
“Right. Send him my warmest regards.”
Jongho chuckled, exiting the living room and you heard him shout Mark’s name, who followed moments later. Once in privacy again, you locked eyes with Hongjoong.
You both were still pretending the little argument never happened.
“You’re going back tomorrow?”
“My work in Edenary is done,” he shrugged. “Will you join me, or will you come back with Jongho the day after?”
“I have the meeting,” you reminded him.
As if he could forget. You were to meet Secretary Park at his mansion tomorrow night. He swallowed the lump in his throat.
“Don’t let him get to you.”
“I’ll try,” you nodded. No point pretending that you would remain wholly unaffected.
“Well,” Hongjoong leaned forward, wanting to get up but resigning back with a tired pat to his thighs. “You should go rest. I’ll drink some more before I go to bed.”
You nodded. He was dismissing you–
“I’m sorry about that night,” he finally said. “I tell you that I trust you, and then keep things from you. I can understand if you hate me.”
“Hate is a strong word, Hongjoong,” you said softly, matching his fond gaze. “I could never hate you.”
Hongjoong pressed his lips into a tight line. “Still. It’s wrong of me to keep things from you.”
“But I trust you, and I trust that you will tell me when the time is right,” you told him and he nodded, relaxing a bit. “I want you to trust me with this meeting too. It could work to our advantage, and I’m not passing this opportunity. No harm in hearing him out.”
Hongjoong nodded earnestly.
“I want you to trust yourself too,” you said after a moment and he raised a brow in question. “I know it’s overwhelming to hear that the President has taken upon himself to destroy what you’ve built solely because you refuse to give up silver light and aim to expose his wrongdoings, but Hongjoong… If there is one man who can take him down, it’s you. Believe in yourself.”
“It’s not very easy to believe in myself when the whole world is pointing their trigger at my head, y/n,” he said. He appreciated the sentiment, but he wasn’t going to pretend that he wasn’t afraid.
“But you’re not alone,” you smiled and Hongjoong thought there was something sad about it. “You have the boys. You have me. You have the Crescent Company and all your partners. You have more allies than you think, and they’re all relying on you to lead them.”
To lead them. Hongjoong swallowed the wave of nausea at the phrase. However, nothing passed your eyes.
You got up and stood in front of him, placing your hands on his shoulders. When he didn’t object, you cradled his face and gently caressed his jaw.
“You’re not alone,” you reminded him again. “You’re not a leader when you’re with us. You’re just Kim Hongjoong. We’ll do this together, all of us. This is not your burden to shoulder alone, okay? It’s ours to share. But… you’re still our captain. Do you get what I mean?”
Hongjoong nodded, his heart feeling full again. This was exactly what he needed to hear, and coming from you, even after that little argument which he thought would have put distance between you two…
“You are strong. You are fierce and ruthless. That is who you are to the world. Straighten your shoulders when you go out. But when you’re with us… allow yourself to be vulnerable, okay? Don’t bottle your feelings and don’t let them eat at you.”
Hongjoong smiled, gently holding your hands and pulling them away from his face so he could speak, his hands coming to rest on the curve of your hips “I’ll only drink my sorrows down and smoke them out.”
“And talk them out,” you scolded. “Please tell me you talk it out.”
“I do,” he laughed lightly. “But… there’s nothing to say now. I really am speechless for once.”
“That damned president,” you muttered, sharing a laugh. “Well, I’ll be in my room if you finally find some words.”
Hongjoong nodded, silently thanking you. You cupped his face again, unable to resist the urge and planted a sweet kiss on his forehead.
You drew away, finding his lips parted in surprise. You stayed at eye-level, making him look at you.
“There is no one like you. Believe that.”
“There is no one like me,” he repeated.
You smiled in satisfaction and gave him another kiss, patting his cheek and leaving him alone.
Hongjoong wished he could have found the words to stop you, but he was once again rendered speechless. Perhaps, a drink and a smoke was exactly what would help.
The Park Mansion was still the same ivory grandiose structure, ever imposing with its high pillars and columns. The vines that previously curled around the pillars were no longer there, making the house appear more devoid of life even though the gardens surrounding the structure were flourishing as ever.
“The air always feels colder here,” you curled your arms around yourself, bundling the material of your jacket to hide the lower part of your face in it. Winter seemed unaffected, or maybe the air only felt colder to you. She only smiled knowingly in response and as soon as the butler appeared and urged you both to come inside, you reluctantly made your way along the stone path.
The butler recognised you, of course, but he was trained to not react to his guests. Still, the old man could not contain his smile at the sight of you.
“All grown up now, Miss,” he whispered, leading you to the sitting room. You ran your eyes quickly across the expanse of the house. Still the same. The painting frames that adorned the walls, the vases and antique pieces on the tables. Everything was right how you left it.
You smiled back, acknowledging the man. He had been around all your life, and though he usually handled the office space at home which meant that you did not cross paths too much, the butlers and the housekeepers were still fond of you. At least the ones who had always been there.
“How’s Nanny?” You asked, referring to the housekeeper who practically raised you. She left the job back when you were still a resident here, but you were sure Mr. Butler would have kept contact with her.
“Thriving,” he replied. “Lives with her son in Sector 3. You should see her sometime. She thinks very fondly of you.”
“One day,” you promised yourself and paused in front of the door.
“Ready?” The butler asked and you passed him a knowing look but nodded after taking a deep breath.
As soon as the doors opened, you were blasted with the thick scent of Secretary Park’s favourite lavender incense. It always made your eyes water up and you forced yourself to blink the tears away, spotting the man seated on the coffee table with a game of chess in front of him.
He often played with himself. When you were younger and on the rare occasions that he was in a good mood, he would bring you to his study and silently play a game of chess with you, explaining the moves and their symbolism. Apparently, real life was a game of chess too.
You supposed he needed a partner to play with and since Sunghoon wasn’t a good player, he made do with you, but you were soon going to realise he had a motive even in teaching you to play that game.
Everything he did, every move he made had a motive, an underlying intention.
“Come, take a seat. Let’s see if your skills got any better,” he called casually and you nodded at Winter who stationed herself outside the study.
Gathering the material of your skirt, you sat in front of him. Secretary Park rested his cheek on his hand, waiting for you to study the game and make your move. You took a good minute, finding yourself in an obvious trap. Was this intentional too?
You moved a knight piece forwards in your first attempt to break yourself out of the trap and he hummed in satisfaction. “Heard you and yours are in quite the bind.”
You rolled your eyes at the way he referred to the Crescents. Don’t ever come after me or mine again, you had told him.
“Nothing we can’t handle,” you said and he made his move, trapping you yet again, but you saw another opening and countered his move with one of the rooks. “What prompted you to request my presence, though?”
“Thought we could catch up,” his lips curled in an almost mocking smile. “You and me over a chess game, just like the old times.”
“I don’t have too much time to spare,” you sighed, tired. “Get to the point.”
“Easy,” he clicked his tongue at your tone and made his move before folding his arms. “If you wish for me to stop beating around the bush, I’ll do that. I want you to come back, y/n. Come back here and join me in my business. I need an heir and Sunghoon…”
“Sunghoon is not cooperating, as per usual,” you mirrored his position, crossing your legs. “If you were just a little bit patient with him, he would make a good heir. He’s not a fool.”
“He’s not good at chess,” Secretary Park said.
“What does that even mean,” you let out a short laugh. “What’s that got to do with his capabilities?”
“You know exactly what. He’s a good businessman but he does not think like I do, or even like you do,” Secretary Park responded. “Life is a game of chess, and he will always lose.”
“We can’t always win,” you looked at the chess board. You had no way out.
“When you’re trapped from all sides… you can’t win,” Secretary Park said, proceeding to show all the ways he could make moves in his current position and call checkmate. “And you’re trapped… Luna. You can keep the name if you wish to, but you will soon realise that your new life was just a very long game meant to lead you back home.”
Disbelief would be an understatement. “You have quite the audacity to ask me to come back home after attempting to take my life multiple times. How can a father do that to his own daughter?”
Secretary Park only smiled. “There are things that are in my control, and things that are not in my control,” he said, tracing a path for your queen piece along the board. A risky path, but the only one that had any chance of ensuring your victory. “I tried to harm you, I won’t lie about that. But you are under protection,” his gaze slid towards the pearl ring on your hand.
You narrowed your eyes, looking at your ring. “Is this piece of jewellery a marker?”
“Perhaps,” he smiled knowingly. “Do not ever take it off. As long as you wear it, you are under protection and even I cannot harm you. I tried and I failed, clearly. The spies protect you, even when you are at your most vulnerable.”
You swallowed the questions threatening to burst out all at once and instead asked the one that you had come here for. “This ring was my mother’s, correct? I think it’s about time you reveal her identity.”
“It’s the one thing I’m bound to keep a secret,” Secretary Park raised his hands in surrender. “If I say it, I will be a dead man by the night.”
“Then I have no reason to come back to you,” you took the risk and moved your queen, exposing her to all the threats but also clearing a path for her. “I will continue to remain with the Crescents.”
“It was never an option, sweet child,” Secretary Park scoffed, the two of you making rapid moves after rapid moves until he finally called checkmate and the queen fell. “It was an order.”
“You’re in no place to give me orders,” you told him, adamant. “I’m not even your daughter. I’m just Jeon y/n, an orphan child. Is that not what you decreed for me when I came back to my homeland? You banished me from the only home I ever had.”
For a moment, the two of you watched each other in silence. His face gave away nothing– not a hint of emotion. Always so guarded. You wanted to scream and yell at your father. You wanted to break down and cry if that meant that he could give you some answers.
You had stopped dreaming long ago, but sometimes you would dream of flashes of what your life could have been if he acted like a father. Were you not his child after all, just like Sunghoon was? Just because you had different mothers, why were you the one who had to suffer?
Would it have been so awful if he had been affectionate with you every now and then?
“I’m leaving,” you announced in a low voice, getting up. “You lost your daughter the day you changed her surname. I…”
We could have been a team in another life.
“I owe you nothing,” you locked eyes with him and you thought you saw a flash of an emotion in his eyes. Was it guilt? Was it anger? It didn’t matter anymore.
“You owe me something that cannot be paid back,” Secretary Park said when you turned your back to leave. You stopped in your tracks, hearing him out. “You don’t know it yet. Perhaps, it is not your debt to pay. But one day… you will understand why I could never be the father that you wanted me to be.”
You did not have the courage to look back and face him lest he really saw you unguarded, so you straightened your shoulders and walked out of the study, urging Winter to follow you. Once outside, you finally took a breather and let out a short laugh.
“Thought I had a chance this time,” you said. “But he gets me every. fucking. time.”
Winter whistled, about to offer you a cigarette but the sound of someone clearing his throat had you both turning your attention towards–
“Hi, sissy. Thought you’d never come back.”
Sunghoon. He didn’t look anything like the lanky boy you had grown up with. He was truly a man now, standing straight and proud with a cigarette wedged between his lips. He took out a pack from his pocket and offered you one.
“Not the drugs kind, are they?” You asked just to make sure, reminding him that you knew all his dirty little secrets.
“Perhaps they are,” Sunghoon scoffed, not minding the joke for once. Or maybe the sight of your bodyguard with her hand stuck on the weapon on her hips suggestively was enough to keep his retorts to himself. “I found that it’s better to be candid about these things. Who does drugs in the open, right under the sun?”
“True,” you shrugged, letting him light your cigarette. “Father dear is looking for an heir.”
“The one available is not good enough,” he cocked his head, shrugging. “The one good enough is not available.”
“Maybe it’s time you up your game,” you said, noticing how he appeared more posh now, even with his new length of hair. Perhaps, he had finally learned how to appear more put together. “I don’t want to hear from that man again.”
“But you will,” he said knowingly and you narrowed your eyes. “Once he decides that he wants something, he will do anything to get to it, and you know that.”
“I’d like to see him try,” you dropped the cigarette and squashed it under your shoes, looking towards the window that opened to the study. Surely, he was watching you both. “It’s good to see you, Sunghoon. Don’t let our father dearest get to you too much.”
Sunghoon shook his head, amused but his smile fell soon. “Take my words with a grain of salt, if you will. I’ll definitely be seeing you soon.”
You scowled at him and he erupted in laughter. Ignoring your gut yet again, you walked out of the mansion, ready to go to Sector 1.
Your home.
As soon as you stepped back into Sector 1, you were filled with a sense of relief that was indescribable. It was as if you had finally stepped out into the sun after being cooped in a cold house for too long.
However, that feeling did not last long. No matter where you were, the walls of that room threatened to suffocate you. If you were out in the open space, the sky seemed to be moments away from crashing over you. It felt as if there was not enough air to breathe, and while this was not a constant state of your mind as you were quite busy with the business, your free moments were usually filled with such anxiety.
You reckoned you had Secretary Park to credit for that. The way he had casually demanded you to come back and join him– you knew the man. It had been an order and the fact that you walked out only ensured that he would resort to dirty means to get you back. It was clear that Secretary Park was carrying out President Lee’s biddings obediently. Did the President approve of you taking over Secretary Park’s business?
Or had he been the one to pull these strings?
You did not know anymore.
You pressed your hand against the foggy window of your room, watching the birds flock past the houses and the men and women bundled up in their coats, hiding the lower halves of their faces under their scarves to avoid a red nose by the time they would reach their workplace. The days were turning more grey, the sun lost somewhere within the clouds. If you were lucky, you would get a few minutes of warm sun.
It looked like it was going to snow soon.
Wendy walked into your room with a cup of coffee, standing beside you to take a look at what you were watching. The view of your room was better than hers. You could spot the post clock at the end of the street, and the bench beside it was usually occupied by an old woman who liked feeding the pigeons right there.
“Looking forward to snow?” Wendy asked.
“Not really, not this year,” you admitted, taking a sip of the coffee. “I’d rather spring arrive. It’s cold enough as it is.”
“Are you okay?” Wendy asked, nudging your arm to make you look at her. “You love the snow.”
You loved the snow. That was the truth. When you came back from your long stay at Wonderland, you were so excited for the snow that Wendy wouldn’t hear the end of it. It became a little tradition with the two of you after the first winter back– you looked forward to the first snow and would always watch it together.
“I’m okay,” you attempted a smile.
Wendy narrowed her eyes. “Are you going to spill? Or do you want me to make you?”
A laugh erupted from your mouth. Wendy could be insistent, but she was always present at the right time. Taking a deep breath, you said, “It’s Sunghoon. I don’t know if I’m reading too much into it, but he told me that my father really means it. He wants me to come back to Edenary and… I’m scared of what he might do to get me to come back.”
“Well…” Wendy sighed, thinking. “You’ve got the Crescents now. You have a bodyguard. I don’t think it would be that easy to force you back.”
“But that’s the thing,” you shook your head. “He’ll make me willingly walk back to him. And I think when the time comes, I’ll have no choice. I’m afraid no one will understand that.”
“I do,” Wendy took your hand and squeezed it. “If that happens… I’ll understand. Winter will. We’ll conjure up an evil plan to bring that monster down.”
You gave her a pointed look. “If you get a leave from your office, sure, Miss Punctual.”
Wendy let you tease her, but it was a silent vow.
And even though you were unaware of Wendy’s vow, you thought the promise in her eyes did hold some weight after all. It wasn’t any different from how Yunho and Yeosang had looked at you the other night when you told them about the events in Edenary and your meeting with Secretary Park. While they did their best to assure you that things would be alright, there was a certain fierceness in their eyes this time.
We will protect you.
And… there was no doubt they would. But you would also do anything to protect them, you silently promised yourself that night as you lay in the arms of the two.
While you waited for the inevitable, which was surely going to be a dirty move from the enemy, you and the boys made preparations to land a fatal blow on the President. The Captain had established that President Lee was his enemy, and that he was done taking the enemy’s attack and pretending that he respected his title. The man was playing dirty. If he wanted to destroy the Crescents, he could very well try. The Crescents were ready to retaliate.
Hongjoong was similar to your father in the way he planned his moves. He called the office gang for the meeting. With Seonghwa and Yunho, you created a solid foundation for your plan. You were in a game of chess, or perhaps this was a battle. Whatever the analogy, you were going to activate all the pieces in the game and strike.
The first agenda was to figure out who the President’s allies were. Seonghwa was going to look into the members of the Eden Hall– the ministers, the cabinet members, the judges, anyone who was not a fan of the President’s recent stunts or was waiting for a chance for the President to fall. You asked him to keep an eye on Secretary Im as well. She was a meticulous and a ruthless person but one thing about her was that she loved to be on the winning side. If she ever felt insecure in her position as a secretary, especially moving forwards, she could end up becoming an unexpected ally.
Since you planned to expose the President’s intentions regarding the military dispatch towards Strictland, you needed a news outlet. Jongho had formed a strong alliance with Ju Seok Tae, and by extension, Ju Jihoon, the co-owner of Eden News. If the owner could approve of a few articles that would make the public question the President’s motives, and if the television broadcast could follow-up on that, your job would be done.
The public needed to lose faith in their leader. They needed to realise that the man who claimed to be a saint was just another devil in disguise, exploiting them. Any chaos that would follow would be the President’s own mess and he could deal with it.
However, there was a big obstacle, and that was Jang Kiyong. The co-owner of Eden News with Ju Jihoon. Jang Kiyong seemed to be the President’s ally since the time of President Han’s assassination. Jang Kiyong had censored all the news regarding Han Hyojoo’s death as per her husband’s request and continued to aid the President wherever he could.
It would all come down to whether Ju Jihoon and Jang Kiyong really were comrades as they claimed to be, or just business partners with their own motives. Ju Jihoon was probably the person aiding his nephew Ju Seok Tae with the funding of the weapons projects. One man was for the nation, and the other was for its leader. The partners could end up having a bitter clash which could break the foundations of Eden News, the biggest media and news network of Eden.
Ju Jihoon had personally convinced Hongjoong that he was on his side and while he was not willing to risk his position very much, he could very well sneak in a few articles. He recommended a writer and Jongho was in charge of crafting the article with the writer.
The timing of it was the most crucial element. Mr. Ju had received a tip that the President was going to be holding an unannounced campaign at the end of the week. Since it was already known that he would be running for presidency again, there was a high chance that this announcement would be something regarding the military. It would be the most impactful if your article was to be published right after.
The end of the week approached too quickly for your liking. With the second batch of silver light medicine produced without any external intervention and safely transported to one of President Son’s warehouses in Sector 2 under the supervision of San and Yeosang, the duo could finally relax and take a breather. Yunho, Mingi and Wooyoung were out ‘preparing an army’, which was essentially making sure their partners and allies were sure about their loyalties. Somehow, the stars aligned and everyone was finally gathered at Seonghwa’s house in the evening with the television on, waiting for Eden News to air the live address of President Lee.
Hongjoong was convinced that the President would be attempting something in order to draw the public’s attention away from the military stationed at the Strictland border. Currently, the military was on standby, and the news was that they were preparing for an ‘operation’. The boys were speculating and making bets on what the address could be about with half-empty bottles of drinks scattered across the table with some chips and crackers. You switched from joining them and making your own bets to simply watching a group of them bicker or another talk in hushed voices.
It was perhaps the first time you were all home. With no eyes watching your group and no ears hearing in, everyone was relaxed and right at home. Seonghwa was doting over Yeosang who was explaining something about his trip to President Son’s rather animatedly. Mingi was watching the two with fondness while he talked to Jongho, his hand clasped around Yunho’s in a sure grip while Yunho and Wooyoung had made San their subject of attention for the night. Attention was perhaps not the right word– the man looked tortured, having had too much to drink and his face sporting a deep flush. Hongjoong was sandwiched between Seonghwa and Wooyoung, with his head resting back on the couch, someone’s cap over his face to block the light while he rested and waited.
You were seated next to Jongho, having tuned out the two’s conversation and currently tracing nervous patterns on his pants near his knee. He kept swatting your hand in between, claiming that he was ticklish but your ministrations only intensified.
Until the youngest grabbed your hand. You resorted to tracing his knuckles next. He didn’t pay any heed, deep in conversation with Mingi.
It took another few minutes for the advertisements to come to a halt, the screen going static for a few seconds before it came back to life. All of you straightened and turned your attention to the screen. President Lee was seated on his chair in what looked like his home’s office room with a desk in front of him, a mic placed on it that he adjusted and tapped, waiting for the signal to start speaking. He was wearing a dark blue suit and his trademark smile. You noticed a photo of his wife in a frame by his side though the reflection from the lights made it unable to see her face clearly.
You suppressed the chills you got at the sight of him and braced yourself.
After the introductions, President Lee took a deep breath and started the announcement after his usual introduction and greeting.
“We are aware of the public sentiment regarding the recent military troops dispatched towards the northwest. I would personally like to apologise for the confusion and ask the public to understand that we are in the midst of carrying out a military operation. We have recently come upon some tips that our nation’s secrets are being sold to foreigners. As a leader of this nation, I am deeply disappointed to discover that and after making sure that the tip was legitimate, the Presidential Office in collaboration with Eden’s Army has decided to conduct a military operation to catch these traitors and prosecute them according to the law.
“We do not tolerate anyone who intends to bring harm to our nation. Eden citizens, I hope you can understand and cooperate while the military carries out this operation. If you have any tips on such happenings, please dial Eden Hall and an investigation shall be carried out. Thank you for understanding. Long live Eden.”
“Oh, brilliant. Bloody brilliant,” you were the first one to speak. “He’s talking about himself.”
“Didn’t expect anything less from him,” Hongjoong shook his head. “It’s clever. It gives him enough time to sneak in his soldiers to Strictland right under everyone’s noses. It also gives him an excuse to get rid of any thorns in his side under the guise of treason.”
“Yeah, and in case Strictland or Halaland retaliate, our people will think that the spies were selling information to them. They would begin supporting whatever happens next,” Yunho commented.
Seonghwa nodded. “If it starts to take the shape of a war… it’s like President Lee is preparing the people for that so it does not feel like a sudden blow. Like last time..”
“Well,” Jongho clapped his hands. “We were prepared for this. The article should be published in tomorrow’s newspaper, so when President Lee sits with his cup of tea to read about the public sentiment and gloat, he has a little humbling snack to go along with.”
Wooyoung snickered. “It’s about to get real messy in Edenary.”
“Let’s not lower our guard,” Mingi reminded. “We have to make sure the President does not drag us into this stupid plan of his. It would not be a good look for us if someone gets arrested under suspicion of treason.”
“He could also use this to attack us indirectly. He might target our allies,” San responded. “We have to stay alert and keep a watch on our allies too.”
“Do you think now is a good time to make our medicine public?” Yeosang suggested and Hongjoong shifted his attention towards him. “We could have a trial version of it launched and get it approved officially. It would also be nice to have a cute little backstory about how we discovered the main ingredient of this drug in the last war.”
“Risky move,” Hongjoong was scratching his chin thoughtfully. “But if President Lee is pulling out all his guns… I’d love to land a good blow. How did you get this idea?”
“President Son suggested it actually,” Yeosang revealed. “The part about the backstory. He said a formal introduction of our new medicine would do good in solidifying our position as a company that cares for the people. We need the public to relate to us and sympathise with us now more than ever.”
“Have Kihyun make preparations for that, he’s well-versed in how to advertise new launches,” Yunho instructed. “He could make a public appearance for a formal interview but one of us needs to be present with him. We need a face for the pharmaceutical side of business. Hongjoong?”
“Nah,” he shook his head. “San and Yeosang are too heavily associated with the bar to be the face for a medicine launch. I don’t think any of us have a very good repute despite all we’ve done. We’re just a gang in the end…”
When Hongjoong’s gaze flickered towards you, you found the rest of the boys following. You folded your arms defensively, overwhelmed by their eager eyes.
“Oh no,” you shook your head adamantly, reclining further down the sofa in an attempt to hide behind Jongho’s arm but he shifted towards his left where Mingi sat to give the boys a clearer vision of you. You glared at him.
“Think about it, Luna,” Seonghwa was trying not to smile. “You were a medic during the war. Your background is clean, and even if they do find out your connection with Secretary Park, it gives us an advantage. You have a pharmaceutical background, you are well-versed in the terminologies and how the business works. And you’re acquainted with Kihyun.”
“But you were also a medic!” You retorted and Seonghwa gave you a pointed look, reminding you that he was a sniper, primarily.
Wooyoung clapped in agreement. “This is our best shot. You’ve gone and connected with so many people in Edenary too. You have a good network now because you’re mostly seen with Hongjoong and Seonghwa in public. You can be our face for this project.”
“Not just a face,” Hongjoong took a deep breath. “She’s already done so much for this project. Saving us from a damning deal, warning us about Tiffany…”
“It worked out okay in the end, though,” you assured him and he smiled.
“Point is, you deserve to be the face of this project. That means that you will be made a major shareholder in the Crescent Company like the rest of us. I can’t keep you on an extravagant secretary wage forever. You deserve better than that, and I have many plans for you, my dear.”
“Stop,” you covered your mouth with your fist, looking at Seonghwa and Yeosang in disbelief who simply nodded enthusiastically. “You can’t be serious.”
“And what makes you think I'm not?” Hongjoong cocked his head challengingly. “You are a Leader. I can’t differentiate your status with the rest of the boys. And believe me, the shareholder thing is already in process. It’s got nothing to do with whether you take up our offer to be the face for the pharmaceutical side of our business, though I would very much appreciate it if you do.”
“I… I don’t know what to say,” you locked eyes with Hongjoong.
For a moment, it felt like it was only you and him in the room. You could feel Jongho patting your thigh to comfort you and you could hear the murmurs of the boys urging you to consider, some asking you to take your time to think about it, a few praises to assure you that you deserved this, but all you could see was Hongjoong studying your form and it felt like he was mere inches away from you.
“I owe that to you,” Hongjoong spoke in a low voice as if he intended to say something personal that only you could hear. “You earned it.”
“I think I’m going to cry,” you announced as you wiped the corners of your eyes, the room bursting into a chorus of laughs and ‘no!’. Hongjoong signalled that he would talk to you later and you straightened and asked the boys to get back to business– it was getting late and you needed to go back home.
Another hour was spent making plans and ensuring that everyone was prepared for the following days. Security was going to be tightened, but with the mole still within the Crescents, nobody was sure if the extra security would really matter. You just prayed everyone would be safe because with the article that was to be published tomorrow, there would surely be violent retaliation.
What degree? That was the question lingering in the air. Could the Crescents risk their business, their people, their own lives for this? It looked like they were willing to. In fact, they almost seemed unaffected by the prospect, and it made you wonder if they had always been prepared for such a turn of events.
Maybe it was because they were an illegal business and were used to playing dirty and dangerous. You seemed to be the only one doing the worrying for them. You could only hope they were hiding their worry instead of not feeling anything at all.
When you were done, it was Hongjoong who offered to drop you home. The five minutes drive to your home was mostly silent, and then he parked his car at the end of your street. Your home was two buildings away.
“Would you like to take a walk around the block?” You asked, aware that there were things that needed to be discussed.
Hongjoong nodded, getting out with you. Taeyong was not present so you asked if it was okay to walk around unguarded. He gave you a look, letting you know that if he was still alive and fully intact after years of having no bodyguard, that certainly meant that he was capable enough of protecting himself.
“When did you decide to make me a shareholder?” You asked the question weighing on your mind since he announced it.
Hongjoong sighed lightly. “I think around the time when we found out that Tiffany was fucking us up and I asked for your help. We had an argument but I told you that I trusted you. I meant it, Luna.”
“But… we were so busy, and there was so much happening,” you recalled, matching his slow pace as you walked the empty street with him. The gravel produced wet crunchy sounds under your shoes. “With the weapons project and trade pausing abruptly… when did you find the time, really?”
Hongjoong’s lips curled into a small smile. “I just had to pass some instructions. But it was around that time when I was sure about your position as a Leader. It wasn’t just a term anymore. I had to show you that I meant it.”
“As if you haven’t done enough for me already,” you looked at him pointedly. Your fingers brushed with his as you walked, though none of you minded nor made a move. “I’m going to be honest and tell you that I thought, just for a moment, that this was your way of keeping me close because Secretary Park asked me to come back.”
Hongjoong paused but you continued. “Just for a moment,” you reminded him. “I felt guilty right afterwards for thinking like that about you.”
“I don’t blame you,” he sighed and this time, he made his move and took your hand as you resumed walking. “You know that I would never trap you like that– none of us will. I thought that was clear.”
“It is clear,” you told him. “I’m just… I don’t understand how you guys can trust me and welcome me like you have– so openly. So warmly. I’ve always had to fight for trust. I’ve always fought to be seen, to be heard, and to be free. You gave me all of that so easily–”
“Not easily, no,” Hongjoong glanced at you, smiling at you. “We all had our doubts, of course. Yeosang may have appointed you as his bookkeeper, but at that time, you were disposable. Seonghwa would have killed you that night when you ran away with that silver light batch in the bar’s locker. Yunho conducted so many background searches and tested you in so many ways that you can never imagine. As for me…”
“It took you a while to warm up to me, I know,” you laughed and he joined, guilty.
“I’ve had my qualms about your loyalty, yes, but not for one moment did I doubt your capabilities,” Hongjoong stopped walking and turned to you, taking your other hand as well. “Your position as a shareholder is only a reward of what you’ve done for the Crescent Company. It is not because of the nature of our relationship with you, and certainly not because I am afraid that you will switch sides. I would have done that for anyone else if they earned that too.”
“Thank you for letting me know,” you smiled, fulfilled. “I would not have accepted this if otherwise.”
“I know,” he smiled. “Can you stop looking like you’re about to cry?”
“But I am,” you laughed, the tears escaping from the corner of your eyes. “They’re happy tears, don’t worry.”
“I know you’re anxious,” Hongjoong moved his hands to cradle your face, his brows furrowing with worry as he wiped your tears. “I know that you’re worried about Secretary Park. Don’t go back to him, Luna. He might try to force you, but we stand with you. We fight back.”
“He doesn’t care about the cost,” you pleaded. “He’ll hurt us, Hongjoong.”
“I won’t let him touch a hair on your head.”
A promise.
“He won’t physically hurt me,” you cried out. “He will hurt the people around me. He will break me and make me willingly walk back to him.”
“That’s President Lee,” Hongjoong reminded you. “Secretary Park is acting at the President’s orders.”
“Why do they need me?”
A question Hongjoong wished he could answer. You looked distraught, torn as if consciously keeping yourself from crumbling into pieces. The confusion about your identity, especially after your meeting with Secretary Park and his refusal to reveal your mother’s identity, learning that it was a marker for your protection… it had left a wound in you, festering into something ugly as time passed.
While Hongjoong did not have the means to patch you up, he did hold some information. A possibility, an idea so wild that he did not dare say it out loud.
But he would not try to heal you until he was sure that he could do a good job, so he attempted the next best thing.
“Because they’re scared of your potential,” he said. The truth. “Because you hold something over them that nobody but they know about. Whatever they’re hiding from you, the truth will come to light one day, and when it does… I hope that you remember that you are not alone. You have me. I’ll stand with you– we will stand with you. You never have to be alone again, y/n.”
You sniffed and nodded surely. Hongjoong stepped forward and pressed his lips to your forehead before wrapping his arms around you, cradling the back of your head.
You melted into the hug– it had to be the first time that the Captain hugged you. You relished every moment of it– the welcoming heat of his body, the way he caressed the back of your head and held you so surely in his arms. Your own arms wrapped loosely around his waist and he tightened his embrace as if he, too, was afraid to let you go into the unknown that tomorrow held.
You had to have been in each other’s arms, silent yet soaking in the unsaid, for a good few minutes. It was as if he was making up for all the arguments, all the harsh exchange of words since you started working for him. He finally loosened his grip and kissed the top of your head, resting his forehead against yours.
You almost clutched onto his shirt but he drew back. When he saw the desperation, the yearning in your eyes, he felt weak in his knees. Making a quick scan of your surroundings, he turned his attention back to you.
You did not look any better.
“We’re out in the open,” Hongjoong caressed your face lovingly, so carefully that you felt yourself unbecoming in his touch. “I cannot let my guard down any further. Go home, Luna. I’ll wait until I see you go inside.”
You nodded, understanding. He rested his forehead against yours, taking one deep breath as your noses brushed before drawing away and stepping back, physically restraining himself from going after you.
You were his weakness, and only he needed to know that.
With the chaos that followed the article that got published in response to the President’s address on the first day of the week, it was no surprise that things took a messy turn and your enemies decided to counter your move in the ugliest manners.
The article published was under a rather innocent heading– ‘A Look Back at President Lee’s Reign’. It was a quick summary of his political career– from emerging as a businessman while he was married to Han Hyojoo, to being her biggest supporter through the ups and downs of their life. From supporting his wife’s career, even after the loss of a child, watching her become president and losing her so soon afterwards, to laying the foundations of a hospital in her memory to fulfill his dead wife’s dreams.
A saint of a man who was heavily associated with Major Sung of Strictland, with a little sprinkle of the Strictland Nuclear Operation in the article and Secretary Park’s numerous visits to Halaland– on the President’s behalf? A point to ponder. Of course the public was outraged, as were the enemies.
That meant that no one was safe anymore. There had been two attempted attacks at the bar in the last week alone. Yunho and Seonghwa were out meeting with the Eden Hall members– politicians and ministers. Their car had been intercepted and they almost had a bad crash, though they came back unharmed. The MX warehouse was shut because of the threat and silver light production was once more put to a pause, though Tiffany was cooperating enough to share one of her warehouse’s locations in case the Crescents wanted to resume the production. Hongjoong wasn’t sure but she insisted that he could station his own guards if he was worried.
Hongjoong didn’t tell her that his qualms about her were not simply because of his distrust in the woman but also because he had a mole in his crew and he could end up damaging Tiffany’s business. Moreover, if President Lee realised that Tiffany had switched sides and was acting like a double agent of sorts now, he would make his move and mark her an international criminal. Tiffany may have caused damage to the Crescents but Hongjoong wasn’t going to corner her any further. He wasn’t a monster like President Lee.
Not a monster to the people who were honest to him. To the people who were not…
You would be finding out soon.
The last straw had to be when Jaemin dropped by in the office and shared some updates about the people behind the bar attacks. A man had been caught and a few of the Crescent crew members were interrogating him. According to Jaemin, the man didn’t give much, but after a few broken nails, he admitted that he really had no idea who hired him. The dealings were being done by a middle-man, and each gangster received their instructions from a different person in a different location. There was no way to trace it back, their payment was supposed to be wired into their accounts if they were successful.
And if they were not, they would not be walking back out alive. He was sure the other gangsters who had accompanied him to attack the bar were now hiding for their lives.
After sharing this update, you asked if he had lunch– the young boy looked tired and scared. You were going with Eunha and Jihoon to grab lunch at your usual spot and decided to take the kids along– apparently, Renjun was also in town. You had to thank them for their services, but more importantly, you were going to order them to lay low for the time being. It was too dangerous to play informants.
Hongjoong’s words that night when he dropped you at your home made sense now. He could not let his guard down in the open– there was someone who was watching you all very closely, someone who knew about how the business ran, what secret dealings were being done, and someone who was aiming to find your weaknesses and exploit them.
The attempted attacks were only the beginning, masked to look like the usual gang rivalry or random street attacks. The enemy was not aware that there was no gang rivalry anymore. The only gang who ever dared to rival the Crescents was Wolfgang, and they had been cooperating with Ateez ever since the weapons network almost shut down. They were in the clear, so it could only be Secretary Park and President Lee.
Or General Wi. Or even Jang Kiyong of Eden News. Surely by now, Mr. Jang was aware that his partner was not on the same side as him. He must have connected the dots.
Whoever it was, it had to be someone working for the President, and that was that.
After lunch with the kids, they asked you to drop them off at the arcade. You were pretty sure they just wanted a longer ride in your car and you didn’t mind. As long as they agreed to lay low for a while. You even sneaked in some cash in their pockets so they could enjoy the arcade like normal kids.
Except Winter’s humming turned into a warning ‘duck!’ and you hardly had any time to react, instinctively covering Jaemin and tugging Renjun down by his arm, the sound of broken glass and the tyres skidding making your ears ring violently as you went into panic mode.
Winter was quick to swerve the car on time. She spared one look to make sure you were all unharmed, and then she asked you to make sure the kids remained crouched. You loaded your own gun and Winter took off, following the car that had previously been stationed at the end of the street but was now zooming off. Winter told you that she saw a sniper get in the car, and she was going to catch them if she could.
That was her deal with you. In case of an attack, you would defend yourself and she would take the offensive and catch the attacker if possible. You made this deal with her, hoping it could lead you to the mole.
Winter followed them for a few streets, honking violently at any pedestrian or car who dared to be in her way,expertly dodging a few more shots. You fired a few bullets at the car, narrowly missing the tyres but they were prepared. You lost them when they turned abruptly, making you almost crash into a random truck.
The kids were scared. Even though they tried to appear calm, the tremor in their hands was enough to make you hot with anger. On the way back to the office, you held them close and once in the safety of Yunho’s office room, you told them that they were strictly off duty and were to remain at their home in the orphanage. Winter changed cars and dropped them back only after the kids received a few hugs, a scolding for insisting that ‘We are fine! Unharmed! We can still work!’, and a few blocks of chocolate stuffed in their mouths to shut them up and make sure that when their adrenaline crashed down, they wouldn’t faint.
As Winter reported to Hongjoong regarding the attack, an eerie silence settled over the room. Winter was sure to touch on the fact that whoever these people were, they might not have been targeting you at all but the kids. The informants. They knew there were kids inside the car and kept attacking.
That was how you ended up at the Crescent Bar. The bar was closed early for the night and all the crew members were summoned, ordered to report before the clock striked 10. That meant that not only the bar staff but also the entire crew of the Pledis Warehouse, the entire office staff that dealt with the internal business, Jaehyun and Ten from Edenary along with the rest of their Edenary workers, all the bodyguards and all the informants were present. Most of the faces you had only seen in passing.
The bar was swamped with these people. The tables and chairs were pushed against the walls, the lights dimmed to the lowest and the room reeked of alcohol and sweat. Nervous chatter sounded in the room among friends greeting each other after a long time. The women took refuge in one corner, aware that the boss would not care that they were women if one of them was a mole.
His punishment, if he did end up finding the mole tonight, would be an example for the rest to remember for the rest of their lives.
Jihoon had been kind enough to ask you to stand back and observe, and not interrupt the boss in the middle of his talk. Apparently, he had witnessed a lot of interrogations like these and he claimed that while the boss had been managing his ‘soldier instinct’ over the past years, there was no telling if he would revert back to his old ways.
The old ways. You shuddered at the implications of it.
You stood with Winter on one side and Mingi on the other. He was the only other Crescent present tonight and you wondered if it was because he was just a little different than the rest of the Crescents when it came to his approach. He was the more rational one out of them all, always depending on context and thinking a few steps ahead before making decisions, unlike the rest who were more fueled by their emotions.
Moments after Mingi took his position next to you, having requested everyone to stand in an order, the creak of the office door sounded indicating that the boss was finally making an appearance. The heels of his shoes clacked on the floor, silence intensifying with every step that he took, a heavy, palpable tension in the room spreading as soon as he stepped into their vision.
He looked mad.
He was still in his black button-up and matching slacks from earlier today, when you had reported to him about the attack. His sleeves were rolled and a few buttons were undone, the golden glint of whatever jewellery that he wore today peeking from under his clothes.
Hongjoong stood in front of the three of you, doing a quick scan of his crew. His crew, his old friends and his people. The bar staff– Yuju, Jeonghan and Mingyu, among others. They were friends. The guards– Taeyong, Johnny, Yuta and more. His most trusted people. The warehouse staff– from the designers to the engineers. From the guards to the soldiers. His spies. His eyes and ears. His shields and weapons.
One of them was leaking information. One of them had violated his code.
Hongjoong was aware how easy it was to make someone change sides. Threaten their livelihood, their family or their wealth and they would willingly become spies. He had turned far too many people against their superiors just like that. It was how he built this empire. There was the trust that he gained by doing honest work, yes, but he also needed to instill in the people that he was a force to be reckoned with. To survive in this world, you had to play a little dirty.
Hongjoong’s hands were tainted with blood and dirt. That was the cost of making it to the top.
Because he was aware of this power game, he made sure all his crew members knew to contact him directly in case they were approached with a threat to their lives, families or belongings. In case they were blackmailed to turn against their boss. Hongjoong would make sure that they played double spies and it worked most of the time. Eventually, his enemies realised that his crew was far too loyal to him and less people employed this strategy to take him down.
But Hongjoong was also not a fool to let his guard down because of the low frequency of such incidents. He usually was a step ahead of the mole.
Except this time, he felt like he was losing. It could only mean someone very close to him had betrayed him. In order to draw them out, he had to play along.
He would start by reminding the whole crew of where their loyalties lied.
Hongjoong cleared his throat before he spoke. “I am sure you are all aware of why I summoned you here.”
Nobody reacted. Not even a nod. You looked at Mingi who was watching the boss with a stoic face, his eyes sharply darting around, monitoring the crew.
Hongjoong started to move towards the left end. Taeyong stood there, along with the rest of the guards– Yuta, Johnny, Mark and more. They all had their hands clasped on their fronts, standing in a soldier-like stance.
“One of my own has betrayed my trust. I’ve taken every measure to ensure that in case anyone is approached with a threat over what they hold closest to their heart, they would report to me and play along safely and soundly,” Hongjoong walked with slow steps along the line of the crew, crossing the warehouse employees now. “I’ve put my trust in all of you as you did in me. Have I not done enough for you?”
Not a sound. You held your own breath as if you were the one being interrogated. A chill creeped up your spine and you stifled the urge to shiver.
“I know there is a mole among us. I’m half sure of who it is,” he admitted and the crew finally exchanged looks among them– some suspicious of the other, some in warning. “I let it go. If someone was reporting to the enemy without informing me and assuming the role of a double agent as they are instructed to, they must have been in quite a bind. I tried to be understanding, but even I have a limit.”
Hongjoong took out his gun from the holster and loaded it almost carelessly. Your eyes widened in shock– was he actually going to shoot someone tonight?
“The weight of this gun feels heavy in my hands,” Hongjoong’s tone had an almost amusing note about it. “It was heavy during the war. It was heavy whenever I had to defend myself. However…”
Hongjoong turned towards you, just a glance. Just a flicker of emotion in his eyes that barely lasted a second but expressed everything that he could not say today when he inspected your body to make sure you were safe earlier, when he cupped your face for just a moment and almost glared fiercely at you.
It wasn’t because he got angry, you realised now. It was because he was scared for your safety. You could have been shot to death in broad daylight today. You insisted the kids might have been the target, but Hongjoong didn’t care.
“Tonight, the gun feels like a feather in my hands,” Hongjoong looked at the weapon as if it was something he was seeing for the first time.
Hongjoong met eyes with his crew.
“Two kids were in the car when they decided that it was a good time to attack a Crescent.”
A chorus of gasps sounded. Understanding washed over some of them. Hongjoong was angry for all the right reasons.
“I may be a monster, but this is where I draw the line. I wish no kid to walk the path that we had to, to survive,” he dropped the hand that held the gun. “If there is a mole among you, and I know there is, you have exactly five seconds to step out. I will take your admission into consideration and not kill you in front of everyone else.”
Your heart sank almost violently. This is who Kim Hongjoong was.
This was the man who was the foundation of Ateez and the Crescent Company.
You were fisting your hands so hard that you didn’t realise when Mingi and Winter exchanged looks. Almost in synchronisation, they wrapped their hands around yours and stepped closer in a protective stance. You remained unmoving, unbreathing.
The five seconds felt like an eternity, yet…
“So you have decided to shun my last gift of mercy,” Hongjoong announced in conclusion, looking down.
You thought it was someone else, but it was Hongjoong’s own dark, almost maniacal laughter that filled the hall. He shook his head more in amusement than in disbelief, you were sure.
And then he met eyes with the men at the left corner of the room where the guards and the warehouse employees stood– your friends. Yuta, Taeyong and Johnny. The fiercely loyal guards. Sweet Dokyeom, handsome Jun and bright Seungkwan. The colour drained from some of their faces even though they remained in a soldier-like stance.
“There are fates worse than death. I will make sure to demonstrate that in the next summonings. Anyone who hurts me, or mine…”
Your heart must have stopped beating now.
“Anyone!” Hongjoong yelled this time, looking towards the rest. “Anyone who hurts me or mine cannot simply walk away unharmed. We are the Crescents. We are Ateez,” he turned towards Mingi and you, looking at you both with fierce sincerity. “There is no one like us. It will do you good to remember how you must– with admiration, reverence and with fear.”
There is no one like us.
An echo of the words you said to him when he almost slipped and doubted himself.
There is no one like you.
Mingi’s grip on your hand tightened as he raised your clasped hands in a salute to the Captain.
The Captain’s eyes glinted dangerously. He turned towards his crew.
“Dismissed.”
next chapter
-> apply for the taglist here! (check your privacy setting if the tags don't work)
He was just a man who had perhaps bitten off more than he could chew. He was wearing a crown and it felt like he couldn’t bear the weight of it anymore.
🥺🥺
He was dismissing you– “I’m sorry about that night,” he finally said. “I tell you that I trust you, and then keep things from you. I can understand if you hate me.” “Hate is a strong word, Hongjoong,” you said softly, matching his fond gaze. “I could never hate you.” Hongjoong pressed his lips into a tight line. “Still. It’s wrong of me to keep things from you.” “But I trust you, and I trust that you will tell me when the time is right,”
😭😭😭😭
You cupped his face again, unable to resist the urge and planted a sweet kiss on his forehead. You drew away, finding his lips parted in surprise. You stayed at eye-level, making him look at you. “There is no one like you. Believe that.” “There is no one like me,” he repeated. You smiled in satisfaction and gave him another kiss, patting his cheek and leaving him alone. Hongjoong wished he could have found the words to stop you, but he was once again rendered speechless. Perhaps, a drink and a smoke was exactly what would help.
HEHEHEHEHHEHEHE 😃😃😃😃
You took a good minute, finding yourself in an obvious trap. Was this intentional too?
or was it him that planned to trap them or is it what he wanted them to believe? 🤔
“When you’re trapped from all sides… you can’t win,” Secretary Park said, proceeding to show all the ways he could make moves in his current position and call checkmate. “And you’re trapped… Luna. You can keep the name if you wish to, but you will soon realise that your new life was just a very long game meant to lead you back home.”
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
“I tried to harm you, I won’t lie about that. But you are under protection,” his gaze slid towards the pearl ring on your hand. You narrowed your eyes, looking at your ring. “Is this piece of jewellery a marker?” “Perhaps,” he smiled knowingly. “Do not ever take it off. As long as you wear it, you are under protection and even I cannot harm you. I tried and I failed, clearly. The spies protect you, even when you are at your most vulnerable.”
just.. ✍️✍️✍️ but also, i'm surprised that i hadn't even considered this with how often the pearls have been in focus. i just assumed they weren't THAT rare, welp.
“It was never an option, sweet child,” Secretary Park scoffed, the two of you making rapid moves after rapid moves until he finally called checkmate and the queen fell. “It was an order.” “You’re in no place to give me orders,” you told him, adamant. “I’m not even your daughter. I’m just Jeon y/n, an orphan child. Is that not what you decreed for me when I came back to my homeland? You banished me from the only home I ever had.”
OOOMPFF! but was that by his order or by someone else's order? bc why would president lee act nervous, huh? for whom and why exactly did it sound like that reader's similar appearance to their mother was a problem? someone might recognize them? someone that could interject president lee plans/presidency?
Just because you had different mothers, why were you the one who had to suffer? Would it have been so awful if he had been affectionate with you every now and then? “I’m leaving,” you announced in a low voice, getting up. “You lost your daughter the day you changed her surname. I…” We could have been a team in another life. “I owe you nothing,” you locked eyes with him and you thought you saw a flash of an emotion in his eyes. Was it guilt? Was it anger? It didn’t matter anymore. “You owe me something that cannot be paid back,” Secretary Park said when you turned your back to leave. You stopped in your tracks, hearing him out. “You don’t know it yet. Perhaps, it is not your debt to pay. But one day… you will understand why I could never be the father that you wanted me to be.”
WOW!! LIKE WOOOOOOoooOOoOOOOW!! THE AUDACITY!!
“I do,” Wendy took your hand and squeezed it. “If that happens… I’ll understand. Winter will. We’ll conjure up an evil plan to bring that monster down.” You gave her a pointed look. “If you get a leave from your office, sure, Miss Punctual.”
READ BETWEEN THE LINES READER PLS 😭😭
It was perhaps the first time you were all home. With no eyes watching your group and no ears hearing in, everyone was relaxed and right at home. Seonghwa was doting over Yeosang who was explaining something about his trip to President Son’s rather animatedly. Mingi was watching the two with fondness while he talked to Jongho, his hand clasped around Yunho’s in a sure grip while Yunho and Wooyoung had made San their subject of attention for the night. Attention was perhaps not the right word– the man looked tortured, having had too much to drink and his face sporting a deep flush. Hongjoong was sandwiched between Seonghwa and Wooyoung, with his head resting back on the couch, someone’s cap over his face to block the light while he rested and waited. You were seated next to Jongho, having tuned out the two’s conversation and currently tracing nervous patterns on his pants near his knee. He kept swatting your hand in between, claiming that he was ticklish but your ministrations only intensified. Until the youngest grabbed your hand. You resorted to tracing his knuckles next. He didn’t pay any heed, deep in conversation with Mingi.
ugh, i needed this entire peaceful excerpt quoted just for the sake of it because we rarely get these moments. sigh.
“Point is, you deserve to be the face of this project. That means that you will be made a major shareholder in the Crescent Company like the rest of us. I can’t keep you on an extravagant secretary wage forever. You deserve better than that, and I have many plans for you, my dear.”.. “I owe that to you,” Hongjoong spoke in a low voice as if he intended to say something personal that only you could hear. “You earned it.”
I WAS JOKING WITH THE PROMOTION?? LMAO!
“I’m going to be honest and tell you that I thought, just for a moment, that this was your way of keeping me close because Secretary Park asked me to come back.” Hongjoong paused but you continued. “Just for a moment,” you reminded him. “I felt guilty right afterwards for thinking like that about you.” “I don’t blame you,” he sighed and this time, he made his move and took your hand as you resumed walking. “You know that I would never trap you like that– none of us will. I thought that was clear.”
it's so nice we can have conversations now without butting heads and storming off hurt. 🥺🥺🥺
“We all had our doubts, of course. Yeosang may have appointed you as his bookkeeper, but at that time, you were disposable. Seonghwa would have killed you that night when you ran away with that silver light batch in the bar’s locker. Yunho conducted so many background searches and tested you in so many ways that you can never imagine. As for me…” “It took you a while to warm up to me, I know,” you laughed and he joined, guilty. “I’ve had my qualms about your loyalty, yes, but not for one moment did I doubt your capabilities,”
FINALLY SOMEBODY ADMITS THAT SEONGHWA WOULD HAVE DEFINITELY KILLED READER THAT NIGHT 👊😭
“Can you stop looking like you’re about to cry?” “But I am,” you laughed, the tears escaping from the corner of your eyes. “They’re happy tears, don’t worry.” “I know you’re anxious,” Hongjoong moved his hands to cradle your face, his brows furrowing with worry as he wiped your tears. “I know that you’re worried about Secretary Park. Don’t go back to him, Luna. He might try to force you, but we stand with you. We fight back.” “He doesn’t care about the cost,” you pleaded. “He’ll hurt us, Hongjoong.” “I won’t let him touch a hair on your head.” A promise.
IMALSOGOOONNACRYYYWAAAHH😭🤧😭🤧😭
When he saw the desperation, the yearning in your eyes, he felt weak in his knees. Making a quick scan of your surroundings, he turned his attention back to you. You did not look any better. “We’re out in the open,” Hongjoong caressed your face lovingly, so carefully that you felt yourself unbecoming in his touch. “I cannot let my guard down any further. Go home, Luna. I’ll wait until I see you go inside.” You nodded, understanding. He rested his forehead against yours, taking one deep breath as your noses brushed before drawing away and stepping back, physically restraining himself from going after you.
You were his weakness, and only he needed to know that.
ugh, i'm scared even this will come back to haunt us 😵💫
That meant that no one was safe anymore. There had been two attempted attacks at the bar in the last week alone. Yunho and Seonghwa were out meeting with the Eden Hall members– politicians and ministers. Their car had been intercepted and they almost had a bad crash, though they came back unharmed. The MX warehouse was shut because of the threat and silver light production was once more put to a pause, though Tiffany was cooperating enough to share one of her warehouse’s locations in case the Crescents wanted to resume the production. Hongjoong wasn’t sure but she insisted that he could station his own guards if he was worried.
i'm so tired. sigh. 😨 but imagine how they feel.
Not a monster to the people who were honest to him. To the people who were not… You would be finding out soon.
i slammed my phone down and groaned out loud. yumi, please.
You had to thank them for their services, but more importantly, you were going to order them to lay low for the time being. It was too dangerous to play informants.
they're always taking care of the children, man. :'( from giving them chocolates, telling them to call instead of being outside when it's dark and late, ordering them to stay home because of the looming threat of a second war, giving them cash to play arcade and then even protecting them with your own body during an attack. all despite them being, really, essential for intel and news that the actual journalists are paid to withhold.
Winter was quick to swerve the car on time. She spared one look to make sure you were all unharmed, and then she asked you to make sure the kids remained crouched.
what an interesting move from an rv spy. if it was just winter telling reader, her charge, to duck/stay safe while she works on getting them somewhere safe, that'd be understandable from a clear guard-charge-dynamic. not to claim that the rv spies are heartless by default though winter has made a very cold first impression in the leaders. this could be her showing she cares despite? or perhaps just not picking and choosing during a literal shooting/car chase. and me just reading more into it. but what is new? 😺
Winter was sure to touch on the fact that whoever these people were, they might not have been targeting you at all but the kids. The informants. They knew there were kids inside the car and kept attacking.
we've really reached a point with an rv spy where you're never too sure if they're just throwing out speculations or if you read between the lines of what they're saying is actual information that the rv spies have confirmation of. you're going to sell to us that the kids are being targeted now and not necessarily reader? not an unlikely thing! so are the safety of kids an unspoken of rule? in the underworld? so would this reveal more about who is behind this? or does winter need to get together with her supervisors to theorize, hm? you really can't trust if something saif is speculation or indirect confirmation. in other way, directly attacking the people around reader and purposefully leaving them out/making sure they witness the threat they are to those around them now that they've had their life and that of others endangered a couple times is also a lot of mental stress.
Hongjoong turned towards you, just a glance. Just a flicker of emotion in his eyes that barely lasted a second but expressed everything that he could not say today when he inspected your body to make sure you were safe earlier, when he cupped your face for just a moment and almost glared fiercely at you. It wasn’t because he got angry, you realised now. It was because he was scared for your safety. You could have been shot to death in broad daylight today. You insisted the kids might have been the target, but Hongjoong didn’t care.
HONGJOONG 👏 DID 👏 NOT 👏 CARE!!! 👏👏👏
You were fisting your hands so hard that you didn’t realise when Mingi and Winter exchanged looks. Almost in synchronisation, they wrapped their hands around yours and stepped closer in a protective stance. You remained unmoving, unbreathing.
stawwph- i'm so fucking scared right now 😭
“Anyone who hurts me or mine cannot simply walk away unharmed. We are the Crescents. We are Ateez,” he turned towards Mingi and you, looking at you both with fierce sincerity. “There is no one like us. It will do you good to remember how you must– with admiration, reverence and with fear.”
✍️👁️👄👁️..
chapter warnings: drinking, smoking, illegal businesses, mentions of war/military, drugs, gangs and corruption, things get fluffy with jongho and even angstier with hj, mentions of y/n's mother and resemblance.
chapter wc: 12.4k
chapter synopsis: you meet assemblyman wi with hongjoong and jongho and fail to convince him to join you since he claims that his hands are tied by a threat. he tells you the president lee has his eyes on you and you interpret it as a warning. you ask winter to accept secretary park’s invitation asking you to meet him. at a business gathering at ju residence, you remind assemblyman kim of his friends and foes. president lee makes a surprise appearance and you overhear him saying something about your mother. hongjoong goes to sector 4 to follow a tip regarding tiffany and you meet inspector gong and trade information which opens a new path.
prev chapter recap: you continue to deal with clients at the warehouse with wooyoung and mingi and the two of you go to the beach to have a few moments of peace before you return to the main office. you meet ji chang wook of the sirens with hongjoong and he offers to help resume the weapons channel if you mess with the elites, starting by getting assemblyman wi on your side before president lee does so he does not get the military advantage. hongjoong has a private word with mr. ji and you wonder if he and seonghwa are hiding something from you. you meet the new informant renjun who reports that the drugs are ready to be transported to a safe location from the mx warehouse. when you meet seonghwa, he sees through you and assures you that they will tell you if the information they are hiding is worth something. while that doesn’t convince you, seonghwa’s romantic plans for the night sure helps with your peace of mind. when you return to the warehouse, things start to go wrong as mx warehouse gets bombed and the informants duo reveal that president lee has dispatched a troop for strictland.
You were about sixteen when you first heard the dreadful sound of the sirens that warned the citizens of Eden of a threat to their homeland.
Every day following that, you would sit in front of the television or grab the newspaper to read about the consequences of that siren. A lot of people left their homeland for good, immigrating to Wonderland or Utopia, or even going as far as Mist Island. Those who remained in Eden shifted sectors, moving as far away from Sector 5 and Sector 4 as possible since the entirety of Sector 5 bordered Strictland and a small portion of Halaland.
The north section of the Sector 4 border also met with Strictland, though separated by mountains. Anyone who thought that the mountains would not become a bloody warzone was proven wrong, for the mountains took the brunt of the war that lasted a period of about 4 years.
When the over-17 law was enforced by the military, you had just turned 18. You heard news and accounts of the army scrounging the streets of the eight sectors for anyone who was 17 years or older. You heard all about the broken families and the fear that spread across Eden. The fate of Eden rests on the shoulders of teens. You prepared yourself to receive the letter to announce your drafting in the military.
Every doorbell made you feel like a stray cat that had just been caught sneaking in places it should not be. It took you a few months to realise that no one was coming for you, and not for your brother Sunghoon who was older than you by 2 years. You were not going to receive any letters or soldiers at your doorsteps to take you away from your family.
No one was coming for the kids of the elites. No one came for the privileged Edenary citizens. These kids would not be facing the war or its consequences.
Upon digging, you learned that the only Edenary civilians who joined the war did so voluntarily. The rest were pardoned because of their connections. If not, a bribe was enough. Some parents went as far as to change their childrens’ birth years in order to avoid scrutiny from the rest. You confronted Secretary Park, your father, about this matter and he only dismissed your questions.
When you told him that you would like to volunteer in the war, he made you question your reasons. Did you expect to get some special treatment if you made it back alive? Were you joining because you felt guilty, or were you atoning for sins that were not even your own?
But eventually, Secretary Park gave in and decided to let you go, though he pulled some strings to have you be a member of Captain Yoon’s platoon which was serving to defend Sector 4– not the best option, but still enough to hopefully keep you alive. You received training for just a short period of time before eventually serving as a medical assistant.
A considerable amount of time had passed since that war, but in retrospect, it was starting to feel like yesterday. People had just recovered from the trauma of the previous war. Eden was still strengthening its defences. While the sirens did not ring in the air this time, you could hear them in the back of your head.
The panic that would have followed the sirens was starting to spread either way, with the people being restless and anxious. The public was aware that things were not looking good. This time, the Eden citizens were stuck here– no other country was willing to accept any more immigrants. At least not now when there was such ominous ambiguity in the air and the neighbouring countries had to pick their sides lest another war in the continent break out.
Most notably, this time the president of Eden was not fighting for its people. The people were on their own, deluded by the idea that President Lee was perhaps making the right decision by sending troops for Strictland.
Perhaps, they weren’t deluded. Perhaps, they simply hoped that that was the case.
“So it’s come to this,” Hongjoong announced with sobriety as he entered Room no.1 at the Crescent Bar where the rest of you were waiting. A chorus of sighs and mutters sounded across the room as he took a seat at the end of the table, appearing weary.
“I didn’t think we’d witness a second war in our lifetime, but it appears I might be wrong,” Seonghwa sighed deeply, rubbing his face.
“Can’t call it war right now,” San reminded the eldest. “But it sure is looking like it. I genuinely don’t think it’s going to be another war, but maybe I’m just being optimistic.”
“There might not be a battle, but it’s a war alright,” Hongjoong countered and San agreed. “And wars are not to be taken lightly. President Lee has made a stupid move cornering Halaland like this. It’s as if he aims to expose Eden to its enemies. First, he stops the weapons production and channels, and now he’s sent a declaration of war to Halaland.”
“I can’t tell what he’s planning,” Wooyoung’s expressions were taut. “If you really want a fight, you have to be well-prepared. President Lee does not seem well-prepared.”
“He is,” Yunho quipped, “Look at the order of the events. He met with Major Sung of Strictland. He’s obviously partnered with him to grant Strictland freedom– Major Sung is notorious for his ‘Free Strictland’ sentiments. Once Strictland is free, the nuclear base can run however the elites want it to with the loyal Halaland officials out of the story.”
“That makes sense,” Mingi agreed. “But then… why mess with the weapons channels? Even if he’s the president, he must be aware how much the channel has helped strengthen Eden’s defences.”
“I believe that was personal,” Hongjoong commented, exchanging a subtle glance with Seonghwa. “Perhaps, a warning. We strengthened Eden’s defences with the channel but also provided our allies with the weapons. It’s time to see if the allies remain loyal to us.”
“There are still missing pieces though,” you began. “If it was personal, that was awful timing. Is it only because of silver light?”
“Probably also because we’re on to the president’s real intentions regarding the recent events,” Jongho replied. “They’ve also got eyes on us. They know that we’re gathering allies and honestly? We’re a considerable force. President Lee is probably getting queasy, if deploying the police to quell the protests across all sectors isn’t a sign that he’s anxious.”
You nodded– perhaps, the Crescents were a considerable force in the president’s eyes now. At least with the recent alliances.
Yeosang cleared his throat. “President Son informed us that the Sirens would be taking an aggressive approach towards President Lee’s recent stunt. It could get ugly but they’re prepared. It’s going to serve as a distraction while President Son makes sure that silver light is transported and stored safely in the new location.”
“He also mentioned that we should try and contact General Wi,” San added. “His loyalty lies with power, and whoever can boost his presidential ratings and give him an upper hand earns his alliance. President Lee can only earn General Wi’s loyalty if he promises him his seat, and we all know now that he would never do that.”
“Okay, well, let’s plan then,” Hongjoong began, taking ideas and recommendations from the whole group and considering everyone’s opinions. There were probably things that only he and Seonghwa were aware of, seeing how they stuck next to each other and took breaks to discuss the course of action within themselves.
You were sitting between Yunho and Yeosang. Yunho and Jongho had just come back from Edenary for this meeting, which was originally to discuss the bombing at the MX warehouse but with the threat of the war looming over your heads yet again, you had a lot more to factor in. You got a detailed account of what happened at the MX warehouse from Yeosang, as well as his meeting with ex-President Son which happened a few days ago.
Hongjoong also warned everyone about the possibility of the mole being closer than they thought– really, it was a reminder. It left a heavy feeling in the room since nobody wished to doubt their closest friends but were forced to.
Seonghwa tapped on the table to catch everyone’s attention. Once the chattering died, he cleared his throat and got ready to reveal his plan.
“I think now is a great time to make unexpected allies,” he started and you agreed. “Especially in Edenary. Firstly, we need to try and get Assemblyman General Wi on our side. His alliance with President Son hurts everyone.”
“Agreed,” Wooyoung said. “Even if he does not shake hands with us, we just need to make sure he is not President Lee’s ally.”
Seonghwa nodded. “Hongjoong is our best bet when it comes to winning over General Wi, so he’ll be making a trip to Edenary himself. Luna, you should accompany him. You might want to see Assemblyman Kim again and see if he finally thinks it’s time to seek refuge in the shadows.”
“I can do that,” you agreed. “But I can’t guarantee he’ll be much help. He’s probably already seen a rise in his ratings with President Lee’s recent move.”
“As long as he knows we’re still here if he needs us, and he might need us now more than ever,” Jongho commented. “Now would be a nice time to start exposing the Strictland programme to the public and President Lee’s involvement in it. Not just rumours like we just did on our previous trip.”
“Make sure to lay low,” Hongjoong instructed. “You’re coming with us, by the way. We need you to grease some palms.”
Jongho smirked, making you chuckle lightly. It seemed to be something he was the best at, and you had heard that he had a lot of connections in Edenary. Probably because he had bribed most of them at some point in the Crescents’ career. Wooyoung, who was sitting next to him tried to smooch his cheek out of affection but Jongho smoothly dodged that, poking his stomach and making him groan loudly.
“I think now is also a good time to look into the Sirens and how they operate,” Seonghwa continued while the youngest two jabbed each other. One glare from Hongjoong had them straightening though. “The Sirens take their protests very seriously. I’ve heard that they basically raided the President’s recent address at Eden Hall. They had to deploy the police force and it got a little ugly, but it’s got people questioning if President Lee is a good man.”
“And that’s enough. While the seed of doubt is in their hearts, we should attack from all sides and corner President Lee,” Hongjoong clapped his hand in conclusion. “We don’t have to expose him ourselves. We just need to set the wheels into motion, yeah?”
A chorus of agreements sounded across the room and Seonghwa got ready to leave for a meeting with San. San winked at you before leaving, promising to catch you before you would leave for Edenary. Hongjoong also left for some business with Mingi. Before you could get up to leave yourself, Yunho intertwined his hand with yours, looking towards Yeosang who was seated at your right.
“Would you like to come over?”
“Tonight?” You asked and he nodded. You looked at Yeosang who was smiling and nodding in assurance. “Uh, sure?”
Yeosang laughed. “Get your head out of the gutter. We’re only hanging out.”
“You tell him,” you pointed at Yunho with your thumb and he laughed loudly. “He can’t keep his hands off me.”
“You started it the last time!” He retorted in mock hurt. You only rolled your eyes in response but agreed to join them after washing up at your own apartment. Winter could drop you at their house.
When you reached home and informed Wendy about your sleepover at Yunho’s, she wiggled her eyebrows suggestively but only cheered for you. She didn’t mind you staying over at Yunho’s– that is what you supposed she thought since she was only aware that you had something going on with Yunho specifically. She wasn’t one to probe or judge, so you supposed that you would one day like to tell her about your relationship with the boys. You would like to.
You told Winter to get comfortable while she waited for you to get ready to leave, but when you came out of the shower, she was still standing by the window, a little tense. Wendy didn’t seem to mind Winter. She shared her biscuits with you both while she told you about her work politics.
Winter seemed to be a little uncomfortable, though. You reckoned that it was because she was just not used to being somewhere where she didn’t necessarily have to be on duty. No amount of asking her to relax worked. Wendy was aware that she was your ‘bodyguard’ and she understood that the Crescents were protective because things were not looking good. That didn’t stop her from joking about how you could probably afford to move out of this shoddy apartment by now.
You told her that if you were going to find a better apartment, you would be taking her with you. Wendy didn’t need to keep living in this apartment by herself. That turned into a joke of how the three of you could probably afford a house in a nicer residential area. Winter only passed a small smile in agreement and you teased her about it all the way until you reached Yunho’s house.
It wasn’t your first time at Yunho and Yeosang’s house, but it was the first time the both of them were present. You rang the doorbell and Winter told you that she would leave once you went inside. You folded your arms, feeling just a bit awkward in your night clothes out in the open like this, even though there wasn’t a soul out in this street.
Yeosang opened the door and your mouth fell open at the sight of him, clad in black silk pajamas. You made an impressed face, waving at Winter to signal her that she could leave.
“A nightwear befitting of Mr. Kang of the Crescent Company.”
“Yeah?” He scoffed. “I pulled out my best one.”
You chuckled darkly and Yeosang let you in, asking if you would like some tea or drinks since you already had dinner. You did not want to wake up with a hangover so you agreed to have some tea. While he went to prepare it in the kitchen, you found your way to Yunho who seemed to be zoning out in front of the television with the news on, in navy cotton pajamas. You fixed your black pyjama robe before sitting down.
“Someone looks tired for once,” you commented as you snuggled next to him, stealing his blanket. He grunted lightly but shared the blanket with you, switching the channel to some drama.
“Even I gotta relax once in a while. I’ve not had one moment of peace ever since we made the deal with that Tiffany woman.”
You whistled at his sharp tone when he mentioned the businesswoman. “Hope you don’t find her. We don’t want it to get ugly.”
Yunho shook his head in amusement. “You’re not entirely wrong.”
You patted his arm and Yeosang arrived with a tray of tea and biscuits. You made space for him on the other side and made sure he got his share of blanket too. With the three of you snug, warm tea cups in hands as you sipped and stared absently at the nonsensical television show, sighing in sequence, you broke into light laughter at the situation.
“What?” Yeosang poked your arm with his elbow, though there wasn’t much space to do so.
“I’ve never seen Yunho so quiet,” you admitted. “And I’ve never seen you so focused on one thing. You both must be really tired, huh? Why didn’t you get some sleep?”
“Sleep doesn’t come easy when we’re like this,” Yunho revealed. “And I like to sit like this with Yeosang. It’s our routine. We just sit and watch something like this when we’re tired.”
“Helps to sort the thoughts out,” Yeosang added. “We thought we’d share some peace and quiet with you.”
“Hmm, good thinking. I would have been all alone with my thoughts at home.”
“See,” Yunho grinned, finished with his cup of tea. He intertwined his hand with yours. “We can also recharge this way.”
“Sure,” you drawled out.
“What else did you think we planned to do, sweetheart?” Yeosang teased.
“Nothing,” you shot him a glare. “Just surprised to see this side of you both. It’s nice and cosy here.”
“Whenever one of the boys needs some quiet, they come here,” Yeosang laughed. “It’s very loud at the other houses when they’re all home.”
“I can imagine. You both lucked out pairing with each other.”
“Definitely,” Yunho said and you noticed how he passed Yeosang a gaze that dripped with love. It said all you needed to know.
The conversation soon steered to their past and the time they all used to live together. They picked their rooms randomly at that time and Mingi was lucky to get a room of his own, and he really liked his personal space. Yunho used to room with San and he shared how he got used to being cuddled to sleep because of San’s sleeping habits. You admitted that you knew all about it from the time you once had the pleasure of sleeping over. He did not let you stray too far for one moment the whole night.
You found that Hongjoong and Seonghwa used to be roommates as well, but with Seonghwa’s caring nature, he was always making sure the whole house was in top condition, especially his room and Hongjoong’s space. Hongjoong used to sleep in the office a lot or would barely make it to his room before crashing on one of the sofas in the house. Now that he shared with Jongho and Wooyoung with the two mostly staying at the warehouse, Seonghwa would still get worried about Hongjoong and to make sure he was sleeping well, he would go and give Hongjoong some company or have him stay at his own house. That left San who would then find Yeosang or Yunho if he was all alone for the night.
And you finally asked– if they liked sleeping with each other just for the sake of being together so much, why did they ever separate their housing? Turns out that they asked themselves the same question often. They did like the peace and quiet as living together was quite noisy, but at the same time, they couldn’t live without each other. Yeosang revealed that Hongjoong wanted to buy a nice mansion away from the town with enough room for it not to get too noisy but still feel like home.
All these revelations prompted you to share your experience with your first roommate, Wendy. You admitted that growing up, you had a lovely nanny who would put you to sleep but one time, Secretary Park feared that the woman was revealing your identity to people and fired her. After that, you had to make do with being alone. Sunghoon was not bad company until he learned what being an ‘illegitimate’ daughter meant for you and for him, and then he started to despise you. You had to lock your own room to sleep every time, a habit that finally died down because of Wendy.
You told them that Wendy was a very nice person and a lovely housemate, never making you feel like an intruder in your own home and never overstepping the invisible boundaries that you made. She was perfect, and it was as if she could read your mind. At first, you had been a bit reserved with her but her bright personality was infectious and she made you loosen up in no time. You admitted that you would like to introduce her to the boys, though for now she seemed to think that you were only ‘dating Yunho’. Yeosang hummed in agreement, suggesting that once things calmed down a bit, introductions could definitely happen.
However, Yeosang was a person who was bad at lying, and he could not pretend that Wendy wasn’t a very old acquaintance of theirs. He wished he could break it down to you without you feeling betrayed by both Wendy and him. Wendy was hiding things from you because it was her job, however, the Crescents could have told you at any point that your roommate was an RV spy assigned to keep tabs on you for reasons that were unknown– probably related to what President Son mentioned. It was incredibly hard for Yeosang to lie or blatantly hide things from people that he loved, so he made a show of yawning with a big stretch, calling it a night and asking you two to get comfortable. With a pat to your head, he left for his room.
You found Yunho watching Yeosang, his eyes trained on the door of his room even after he disappeared. You asked him if everything was alright.
“Of course,” he assured with a small smile. “He must be tired. He hasn’t been home in a few days– he was staying with San at the warehouse.”
“Ah…” you squeezed his hand. “You must have missed him.”
“I was with Jongho, he kept me occupied,” Yunho laughed. “Never a dull moment with him– Jaehyun and Ten send greetings, by the way. It was fun to stay with them after so long.”
You smiled.
Yunho continued, “But you’re right. I definitely missed the comfort of my own home.”
Of his home. Of Yeosang.
“Should we give him some company then?” You suggested and Yunho’s eyes lit up.
“Exactly what I was thinking,” he cocked his head, his smile deepening as he looked at you.
“Do you know that you’re perfect?”
You were positive that you flushed deeply at his comment and you waved a hand in dismissal, getting shy under his gaze. He only proceeded to pull you closer, watching you intensely until you caved in and tried to hide your face. He chuckled lightly, cupping your face with one hand and making you lean in so he could kiss you, moving his lips in slow, soft motions. Your heart warmed incredibly at the tenderness he held you with, and after sharing another kiss, he drew back.
“Let’s go to sleep.”
Yeosang was surprised to hear soft knocks on his room that were symbolic of Yunho. He hummed in answer and when the door opened, he chuckled, going right back to his sleeping position.
“Couldn’t leave you alone,” Yunho grinned, “Scoot.”
“I’m not moving– hey,” he complained but you were pretty sure that was not a complaint, the way he laughed when Yunho tackled his body and switched him to the middle of the bed. You got on the other side, facing Yeosang who was now tucked safely in Yunho’s arms. You pulled the blankets over the three of you, unable to contain the emotions that you felt in that moment. Yeosang seemed to understand, like he always did. He passed a deep smile and you pecked his lips in answer, burying your face in his chest, ready to welcome sleep.
With the lights turned off, Yeosang finally held you close.
You had never felt so warm.
It was surreal to be back in Edenary again, though the elite sector was starting to resemble any other sector with graffiti on walls of the government-owned buildings now being painted over to erase any signs of the protests of the locals against the current establishment. The banners and posters were being removed and the police were at every corner trying to trace back these offences and fill their chokeys. There were barely any pedestrians and it was awfully quiet.
You travelled in two cars since your bodyguards were accompanying you as well– Taeyong, Winter, and Jongho’s bodyguard Mark, who you had the pleasure of meeting for the first time. He seemed to be a friendly person and appeared nothing like a bodyguard, but maybe that was intentional. Taeyong and Winter stuck out like sore thumbs, but at least they got along, which was surprising. You supposed that it was for the better since you were usually travelling with Hongjoong and the guards needed to be on good terms.
It also looked like the spy and the lackey had a lot in common. You didn’t have to contribute to the conversation much, announcing earlier on that you were going to take a nap. The two talked in low voices but that was not the reason why you couldn’t welcome some sleep.
What kept you up was a letter from a certain person in Edenary requesting a private meeting. Just you. No Crescents. As if you weren’t a Crescent, you wanted to yell at the sender. Winter had delivered the letter personally, and you didn’t ask how the letter found her. She only waited patiently for your answer and you told her that you would make up your mind once you reached Edenary.
You were all welcomed warmly at the Edenary residence and office. Jaehyun and Ten were pleased to see their old friends Taeyong and Mark. After a lavish lunch of the local delicacies with meat and seafood adorning the table, you got ready to meet with the first client of the visit.
Assemblyman General Wi.
It was incessantly difficult to get a hang of the assemblyman now that he was rumoured to have joined President Lee in sending the military troops towards Strictland. Eden News was doing a damned good job at censoring the reason behind the dispatch, claiming that the troops were to receive ‘special training’ in the mountains of Sector 5, but everyone and their kids knew that it was a blatant lie, an attempt to appease the masses.
While you were sure Assemblyman General Wi had some role in dispatching the troops, you wanted to give the man the benefit of doubt. Knowing President Lee and Secretary Park, they must be holding something of significance over the military man if he was being forced to collaborate with them. If not…
You would rather not entertain that possibility.
You dressed in a deep blue plaid suit that beautifully hugged your figure, keeping the accessories to a minimal with your hair tied. Taking a deep breath in front of the mirror, you prepared for the possibility that Assemblyman Wi might not attend the meeting personally today and you would have to make do with his secretaries. Hongjoong said that the General held regard for him as his partner in war, but even he sounded half-sure.
A knock to your door prompted you to come out of your head. Winter told you that the boys were waiting downstairs and you told her to stay safe– she wouldn’t be accompanying you personally but knowing her, she would be keeping close. Winter only smiled and once outside, disappeared into the shadows like the wraith she was, accompanied by Mark who also seemed to blend into the darkness just the same.
The meeting point was a club at the outskirts of the hotspot of this sector, a place carefully chosen where you wouldn’t attract much attention. Taeyong accompanied the three of you to the club. One of General Wi’s men recognised Hongjoong immediately and led the three of you to the VIP room through the backdoor, away from the heart of the club where people partied. You couldn’t help but smile– no matter how bad it got, the clubs and the bars would always be full of people.
The man knocked at the door and Jongho entered first, taking in his surroundings before motioning that it was okay to come inside. Hongjoong placed a hand on the small of your back and you took that as a sign to enter. He glanced behind him once before following you, wearing his trademark smug expressions that was an indicator that he would always have the upper hand in the room.
Did he, though, when Assemblyman Wi wasn’t present in the room? His secretaries, Lee Dohyun and Go Minsi, greeted you all warmly and offered you drinks and snacks. You all allowed yourselves to get comfortable for just a few moments before Hongjoong finally addressed the elephant in the room.
“So, what’s keeping your Assemblyman occupied? Not dancing in the heart of the club, is he?”
Dohyun stifled a smile. “Not at all. He just has some matters to attend to. He did say that he would try to make it, but you can talk to us in the meantime.”
“Right,” Hongjoong lit a cigar and took deep smokes, the pocket watch that the General himself had given him peeking from the inside of his burgundy coat.
“We just want you to be transparent with us,” Jongho began in a rather friendly manner. “Assemblyman General Wi and our boss go way back, so you must know why we requested a meeting.”
“You suspect Assemblyman Wi has a hand in the recent events,” Minsi began, her tone curt. “Rightfully so. We all know that the Assemblyman has a certain influence in the military sector, but it is ultimately the president who makes such decisions.”
“Does that mean that the Assemblyman opposes the President’s recent move?” You wondered out loud.
“It would be bold of us to admit that,” Dohyun reminded you. “We have to take a neutral stance during such happenings.”
“Well,” Jongho took a big gulp of his whiskey drink. “You know us, Dohyun. We don’t. And I don’t think you can stay neutral here when the president of Eden is aiming to take control of Strictland, having joined forces with Strictland officials themselves. You must know all about that already, right?”
Dohyun shifted uncomfortably while Minsi, who was seated next to you, struggled to remain unmoving.
“Does it bother you when we speak so casually of what could be the beginning of the next regional war? The first chapter of this dark period?”
While that may have bothered the secretaries, Jongho’s extremely casual tone and mannerism perhaps disturbed them more. He remained seated comfortably, swirling the wine in his hands with a rather innocent smile on his face. You could tell why Hongjoong decided to bring Jongho along– he had a way of making people squirm in their seats.
“I know your Assemblyman is listening in from the next room,” Hongjoong leaned in and said in a low tone, making the secretaries sigh in resignation. “It would be wise to let him know that our time is precious, and so is his. Let’s not waste that time going in circles, alright?”
Minsi clicked her tongue in mild annoyance and signalled the guard from the window. Moments later, the Assemblyman arrived, looking awfully proud.
“You’re quite restless this time, Colonel,” he said as a greeting after Hongjoong and Jongho saluted him. “Some might think you’re playing a game that’s not meant for you.”
“You know me, General,” Hongjoong didn’t take offence to his remarks. “I always liked to stay a few steps ahead. Helps in the long run. Maybe you would like to try my approach this time.”
The General nodded mockingly, watching you for a few moments longer than necessary. He looked like he was about to say something, but then thought otherwise and looked towards Hongjoong who was on his right.
“What’s your plan?”
“There is no plan,” Hongjoong announced. “We simply wish to get bearings of your allegiance.”
“As a military man, my allegiance lies with Eden, just like yours,” Assemblyman Wi replied, narrowing his eyes.
“Yet you’re going to be remembered as one of the key figures in triggering the second regional war of our lifetime.”
“There’s going to be no war.”
“And how do you know that?” Hongjoong asked with mild interest. “Did the President promise you that?”
Silence filled the room for a few moments while everyone waited for a response.
“He must be holding something significant over you,” you tried and the General regarded you with interest. “As a key figure in the previous war, you probably do not wish for another. Or are we wrong about this?”
It looked like you had struck a chord, but soon his lips were twisting in satisfaction and he huffed loudly. “You Crescents have a lot to lose from this war, don’t you?” He turned to Hongjoong. “You are cornered. The weapons dealing has stopped, your silver light production is in shambles and no one is keen to associate with your company anymore.”
Hongjoong shrugged, taking a smoke and not bothering to correct the man. “No better opportunity to announce that we do not stand with the President and his take on Strictland. It’s going to be us against the President. Pick a side, General. If you think President Lee is willingly going to let you win the upcoming elections, you’re wrong. He’s going to use you and discard you as soon as he gets the chance. You know he can, and he will.”
“Whatever he’s holding over you is just an excuse for him to make you do his bidding at gunpoint,” Jongho continued. “Wouldn’t you like to dissociate yourself from him before we announce the President’s real intentions to the world? You might actually win the elections if you stand against him.”
The Assemblyman considered that, clicking his tongue and making a show of thinking deeply. “Do you think it’s that easy to get past the President’s team? No matter how much you try, the rumours that the army was dispatched to annex Strictland will remain rumours.”
“Until when?” You asked. “It’s only a matter of time before Halaland’s president retorts. It’s going to get pretty messy afterwards.”
“Their president is too busy dealing with internal affairs regarding Strictland–”
“President Lee is the reason they’re having trouble communicating with Strictland,” you interjected. “Major Sung and President Lee have been in cahoots for too long now. Halaland’s president will retort, and it would be incredibly stupid of us to not try and prevent that. But oh, maybe President Lee and Secretary Park promised you something better than the peace of this land. Or maybe whatever they have over you is more dear to you than anything else. Understandable.”
You got up to leave and you were glad that Jongho and Hongjoong followed suit. This was not how you expected the meeting to end, and you were feeling a bit embarrassed at your little outburst but the silence that followed made you think that your words resonated with the Assemblyman and his team.
“We’re in Edenary for the time being if you would like to reach out to us,” Hongjoong said, shaking hands with the man. “Even if we stand in opposition, we can help each other out in tough times.”
Assemblyman Wi nodded sombrely. “President Lee has eyes everywhere,” he muttered in a low voice. “He’s a dangerous man, Hongjoong. I’m surprised that I didn’t see it before, but… Jongho is right. My hands are tied for now.”
“That’s unlike you,” Hongjoong commented, “The man I remember from the military… no one could have tied him down.”
The General passed a wan smile and Hongjoong took the lead, exiting the room. Jongho motioned for you to get ahead of him and just as you were about to step out, you heard the General’s voice.
“Secretary Park was right about you, y/n.”
You felt the hair on your neck rise at the mention of your father and your name. You looked back, surprised.
“He said the President would like you,” Assemblyman Wi smiled, but it held no malicious intent. It almost looked like his eyes contained a hint of worry. “He has his eyes on you, you know. President Lee.”
Hongjoong’s eye twitched at the revelation and something hot and angry bubbled in his throat. It took everything in him to not lash out at his superior, even though he wasn’t at fault. He only intertwined your hand with his, squeezing it when he realised the colour had left your face. Jongho bowed in greeting and rested his hand on your back, nudging you forward and out of the room.
“That was a warning,” you finally spoke once you were inside the safety of your car next to Hongjoong. He took your hand in his again, but you wondered if he needed that more than you.
“It doesn’t matter,” Hongjoong’s jaw clenched. “He only means to rile us. Don’t let it get to you.”
“You don’t know that,” you whispered. You could no longer ignore the foreboding sensation in your gut. The lack of response from Hongjoong didn’t help, though his thumb kept caressing your skin in hopes of providing some comfort.
Once you were settled in the privacy of your room that you were sharing with Winter, you turned off the night lamp to get ready to sleep, though your eyes remained open and stuck at the ceiling.
“You awake?”
“Hmm,” Winter responded. Even if she was asleep, she would have responded.
“Can you respond to the letter tomorrow?”
Winter shifted in the bed to face you and you did the same, tucking the silver strands of her hair away from her face. The spy didn’t flinch at your touch even though she wasn’t used to such actions.
“Tell Secretary Park that I’ll accept his request to meet him. He can expect me at his house soon.”
Winter nodded. “Are you sure?”
You shook your head no. “I still have to meet him. I don’t like what Assemblyman Wi said about President Lee today. Why does he have eyes on me? I’ve stayed in the shadows, haven’t I? I’ve done nothing that warrants his attention.”
“You didn’t need to,” Winter’s voice sounded sad. “Once he sets eyes on someone, he always watches them. And he’s watched you for a long, long time. Just like you have.”
She was right. As a kid in Secretary Park’s mansion, you often spotted President Lee at that house. You tried your best to hide, but the President always found you sneaking into the corners like a mouse. His eyes followed you as if he were a cat. Back then, he was just Assemblywoman Han’s husband, your father’s business investor. And then he assumed the title of President Han’s husband, until he made a name for himself. Assemblyman Lee, and finally President Lee.
The question wasn’t about how long he had watched you. The question was about why he cared now.
There was not one moment of rest for the following days, and you felt ready to go back to Sector 1, walk there if you had to and sleep in the comfort of your own home for once to wake up to the smell of Wendy’s cooking which you missed incredibly.
In the past three days, you had back to back meetings and while you weren’t attending them all, you would busy yourself with some other task– investigating and planning with Jaehyun and Ten and going to the bars to indulge in gossip with Winter because no one would suspect two women out to have some fun.
You did attend a meeting with Hongjoong at what was another Siren’s residence, where Mr. Ji shared the latest updates– President Lee was supposed to have an election campaign within the following week where he was going to announce himself as a candidate for the next election which would be taking place in February. The Sirens were planning to protest right outside and maybe give the public a little teaser of his actual involvement in the Strictland nuclear operation. However, the President was probably prepared for that and would be deploying police troops to keep the Siren under control. Mr. Ji didn’t reveal what his plan was, but it looked like he was prepared to counter any resistance.
There was a gathering held at the Ju Residence in regards to climate change– just a cover for businessmen and politicians to meet each other and discuss recent events. Hongjoong received an invitation from Ju Seok Tae, the weapons funder client that you had dealt with not long ago. Dressed to impress, you walked into the mansion arm in arm with the boys this time.
Everyone was eager to hear what the Crescents thought of the recent events so you decided to divide and conquer. Hongjoong went to tackle Mr. Ju, the host himself. If there was anyone he needed to win over, it was the co-owner of Eden News. President Lee’s control and censorship over the media could no longer be allowed to continue. You reminded Ju Seok Tae of your promise that you could easily expose Ju's family involvement in the underground. That would definitely earn them backlash not from the public, but the president himself.
Jongho decided to target the business figures who were known to be acquainted with Madame Tiffany in hopes of finding a lead and potential allies. That left you, and you had just the right person in mind for the night.
Assemblyman Kim Jooheon.
Straightening your black gown, you strolled towards the section of the room where the man stood, looking as neat as ever in a grey three-piece. He was busy chatting with someone so you stood in a corner with a wine glass, greeting Secretary Shin who stood next to him, her eyes twinkling when she recognised you.
It didn’t take long for the Assemblyman to make his way towards you, pretending that he needed to grab a drink from the table near you. No one else in the room needed to know that you had stationed yourself here deliberately, and that the Assemblyman had also approached you with a purpose.
“Been a while,” he said as a greeting and you gave him a little bow. He clicked his glass with yours and you stood with your backs against the wall. Just two people taking a breather and sharing drinks while they watched the party.
“Hope you’ve been faring well,” you said.
“I’m managing,” he admitted with a wan smile, causing you to chuckle lightly.
“Manage better,” you said teasingly. “Now seems like the right time to gain an influx of supporters.”
“Ah,” he shook his head. “Always in the game, aren’t you?”
“Have to be,” you shrugged nonchalantly. “It’s how we survive.”
He agreed. “President Lee is seeking reelection. You must know your history.”
“Presidents who run for a second term usually end up winning.”
He nodded. You considered the man.
“You must know that President Lee is involved in some Strictland operations by now. Illegal activities. Enough to invoke the wrath of the leaders of this continent.”
“He means to annex Strictland,” he addressed the matter directly. “But knowing him, the circumstances will shape themselves to his favour. Halaland will break the terms of the Treaty first, and Strictland will be annexed as a collateral to avoid a regional war.”
You made an impressed face, and he added, “It’s what I think.”
“You’re not entirely wrong,” you agreed. “He might take this approach, yes. Might take the shape of a war, might not. It won’t be his first time if it does.”
“What do you mean?”
“Didn’t the Battle of the Eight Hills begin just like this?” You wondered. “It all comes down to Strictland. President Lee and Secretary Park were involved with Strictland back then too. Halaland bombed itself and claimed that Eden had, thus retaliating with an attack on Eden and triggering the war. We all suspected that Halaland had blamed Eden wrongfully, but did you ever wonder why Halaland made such claims?”
Assemblyman Kim stared at you, realisation dawning on his face as he connected the dots, his brows relaxing and lips twisting. “I’m wondering how you can make such big claims.”
“Heard it right from the man himself,” you motioned with your drink to Secretary Park who stood in the veranda, chatting up some politicians. So far, the two of you had been ignoring each other’s existence and you intended to keep it that way.
“I also wonder if annexing Strictland is what we need,” Assemblyman Kim admitted and you looked up at him with curiosity. “Eventually, a nation on this continent is going to declare itself a nuclear power. The international laws will have to change. The production of nuclear weapons will be controlled, yes, but not halted. I’d rather it be Eden who declares itself a nuclear power first, if it comes to that.”
There was a lull in conversation. Perhaps, the Assemblyman had never admitted his thoughts about the subject out loud like this.
“You’re a wise man, Assemblyman Kim,” you meant it. “Just be careful who you choose to side with. It won’t be long before President Lee becomes a pariah. I will make sure of that personally, if I have to.”
“Should I really side with the Crescents?” He wondered. “Might do me more harm than good.”
“I never said you have to side with us,” you smiled. “Someone from the Sirens Rebel Party will approach you shortly. Hear them out, will you?”
Assemblyman Kim’s eyes widened in surprise. “Now you’re going to associate me with the notorious rebel party. Right when the elections are around the corner.”
“Come on,” you placed your empty glass back at the table. “You know the party means no harm to this land. And… it’s not like you’re winning the elections. Not alone.”
“I prefer to win fair and square, Luna,” the Assemblyman almost reprimanded, and that made a short laugh erupt from your mouth.
“Don’t you know, Mr. Kim? There’s no such thing as fair and square within the walls of Edenary.”
With that, you made your way towards the door to the lobby where Jongho seemed to be catching a breather, taking in his surroundings. You curled your hand around his left arm, a small shocked sound erupting from his mouth at the touch but he relaxed when he saw that it was only you.
“Sorry, did I scare you?” You asked, unable to keep the amusement out of your voice.
“You might not believe this, but it’s not very hard to scare me,” he admitted, sharing a grin. “Assemblyman Kim looks like someone snatched his lolly.”
“That would be me,” you said proudly. “I riled him up. He’ll definitely stop assuming a neutral position now.”
“Good,” Jongho patted your hand that was still on his arm. “Meanwhile, I’ve managed to cause a little ruckus over drinks and narrowly escaped judgement from the crowd. However… I did manage to make some new friends. We’ll need them soon.”
“Always buying connections, aren’t you?” You teased. Jongho had a rather simple philosophy of carving his path towards success, and it was that money could buy you everything. Money could also make the path towards success feel like a smooth ride.
“Can never have too many,” Jongho winked. “Don’t blame me. They are gullible. I’m just doing my job.”
“You’re bloody well good at it.”
He laughed, but it was cut short when the lobby silenced for a moment, hushed whispers indicating the arrival of someone. You couldn’t see outside from where you stood and you made no move to check who was causing the commotion, but–
“The President?”
You frowned, looking towards Jongho who seemed as confused. There was no indication that the President himself was going to attend this gathering, so whatever prompted him to arrive here? Did he want to gauge the public sentiment in person?
Jongho motioned for you to follow him and you did, situating yourselves closer to the window and the door through which the President would be entering. You noticed Hongjoong standing near the stairs next to Ju Seok Tae, concealing his surprise. Or maybe, he already got a whiff of his arrival. He only passed a small nod to the two of you.
“Are we greeting him?” You asked Jongho, gulping.
“Just like everyone else,” he scanned the room. Everyone seemed to have made way for the man of the evening. “Do you wish to move somewhere else?”
It felt like you were back to your father’s mansion. He always told you to make yourself scarce whenever some guest was supposed to visit, but he was also aware that you were a curious little thing who always sneaked around. Through the window, you could see Secretary Park’s eyes fixed on you, a knowing smile plastered on his face.
Something was off.
“Luna?” Jongho called your name gently.
“It’s fine,” you told him. “Just having some flashbacks. I’m going to be seeing the President this close after years, so.”
“Chin up. And remember,” he instructed, clasping your hand in his. “You’re a Leader now.”
“Thank you for the reminder,” you meant it.
That still did not prepare you for the way the President’s eyes found yours and stuck for far too long. He was still the same man yet it looked like he had aged a lot, the skin around his eyes creasing now. He stood with his lips parted– was he surprised to find you here?
Everyone was watching. You felt your hands get clammy with sweat, the man scanning your figure slowly with Secretary Park right by his side, saying something in a low voice. The President’s gaze travelled to your right hand that was clasped in Jongho’s, and with a dissatisfactory grunt, he shifted his gaze, giving the room his trademark smile and making sure the room saw him give the two of you that same smile.
His female secretary, Im Jinah, followed behind him and passed you a subtle smile and a nod. She definitely recognised you. Secretary Im was usually occupied in the office unlike Secretary Park, so you didn’t get to see her often when you lived in Edenary, but she was aware of your identity. You returned the sentiment and she went ahead to join Secretary Park.
Once they were out of sight, you passed a weak smile to Jongho and he let go of your hand. You wiped your hands on your dress, apologising for the nervous sweats and fixed the pearl ring on your right index finger. Your eyes followed President Lee who was greeting people, shaking hands and exchanging pleasantries, claiming that he did receive the invitation and didn’t initially plan to come, but something convinced him to.
And perhaps, you were thinking too much, but you didn’t miss how the man looked back and met your eyes before turning his attention back to the group of people he was talking to.
Like an omen, General Wi’s statement rang in your head. He has his eyes on you, you know. President Lee.
Shaking your head, you caught Hongjoong watching you with worry– was that worry in his eyes? He signalled that he would join you two in a minute and went ahead to greet the President. The two shook hands like old friends, their smiles masking their intentions. You stood waiting for him in the corner and straightened when he finally approached you.
“Well. Talk about unexpected guests.”
“Stole the show,” Jongho scoffed, checking his wristwatch. “When do we leave?”
“I’ve just got to have a final word with Mr. Ju and one of the members of the Department of Security,” Hongjoong replied, looking around the room. “If they’re not kissing the president’s arse, it shouldn’t take long.”
“And if they are?” You asked.
“Then we leave right away. No point wasting time,” Hongjoong said and you both agreed. He went towards the hall and you looked at Jongho.
“I’m going to freshen up, be right back.”
“Sure, I’ll be by the drinks,” he said and you left to find the powder room.
Once inside the private space, you stood in front of the mirror, staring at your reflection. You told yourself that you were reading too much into everything. Assemblyman General Wi could have said that to distract you, which would be very plausible considering that he wanted the Crescents confused if he was going to remain your rival.
The reason President Lee looked at you like that was probably because he recognised you. Maybe if you had been in private, he would have actually said hi, since you were his old friend’s daughter, though the public wasn’t aware.
You fixed your hair and washed your hands before exiting. On the way to the hall where Jongho would be waiting for you, you encountered Secretary Im and she slowed down as you drew near her.
“It’s been a while, y/n,” she smiled and you wondered if it was genuine. “Good to see you.”
One thing about Secretary Im was that she had a way of asserting dominance which was her weapon. She appeared to be sophisticated and had an almost innocent air about her, but she was meticulous and ruthless like any presidential secretary should be in order to tackle any problems.
And, well. You had experienced her tackle your brother Sunghoon’s case incredibly well. With her law background, she had no trouble making sure Sunghoon never had to step in police stations or court. She also took it upon herself to discipline him, though Sunghoon never took her seriously. You were pretty sure he harboured feelings for the young secretary, and you couldn’t blame him. She was beautiful.
“Hope you’ve been well,” you returned her smile. You had nothing personal against her and she had never been unkind towards you.
“I hear you’ve finally found your place in this world,” she smirked, and you couldn’t tell if this was a compliment or a jab.
“Yeah, well,” you shrugged. “Took me a while but I’m pleased to be where I am.”
Secretary Im acknowledged that with a nod. “If you would like to see your father… he’s in the study.”
Of course. Of course Secretary Im knew that Secretary Park wanted to see you.
“I’d rather not… not right now,” you responded and she shrugged, her attention drawn to someone calling her name. You bowed to each other in farewell.
While you had no intentions to see your father, you found yourself searching for the study anyway. The door was slightly ajar and he seemed to have company. You caught a glimpse of him sitting with his back towards you and decided to just leave, but–
“She’s grown so much, hasn’t she?” Secretary Park’s voice was faint but you could hear it, alright. You stood closer to the door, concealing your figure and pretending to fix your dress in case any passersby found you eavesdropping.
“She has. Hyung,” President Lee’s voice sounded, his footsteps containing a sense of urgency. “She looks just like her mother.”
“Don’t let her hear that,” Secretary Park chuckled. “What do you think? Do you want to be present when she comes to see me?”
“It would be too obvious,” President Lee clicked his tongue. “Maybe some other time, or–”
You spotted some people making their way to the study and took off for the hall, finding Jongho and grabbing a glass, downing the whiskey in one gulp. Jongho looked at you with worry.
“You look awfully pale, Luna. Are you alright?”
“I’m good,” you said, but you didn’t sound convincing. “Just heard something I shouldn’t have.”
Jongho was about to inquire but he spotted Hongjoong. You were utterly relieved to hear that it was time to go back. The three of you shared the details of the gathering on your way back but you ended up keeping the last bit of the event to yourself.
You debated whether you should tell them about what you had heard, the guilt of keeping that information gnawing at you and making you restless, especially when you were in the privacy of your own room. Hongjoong was supposed to make a detour to Sector 4 tomorrow, having received a tip regarding Tiffany so you reckoned it was now or never.
Finally making the decision, you took heavy steps towards Hongjoong and Jongho’s room and knocked.
It was Jongho who opened the door for you, looking more surprised than worried. “Everything alright?”
You peeked behind him– Hongjoong was up, dressed in black silk nightwear as opposed to Jongho’s ivory cotton one. He was sitting on a chair and was occupied with a book.
“Can I come in?”
“Sure,” Jongho made way for you and you gave the Captain an awkward smile when he finally noticed that it was you who knocked. You settled on the edge of the bed in front of the two.
“I overheard Secretary Park and President Lee talk about something at the Ju Residence earlier,” you told, your heart thumping between your ears.
Hongjoong shut his book, giving you his full attention. “And what was that?”
“President Lee said I look just like my mother. He sounded awfully surprised, and… off. It was strange to hear that from his mouth.”
A surprised sound erupted from Jongho’s mouth. Hongjoong, however, remained stoic.
“Secretary Park and President Lee go way back,” he reminded you. “It would only make sense that they share everything with each other, including this information. It is possible that he knew your mother personally.”
“But…” you fiddled with your hands in your lap. “I don’t know how to explain it. It’s just… strange. The way he looked at me today. How Assemblyman Wi said he’s got his eyes on me. Nothing's making sense anymore.”
“Is there a chance your father wants you to side with him now?” Jongho wondered and you were surprised at his deduction.
“Well… I also received a letter a few days ago from Secretary Park,” you admitted and Hongjoong raised a brow. “He said he wants to meet me. Alone.”
“And you didn’t tell anyone?”
“I’m telling you now,” you gave him a tired look.
“You must have made a decision then,” Hongjoong smiled and something about it felt like a jab.
“I have,” you kept your voice steady. “I have to hear him out and find out the reason why he’s so keen on meeting me now.”
Heavy silence filled the room for a few seconds before Jongho grunted, attempting to improve the mood.
“I think that’s a good idea,” he offered his insight. “Secretary Park must be in desperate need of something to call a meeting with you. I don’t think he would ask to meet you just to rub our recent sufferings in your face.”
You smiled at that and agreed. “I’ll learn what he needs and we can use that to our advantage–”
“I don’t think it’s a good idea to meet him,” Hongjoong interjected. “I think they’re trying to distract you– us, from something. It’s a common tactic.”
“Well,” you began. “I’ll keep that in mind. But I still think I should meet him anyway.”
“So you’ve already made up your mind,” Hongjoong sighed in resignation. “Thanks for letting us know.”
“Hongjoong,” Jongho warned but you shook your head, silencing him.
“Do you trust me, Joong?”
“Of course I do,” Hongjoong’s voice almost cracked. “I don’t trust anyone else but us. I think they’re going to take advantage of you, and I do not want my ace to be taken advantage of.”
“That won’t happen,” you insisted. He knew that it was not that easy to manipulate you into doing something, so why was he being so adamant about this if he trusted you so much?
Your eyes narrowed slightly. “Are you hiding something from me?”
Hongjoong folded his arm and leaned back in his chair, expressions going cold. “Whatever gave you that idea?”
You looked at Jongho who appeared about as uncomfortable as you. He definitely was not aware of Hongjoong’s reasoning.
“You haven’t lied to me about anything, right?” You asked and Hongjoong nodded. “But… you’re hiding some truth from me.”
When Hongjoong did not respond, Jongho muttered a curse under his breath. While you were glad that it was only Hongjoong playing this game with you, it still left a bitter taste in your mouth because if he had not shared these things with the boys, that meant that the gravity of the matter must be pretty high.
“I’m not blind, neither am I dumb, Kim Hongjoong,” you glared at him. “I know you must have your reasons. But just like you did not like how I kept this from you, I don’t like how you’re keeping something from me. Will you share it with me now, or should I take your silence as a sign that I’m dismissed?”
“Luna,” he appeared distraught. “I don’t want you distracted from what’s more important right now. Whatever I’m keeping from you is nothing of importance right now.”
“Not helping,” you shook your head and got up. “Have a safe trip, Hongjoong.”
With that, you left the room, shutting the door with a bit of a slam for extra measure. Hongjoong clenched his jaw, glancing at Jongho who was grimacing.
“Damn, hyung. You messed up.”
Hongjoong shook his head. “This fucking building must be cursed or something– never a peaceful moment here with Luna. Ask Jaehyun to contact real estate and find us a better building.”
“Or we’ll just have this one blessed,” Jongho suggested and Hongjoong shot him a glare.
When you took to a bar to drown in your emotions, you didn’t expect to run into Inspector Gong, of all the people in Eden.
Hongjoong had left for Sector 4 earlier in the morning. You both were pretending that the conversation from last night never happened, and you only wished him well and prayed for his safety as he went to verify the tip that he had received about Madame Tiffany. Apparently, she was trying to contact him and did not want anyone finding out.
That was strange in itself. For a person of Madame Tiffany’s standing to practically go into hiding meant something was up. She hadn’t made a public appearance since the tip to the navy had temporarily paused trade with Mist Island. Your sources had confirmed that she was nowhere to be found in Wonderland.
Jongho was due to meet a client close by, and he offered you to join him but you denied, admitting that you felt bad for leaving things on a sour note with Hongjoong and wanted to clear your head. He understood.
“If you’re like me, you’d want to try a bar,” Jongho had said. “Just the perfect place to drown in your sorrows.”
“Oh, then I’m very much like you,” you had confirmed and with a grin, he told you to visit one specific bar in downtown that wasn’t very active but had the best collection of wine and the perfect atmosphere to enjoy some solitude.
And solitude you were enjoying, Winter hanging nearby, inconspicuously keeping watch. When she spotted Inspector Gong, she informed you immediately but it looked like the officer was here for a reason much like yours.
It was why you didn’t mind him taking a seat near you. You would have moved elsewhere, but he noticed you and chuckled in surprise.
“Didn’t expect to run into a Crescent here,” he commented.
“Didn’t expect to run into an officer here,” you retorted, signalling the waiter to get the officer a drink. “But I’m not one to complain.”
He chuckled, thanking you for the drink and presumed to stare at it intently instead of consuming it. You continued to do the same to your drink, though it wasn’t your first.
“You’re not drinking,” you said after a moment. “I didn’t spike it in case you’re worried about that.”
“Of course you didn’t,” he said but you raised a brow, indicating that you very well could have. “I don’t think the drink is going to help very much, to be frank.”
“I can confirm,” you sighed. “Fifth glass and it only feels worse.”
“Trouble in paradise?” He asked. You wondered if he was aware of your relationship with the Crescents– or at least one of them. You wouldn’t be surprised if he was. He always kept a close, watchful eye on the gang.
“Something like that,” you found yourself admitting. “Do you have a partner, Inspector?”
“I have a wife, yes.”
“How do you solve conflicts?”
“By not avoiding them, but it’s easier said than done,” he mused.
“Right…” you traced the curve of your glass with your fingertip. “What if the conflict is because you’re both trying to protect each other in your own ways?”
“That’s always a hard one,” he sucked in a breath, contemplating what to say next. One look at you and he knew that he could share this. “I had an intense conflict with my wife when I was investigating my last case in Edenary. She told me not to dig into it and obey my superiors. It was her way of protecting me, and I only understood that after that case cost me my detective badge.”
“Did she gloat about being right afterwards?” You asked. The Inspector couldn’t tell if you were teasing.
“Oh, she did. Rubbed salt in my wounds, still does,” he chuckled. “But that’s her way of reminding me to be careful. She’s also someone who sticks with me and is proud of me, no matter where I am. No matter how stupid I am.”
That warmed your heart. “She sounds like a great partner.”
The Inspector nodded and finally downed his drink.
“The last case that you investigated in Edenary… that was President Han’s murder investigation, wasn’t it?”
He was silent for a good moment but eventually, he nodded, figuring that you already knew a great deal.
“Why did you get demoted?”
“Because I wouldn’t listen to my superiors–”
“No, I mean,” you turned your attention to him and he met your eyes, looking more tired than you expected. “Why, really, were you demoted? Only because you refused to let go of the case, or was it because you were snooping in places that were never meant to be snooped in?”
The Inspector gave you a look. “You’re Secretary Park’s daughter. You should know all about it.”
“Connected the dots, have you?” You scoffed. “And if you really have, you must know that it’s just a misfortune, a stroke of bad luck that we’re bound by those familial ties.”
Another moment of silence.
“So it was Secretary Park who stopped your investigation, eh?” You asked, even though you knew the answer. Everyone knew. “And by extension… President Lee.”
“They claimed he had his private team looking into it,” the Inspector reminded you.
“A weak excuse. His private team never found anything.”
“Because it never existed,” he scoffed. “I know.”
The waiter offered to fill your glasses and you both gladly accepted the refill. You sipped on your drink, thinking. The taste of the familiar drink was more bitter tonight.
“Would you like to look into the case again?”
“No,” It was more a warning than an answer. “You can’t look into it. Not now–”
“Now’s a good time, I think,” you commented. “He’s all riled up and distracted. Would be the perfect opportunity to access the previously restricted resources, don’t you think?”
“He’ll find out,” Inspector Gong shook his head. “And I can’t get any more demoted than I already am.”
“But he’s scared of you,” you locked eyes with him. “He stopped you, crushed your spirits, because he was scared you were going to find something that he did not want you to find. So if you’re not going to look into the case again, tell me about your last or most recent findings.”
He passed you a sceptical look and you shrugged loudly. “I don’t have enough time to investigate it myself, don’t worry. I’m just interested.”
“For all the wrong reasons, I suppose.”
“They’re going to be the right reasons very soon,” you said, implying the president’s recent controversial decisions. “I’ll share something with you if you share this with me. Something you’ll like very much.”
“Go ahead, then. You first,” he folded his arms, ready to hear what you had to offer.
“Who would you like dirt on?”
“Let’s see…” he thought for a good minute. “How about the Crescents themselves?”
When you shot him a glare, he raised his hands in surrender. “How about the Sirens? I hear you’re all chummy now.”
“You’re barking up the wrong tree, though,” you smiled. “The Sirens are not your enemy, inspector. You could work with them– you’d made good allies. They just want the Strictland issue to be solved. Don’t you, Inspector?”
“I suppose I do,” he exhaled deeply, sniffing. “Why do the Sirens care about the Strictland issue so much?”
You contemplated for a moment. “I’m not sure. Loyalty to Eden sounds like a lie. My guess is that they– that one of their leaders has something personal against President Lee or one of the parties involved with Strictland. You know how most of the members of that group are immigrants. Loyalty to Halaland? Unlikely when their homeland abandoned them. It feels personal, but that’s just my observation.”
“That’s very insightful,” Inspector Gong regarded you with curiosity.
“Your turn,” you reminded him.
“Well… I actually received a tip from someone right before President Lee interjected and closed the case. I suspect it was President Han’s female secretary. She disappeared after her death and has probably left Eden, or maybe she’s buried under the ground. I’m not sure, but anyways… the tip revealed that President Han was looking into something very personal right before her death.”
“Investigating her husband?” You asked. “I bet she was, but I already know about that–”
“No, not politics-related,” Inspector Gong took a deep breath. “Something related to her family. I found out that she has some maternal family in Eden, but they always stayed out of the spotlight. No one was aware of their identities, and I bet after what happened to her, they cut all association with her for fear of their lives.”
“Maternal family…” you considered that. “It would be interesting if they were still around, right?”
“I suspect they are. The detective hunch in me says so,” Inspector Gong passed a cryptic smile and you fought the urge to inquire further. “But my detective hunch also wonders if the tip was pointing to President Han’s family with President Lee.”
“The infant that died?” You frowned.
“Maybe they had other children. Maybe one of them had children out of an affair,” Inspector Gong said. “I like to entertain all possibilities. I just wish the secretary elaborated when she gave me the tip, but I can’t blame her. She was probably too scared and wanted to reveal the information in private. Maybe she never would have revealed that and doubted me as much as any other.”
“Interesting,” you commented. “Would you be up to meet President Han’s male secretary regarding this matter?”
“Isn’t he in hiding after what happened with his arrest?”
“I know how to reach him,” you offered.
“There must be a catch,” Inspector Gong cocked his head.
“You’ll keep me updated.”
“Of course,” he shook his head. “You’re just like Hongjoong, you know.”
That pleased you infinitely. You looked back at where Winter was standing, surprised to see that Jongho had joined her. You finished your drink and got up.
“Well, it’s been a pleasure, Inspector,” you said. “I hope we can share drinks more often.”
“Nah, I think I’m fine,” he shook his head but his smile said otherwise.
You approached Jongho who started clapping. “How did you get the Inspector to smile so damn much?”
“We shared domestic troubles,” you said and he laughed. “But… I’ve found some interesting things regarding President Han’s case.”
“Oh?”
“Apparently, she was investigating something personal right before her death– something regarding her family. Only, we don’t know what family is meant by that. She has some maternal family in Eden so we might want to look into that– but you would know all about it, wouldn’t you?” You turned towards Winter who was smiling.
“Can’t break the code,” she simply said.
“We’re going to end up finding out anyway, save us some time,” you half-pleaded but she was adamant.
“This one, you won’t.”
“And what about the things that we potentially could find out?” Jongho asked.
With the two of you ganging up on the young spy, she gave in. “Fine. President Han wasn’t looking into her maternal or paternal family or anything related to them.”
“So she was looking into what? Does President Lee have another child?” Jongho asked. “Someone with a different mother? Someone no one knows about?”
“Find out for yourselves.”
You suppressed a curse and Winter smirked. Jongho only shook his head and you looked towards him.
“Do you think I should ask Secretary Park about that?”
“Don’t you even try,” he warned. “If that’s what got President Han killed by her own husband… don’t you dare try, Luna.”
“Geez, okay,” you folded your arms. “I won’t.”
“Promise me,” he was serious.
“I promise,” you assured him. “But I’m going to meet him. Tomorrow. You can’t stop me from that.”
Jongho looked conflicted. “Hongjoong asked me to let you do whatever you want, but I’m still tempted to stop you from meeting him.”
“It’s just a little meeting. It will only do emotional damage,” you laughed though it didn’t quite sound very hearty. “Winter will be present with me. You don’t have to worry about anything.”
“Oh, you can’t stop me from worrying,” Jongho motioned for you to follow him, exiting the dark corridor and leading you towards the parking lot, hand on the small of your back. “I just hope…”
Jongho paused when you reached the car and he faced you, looking conflicted. “I hope you don’t let him get to you too much. Don’t end up making any deals with the devil, Luna.”
You nodded, finding his hand and squeezing it in assurance. He drew his other hand to your face, giving your cheek a gentle caress before pulling away and opening the door for you, taking you home.
Little did you know that the devil would take your hand and ask you to come with him.
next chapter
-> apply for the taglist here! (check your privacy setting if the tags don't work)
No one was coming for the kids of the elites. No one came for the privileged Edenary citizens. These kids would not be facing the war or its consequences. Upon digging, you learned that the only Edenary civilians who joined the war did so voluntarily. The rest were pardoned because of their connections. If not, a bribe was enough. Some parents went as far as to change their childrens’ birth years in order to avoid scrutiny from the rest. You confronted Secretary Park, your father, about this matter and he only dismissed your questions.
no words actually. 🙂🙃
When you told him that you would like to volunteer in the war, he made you question your reasons. Did you expect to get some special treatment if you made it back alive? Were you joining because you felt guilty, or were you atoning for sins that were not even your own?
here's that strong sense of justice again. or community? or service? is it out of guilt? wanting to owe up to something? to repent for being born into lavish circumstances?
People had just recovered from the trauma of the previous war. Eden was still strengthening its defences. While the sirens did not ring in the air this time, you could hear them in the back of your head.
NOOOOOoooOOOoOoOOoooo..😭😭😭😭
“Would you like to come over?” “Tonight?” You asked and he nodded. You looked at Yeosang who was smiling and nodding in assurance. “Uh, sure?”
Yeosang laughed. “Get your head out of the gutter. We’re only hanging out.” “You tell him,” you pointed at Yunho with your thumb and he laughed loudly. “He can’t keep his hands off me.” “You started it the last time!” He retorted in mock hurt.
alrighty, i got it.😌↕️ not THEIR kink.
Winter seemed to be a little uncomfortable, though. You reckoned that it was because she was just not used to being somewhere where she didn’t necessarily have to be on duty. No amount of asking her to relax worked. Wendy was aware that she was your ‘bodyguard’ and she understood that the Crescents were protective because things were not looking good.
if i theorize that wendy could be something like winter's superior/senior (taking their sm ent debut into account) makes this scene so much funnier to me.
“Sleep doesn’t come easy when we’re like this,” Yunho revealed. “And I like to sit like this with Yeosang. It’s our routine. We just sit and watch something like this when we’re tired.” “Helps to sort the thoughts out,” Yeosang added. “We thought we’d share some peace and quiet with you.” “Hmm, good thinking. I would have been all alone with my thoughts at home.” “See,” Yunho grinned, finished with his cup of tea. He intertwined his hand with yours. “We can also recharge this way.”
looking out for each other and inviting reader into arguably the more quiet and calm dorm within the atz circle so not to let them alone with their worries. like how before reader had decided to take their relationships serious, there'd been a number of scenes in which atz saw reader lost in their own head, scratching at themselves absentminded etc. :c
And you finally asked– if they liked sleeping with each other just for the sake of being together so much, why did they ever separate their housing? Turns out that they asked themselves the same question often. They did like the peace and quiet as living together was quite noisy, but at the same time, they couldn’t live without each other.
😭😭😭
still not telling us how reader ended up rooming with wendy 😒
Yeosang was surprised to hear soft knocks on his room that were symbolic of Yunho. He hummed in answer and when the door opened, he chuckled, going right back to his sleeping position.
“Couldn’t leave you alone,” Yunho grinned, “Scoot.” “I’m not moving– hey,” he complained but you were pretty sure that was not a complaint, the way he laughed when Yunho tackled his body and switched him to the middle of the bed. You got on the other side, facing Yeosang who was now tucked safely in Yunho’s arms. You pulled the blankets over the three of you, unable to contain the emotions that you felt in that moment. Yeosang seemed to understand, like he always did. He passed a deep smile and you pecked his lips in answer, burying your face in his chest, ready to welcome sleep.
IM SO SOFT AND SQUISHY LIKE MARSHMALLOW 🥰🥰🥰
You couldn’t help but smile– no matter how bad it got, the clubs and the bars would always be full of people.
something about this screams historical indicator to me but i can't find the dusty corner in my brain that alerted. 🙃
“Does it bother you when we speak so casually of what could be the beginning of the next regional war? The first chapter of this dark period?” While that may have bothered the secretaries, Jongho’s extremely casual tone and mannerism perhaps disturbed them more. He remained seated comfortably, swirling the wine in his hands with a rather innocent smile on his face. You could tell why Hongjoong decided to bring Jongho along– he had a way of making people squirm in their seats.
my jongho? my bear? 👁️👄👁️
“He must be holding something significant over you,” you tried and the General regarded you with interest. “As a key figure in the previous war, you probably do not wish for another. Or are we wrong about this?” It looked like you had struck a chord, but soon his lips were twisting in satisfaction and he huffed loudly. “You Crescents have a lot to lose from this war, don’t you?” He turned to Hongjoong. “You are cornered. The weapons dealing has stopped, your silver light production is in shambles and no one is keen to associate with your company anymore.”
NOT GOING FOR THE COUNTERATTACK, COME ON!?!
“That’s unlike you,” Hongjoong commented, “The man I remember from the military… no one could have tied him down.”
BROTHER OOOFFFFHH 🫥🫥🫥
“Secretary Park was right about you, y/n.” You felt the hair on your neck rise at the mention of your father and your name. You looked back, surprised. “He said the President would like you,” Assemblyman Wi smiled, but it held no malicious intent. It almost looked like his eyes contained a hint of worry. “He has his eyes on you, you know. President Lee.”
HE WOULD LIKE ME??? idc: go blind spell 🪄⚪👄⚪✨
Winter shifted in the bed to face you and you did the same, tucking the silver strands of her hair away from her face. The spy didn’t flinch at your touch even though she wasn’t used to such actions.
these girl moments, i swear, they have me like 😭🫶🫂
“He means to annex Strictland,” he addressed the matter directly. “But knowing him, the circumstances will shape themselves to his favour. Halaland will break the terms of the Treaty first, and Strictland will be annexed as a collateral to avoid a regional war.”
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
“Didn’t the Battle of the Eight Hills begin just like this?” You wondered. “It all comes down to Strictland. President Lee and Secretary Park were involved with Strictland back then too. Halaland bombed itself and claimed that Eden had, thus retaliating with an attack on Eden and triggering the war. We all suspected that Halaland had blamed Eden wrongfully, but did you ever wonder why Halaland made such claims?” Assemblyman Kim stared at you, realisation dawning on his face as he connected the dots, his brows relaxing and lips twisting. “I’m wondering how you can make such big claims.” “Heard it right from the man himself,” you motioned with your drink to Secretary Park who stood in the veranda, chatting up some politicians.
look at reader using that man to get their own brownie points, heh.
Jongho had a rather simple philosophy of carving his path towards success, and it was that money could buy you everything. Money could also make the path towards success feel like a smooth ride.
CAPITALISM MONSTER 🤑
It felt like you were back to your father’s mansion. He always told you to make yourself scarce whenever some guest was supposed to visit, but he was also aware that you were a curious little thing who always sneaked around. Through the window, you could see Secretary Park’s eyes fixed on you, a knowing smile plastered on his face. Something was off.
IS HE SELLING US OFF TO THE PRESIDENT??!!?
the very gentle skinship with jongho here got me 🥺😢😭
That still did not prepare you for the way the President’s eyes found yours and stuck for far too long. He was still the same man yet it looked like he had aged a lot, the skin around his eyes creasing now. He stood with his lips parted– was he surprised to find you here?
❓❓❓
While you had no intentions to see your father, you found yourself searching for the study anyway. The door was slightly ajar and he seemed to have company. You caught a glimpse of him sitting with his back towards you and decided to just leave, but– “She’s grown so much, hasn’t she?” Secretary Park’s voice was faint but you could hear it, alright.
flashback when reader eavesdropped on their father talking about the nuclear plant 🧠
NOT WITHHOLDING THE TRUTH ANYMORE! PROGRESS! YIPEE!
“He said he wants to meet me. Alone.” “And you didn’t tell anyone?” “I’m telling you now,” you gave him a tired look. “You must have made a decision then,” Hongjoong smiled and something about it felt like a jab. “I have,” you kept your voice steady. “I have to hear him out and find out the reason why he’s so keen on meeting me now.”
OH NO. FINALLY TELLING THE TRUTH BUT AT WHAT COST?!?
“So you’ve already made up your mind,” Hongjoong sighed in resignation. “Thanks for letting us know.” “Hongjoong,” Jongho warned but you shook your head, silencing him. “Do you trust me, Joong?” “Of course I do,” Hongjoong’s voice almost cracked. “I don’t trust anyone else but us. I think they’re going to take advantage of you, and I do not want my ace to be taken advantage of.”
🥺almost 🥺cracked🥺
“I’m not blind, neither am I dumb, Kim Hongjoong,” you glared at him. “I know you must have your reasons. But just like you did not like how I kept this from you, I don’t like how you’re keeping something from me. Will you share it with me now, or should I take your silence as a sign that I’m dismissed?”
ooOoOOOoohhh, the strained what-could-be-relationship.. 👀
NOT HIM BLAMING THE BUILDING IMDKFKDKD LIKE IT'S SOME SUPERSTITION 😭😭😭
“Do you have a partner, Inspector?” “I have a wife, yes.”
HOW DARE HE?!? THAT WAS SUPPOSED TO BE MEEE 😩😩
“Would you like to look into the case again?” “No,” It was more a warning than an answer. “You can’t look into it. Not now–” “Now’s a good time, I think,” you commented. “He’s all riled up and distracted. Would be the perfect opportunity to access the previously restricted resources, don’t you think?” “He’ll find out,” Inspector Gong shook his head. “And I can’t get any more demoted than I already am.” “But he’s scared of you,” you locked eyes with him. “He stopped you, crushed your spirits, because he was scared you were going to find something that he did not want you to find. So if you’re not going to look into the case again, tell me about your last or most recent findings.”
YOU TRUE FUCKING LUNATICCCC I LOVE YOU SO MUCH 😼
“Something related to her family. I found out that she has some maternal family in Eden, but they always stayed out of the spotlight. No one was aware of their identities, and I bet after what happened to her, they cut all association with her for fear of their lives.”
🧍♀️🧍♀️🧍♀️🧍♀️
“Of course,” he shook his head. “You’re just like Hongjoong, you know.” That pleased you infinitely... “Well, it’s been a pleasure, Inspector,” you said. “I hope we can share drinks more often.” “Nah, I think I’m fine,” he shook his head but his smile said otherwise.
YEAH WE EXACTLY LIKE HONGJOONG 😭😭😭
With the two of you ganging up on the young spy, she gave in. “Fine. President Han wasn’t looking into her maternal or paternal family or anything related to them.”
winter is warming up, aw. 😭😭 but also what. the. fuck.
Little did you know that the devil would take your hand and ask you to come with him.
YUMI 👹👹👹 MY STUPID SMILE DROPPED SO FAST YOU GOTTA STOP THISS!!!
chapter warnings: drinking, smoking, illegal businesses, mentions of war/military, drugs, gangs and corruption, things get fluffy with woogi, angst levels up with hj, smut mdni! (fingering, overstimulation), mention of bombing.
chapter wc: 10.7k
chapter synopsis: you continue to deal with clients at the warehouse with wooyoung and mingi and you find solace in each other’s company amidst the tough times. you meet ji chang wook of the sirens with hongjoong who helps you formulate a plan– to get assemblyman wi on your side before president lee does. in between all of this, you suspect that hongjoong and seonghwa are hiding something from you. seonghwa assures you that they will tell you when it’s time and you spend the night with him. things take a dark, dangerous turn, creating confusion and chaos.
prev chapter recap: you meet president son and lady kim with hongjoong and they confirm that they are the anonymous funders of the weapons channel. they also share their suspicions of president lee regarding president han’s assassination and reveal that he is the man behind strictland’s nuclear ops. you and lady kim share your fond memories of president han and she takes an interest in your pearl ring. hongjoong reveals that the sirens answer to president son and they have a meeting scheduled with them now. as per president son’s request, you find yourself with winter, an rv spy, as your bodyguard. you go to the warehouse and start to deal with unsatisfied clients with wooyoung and mingi. among them is ju seok tae, the nephew of mr. jang of eden news. hongjoong and seonghwa begin to look into your mother’s pearl ring with sunmi of maddox and co. and discover that all records of the ring’s purchase are absent which raises suspicion.
For most of your life, you had believed that there was a stark difference between the elites of Eden and the common man.
There was no way that the elites breathed the same air, walked on the same ground and looked at the same sky as the common man. Those were the people of struggle and loss, of constraints and darkness. As someone living in Edenary which was a safe haven for the elites, you did not need to fret about the people that dwelled elsewhere. They could never look you in the eyes, your father told you, because you were an elite.
They did. They looked you in the eyes whenever and wherever you encountered them– be it in Edenary itself, in the warzones where your status meant nothing, or even post-treaty when they carried the burden of rebuilding Eden. They looked you in the eyes and showed you that as an elite, you shared the same struggles and constraints. You were not different. They were simply more empathetic than you because they did not choose to exercise their power to create a distinction between humans.
There was something about the common man that always pulled you in– your attention was always drawn towards how freely they laughed, as if they had no care in this world, as if the weight of this world wasn’t on their shoulders. The crescendo of their laughter was enough to make you realise that Edenary was not the paradise that the elites made it out to be. Edenary was a bound city where every man was on his own. It was a place where the people dressed their finest to hide the ugliness they carried within their souls. It was a place where you couldn’t really exhale loudly, lest people learned the secrets that your breath threatened to carry away with the wind.
Edenary was a prison. You realised that your circumstances weren’t unique– each family in Edenary was caged in the walls of their homes, the walls that were built on the blood of the innocent. Each individual in Edenary carried with them the sins of their forefathers. Some carried those sins in their proud smiles or watchful eyes. Others attempted to conceal them with soft words and gentle touches. But there was one thing that these two shared– the fact that they were proud to be here, despite everything.
And that pride was a double-edged sword, and double-edged swords often turned on their wielders especially when the wielder found themselves surrounded by predators.
There was only one predator in the room right now, and it was you. Seated in the centre of the small, dark office room at the warehouse with only a card table separating you was your client, who was currently pretending that the bead of sweat trickling down his temple wasn’t annoying him. You swirled the red wine in your glass casually before shifting in the chair so your client got a brief glance of the two daggers and a gun snug on the belt against your thigh.
You fixed your leather jacket and concealed the weapons when you were sure that he got a good look.
“It’s quite simple, Mr. Kudo,” you clasped your hands on top of your knees, not breaking eye contact. “You will lose more if you back out of your deal now. You should be a gentleman and keep your word, don’t you think?”
“The weapons project might shut down for good,” he warned with wide eyes. “There’s been rumours about the network closing. As someone from Utopia, I have to make sure that my country does not get involved if they start arresting everyone who’s been funding the project.”
“That will not happen, I assure you,” you replied calmly. “If that was the case, the identity of the person who got arrested for funding us would have been exposed. Isn’t that right?”
Mr. Kudo contemplated over his cigarette, shifting uncomfortably. “You’ll guarantee that if things start to take the right direction, me and my client can back out of funding before Utopia’s name gets dragged in the mud?”
“Absolutely,” you assured him. “In fact, we will be terminating our contracts with all foreign parties to ensure their animosity if things look bleak. Before any damage can occur.”
“And what’s the guarantee of that? How can I trust you?”
“The same way that I did not shoot you in the head when you walked in instead of your client and demanded that we hear you out. We excused your spies trespassing here– they’re still alive if you wish to take them back. Barely, might I add. I’d be making my decisions quickly if I were you, Mr. Kudo.”
You had to admit– you had a knack for negotiating, and seeing the man squirm and look as if he was about to burst the veins on his head was oddly satisfying. He nodded in resignation and you refrained from passing another comment on the man’s bruised ego, shaking hands and signalling Winter who had been stationed in the corner to let his spies go.
Winter accompanied the man outside and when he disappeared, you let out a big sigh, grinning when Wooyoung and Mingi walked inside, looking proud.
“We heard everything– it was a struggle to keep Wooyoung from laughing out loud,” Mingi said, shaking his head in amusement.
“You did well!” Wooyoung patted your shoulder. “I told you this would work.”
What he meant by that was the leather, the weapons on display on your belt, and the bold red lipstick. According to Wooyoung, any man would get intimidated by such a combination, and you had to admit that he was right.
“Plus, you look awfully hot,” Wooyoung tugged at your chin affectionately and you rolled your eyes but smiled anyway.
“I might do this more often. I feel confident in this getup,” you said, assessing your form. If all it took for men to get intimidated and fold under your glare was a daring outfit choice and the confidence that came along with it, you would definitely be doing this again. Winter came back and you smiled gratefully at her– the idea was Wooyoung’s, but it was Winter who got you prepared for tonight.
A master spy for sure. You felt like you were wearing another skin during the meeting, and perhaps, that’s what you needed to do from now on. Wear different skins and trick people into granting your wishes.
“Well, this concludes the last client for this month?” You asked, recalling the list mentally. You had been dealing with a number of clients in the past two weeks, dividing and conquering for the most part.
“Yes, looks like we’re finally getting a breather,” Mingi said as he adjusted his jacket. “Are you going back to the office?”
“Yeah, I need to report back and get updated about the other matters,” you pursed your lips. “Can’t talk about it on the phone– Seonghwa said the line might be tapped.”
“He wouldn’t be wrong,” Wooyoung agreed, the three of you moving out of the warehouse to the break area. “We usually rely on an informant doing the job for us and relaying messages when we fear getting tapped.”
“Oh? Who’s your informant?”
“Usually some kids from the orphanage, or one of the RV spies if they cooperate,” Wooyoung eyed Winter who was currently out of earshot, drinking from a can of beer. “Jaemin and Renjun could do that job for you– the pair is the best when it comes to trading information, and they’re reliable and inconspicuous. They’d give the RV spies some competition, I bet.”
“Jaemin and… Renjun?” You asked, the second name unfamiliar.
“Renjun is also one of the kids from the orphanage. I’ll see what he’s up to these days, but you can use them even if you’re back at the office and want to send us a quick message,” Mingi said and you nodded. The kids must really be trustworthy then.
“Yeah, I have to get back to the office for the meeting with the Sirens, but I’ll probably need the kids to relay messages once I’m back here.”
“And when are you planning to leave, sweetheart?” Wooyoung asked. “Want me to drop you off?”
“I’ll get back with Winter in my own car tomorrow, and hopefully squeeze in a nap before things get hectic,” you passed Wooyoung a knowing look and he stifled a smirk, making Mingi laugh out loud. “I mean… we have the rest of the evening free, right? What are you up to?”
“I don’t know,” Wooyoung shrugged, “No plans… yet. I don’t think you want to go practising again.”
You groaned– you had been doing plenty of shooting practising with the boys and basic self defence with Winter in your free time here. That involved you getting roughed up in the process and while it was not a very enjoyable experience, it was necessary.
“We could go to the beach if you feel like it,” Mingi suggested.
“The beach?” You straightened. “I mean, if we’re all free,” you said and the boys nodded eagerly. “I would love to.”
The drive had to be more than an hour long, but it felt shorter because Mingi and Wooyoung kept you engaged in discussion, talking about everything but business. They managed to wring out details about your life in Edenary which you weren’t reluctant to share, just a bit hesitant since it really wasn’t much except a brooding father and an annoying brother.
You told them about how Sector 1 and Edenary felt like two different worlds sometimes, but you had never felt as if you were free in Edenary. Somehow, Edenary was more suffocating which you realised on your trip with Hongjoong and Seonghwa back when you were to make the deal with Tiffany.
In exchange, you also managed to hear some stories from their past. Wooyoung told you about his family who lived in Sector 2, away from all the mess of the Crescents. He was on good terms with his family, as were the rest of the Crescents, and he often paid visits.
You learned that Wooyoung was Yeosang’s friend from before the war and as a strategist, he encountered Hongjoong which was how he met the rest of the boys. He was surprised to learn that you and Mingi were in the same squad and he was pretty sure you must have encountered paths with Mingi as a medic, since apparently, Mingi was usually the one who had to get nursed most often. While both of you did not recall ever encountering each other, it was still a nice thought.
“It’s not that he got hurt often,” Wooyoung teased, earning a smack from Mingi who was driving tonight. “He just loved being nursed. He claims that he met every nurse in his squad which was quite a handful, right?”
“Must be why he does not recall seeing me then,” you pouted.
“And why do you not recall seeing me? If we ever met, that is,” Mingi questioned.
“Because you have changed so much since,” you laughed at the memory of the photo that he showed you not long ago. “You were just a scrawny lad back then.”
“And now?” Wooyoung questioned, craning his neck back with a deep smirk to see how you would respond.
“Now…” you folded your arms, catching Mingi’s eye in the rearview mirror. “Scrawny grownup lad?”
“Unfair,” he muttered and Wooyoung shook his head.
“You’re a man now, that’s what she means,” Wooyoung explained and you hummed in agreement. Mingi was a man now– tall, strong and handsome. Nothing like the kid that he was during the war.
You finally reached the sandy shores that bordered Sector 2, the sea a bit clearer here since it was quite a distance from the port. You could still spot a few boats and ships in the distance, illuminated by the half moon that pulled the tides, making them crash loudly against the rocks. You shut your eyes and breathed deeply, relishing the smell of the salty waves with a smile.
“Why the lack of people?” You wondered, though you weren’t complaining.
“It’s kind of dangerous during the night. The tide is unpredictable,” Wooyoung explained. “But it’s always crowded during the day, and especially during the weekends.”
“Look,” Mingi pointed in the distance at a group of people. “Some people still come at night but it’s better to stay away from the waves.”
“Ah,” you pursed your lips. “Can we at least walk on the shore?”
“Definitely,” Wooyoung took one hand and Mingi took the other, almost in synchronisation. “We are your guards. We won’t let you drown.”
“If you let me go,” you warned as you walked deeper into the shore until the waves washed your mid-calves, “let it be known that you both make the worst guards.”
“No body, no crime,” Mingi shrugged and you tsk-ed, though the three of you ended up laughing.
The pair swung your hands and did not let go even when you wished to tuck your hair back. They did that for you, only after laughing whenever you got smacked on the face by your own hair thanks to the fierce gusts of the wind. In return, you splashed them with your feet.
After a good, long walk, the three of you settled down on the sand to take a breather. You pulled your knees forward, not minding the sand that stuck to your bare legs– in fact, you quite liked where you were right now. The sound of the waves crashing against each other was soothing enough to make you feel content.
“Do you think we’ll ever get such a moment of peace again?” You mused, digging your fingertips into the sand. “It feels like we have to steal these moments ever since the silver light project began.”
Mingi hummed in thought but it was Wooyoung who said, “I don’t think we can fully rest anymore, Luna. At least, not until silver light is a medicinal drug available in all hospitals of Eden, and the Strictland nuclear base matter gets settled.”
“It’s only going to get more chaotic with the elections coming up soon,” Mingi added. “President Lee must be anxious now. He’s going to suffer damage when the public learns what he’s been doing behind their back.”
Wooyoung straightened his back proudly. “I knew something was off about that man. I was right. But for once…” He faltered, mirroring your position and resting his head against his knees. “I wish I was wrong.”
You smiled in defeat. “The elites will suffer, we shall make sure of it. We will keep stealing these little moments of peace. Everything will be okay– no matter how trapped we feel, we must be in control of our life. That is all that matters at the end of the day.”
“Wise words,” Mingi said playfully and you grinned, the three of you soaking in serenity, tucking the memory of tonight in a corner of your heart. With Mingi’s hand intertwining with yours as he scooted closer, you let Wooyoung rest his head on your shoulder. The three of you huddled into a cocoon, cherishing the last few moments of peace before you would go back to being a Crescent and a Leader.
It was good to be back at the office, working alongside Jihoon and Eunha and getting the recent updates. Apparently, the boss’s nonchalance was slowly taking the shape of anger. You heard about how Hongjoong and Seonghwa had taken upon themselves to find the mole among all of the Crescent employees, which was quite the number. As someone who had witnessed Seonghwa’s methods firsthand, you shivered at the thought of what the others would be facing. You did not want to think about how Hongjoong would be navigating that course.
The office was empty for the most part of the day, especially after Eunha’s shift that left you alone on the upper story. You unlocked Hongjoong’s room and decided to wait there, having done most of your work and knowing that the two would be arriving at any moment. You were surprised to see the mess on Hongjoong’s desk– Seonghwa was usually cleaning everything up, organising everything and making sure nothing was out of place.
They must have been really busy or tired, you thought. You were aware that the two had been here in the morning so you wondered if they left in a hurry.
Taking it upon yourself, you started organising Hongjoong’s desk– also because the time would not pass. You hummed a tune that you had picked from Mingi, an addictive melody he was usually singing while he was absorbed in work. You put the extra documents in the cupboard and just as you closed it, the door opened, revealing Seonghwa.
“You’re here,” he smiled, “I was wondering if I left the door unlocked.”
“You would never,” you grinned, spreading your arms for the underboss who gladly held you, spinning you around and making you chuckle as you clung to him. He set you down and you tucked the long silver strands of his hair back. “Where’s Hongjoong? I heard that he was with you.”
“We parted ways to save some time but he’ll be back soon,” Seonghwa pressed his lips to your forehead. “How was the warehouse?”
“Fun, I’m not even going to lie about it,” you said and Seonghwa scoffed in amusement. “But it’s really good to be back. I missed you.”
“I missed you too,” Seonghwa kissed your cheek, lingering there. Your fingers tightened around the lapels of his coat in response and you found his eyes fluttering shut as he relished the feeling of being so close to you. Your heart warmed infinitely.
“Is everything alright at work?” You asked in a low voice as if you did not dare to interrupt his train of thoughts. However, you might have actually done that because he shook his head.
“Let’s talk about work when Hongjoong gets back, yeah?” Seonghwa looked you in the eyes, brows furrowed and you thought you spotted true yearning in his eyes.
You smiled and nodded, meeting his lips with yours and losing yourself to the bliss that came along. It truly blew your mind that Park Seonghwa was a man who yearned for you. Perhaps, he could hear your thoughts because he held you all the more delicately and kissed you all the more passionately, proving that you needed to pay no heed to your silly thoughts.
“Are you here for the weekend?” Seonghwa asked when he allowed you to break apart for breath and you nodded.
“I have to leave on Monday though,” you told him. “Need to tie a few more loose ends before I come back.”
“Good enough,” Seonghwa caressed your cheek. “That means we have time.”
“Time for?” You asked, though you already knew the answer, and Seonghwa confirmed it with a searing kiss, making you take steps back instinctively until your back met with the wooden surface of the cupboard. You laughed into the kiss but Seonghwa intended to swallow every sound that he could draw out of your mouth. He pulled away with a dangerous smirk, one that had your legs feeling weak and your grasp tightening around him.
“Love,” Seonghwa muttered, cocking his head and letting his hands trace the curves of your body until they met the little gap between your blouse and your skirt, cold fingertips finding purchase on your bare skin and making you stifle a gasp. “If you keep making such pretty sounds, I’ll only have to do better and see what other sounds you’re capable of making.”
You let out an elongated sigh, indicating that you did not really oppose that proposition. Seonghwa gave your waist a squeeze before tilting your neck with his other hand, leaving soft kisses and bites on your sensitive skin, letting your tiny whimpers fuel him until he could no longer take it, capturing your mouth in another kiss and doing wonders with his tongue. You let yourself get consumed by the feelings in that moment, hearing nothing but the sound of your lips and tongues clashing against each other, though you did think for a moment that perhaps, you heard the sound of dull footsteps. But who would dare interrupt you–
You pushed Seonghwa back gently, catching your breath and looking towards the door– shut. You were about to go back to kissing Seonghwa when you spotted a figure from the corner of your eye.
“Oh, carry on, by all means,” Hongjoong said, thoroughly amused. He was sitting cockily on the couch, having been enjoying the show for a few moments now. “Don’t stop on my account.”
You felt heat creep up your face and you looked away, positive your face was red as beet now. How could you both miss the sound of Hongjoong coming inside? There was no way you both were that occupied with each other to miss the sound of the door–
The smirk Seonghwa sent in Hongjoong’s direction gave him away and your eyes widened. Seonghwa knew that Hongjoong had entered, yet he had made no move to stop himself. On purpose.
“Wasn’t planning to,” Seonghwa’s raspy voice responded. Hongjoong’s own smirk only deepened and Seonghwa chuckled, finding your shock funny.
“Relax,” Seonghwa whispered, pecking your cheek and then trailing his lips to the corner of your mouth. While your hands clutching his collar were an indication of your confusion, because were you really going to give the Captain a little show?, Seonghwa pulled your body flush to his and pressed his lips to yours in a deep kiss.
You didn’t initially respond, far too aware of the Captain’s gaze stuck on the two of you. He was in your vision, and you could see him. But the way he licked his lips, anticipating your move, had your head spinning as if you were high on some drug and you made a split-second decision, opening your mouth for the underboss and kissing him back even more enthusiastically, just for a few seconds, before pulling apart and resting your hands on his chest to tell him that this was enough.
All the while, your eyes never leaving Hongjoong’s. He didn’t seem fazed, only mildly amused. You looked at Seonghwa who seemed more surprised that you responded but his surprise quickly shifted into laughter, shaking his head in resignation.
“I’ve found out something new about you tonight, Luna,” Seonghwa whispered in your ear. “And I plan to make use of that very soon.”
Vaguely, you remembered Yunho once mentioning something about how Seonghwa enjoyed watching. You had been too oblivious to understand back then but now… it was clear that the underboss had a very specific kink.
“Shut up,” you muttered, smacking his arm before straightening your clothes and going to sit in front of the boss. “Captain. How do you do?”
“Oh, I’m fine now,” he scoffed, looking at Seonghwa. “Get back here, you lovesick bastard.”
You stifled a smile and Seonghwa plopped down on the couch in front of you, laughing shamelessly. Something told you that it was not Hongjoong’s first time being an observer, and the thought alone sent warmth and tickles in your body but you did your best to push those thoughts away.
For now.
“I’ve met with and sent some spies in Tiffany’s direction– wherever that is,” Hongjoong decided to take upon himself to break the awkwardness. “She’s pretty much disappeared. I don’t think she’s in Wonderland.”
“I personally think she’s in Halaland,” Seonghwa added. “Let’s not forget that she’s half-Hala and it is the perfect spot to hide given her circumstances.”
“Maybe not the best,” Hongjoong countered, “If she’s involved with the Strictland business. Though in retrospect… there are probably some people from Halaland who are part of the group vouching for Strictland nuclear ops to be a success.”
“I think someone of Tiffany’s standing won’t step out of the shadows until she wants to be found. All we need to do is wait,” you suggested.
“I don’t get why we’re waiting,” Hongjoong grunted. “She’s tempting me to go back to my old ways and pull out my sniper rifle from the basement of my house.”
“That’s mine,” Seonghwa huffed. “You ditched yours on the battleground.”
“What’s yours is mine,” Hongjoong shrugged. “What’s it doing in my house if it’s yours?”
“Uh, I get that you’re gangsters but let’s be civil for now– Tiffany hasn’t really attacked us yet. We received her advance payments. Silver light is in production. I’d rather wait for her to provoke us before making a move.”
“Fine,” Hongjoong nodded in thought. “While we wait, we’ve got a meeting with one of the leaders of the Sirens on Sunday. The meeting point will remain undisclosed. They’ll send a driver who’ll take us to the location. Luna, you’re coming with me.”
You nodded. “Who else?”
“We’ll take one bodyguard. Let’s take Winter this time,” Hongjoong said. “Taeyong will be tailing us just in case.”
“Got it,” you said. “Should we be candid with the Sirens about what we have on Strictland?”
“President Son says we can. They can be trusted and they already know a great deal,” Hongjoong scratched his chin. “Maybe they will provide us with the missing pieces of this puzzle.”
“I sure hope so,” you slumped back. “Because it feels like we’re going in circles. We can’t move forward until we know who can be trusted.”
“The answer is no one. Not a single person can be trusted,” Seonghwa sounded sombre. “We have to watch our backs. An ally means that we have the same goal. It does not mean that there is trust.”
And with that in mind, you prepared yourself for the meeting with the Sirens. While you got ready, Winter briefed you about the Sirens and their history, a very insightful account of her experience with the rebel group that was formed right after President Han’s assassination in 1966.
According to her, it was never a one-man party. It always had a considerable number of members despite the police’s great efforts to quell their spirits. What was odd about the group was that they didn’t have a specific ‘leader’. There were a few people who claimed to be leading the group, one of whom was probably going to be meeting with you.
Winter also added that there was suspicion that some of the leading members of this group had been President Han’s supporters or her private spies when she was alive. President Lee was not at all acquainted with any of the Sirens so President Han must have never shared anything about these people with her husband– or if she did, or in the case that President Lee found out later, he was doing his damned best to root out all members on the grounds that they never became an official group and remained a privately operating organisation.
The ride to the location of the meeting was mostly silent, with Winter in the front seat next to the driver who you reckoned was a Siren himself. It took about 20 minutes to reach what was a plain looking house in a well-populated residential area. Clever, you thought, to have a meeting here to draw minimal attention. No one paid heed to the car so you figured that it was the driver’s own house.
You were right. As soon as you stepped inside, you were hit by the smell of herbs and butter. The driver led you to the backyard and you spotted a middle-aged woman, presumably the driver’s wife, standing in an apron and buttering trays to be fed to the oven with a small girl clutching at her knees. You didn’t dare to pass a smile to the two, finding the air in the house oddly unsettling.
Stepping out in the open air of the backyard, you were met with the sturdy back of a man with hair that needed a cut badly, smoke blowing from the tip of his cigarette. Upon hearing the sound of your steps, he turned and gave the three of you a long look, waiting until Winter stationed herself at the corner before finally breaking into a handsome smile.
“It’s a pleasure to finally meet the man who has done a great deal for Eden,” His rich voice sounded. He dropped the cigarette and crushed it under his boot on the grass. Hongjoong walked towards him and they shook hands.
“Good things, I hope?” Hongjoong asked.
“A little bit of both,” The man shrugged in good nature, turning to you. “And a woman of many names. How shall I address you, then?”
You bowed your head in greeting, glancing at Hongjoong. He definitely knew about your connection with Secretary Park then, but that was no surprise considering that the Sirens now answered to President Son. “Luna would be fine.”
“Lovely name for a pretty lady like yourself,” he pressed his palm over his chest. “I’m Ji Changwook. I don’t think we’ve ever had the chance to meet. Please, have a seat.”
The three of you settled down on the lawn chairs and the man of the house served you with wine and fresh garlic loaf from the oven. The three of you made small talk about the weather and politics for a few minutes. You watched the driver offer Winter some bread but she refused, trained not to consume anything especially when active. The driver only proceeded to stand alongside her, chatting in a low voice.
“I heard about your weapons channel facing some difficulties,” Mr. Ji said, lighting another cigarette and giving you both a look. “When do you plan to resume your activities?”
Hongjoong cracked his knuckles in thought. “As soon as we know what our enemies really want. It’s unfortunate that the weapons dealings had to be put on hold when clearly, it was only meant to aggravate us.”
“And?” Mr. Ji blew the smoke sideways. “Were they successful?”
“Not quite,” Hongjoong smirked but added. “It only means that we’re on the right path. They wouldn’t be wasting time attacking us if we were barking up the wrong tree.”
“And they will continue with their little attacks, though I must warn that you should be prepared,” the Siren leaned forward. “These people stop at nothing.”
“And who are these people?” You asked.
“Why, the elites, of course,” Mr. Ji cocked his head. “Who specifically, we are not sure. Secretary Park and President Lee, definitely. Major Sung of Strictland. They’re planning a hoax as we speak. Our president aims to create an opportunity to send his troops to Strictland and annex it.”
“Is that really true?” You asked. “That would be violating a lot of international laws.”
“Which is why he’s planting baits for Halaland. Just watch, and be prepared,” Mr. Ji warned. “President Lee has the military under his control, be fooled no more. He is planning to join hands with Assemblyman General Wi, probably promising him a presidential seat.”
“Is that why you called us?” Hongjoong asked. “You cannot convince General Wi, but we might.”
“Bingo,” Mr. Ji said, accentuating the syllables, his eyes twinkling. “The elections are not too far away. With the Strictland business, time will travel far too speedily and before you know it, you’ll be casting your votes. We are a rebel party– no politician would want to be acquainted with us, for the right reasons. However… you can shift the political tide to your favour.”
Hongjoong hummed in thought, probably planning in his head already.
“Ever thought of getting into politics?”
“I’ll be damned,” Hongjoong raised his hands in surrender. “What can the Sirens do for us?”
“We can help you resume your weapons channel, for now,” Mr. Ji offered and Hongjoong looked interested. “Under wraps, of course. Provide you with a little stability while you mess with the elites. If you need manpower, let us know. We answer to President Son and will be happy to help you.”
“Noted,” Hongjoong shook hands with the man. He settled back and took a deep breath before asking, “Can I ask how you know so much about President Lee’s movements?”
Mr. Ji smiled. “Just like your spies,” he said, pointing at Winter who simply grunted in mild annoyance, “We’re everywhere too. We were originally a group of few private investigators for President Han, but…” Mr. Ji met your eyes and held the contact. “We had to pause after her death for safety reasons. Anyways, our people are in the Eden Hall. President Lee is very queasy because of us and is making rash moves, so we are a little responsible for the recent messes, my bad.”
“No worries–”
“Safety reasons?” You asked, your question overlapping with Hongjoong’s. Hongjoong motioned for you to continue. “Were you being threatened for investigating whatever President Han put you up to?”
“Not quite,” Mr. Ji said, unconsciously looking towards Hongjoong and you didn’t miss the look they shared.
“We’re on the same page,” Hongjoong interrupted your train of thought. “We will contact you soon with an update on General Wi.”
Mr. Ji nodded and Hongjoong got up, indicating that the meeting was over. You followed Winter and Hongjoong asked you to wait in the car, sharing a word with Mr. Ji.
You did not know why but you could not swallow the bitter taste at the back of your throat. There was something that Mr. Ji knew about you, something that perhaps Hongjoong was aware about as well.
Some things were definitely being kept from you. Was it because they did not trust you? Or was it some stupid excuse like your own good? You did not know, and you were not sure if you wanted to know. Hongjoong was always stressing about how you were a Leader now so you decided to let the matter go for now and give him some leverage. If something was being kept from you, they must have a reason.
However, Hongjoong was also a very observant man and he did not miss how you were lost in your own head. Now that you were in your own car with Taeyong and Winter in the front, he felt comfortable enough to brush his fingers against yours, making you look his way.
“Everything good?” He asked.
You nodded. “Just thinking.”
Hongjoong nodded slowly, understanding.
“Don’t think too much.”
Not an order, but a request. You met Hongjoong’s eyes, his gaze focused on the contact between your hands. When he pressed his hand against the back of yours, you gave in and intertwined your fingers.
And that was enough.
“We’ve been summoned, we hear.”
“By a certain Miss… Madness?”
“Lunatic,” Jaemin corrected and you shot glares at the pair.
“That’s Miss Luna for you both,” you added, beckoning the boys to come closer. “You must be Renjun.”
The new informant boy seemed to be Jaemin’s age, the same mischievous glint in his eyes that curved as he smiled, long strands of hair framing his face. His getup was simpler than Jaemin– no cap but a woolen scarf wrapped around his neck over a plain set of clothes.
“We bring news from the warehouse,” Renjun bowed and Jaemin followed suit and you chuckled at their theatrics. “It’s weird to deliver news to a new face, though.”
“Get used to it,” Jaemin told him. “The Captain likes her. She’s his first mate.”
“Ah, is that so?” Renjun asked innocently and you pressed your forehead against your palm.
Such innocent kids.
“Are you going to keep me waiting?” You asked and Renjun scoffed, muttering something about how he could see why the Captain took a liking to you.
“‘Production phase is almost over. Transportation is beginning soon. Please confirm– we’re occupied by security concerns’. Says Choi San.”
“Ah, I’ll relay the message to the boss and you can come back for an answer in the evening– or whenever you spot your Captain. Okay?”
The kids nodded, waiting for any other instructions. You only dug out a handful of chocolates that you had received from Lady Kim from your visit to the Son Residence in Sector 2. The boys happily took the treat.
“Is this a bribe?” Jaemin narrowed his eyes.
“Give it back,” you ordered and the two broke into giggles, running away before you could take action, leaving you smiling for a while even as you went back to filing boring reports.
It was just past 7 in the evening, which meant Seonghwa would be coming back any time now. Hongjoong had already left with Taeyong to have another meeting with the Crescent employees who were aware of the illegal side of the business. It seemed like Hongjoong was taking out his frustration on finding the mole– he was resolute, and he insisted that he had to be the one to get to the bottom of it, only allowing Seonghwa to tag along sometimes.
It was Yunho who was in charge of testing the Crescents’ loyalties and reminding them who the boss was around here. Since he was still in Edenary, due to come back in two days, Hongjoong was keeping himself busy in any way that he could, insisting that sitting idle and waiting for things to fall back to place was not his style. You wished Yunho was here– the boss was certainly a lot calmer when his reliable consigliere was around. Plus, Yunho’s presence alone relaxed not only Hongjoong but Seonghwa and you as well.
You missed him. Even though you were always occupied by someone or something, you missed Yunho. It was interesting how big of a headspace he occupied, but it was also strange how you had made a space for everyone in your heart in a matter of a few months.
You missed Yunho when you were stressed and needed to feel grounded. You missed San when you felt alone and wanted company– a friend. You missed Yeosang when you doubted yourself and wondered if you were at the right place. You missed Hongjoong– a lot, especially when you were at the warehouse– because he saw something in you that no one else did, and always reminded you of who you were. A Crescent. A Leader. An equal.
The door of Yunho’s office room opened with a knock and Seonghwa peeked inside before entering. He shut the door behind him, not taking off his coat but standing and watching you.
“What’s up?”
You missed Seonghwa whenever you felt lost. He always guided you back to the light. And right now, you felt lost. You couldn’t get the ugly feeling of something happening behind your back out of your head. You knew that Hongjoong would never betray you like that, but it had happened twice now– a private word with President Son and Lady Kim, and a private word with Mr. Ji.
You were also conscious of the fact that if Hongjoong was up to something, Seonghwa might be the only person who would know.
“Just a bit tired,” you admitted. All your energy was being used up by your gut warning you that something was amiss. If not with Hongjoong, then with someone else.
“Something is up,” Seonghwa cocked his head as he watched you and you gave him a tight-lipped smile. “Come here.”
Before you could process his request, you had already moved into his arms. You rested your head against his chest, hearing his firm heartbeat. Seonghwa wrapped his arms around your shoulders, planting a soft kiss on the top of your head and waiting for you to speak.
“I’m just being silly,” you began, and he stifled a chuckle, earning a smack. “But I think Hongjoong is hiding something from me. And if he is, you are too.”
Seonghwa’s expressions didn’t change in the slightest, his lips remaining in a small smile as he met your eyes, as if daring you to challenge him. “Whatever gave you the idea?”
“Hmm, you’re not denying it,” you pointed out. “Just a feeling.”
Seonghwa tucked your hair behind your ears. “Have you heard of the phrase, ignorance is bliss?”
“Seonghwa,” you warned, feeling your stomach churn in disappointment but he shook his head.
“I bet you have,” Seonghwa continued. “Do you know why it is so true? Because what you don’t know can’t hurt you.”
“So it is something that could hurt me?” You raised a brow, your hands curling into fists subconsciously and Seonghwa wrapped his own hands around yours.
“No. We’re just looking into something, and if we end up finding anything of importance, you will be the first to know, I promise. But until we’re in the void, we’d rather stress about it ourselves, yeah?” Seonghwa planted a kiss on your forehead. “You’ve already got a lot on your plate.”
“I can handle more,” you pleaded but when he gave you a look, you muttered, “I know.”
“I know you can handle more, but we may be looking in a very wrong direction and we don’t want to get anyone’s hopes up or contribute to the confusion. There’s already too much going on.”
“I understand,” you nodded.
Seonghwa hummed. “How can I make you feel better, love?”
“Hmm… have you had dinner yet?”
Seonghwa smiled deeply, glad about the opportunity. “I know just the right place.”
Which was how you ended up in his house– awfully organised and neat, but still very homey, just as you had left it when San brought you home. You told him that you were getting deja vu since a certain lieutenant had also taken you home like this, though it wasn’t a dinner date. Seonghwa told you that he had heard all about it which made you blush deeply.
Seonghwa had a lavish dinner in mind, so you washed up in the meantime and joined him in the kitchen, sitting on an empty spot on the counter and admiring his back as he cooked on the stove.
Seonghwa laughed deeply when he turned around, his gaze raking down your figure and taking account of your state– you had changed into one of his dress shirts, a white piece that barely covered your thighs. He met your eyes and raised a brow.
“I’m not an easily riled up man, I must tell,” Seonghwa said casually, adding spices into the soup and tasting it, nodding to himself and turning the stove off. You didn’t miss the way the muscles in his jaw moved.
“But you’re all tense now,” you teased, hopping down and setting the table with him. He already had a bunch of ingredients and side dishes prepared so all he had to do was whip a quick dinner. You took a seat across from him, your bare legs no longer a distraction.
But his bare forearms were.
“Eat up, love,” Seonghwa set a piece of meat on your rice bowl and you passed him a look, taking a bite and praising his cooking skills. As you ate, Seonghwa told you about how he was basically the housekeeper here. The Crescents– Ateez– preferred eating at home instead of outside to avoid eyes. The Bar was their more frequented place since they had privacy there.
After the war, the eight of them lived together for quite a while in a small apartment, sharing rooms and focusing on growing their business. They only got separate places some couple of years ago, but they still could not let each other go. This house, he revealed, was everyone’s hangout place since Seonghwa maintained it so well. Took advantage of him, he complained, but the twinkle in his eyes said otherwise.
“So no one minds, and anyone can come and go as they wish?” You asked, and he nodded. “It must be lively here then.”
“It’s lively even when only San is here,” Seonghwa chuckled. “He never sleeps alone.”
“Yeah, I’ve seen the state of his room. He probably stays up all night with his pillows if he’s alone,” you said and Seonghwa laughed loudly.
“No, it’s not that he can’t sleep alone. It’s that he refuses to.”
“Ah,” you nodded in understanding, grinning. “Must be nice to have someone to go home to. I understand why San is like that. I quite like my peace and space, but it’s nice to not be alone.”
Seonghwa smiled at your words. “Yeah, you have a roommate, eh? You get along with her?”
“Yep. Wendy. Even though we barely have time now, it’s still nice to have some life in the house. She’s like you– cooks for us despite being busier than me, lets me crash in her bed even though I can sleep alone. She’s a wonderful friend.”
“You sound like someone who hates being alone,” Seonghwa pointed out.
“I don’t hate being alone,” you shrugged. “I just didn’t realise I was lonely until I met Wendy. I thought I would prefer my peace and quiet, but it turns out I just needed the right people in my life.”
“Ah, one of life’s greatest lessons,” Seonghwa grinned, the two of you chatting some more as you finished your food. You thanked him for cooking a lovely meal for you and offered to clear the kitchen while he washed up. Since he seemed to have no intentions to let you go, he accepted that and you started your job, making sure to place everything as it was before.
You were reading the notes taped to the refrigerator– grocery, reminders, silly scribbles, when Seonghwa snaked up behind you, wrapping his arms around your shoulders and nudging your cheek with the tip of his nose. “What are you smiling at?”
“Whose idea was this?” You pointed at a silly doodle that seemed to be an attempt to capture Mingi’s facial features.
“Probably San’s,” Seonghwa chuckled. “I no longer remember because everyone uses it now.”
“Bet Mingi loves that,” you scoffed, your attention shifting to Seonghwa when he nudged your cheek again.
You shifted in his arms, pushing him back gently until he leaned against the counter to match your height. You caressed his cheek lovingly, meeting his strong gaze and tracing the pad of your thumb over his bottom lip.
When Seonghwa tugged you closer, you joined your foreheads and brushed your nose against his, gauging his reaction. You were aware of every little movement that he made and just when it looked like he was about to kiss you, you drew back.
“I’m still mad about the other night, by the way,” you said and Seonghwa shut his eyes, stifling a laugh. “I haven’t even kissed Hongjoong on the cheek yet, Seonghwa. How could you make him watch us… making out?”
“That’s on you,” Seonghwa challenged. “Don’t pretend you did not like it when he watched.”
You pursed your lips, caressing his neck absently. “Does Hongjoong… like me?”
“Why don’t you ask him yourself?” Seonghwa suggested. “Because you seem to hold him in high reverence… is that why you’re so afraid to make a move with him?”
“I don’t know,” you shrugged. “I just… I guess I’m waiting for the right timing.”
“And what about us?” Seonghwa smiled. “Did we have good timing?”
“Very good,” you grinned. “You’re somehow always there to pick up the pieces when Hongjoong breaks my heart.”
“Wish Hongjoong could see how I do that,” Seonghwa said in a raspy voice, capturing your lips in a searing kiss just a beat later.
Just like in Edenary when Hongjoong had made you cry, Seonghwa was healing you up with his passionate kiss. He wasn’t wrong– you were afraid of doing something wrong with Hongjoong. He seemed to respect you too, or maybe he was waiting for you. Whatever it was, you could make sense of it later, for now…
You were hyper aware of Seonghwa’s hands on the small of your waist as he deepened the kiss and fell into a familiar rhythm with you. His plump lips tasted sweet and you thought you could kiss him forever, or let him kiss you until you would lose all sense of self. The movements of his hands up and down from your waist to your hips sent a trail of electricity in its wake, reminding you about how much you desired Seonghwa.
It had taken you far too long to come here, but now that you were in his arms, almost bare, you planned to let yourself go.
Seonghwa perhaps understood that, picking you up in his arms and making you wrap your legs around him, your laughter ringing in the empty house as he steered towards his room. You only had a second to look around before he dropped you on the bed, his demeanor shifting noticeably.
“Do you know what I plan to do with you tonight, love?” He asked, holding your chin and running his thumb across your parted lips. He didn’t need to hear the answer, for it was evident in your eyes. “Are we good?”
“Yes,” you breathed.
“I’m going to kiss every inch of your body,” Seonghwa promised in a deep voice, making you shiver as his words registered in your being. “And then I’m going to make you mine.”
You nodded and he leaned down to kiss your mouth sweetly, the wet tendrils of his hair tickling your face when he drew apart just a fraction, reading your face.
“You’re going to tell me if at any point you are uncomfortable, or simply want to stop. Understood?”
Your heart did a big flip inside your chest– just what were you getting into? Where was the gentleman? There was not a hint of the gentleness in the way he was grabbing your chin now, his gaze darkening.
“Are you ready?”
You nodded almost absently, and Seonghwa shook his head.
“Words.”
“I’m ready,” you breathed, pulling his arm to bring him closer. “Have your way with me, Mr. Park.”
Seonghwa smirked so dangerously and slowly that your toes curled. You understood then– he planned to make a mess of you first before he would break you with his gentleness.
And he started by unbuttoning your– his shirt but he did not take it off, letting it fall sideways to reveal your bare chest. His eyes left a burning trail on your bare skin and he crawled forwards, making space for himself between your legs. With a lick to his lips, he lowered his face and met your lips in a searing kiss, gripping your waist as he moved his mouth against you, leaving wet kisses on your mouth before trailing his lips down to your neck, licking and sucking relentlessly wherever he decided was the right spot.
Perhaps the way you squirmed and moaned under him was indication enough that he was on the right path, sucking at the right spots and touching you just the way you needed to be touched tonight. He didn’t hold back his own satisfied moans, digging his thigh purposely on your clothed core, smiling against your neck devilishly when you let out a groan. He drew apart to watch you, cupping your flushed face and teasing your lips with his over and over.
“Seonghwa,” you breathed and he planted a sweet kiss on your mouth. You started to grind against his thigh, lifting yourself up better with your elbows propped on the bed while his hands went to cup and fondle your breasts. You repeated his name over and over like a chant and he kissed you after every breath, almost losing himself there before he pushed you down, making you lay flat on the bed. He trailed his lips down your chest, leaving kisses everywhere, running his hands lovingly across your body until he reached your navel.
He looked up at you and waited until you gave another confirmation before he started spreading fluttering kisses along your thighs, nudging your clothed clit with the tip of his nose and holding you steady when your back arched in response. He hummed against the fabric of your panties.
“You’re already a mess, darling,” he muttered, teasing you further by tracing his thumb over your core. “And I haven’t even begun.”
“You’re something,” you breathed, sharing a laugh with him. His mouth ghosted over your throbbing core and it took everything in you to not take control of the situation. It’s not like you could either– his gaze remained challenging as if daring you to try.
When you looked at him pleadingly, he finally gave in and slowly but surely removed your black panties, getting back between your legs and giving you one look dripping with lust before latching his mouth to your clit, making your legs squeeze against his head as a loud moan escaped your mouth. While he sucked and kissed relentlessly, you clutched at his hair, only fuelling him.
“Seonghwa– too much,” you said, feeling wave after wave of arousal course through your body and leaving a tingling sensation in your extremities, making your fingers and toes curl as you lay helpless and completely submitted to the underboss.
“You can take it,” he simply said in a raspy voice, licking up your slick folds and humming in satisfaction.
“I can,” you told yourself, barely able to hold yourself when your legs threatened to squeeze shut. Seonghwa kept one hand as a brace on your thigh while the other played with your clit in circular motions as he dived his tongue deeper inside. A string of curses left your mouth while he toyed with you, the lewd sound of his lips making out with your cunt mingling with the breathy sounds of your moan that only grew louder with each passing second as the knot in your stomach tightened.
“Seonghwa,” you breathed. “I– I won’t last–”
“That’s okay,” he looked up at you, the sight of your wetness spread over his mouth and jaw making all strength leave your body. “Let it go.”
With that, he went right back to continuing his ministrations, his hands tightening around your thighs and the tip of his nose providing just enough friction as he swirled his tongue. You could do nothing but moan out his name as your vision went white with pleasure, release coursing through you as if it had been whipped out of you. For a few ecstatic moments, you were gone before you came back to Seonghwa gently cleaning you up with his tongue.
He smiled at you and wiped his mouth with his sleeve before crawling upwards on top of you, tucking your hair back and murmuring in low whispers about how good you did for him, peppering kisses all over your face.
And then he whispered something in your ear that made you shiver involuntarily, followed by more praise as his kisses began to feel laced with innuendo, his hands rubbing soothing circles preparing you for what was next.
“You can take another, right? I know you can.”
He proved himself right again and again, testing your capabilities and switching from holding you gently and making love to you, to showing you what he himself was capable of. By the end of the night, you lay limp in his arms but no other place could have been better.
You were home, and you were loved.
Sometimes, you wondered what the fates had in store for you. The world did not revolve around you, but it sure felt like you were no more than a mere puppet in this twisted game of lies, control and hatred. A pawn in the big game of chess. Maybe the fates would lead you to the altar to be the sacrificial lamb soon. You wouldn’t be surprised.
Whatever the case was, you weren’t alone. You were sure Wooyoung and Mingi felt the same way as one of their crew members arrived at the warehouse to deliver news that had you all holding your breaths.
“What do you mean the MX warehouse was bombed?” You looked towards Wooyoung and Mingi who were equally shocked, if not more. Wooyoung got up slowly, the colour draining from his face.
“Yeosang and San– are they safe?”
You felt your heart sink at the vulnerability in his voice– never had you heard his voice break like this in all of the two years that you had known him.
“They’re safe and assessing the damage– they were not at the warehouse when the blast occurred,” Soonyoung assured and Mingi groaned in relief, rubbing his face. You sighed, finding Wooyoung’s hand and squeezing it in assurance.
“Hyungwon and Jooheon got injured, but nothing too critical,” Soonyoung revealed and you breathed ‘oh my god’. “A few soldiers also got injured, but no casualties.”
“And the goods?” Mingi asked.
“Safely transported before the attack happened,” he confirmed and Mingi collapsed back onto his chair in relief.
“Are we sure this was a deliberate attack?” Mingi inquired.
“Pretty damn sure,” Soonyoung admitted, shifting uncomfortably. “Our hitmen are after them, on their trail as we speak.”
“Okay, well,” Wooyoung got up, determined, hands in his pockets. “This changes things. I’m going to have to take matters into my own bloody hands now.”
“Wooyoung,” Mingi warned but he only shook his head and proceeded to dial the phone to order Seokmin’s presence in the office. He all but slammed the receiver down, gulping down his anger. You could understand why he felt that way. It was very well warranted.
As soon as Seokmin arrived, Wooyoung asked him to round all the workers present at this warehouse for he was going to conduct an interrogation to check if there was a mole right under their nose. Seokmin seemed to understand. He did not try to defend himself or the others, simply did what he was asked to.
Considering the gravity of the matter, this seemed to be the wiser take, the first step to ensure their safety as a whole. If MX warehouse could be bombed, no place else was safe and they would have to make sure that security around this Pledis warehouse remained tight.
Mingi went to squeeze Wooyoung’s shoulder, muttering something in his ear and kissing the corner of his mouth before leaving. You took a deep breath and shared a nod with the older capo who must have decided to lead the interrogation in Wooyoung’s stead. Wooyoung was rubbing his face while he tried to calm his nerves, pacing in the room. You let him be for a few moments before you walked towards him in the corner of the room and held his hands.
“Everyone is safe,” you reminded him. “No one got hurt.”
“But they could have gotten killed,” Wooyoung looked at you dead in the eyes.
“That’s true, but they didn’t,” you insisted. “So take your breather and then straighten your shoulders. We’ve got to keep our cool.”
“I know,” Wooyoung sighed deeply, looking away. You let go of his hands to tuck his long hair away from his eyes, cupping his face in the process.
“Tell me what you’re thinking.”
Vulnerable. His eyes gave away what he felt. He did not need to speak to tell you the rest, but he decided to try anyway.
“Someone is deliberately targeting us,” Wooyoung almost whispered. “And I’m trying not to lose it right now. I could take out my weapons and round everyone up– anyone who was aware of what we were doing at the MX warehouse could be the mole, and that’s not a lot of people, Luna. We were betrayed by someone close, and I’m not sure I can forgive them when I find out their identity.”
You nodded in understanding. “Someone who was close to you… they must have been in quite the pinch to betray you and risk getting caught.”
“I don’t care,” Wooyoung announced, cupping your hands but keeping them where they were on his face, lowering them just a tad bit towards his neck. “We have a code. You break that, you lose your neck, friend or not.”
“But do you know what the mole has done in giving away the location of the warehouse?” You began and Wooyoung raised a brow in anticipation of your answer. “Exposed the pool of people who we need to look into. We can now use that pool to draw them out. We won’t need to find the mole– the mole will willingly walk into the trap now.”
“You’ve got an idea,” Wooyoung finally smiled. “I can see that in the twinkle in your eyes.”
“I’m tired of being the marionette, Wooyoung,” you admitted. “It’s about time we cut our strings and pull the player onto the stage.”
Wooyoung hummed in agreement, planting a soft kiss on your forehead as a thanks. “I’ll make sure Mingi isn’t terrorising our crew.”
You chuckled softly. “You do that. I’ll make some calls.”
You rang the main office and Eunha picked up, informing you that the ‘goods’ were safely transported to their new location. Seonghwa and Hongjoong seemed to be away, probably making their own rounds of interrogation. There were only a handful of trusted people who were aware about the new location of production of silver light, and that included the immediate bodyguards and hardly a handful of other people involved directly in its transport or safety. To think that the mole was so close…
It was time to make your move now.
However, any thoughts about scheming evaporated when Jaemin and Renjun came rushing through the warehouse in the dark hours of the night, right before you were about to leave with the boys to go home. The duo could barely catch their breaths and you watched them, baffled.
“This is no time for kids to be out and delivering news, no matter how important it is,” you reprimanded, taking in their state. Sweat trickling down their foreheads, cheeks flushed from running, you assumed. “A call would have been fine.”
“No, it’s not the Captain who sent us,” Jaemin shook his head, going from leaning against Renjun to straightening a bit, flinching. “We got news, and it’s bad.”
“Well?” You frowned. “What is it?”
“President Lee has dispatched a troop of soldiers for Strictland,” Renjun breathed and you failed to contain a gasp. “It’s not on the news yet, they’re doing heavy censoring but it’s only a matter of time before the public learns–”
“Hold on,” you raised a hand, trying to make sense of that and failing. “How? Why?”
“Apparently, Halaland has ‘violated’ some terms of the Treaty of the Eight Hills,” Jaemin huffed. “I don’t know what that is about, but that’s what we’re hearing. Assemblyman General Wi seems to have joined hands with President Lee.”
“No,” you breathed. Your loud heartbeat sounded right between your ears. “What does that mean for us?”
The kids did not know the answer to that, but you knew. This was how it began in 1958, a simple accusation thrown in the air with no verifications and no credibility, triggering the events that lead to the long, bloody war. And with a troop of soldiers now on their way to Halaland? There was no way Halaland would just sit back and not retaliate.
“Go home,” you instructed the kids. “Don’t stay out too late, and stay safe, you hear me?”
The kids nodded, sombre like nothing you had seen before from them. You passed a weak smile to Jaemin but he didn’t return the sentiment, pale. They only bowed and left, disappearing into the shadows.
You did not know how long you stood in the office room, thinking and thinking, when Wooyoung and Mingi arrived to let you know that the car was waiting.
“You look like you’ve seen a ghost,” Mingi commented, “What’s wrong?”
You met their eyes and they waited for an explanation. However, nothing made sense anymore.
All you could hear was the ringing in your ears and all you could see in front of your eyes were the young and tired, weary soldiers who wished to go home but made a house 6 feet under the ground.
You would not let it happen again. This time, you had power. This time, you would wield it and make sure to protect your people.
“I become the bearer of the bad news yet again. Call the boys, Wooyoung. We’ve got a war to stop.”
next chapter
-> apply for the taglist here! (check your privacy setting if the tags don't work)
Each individual in Edenary carried with them the sins of their forefathers. Some carried those sins in their proud smiles or watchful eyes. Others attempted to conceal them with soft words and gentle touches. But there was one thing that these two shared– the fact that they were proud to be here, despite everything. And that pride was a double-edged sword, and double-edged swords often turned on their wielders especially when the wielder found themselves surrounded by predators.
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
You learned that Wooyoung was Yeosang’s friend from before the war and as a strategist, he encountered Hongjoong which was how he met the rest of the boys. He was surprised to learn that you and Mingi were in the same squad and he was pretty sure you must have encountered paths with Mingi as a medic, since apparently, Mingi was usually the one who had to get nursed most often. While both of you did not recall ever encountering each other, it was still a nice thought.
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
“Ah,” you pursed your lips. “Can we at least walk on the shore?”“Definitely,” Wooyoung took one hand and Mingi took the other, almost in synchronisation. “We are your guards. We won’t let you drown.”
😭😭
“I knew something was off about that man. I was right. But for once… I wish I was wrong.” You smiled in defeat. “The elites will suffer, we shall make sure of it. We will keep stealing these little moments of peace. Everything will be okay– no matter how trapped we feel, we must be in control of our life. That is all that matters at the end of the day.”
in a weird round-about way.. reader is kind of an elite as well? considering their connection (though lack off) to their father.. 🫳though i wouldn't view them as such in current storytimes.
“I missed you too,” Seonghwa kissed your cheek, lingering there. Your fingers tightened around the lapels of his coat in response and you found his eyes fluttering shut as he relished the feeling of being so close to you. Your heart warmed infinitely.
this is sooooo meltyy, arrghhh 😩🫠
“That means we have time.”
“Time for?” You asked, though you already knew the answer, and Seonghwa confirmed it with a searing kiss, making you take steps back instinctively until your back met with the wooden surface of the cupboard. You laughed into the kiss but Seonghwa intended to swallow every sound that he could draw out of your mouth. He pulled away with a dangerous smirk, one that had your legs feeling weak and your grasp tightening around him. “Love,.. If you keep making such pretty sounds, I’ll only have to do better and see what other sounds you’re capable of making.”HOLYMOLYARTICHOKEMEY!! 🤪💥💨
You pushed Seonghwa back gently, catching your breath and looking towards the door– shut. You were about to go back to kissing Seonghwa when you spotted a figure from the corner of your eye. “Oh, carry on, by all means,” Hongjoong said, thoroughly amused. He was sitting cockily on the couch, having been enjoying the show for a few moments now. “Don’t stop on my account.”
KJNSKJFN YOUCOCKY BITCH?!? 🫨🫨🫨
The smirk Seonghwa sent in Hongjoong’s direction gave him away and your eyes widened. Seonghwa knew that Hongjoong had entered, yet he had made no move to stop himself. On purpose.
BITCHVYIMNGH NNOOOO DONT PUT ME IN THIS WAIT ACTUALLYY DOO I DUNNO ANYMOOORE 🙂↕️🙂↔️🙂↕️🙂↔️🙂↕️🙂↔️
You didn’t initially respond, far too aware of the Captain’s gaze stuck on the two of you. He was in your vision, and you could see him. But the way he licked his lips, anticipating your move, had your head spinning as if you were high on some drug and you made a split-second decision, opening your mouth for the underboss and kissing him back even more enthusiastically, just for a few seconds, before pulling apart and resting your hands on his chest to tell him that this was enough.
THE WORLD IS SPINNING. THE SUN IS CRASHING. 🤯🤯
Something told you that it was not Hongjoong’s first time being an observer, and the thought alone sent warmth and tickles in your body but you did your best to push those thoughts away. For now.
RAAAARGHH GIVEE IT TO MEEE NEOW 🖖😾🤌
“She’s tempting me to go back to my old ways and pull out my sniper rifle from the basement of my house.” “That’s mine,” Seonghwa huffed. “You ditched yours on the battleground.” “What’s yours is mine,” Hongjoong shrugged.
“What’s it doing in my house if it’s yours?”
THE BICKERING PLS!!! 🥲🥲🥲
“Ever thought of getting into politics?” “I’ll be damned,” Hongjoong raised his hands in surrender.
LMAOO makes you wonder though, if all these president candidates are 'not fit' to run a campaign, then who tf would for example the Crescents like to see on top, taking care of Eden. 🤔
Some things were definitely being kept from you. Was it because they did not trust you? Or was it some stupid excuse like your own good? You did not know, and you were not sure if you wanted to know. Hongjoong was always stressing about how you were a Leader now so you decided to let the matter go for now and give him some leverage. If something was being kept from you, they must have a reason.
i mean.. i guess.. development? trust-wise. since reader used to take it quite personal when, especially atz, withheld truth from them or wouldn't believe their intel.
You missed Yunho when you were stressed and needed to feel grounded. You missed San when you felt alone and wanted company– a friend. You missed Yeosang when you doubted yourself and wondered if you were at the right place. You missed Hongjoong– a lot, especially when you were at the warehouse– because he saw something in you that no one else did, and always reminded you of who you were. A Crescent. A Leader. An equal...... You missed Seonghwa whenever you felt lost. He always guided you back to the light. And right now, you felt lost. You couldn’t get the ugly feeling of something happening behind your back out of your head.
listing (almost) everyone off, man. 🥲🤧
“It’s lively even when only San is here,” Seonghwa chuckled.
“He never sleeps alone.” “Yeah, I’ve seen the state of his room. He probably stays up all night with his pillows if he’s alone,” you said and Seonghwa laughed loudly.
“No, it’s not that he can’t sleep alone. It’s that he refuses to.” “Ah,” you nodded in understanding, grinning. “Must be nice to have someone to go home to. I understand why San is like that. I quite like my peace and space, but it’s nice to not be alone.”
i can't tell if this is insinuating that choi san *fucks* or (even better) he tends to drag along an atz member to this place for fuckery and it's cracking me the fuck up, i- 😀
You were aware of every little movement that he made and just when it looked like he was about to kiss you, you drew back. “I’m still mad about the other night, by the way,” you said and Seonghwa shut his eyes, stifling a laugh. “I haven’t even kissed Hongjoong on the cheek yet, Seonghwa. How could you make him watch us… making out?”
LORD IF I WAS SEONGHWA IN THAT MOMENT I'D SHOW READER ANOTHER LEADER 🤡🤡 Y U TEASIN??!
“You’re somehow always there to pick up the pieces when Hongjoong breaks my heart.” “Wish Hongjoong could see how I do that,” Seonghwa said in a raspy voice, capturing your lips in a searing kiss just a beat later.
made me go from awww 🥺 to oooh 😳 like damn, kinda kinky..
Your heart did a big flip inside your chest– just what were you getting into? Where was the gentleman? There was not a hint of the gentleness in the way he was grabbing your chin now, his gaze darkening.
HUH?! WHAT!! HUHHSDMM??@??
He didn’t hold back his own satisfied moans, digging his thigh purposely on your clothed core, smiling against your neck devilishly when you let out a groan. He drew apart to watch you, cupping your flushed face and teasing your lips with his over and over.
IMDYING WHATS OUR UNIVERSAL FANFICTION SAFEWORD
STOP FOCUSING ON HIS GODLIKE NOSE SO DAMN MUCHWTJFKD
He proved himself right again and again, testing your capabilities and switching from holding you gently and making love to you, to showing you what he himself was capable of.
keekhjeehkekjejhekjkennemeken 😈😈😈
“Someone is deliberately targeting us,” Wooyoung almost whispered. “And I’m trying not to lose it right now. I could take out my weapons and round everyone up– anyone who was aware of what we were doing at the MX warehouse could be the mole, and that’s not a lot of people, Luna. We were betrayed by someone close, and I’m not sure I can forgive them when I find out their identity.”
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
“We have a code. You break that, you lose your neck, friend or not.”just.. ✍️✍️✍️
“President Lee has dispatched a troop of soldiers for Strictland,” Renjun breathed and you failed to contain a gasp. “It’s not on the news yet, they’re doing heavy censoring but it’s only a matter of time before the public learns–” “Hold on,” you raised a hand, trying to make sense of that and failing. “How? Why?” “Apparently, Halaland has ‘violated’ some terms of the Treaty of the Eight Hills,” Jaemin huffed. “I don’t know what that is about, but that’s what we’re hearing. Assemblyman General Wi seems to have joined hands with President Lee.”
CAN ? WE ? HAVE ? JUST ? ONE ? BREAK ???
This was how it began in 1958, a simple accusation thrown in the air with no verifications and no credibility, triggering the events that lead to the long, bloody war. And with a troop of soldiers now on their way to Halaland? There was no way Halaland would just sit back and not retaliate.
OHHWHOAAA!!! THE PATTERNS!! THE TRAUMA!! 👁️👁️
"maybe a place where light and darkness meet, the choice between truth and lies is mine."
masterlist
ot8!ateez x f!reader, mafia au
chapter warnings: drinking, smoking, illegal businesses, mentions of war/military, drugs, gangs and corruption, mentions of assassination, you finally have a clue on the real threat, romance with san, winter as bodyguard, mingi and woo are the teasers now-
chapter wc: 10.3k
chapter synopsis: you and hongjoong go to the president son’s residence to discuss the recent findings about secretary oh’s involvement. you learn some secrets about strictland, president lee and president han’s roles, and the rv spies. with your trust placed in each other, lady kim shares something with hongjoong that leads him to go to maddox and co. with seonghwa to trace the source of your ring without your knowledge. as per president son’s request, winter becomes your bodyguard and accompanies you to the warehouse where you prepare to deal with the clients in a true ‘leader’ fashion.
prev chapter recap: the crescents are being investigated and trade is temporarily shut down with the investors dubious of their involvement with the company. you collaborate with jaehyun to keep an eye on the tide at edenary and learn that inspector gong has been looking into you. seonghwa admits the possibility of a mole. apart from work, he also expresses his woes of failing to be a gentleman to you though you assure him that you are loved. your first date with wooyoung is successful but not free of worry and towards the end, you both go to wooyoung’s home to discuss work where you are joined by hongjoong and jongho. hongjoong muses that its time to stop acting like refined gentlemen and show the world that they are a gang. you learn from jaebeom that madame tiffany is involved with the elites who wish to trigger a regional war to test the strictland nuclear weapons and you confront hongjoong and seonghwa. you go to the bar to vent with yeosang and san and find a mysterious note in your purse after you leave. the identity of the last anonymous funder gets exposed and the crescents gather to plan ahead since it’s obvious that the crescents are deliberately being targeted because of silver light. yunho invites you to his place for the night and you get intimate.
“Oh, to be rich and own a farm where I can grow all my favourite flowers,” you sighed wistfully as you zoomed past the numerous farmhouses with luxurious mansions that bordered the expressway to Sector 2.
The farmhouses were a staple of Sector 2. The residents of these sectors mostly owned acres of lands and had lavish living spaces surrounded by lawns or farms. The descendants of the royal family still dwelled in this sector along with some politicians and business owners who preferred the slow-paced life of Sector 2 over the occasionally suffocating Edenary air.
“I can make that happen,” Hongjoong declared almost casually, inspecting his nails and adjusting the cuffs of his shirt. You passed him a tired glance, meeting eyes with Taeyong in the rearview mirror who anticipated your response.
“Let’s save the company first, eh, Captain? You can shower me with luxuries later.”
Taeyong made no effort to conceal the laughter that erupted from his mouth at your comment and Hongjoong, who was sitting behind the driver’s seat, kicked under the seat in warning. Taeyong resorted to low snickering.
Hongjoong glared at you next. “It’s not that bad–”
“I know,” you placed your hand over his. “I’m just teasing you. Relax.”
Hongjoong took a deep breath, managing a weak smile. You smiled back, brushing dust off the lapel of his black coat and continued, “I always imagine myself with a big house or mansion, planting my own flowers and harvest. When I’m old and tired of this life, though.”
Hongjoong smiled. “When I’m ready to settle, I’d like to buy a mansion with big lawns too. I’d like for all of us to live together, let the business run itself. I imagine someone is married, and someone has kids. Another has too many pets. We all go hunting when the weather calls for it, or go fishing on one of the islands.”
“Sounds lovely,” you said, warmth bubbling in your chest at the thought.
“Seems impossible, for now, but I would like for a day to come when I do not have to watch my back.”
“Ah, the Captain’s feeling sentimental today,” Taeyong shook his head. “Rest up. We have a solid 20 minutes ahead.”
Hongjoong closed his eyes and found your hand again, clasping it in his. You squeezed it gently, going back to admiring the scenery.
It was a big day today. You were on your way to the Son Mansion in Sector 2 where ex-president Son and his wife resided. Hongjoong had sent a letter right after the weapons funder was exposed and President Son’s reply was positive. He invited him to his residence. The three of you made sure to leave the sector discreetly, making sure that you didn’t have eyes on you.
However… you felt restless and exposed. The note that you found in your purse the other day when you learned that Madame Tiffany was involved with the Strictland business was making you paranoid because it was proof that someone was watching you and had perhaps planned one step ahead.
Meet President Son, the note said. You’ll find something you are not looking for, but something you have been and will be looking for.
Right after you received the note, the weapons funder was exposed and Hongjoong had to request President Son for a meeting. That’s when you asked him for the favour– to let you accompany him. You told him that you were not sure why but you had a feeling that you needed to go and meet President Son. He didn't probe and accepted your request.
You reached the heart of the sector at a bounded society that serves as a secure place for the elites. The area had tight security which was a given since this place was a home to some of the retired military officials as well. You passed through each checkpoint slowly– the guards seemed to have been alerted that you were President Son’s guests and as soon as you entered the residential area, an officer accompanied you to the ex-president’s mansion.
Taeyong parked the car outside and you gathered your belongings– and your wits– before getting out, clutching your black fur coat tighter when the icy wind hit you. You linked your arm with Hongjoong’s before following the guard inside, the heels of your boot clacking on the paved path that bisected the lawn. You took a quick look around– different trees and big plants with some camellias grew along the boundary of the house. There were remnants of snow on the grass from the storm in the early morning.
A middle-aged butler welcomed you inside, guiding you to the study. The study felt and looked warm with its book-lined walls and ruby rugs, multiple lamps lit around the space. A tall man stood poking at the wood in the fireplace while humming a tune to himself, unaware of your presence.
The butler knocked to alert the arrival of the guests but the man did not move until he was done fixing the wood, hanging the poker back in its stand before turning and smiling at the sight of you both.
Ex-president Son Seokku. The man who reigned over Eden for two whole presidential terms, which made a whole decade. The man who did not let Eden lose when the war began and stood against Eden’s own army to make the Treaty of the Eight Hills happen, resulting in the end of the war. He stood tall but somewhat weary, the corner of his eyes creasing as he smiled. He was dressed very casually in a plain beige button-down and matching trouser, moving with a sort of grace that comes with a high position such as his.
Hongjoong saluted first and the man saluted back before shaking hands with you both.
“President. It’s an honour to be in your presence,” Hongjoong said, introducing you as his partner and you shared Hongjoong’s sentiment.
“I’m president no more,” he reminded you both, motioning you to take your seats in the other corner of the study and you settled down on the plush maroon sofa.
“You’ll always be referred to as the president,” Hongjoong said and the man shrugged, probably used to hearing that term. The three of you exchanged pleasantries while you were served tea, scones and biscuits. You got to hear some war stories before the topic naturally steered towards why Hongjoong requested for a meeting and more importantly, why was President Son eager to meet him.
“I heard you’re in quite a pinch,” the man said, somewhat amused. “Edenary Station is not going to hold back if it’s the navy and the army backing them.”
“Nothing we can’t handle,” Hongjoong said confidently, sipping his tea and President Son nodded enthusiastically. A knock sounded on the door and Lady Kim Jiwon entered with a meek smile sent in her husband’s direction.
“Hope I’m not late– the cats would not let me go.”
“That’s alright,” you smiled warmly, shaking her hand. She shook Hongjoong’s hand as well before sitting next to her husband, straightening her black skirt before crossing her legs.
“You’re right on time,” President Son affectionately squeezed her shoulder. “I was just asking Hongjoong here about how he’s handling the Edenary Station case.”
“Well, I hope,” she said casually. “I heard something more interesting, though.”
She passed a meaningful look at Hongjoong who got the cue.
“Of course you know all about how we deal with weapons in the underground networks. Yet…” Hongjoong fixed his gaze on the ex-president. “Yet you do nothing about it.”
“Like I said,” President Son smiled slyly. “I’m not in a position of power anymore.”
“That’s not true,” Hongjoong smiled back. “You still control much of the political tide. You can’t be a man of no power after having ruled Eden for a solid decade, Sir.”
President Son chuckled darkly. “If I had a semblance of the power I had in my prime days, Major, the weapons channel would not exist.”
The room filled with silence at the implication of his words and the president decided that you all had joked around enough. He leaned in, rubbing his hands and shaking his head before beginning.
“The man that was arrested, Oh Jungse– President Han’s secretary. He was funding your weapons project, if you haven’t found out already.”
“We learned about that, but there’s not a whisper of it in the streets,” Hongjoong said.
“He is but a middleman. Someone else is your source. Have you figured that out yet?”
“It must be you,” you started and the couple regarded you with a curious look. “If there’s anyone who will not approve of the current presidency and how it functions regarding defence, it can only be a previous president or someone of a similar status.”
For a moment, you wondered if you had said the wrong thing but President Son nodded sombrely. “That’s right. It is no secret that I do not approve of the current defence status, but that is not why I was funding your project. I have other reasons.”
“Must be regarding Strictland, then,” Hongjoong commented and watched them shift uncomfortably. “Luna here… Are you aware of her identity?”
“Secretary Park Byung Eun’s allegedly illegitimate daughter,” Lady Kim said, her gaze sticking on the pearl ring you wore. Did she recognise the family ring?
Your father had given you this ring some time before you left for Wonderland, saying that it was a keepsake of your mother’s and you were not to lose it under any circumstances. If she recognised the ring, was she also aware of your mother’s identity?
“Allegedly?” Hongjoong repeated, looking at you and finding the colour drained from your face.
“Allegedly,” Lady Kim confirmed. “I personally wouldn’t believe a word that comes out of that man’s mouth.”
“Well… Luna is my source regarding my knowledge on Strictland. She can be trusted,” Hongjoong said as if bringing you here was not a display of his trust in you enough. “You must be aware of the Strictland’s nuclear operation.”
“Major Sung visited Eden for a reason,” President Son sighed. “Do you know why the Strictland’s governor meets with the current president so often?”
Hongjoong shook his head, saying that he was not sure and explaining that all he knew was that Secretary Park was involved, as well as a number of elites including Madame Tiffany who they had signed on the silver light project with. President Son was aware of that deal and commended Hongjoong’s drive to get silver light passed as a medicinal drug.
“It’s going to be a war with the elites. Silver light is their ambrosia. They would never give it up and will crush anyone who gets in their way. Seems like they have already begun– stopping your trade and now putting a halt to your weapon’s project. Are you sure you can handle what’s next, Major Kim Hongjoong?”
“You know us, President,” Hongjoong straightened his back. “We are survivors and we will always rebuild no matter how much we lose.”
“And your loyalty lies with Eden?”
“With my home and my people, first and foremost,” Hongjoong announced.
“Then you’ve come to the right place,” President Son nodded. “I will pull some strings and make your trade resume, even though I personally do not approve of it. However… it’s the only thing I can do for you right now to keep your organisation functioning.”
You and Hongjoong thanked the president and the man took a deep breath.
“Secretary Park is not your real enemy. He is but the right hand man of the person who’s leading the Strictland operation right now, wearing the cloak of an angel to hide his devil horns. Your real enemy is President Lee Jinwook– he is behind the Strictland operation.”
“That can’t be,” you muttered, finding Hongjoong just as shocked as you. Sure, you both had entertained the idea that President Lee could be the mastermind behind this, but to hear it directly still felt like a big blow.
“It’s not just that,” Lady Kim began. “And I’m only revealing this to you because we have tested your loyalties and found you to be our ally rather than the enemy– the RV spies answer to us among many others and have confirmed that the Crescents can be trusted.”
“It would be an honour,” Hongjoong said.
“President Han’s assassination– something about it never sat right with me,” she began. “You must feel that too, right?” She asked and you nodded, wholly agreeing. “It’s not just the way that she was assassinated but how Lee Jinwook reacted afterwards– censoring the media and shutting down all investigations on Hyojoo’s death. He said that he wanted to investigate it privately and we understood, but we were Hyojoo’s closest friends and he never shared any details with us. It was clear that he was basically cutting ties with us.”
“And we had an argument about it, hence the bad blood between us now, which is no secret,” President Son added. “We tried to investigate Hyojoo’s death but he always found out and sent a message– and it got ugly from there. We reached out to the RV spies who informed us that maybe we should shift our focus elsewhere first.”
Lady Kim exhaled. “There was too much going on at that time. The elections were right around the corner and the people were scared. Any detectives who tried to get leads for us got demoted or fired. The office employees started resigning. In hindsight, it looks like President Lee knew that he was going to win and purged the office, starting with a clean slate.”
“But he… he always goes on about how he wants to honour his wife and continue her legacy. He built that hospital in her memory,” you said but you knew your argument sounded weak now.
“Got him those pity votes, didn’t it?” President Son smiled almost sadly. “Built a hospital but won’t let silver light launch as a medicinal drug and plans to put patients in that hospital when he makes the Strictland operation public.”
“How did he get so much power?” Hongjoong mused, settling in resignation now that things seemed out of his control.
“I suspect that when President Han began her reign, Lee Jinwook stuck close and made connections with all sorts of people. His background is not special but he’s got a scheming mind, that one. He was quick to mingle, especially with the wrong type of people. Hyojoo had no idea what was going on but I think she started suspecting something when her term was about to conclude and Jinwook stopped pretending to not like the spotlight.”
“Do you think President Lee has got something to do with President Han’s death?” You asked and the room started feeling cold as the couple thought about it.
“Something, definitely,” President Son announced and you and Hongjoong exhaled, not realising you both had been holding your breaths for the answer. “How much he’s involved, I’m not sure. He’s very clean and we’ve got nothing to support whatever we just told you. It’s all about trust now.”
“It is,” you agreed. “I’ve got nothing to support whatever information I gave to Hongjoong either– I had more than a clue about what was going on with Strictland, but I wasn’t aware of President Lee’s involvement. It’s just about trust. Thank you for placing your trust in us and confirming our suspicions. And for giving us more.”
President Son concluded the meeting and Lady Kim asked if she could have a word with you while Hongjoong and President Son shared some technical details. You followed Lady Kim outside to the veranda which gave a beautiful view of the lawn. You started with small talk about the beautiful mansion.
“How did you get out of that house?” Lady Kim asked. “Secretary Park isn’t the kind of person who would have let you go if you’re really his illegitimate daughter. He would have kept you a secret.”
“Well, he did disown me and changed my surname to Jeon before shipping me to Wonderland in 1963,” you told her and she nodded. “I only came back because I asserted that I was no longer tied to him.”
“I think that someone wanted you to come back. The RV spies protect you– do you know why?”
“No,” you narrowed your eyes just a fraction. “Do you know why?”
“Not yet,” she smiled knowingly. “But I have my suspicions.”
“And what would they be?”
Lady Kim only smiled in response to your frustration. You fiddled with your ring out of nervousness and she noticed that.
“That’s a lovely ring,” she commented. “Where did you get it?”
“It’s a family ring. From my mother, apparently,” you said with a broken laugh. “Not that I know who it belongs to. My father, Secretary Park, gave me this ring when the war ended to congratulate me for making it back alive– I served as a medical assistant. This is the only reminder I have of what was once my home.”
Lady Kim gently took your hand, to your surprise, and inspected the ring– a golden band that twisted into a knot with a small pearl in the middle.
“Someone I know had the same ring. She lost it, though, which is odd because I had never seen her without it.”
“When did she lose it?” You asked, heart thumping wildly and Lady Kim looked at you, eyes full of secrets.
“Not sure,” she said. You nodded, willing yourself to calm down. “That’s a Maddox ring. Someone only of a high status could own such a ring. Your mother must be someone of high status– I would expect nothing less of Secretary Park.”
You shrugged and she let go of your hand. You glanced at the woman.
“Were you very close with President Han?”
Lady Kim looked surprised to hear the question but she smiled. “She was Seokku’s best friend, and after I married him, she became the closest thing I had to a sister.”
“I had the honour of meeting her once– a short little encounter, but it always stuck with me,” you found yourself recalling the party at Park Mansion in 1963– the same party Assemblyman Kim remembered you from. That was right before your father sent you to Wonderland.
“She was a lovely woman,” you continued. “She found me hiding in the balcony and we made small talk. She noticed my ring too– I guess you people have an eye for these things,” you said, chuckling lightly. “She told me that I felt familiar for some reason and she found herself opening up to me. It wasn’t a long conversation that we had, but she found herself telling me how sometimes, she feels as if she’s just a piece of chess in someone’s game and that the life she is living is a lie.”
“She said that?” Lady Kim frowned in surprise, though understanding started to wash on her features.
“I obviously didn’t think much of it– I didn’t know her personally. I just said something dumb like how I feel the same, and that no matter how trapped you are, you should always be in control of your own life, at least.”
“Ah…” Lady Kim started to laugh, tears prickling the corner of her eyes. “That’s where she heard that, huh?”
“What?”
“She started saying that a lot after she became the president. She said a kid told her these wise words. It sort of became her mantra, and…”
Lady Kim paused. You could see that she was holding back from saying something so you didn’t probe. Right then, President Son and Hongjoong joined you both. They asked you to give them a moment of privacy, suggesting you explore their lawns before they would come to say their farewell.
While you walked with Hongjoong along the cement path that led to the front of the Son Mansion, Hongjoong noticed a wistful smile on your face. He supposed you had a good conversation with Lady Kim– his conversation with President Son had ended on a rather heavy note. You caught Hongjoong watching you.
“What’s making you smile like that, love?”
Your smile deepened. “I once told Seonghwa about the only conversation I had with President Han– right before she got elected as the president in 1963. The same party where Assemblyman Kim remembers me from.”
“The party was hosted at Park Mansion to celebrate the debut of Lee Jinwook in politics,” Hongjoong said and you confirmed with a nod. “You met President Han there?”
“I was actually hiding when she found me on the balcony. We had a little conversation– she complimented my ring and made small talk, told me that I strangely felt familiar to her, and… she shared some of her worries. She said she felt like she was being manipulated and had no control over her life.”
Hongjoong took a deep breath. He was so confused right now, especially with what President Son had privately told him.
“I told her that she should at least have control over her own life, no matter how trapped she is. Lady Kim just told me that my words stuck with President Han and after she won the elections, it became a mantra for her.”
“You tend to leave a mark wherever you go,” Hongjoong took your hand, squeezing it. “That’s just how you are.”
“It’s kind of funny, because what she said also became a mantra for me that I repeat when I find myself in a dark place.”
“And what’s that?” Hongjoong asked.
“That there is light even in the darkest of places,” you grinned. “Such simple words, right? Somehow, at that time… I really needed to hear it.”
“Looks like she needed to hear those words too,” Hongjoong grinned back.
President Son and Lady Kim joined you at the front of their residence, sharing some gifts for you both to take back– some high quality tobacco for Hongjoong and imported chocolates for you, as well as wine for Taeyong. You thanked them and Lady Kim hugged you in farewell, saying that she enjoyed your company and would like to meet you again- preferably under better circumstances.
You got inside the car first, the couple having a quick conversation with Hongjoong which looked serious, seeing how Hongjoong glanced at you reflexively, looking surprised. He nodded earnestly before getting inside the car.
It was starting to get dark now. You let a few moments pass, admiring the golden hour and how the fields lit under the sun before you turned your attention to Hongjoong and asked him about the contents of his conversation with President Son.
Hongjoong looked at you for a moment too long before speaking. “Would you be surprised to hear that the Sirens answer to him?”
Your mouth formed an O shape and he chuckled. “If you told me after I processed the conversation we had with President Son today, I wouldn't be surprised. But right now… I admit that I am.”
“He’s going to have one of the leaders of the Siren come in contact with us. They can share the gritty details on how to take our new target down.”
“Sounds like a plan,” you said, hope starting to bloom inside your chest.
“Also… you’re getting yourself a bodyguard and a car.”
“Now?” You frowned. “Secretary Park isn’t going to attack me now. What’s the deal?”
“You are a Crescent– a Leader. Now that things are going to get messier, you must have someone by your side when you go out.”
“You don’t take Taeyong everywhere, do you?” You asked and Taeyong groaned.
“If he starts taking me everywhere now, I’m blaming you, Luna.”
“You don’t have to take them everywhere,” Hongjoong shrugged. “But it’s an order.”
“Might I suggest Doyoung for the job?” Taeyong said. “He’s been inactive ever since Yuta replaced him when he got injured.”
“So Doyoung must be Seonghwa’s old bodyguard?” You asked.
“President Son made his own suggestion,” Hongjoong revealed and you raised a brow. That meant… President Son ordered Hongjoong to get you a bodyguard?
“Why would he suggest a bodyguard for me?” You asked.
“What can I say? He likes you,” Hongjoong shrugged dismissively, not meeting your eyes.
“Kim Hongjoong,” you called. “Tell me the truth. Right now.”
Taeyong whistled at how you bossed the boss around. Hongjoong shot you a glare. “He thinks we can use you to rile Secretary Park up. If Secretary Park messes up, that affects President Lee. It’s time we get back at them, right?”
“That’s… smart,” you folded your arms defensively. “Who did he suggest?”
“Let me have a little meeting with them first before I tell you,” he requested and you agreed, the two of you starting to unpack the conversation and make sense of what happened today.
When you reached back at the Crescent Office, Yunho called for your help and you immediately went inside his office room to assist him. Outside, Hongjoong watched your figure disappear for a long time before going to his office room, finding Seonghwa inside.
“Ah, you’re back,” Seonghwa looked up from his reports. “How did it go?”
“Better than expected. We have an ally.”
“That’s great news,” Seonghwa put down the reports, stretching lightly. “What do you look so gloomy for then?”
“Say… you have a good eye when it comes to recognising jewels and the likes, right?” Hongjoong asked. Seonghwa frowned in confusion but nodded.
“We should make a trip to Maddox and Co. soon,” the Captain said, rubbing his chin in thought. “We’re going to look into Luna’s ring.”
“The pearl ring?” Seonghwa asked and Hongjoong nodded. “Why?”
“Lady Kim asked me to look into it. She said that Luna claims that it’s a family ring from her mother’s side, but such a ring can only belong to a high class family, and there aren’t many high class families in Eden, right?”
Seonghwa thought about it for a few moments. “Her mother… might be alive?”
“It’s not even about that– she’s probably dead, otherwise she might have reached out at some point… right?” Hongjoong pondered.
“If her mother had an affair with a married man… maybe not, Joong. I’m more surprised Secretary Park took the risk of raising his illegitimate child when he cares so much about his reputation. They could have sent her to the orphanage and she would have never found out about both her parents.”
“Right?” Hongjoong sank down on the couch. “It’s weird how he raised her, Seonghwa. Made sure she had an education, taught her all about business– why? If he cares about his reputation so much, he wouldn’t have gone through all these measures. And I really don’t think that it’s because he has a soft spot for her when he’s been trying to kill her lately.”
“Yeah, it definitely does not add up, I’ve had this thought too,” Seonghwa agreed. “But… does Luna wish to find out her mother’s identity?”
“I don’t know,” Hongjoong admitted. “You know her better than I do.”
“But you know her in ways that I don’t,” Seonghwa remarked. “I don’t know, she never mentioned anything about her mother to me. Should I ask her if she wants to look into it with us?”
“And give her false hope? If this is a dead end, she’ll be distracted. I think once we have a lead, we can ask her if she wants to find out about her mother and share what we have from there.”
“Well, you may not know her as much as I do, but even you know that she would be mad to learn we looked into this without her permission.”
“I’m aware, but Seonghwa…” Hongjoong looked distraught, sharing the last bit President Son and Lady Kim told him in private.
Seonghwa’s face paled when he heard that, eyes widening as the gravity of the situation started to sink in.
“Lady Kim hinted something to Luna, but she’s clueless right now, and it’s better if she remains so until we have a solid lead,” Hongjoong said in a low voice and Seonghwa agreed.
“The RV spies must be protecting her because of this, right?” Seonghwa wondered, deep in thought.
“And that’s why President Son suggested we have one of the RV spies as Luna’s bodyguard. Set up a meeting with Winter– I think she’ll make a good fit. She’s already been watching Luna anyway. Yeosang found her at the Bar the other day.”
“Winter… I think she’s been watching Luna since she lived in Edenary. Luna mentioned that she looked familiar.”
“Well then,” Hongjoong clapped in conclusion. “It’ll be a match made in the underworld.”
It took a few days for Edenary Station to finally drop the case of the illegal shipment to Mist Island, settling on a heavy fine and a few restrictions on the trade limit. Seonghwa went to Edenary to sign on it, returning with his form the most relaxed you had seen in a while. He also brought news that Secretary Oh was released, though he was not in the best condition. With President Son being unable to intervene personally, Secretary Oh went into hiding, presumably.
Hongjoong was half sure that President Son would have employed some guards to protect Secretary Oh. If Secretary Oh really was once loyal to President Han, and now a means for President Son to fund the underground weapons project, that surely meant that President Son would ensure his safety. So that was sorted as well.
Yunho and Jongho left for Edenary right after Seonghwa came back– it was Hongjoong’s idea that perhaps, they should start spreading word about Strictland around. If the public started to talk about President Lee and other politician’s potential involvement in Strictland’s status and how it could trigger a regional war, no amount of censorship would work to shut the civilians and quell the chaos that would follow.
And for that reason, you all prepared to get into contact with the Sirens Rebel Party, waiting for President Son to send his men for a meeting– their goal was ultimately to stop the annexation and occupation of Strictland, and if they were aware about the active nuclear operations in Strictland, they were probably enraged and there would be no stopping them.
You decided to keep the rumours related to President Lee and his possible interest in Strictland’s occupation to yourself, for now. If false, things would end at media censorship and restrictions imposed on the Rebel Party, but if this statement held some truth…
You needed to find out just what kind of a sadist President Lee really was. Only then you would be able to predict his next moves. For now, you were conscious of the suspicion that he was somehow involved in his wife President Han’s death. If he really was, that would prove to be a very grave matter because he had used his wife’s name to excel in his career in more ways than imaginable.
Furthermore, you had learned about President Lee being the real mastermind behind Secretary Park and his business methods. That meant that President Lee had bribed quite a few people to make his way to the top. If President Lee was pushing in the favour of Strictland’s nuclear operation, he could possibly be a member of the ‘elites’ and there was a high chance that he was acquainted with Tiffany and might have used her to keep the silver light project from launching.
But first, you needed to confirm how involved Tiffany was– had she been the one to tip the navy about the illegal trade being carried out by the Crescents, and the one who had Secretary Oh, the anonymous weapons funder, arrested? All to stop the launch of silver light, after making the deal?
The question remained. Why would she shake hands on the deal with the Crescents on the silver light project if she did not want the world– the common man– to find out about that drug?
In any case, Tiffany was informed that the project was on hold when the illegal shipment was caught, and Hongjoong decided to not update her about the resumption of the business– you needed to find out how involved Tiffany was with the Strictland nuclear operation and President Lee.
San and Yeosang had safely finished transporting most of their silver light batch to the other warehouse owned by MX Pharmaceuticals, located at the border of Sector 2. This was the warehouse where they used to produce drugs back in their gang days but the site had been shut for years after. They still had loyal staff and workers who were willing to cooperate in full secrecy and work alongside the Crescent’s own staff. So the duo ensured the workers got along and the production began smoothly.
San returned to the Crescent Bar in the afternoon where you were waiting for him in the office, ready for the last meeting you would be holding in the main city before moving to the warehouse. He entered the office and took off his outerwear, hanging it on the knob before turning to you. You greeted him with a smile and he returned it with a peck to your cheek.
“You’re ready?”
“They’re arriving any minute now,” you told him. “I’m ready.”
Your client today was one of the anonymous funders who was in town and had agreed to meet, wanting to go through the terms of their deal with the Crescents, now that their identity was exposed– the youngest son of one of the old conglomerate families, owner of multiple businesses but best known for their construction businesses. Seonghwa was sure that they wouldn’t need much convincing. They would probably continue to fund the weapons project as long as they made sure their identity would remain hidden.
“It’s going to be a short meeting, so don’t fret too much,” San smiled reassuringly at you when he spotted you twiddling with the ends of your sleeves. “We’ll be fine.”
“I’m just worried if they will back out of this deal. We’ll suffer a huge loss–”
“And losses happen in every business,” San reminded you, cupping your face. “That’s normal.”
You nodded, managing a small smile to show him that you understood. He smiled back, leaning in for a quick kiss.
But it looked like you needed that, the way your fingers curled around his shirt and kept him close, so San continued to kiss your lips in slow, soft movements until you pulled away with a happy sigh, grinning at how he lingered and was unable to open his eyes for a moment.
“Would you like another?” You teased and San chuckled, shaking his head in amusement.
“I would like another, but…” San trailed. As if on cue, a knock sounded on the door, indicating the arrival of your guests. San cocked his head in that direction and you pouted. Unable to resist, he kissed the pout off with a promise of more before the two of you exited the office and moved to Room no. 1.
As expected, the meeting passed by in a breeze. The client agreed to continue with the old terms, strengthening their anonymity and addressing some rumours about silver light. You and San took that opportunity to hint on the sinister stirrings regarding Strictland, which piqued their interest. After a few drinks, the client left and a knock sounded on the door right after
When the door opened and San caught a glimpse of the new guest, he straightened and asked them to come in. You turned in your seat, your mouth parting in surprise to see the familiar face of who had to be one of the RV spies that Seonghwa had told you about.
The woman seemed to be around your age, clad in a short black robe with a hood over a cropped top and a black trouser. If the outfit choice wasn’t odd, the striking silver hair that framed her face rather beautifully caught your attention.
“I don’t suppose you’ve met formally,” San began, urging the guest to take a seat and she did after bowing in greeting. “This is Winter. You might have heard of her.”
“Ah, yes,” you nodded. So this was the woman who had been present at the bar during your last meeting with Yeosang and San. The familiarity of this woman, however, was not because of the recent glimpses you caught. You were pretty sure you had come across this woman in Edenary too.
“Well… this is her. Your bodyguard,” San announced.
“So you’re no longer protecting me from the shadows, huh?” You addressed Winter directly, her lips curling into a small smile.
Of course you found out. San shifted in his seat. “Are you okay with this arrangement, Luna?”
“Yeah, I’m good,” you assured, extending your hand and Winter shook it. “I hope we get along.”
“Yeah, so, Winter can of course be trusted,” San began, eyeing the spy who had now taken off her hood, ruffling her short hair. He seemed to be sceptical of her. “She will be accompanying you when you move to the warehouse. It’s preferable if you take her along with you everywhere unless you have a private matter to attend to. Also… she won’t be reporting to us so you don’t have to worry about that.”
You nodded slowly. “Who do you report to, then?”
“My only job is to keep you safe, Miss,” Winter announced. “There is usually no reporting done… from my side. I just have to make sure you’re in no physical harm.”
From her side. That meant that there were other spies keeping watch over you.
“Can you report to me, though? If I send you on errands or something?”
“Definitely,” she agreed.
“And can you tell me why are you RV spies watching and protecting me? Is it because I know something that I shouldn’t?”
“I’m afraid I cannot tell you that… yet,” Winter added and you looked at San in frustration who shrugged, equally irked.
“No point probing,” San sighed, turning his attention towards you. “There is also a car waiting for you outside. It’s yours to use, however you please. You’ll need it.”
“Ah,” you recalled Seonghwa talking about arranging some transport for you. “I thought it was understood that I only need it to commute for now–”
“Think of it as a company car if that’s what eases your mind,” San grinned. “But really… it’s yours. You can’t be a Leader and not own a car.”
Hongjoong’s words. You narrowed your eyes at San but gave in.
San got up with a grunt. “Well, I’ll leave you two to familiarise yourself with each other. I’ll be in the office in the meanwhile.”
With that, he left with a reassuring squeeze to your shoulder while you folded your arms and looked at the woman in front of you who mirrored your position.
“Any terms that I should know?” You asked. “Because it looks like we’re not going to be talking much.”
“Well…” Winter shrugged as if that was a debatable statement. “Since you know that I’m an RV spy, it’s better if you don’t ask anything about the spies or related to them because you won’t be getting many answers.”
“Of course,” you understood.
“I have plenty of information that I can share with you, so I can be considered an informant too, if you’re willing. I, however, cannot tell you something you already don’t have an idea about.”
“What does that mean?”
“We know about your silver light business and whatever happened, for instance,” she said and you whistled– never did you think you would be talking about that secret project so casually with someone. “You can ask me what I know regarding that matter, but I can only tell you as much as I’m allowed to.”
“And how much are you allowed to tell me?”
Winter smirked. “Just enough.”
You smirked back in understanding though you tried to subdue the frustration bubbling inside your chest. “How lovely. Are you required to accompany me everywhere?”
“Well,” Winter took a deep breath. “I’ve been ordered to keep an eye on you anyway, so. It’s up to you– when you want the world to know that you’re under protection, I will be right by your side. And when you don’t… I will be watching over you anyway.”
“How reassuring,” you poured her a drink and then she returned that favour. You shared a toast before drinking, the liquid tasting awfully bitter on your tongue today.
“Can you tell me how long you have been watching over me?”
Your request was not pleading or probing this time. It was simply resignation to what was. To the unknown. Winter considered that, probably going over the pros and cons of revealing that information to you.
And the pros seemed to have outweighed the cons this time. “Ever since you came back from Wonderland and Secretary Park could not watch you anymore.”
Your eyes narrowed slightly at the mention of your father. Did she mean that your father hired her? That would not make sense because the Crescents would not have allowed her to be your bodyguard then.
“Hearing that answer has made me more confused than I already was,” you sighed in defeat. “When you can elaborate on that, let me know.”
“I’ve given you more than I intended in that answer. It’s up to you, how you interpret it,” Winter said, getting up. “I’ll be outside then.”
You sat dejected, staring holes into your now empty glass. No matter how much you tried making sense of that one sentence, you could not come to terms with what it was threatening to imply so you got up and went towards the office with heavy steps, finding San inside seated on the couch, apparently waiting for you.
You passed him a tight-lipped smile before joining him there. He put his arm around your shoulder in an attempt to cheer you up, grinning at how sulky you could get when you didn’t have your way.
“She’ll warm up to you,” San assured and your pout deepened.
“She’s called Winter for a reason. I don’t think she will.”
“That’s a very bad joke,” San laughed, making you break into a smile as well. “She has already warmed up to you. I’ve caught her watching over you even when she did not need to.”
“Work habits die hard,” you retorted but decided to keep that in mind. Maybe this spy had a soft spot for you. That could work to your advantage.
San shook his head and gazed at you, half amused. His expressions changed into adoration as he tucked your hair behind your ears. “You’re leaving for the warehouse tomorrow morning, right?”
You hummed in response. San tilted your face with the pad of his thumb on your chin, capturing your lips in a slow kiss, lingering. “The boys will take care of you. You don’t have to worry about anything.”
“I know,” you assured him with a smile. “Wooyoung and Mingi make nice company.”
“That’s true,” San said, his gaze stuck like glue to your lips and you leaned forward.
The tips of your noses brushed, making him suck his breath as if this was his first time. He pecked your lips before pulling away to look at you in the eyes. You let his loving gaze wash over you like the warm rays of the sun, basking in his sweet touches and kisses, sharing grins.
It was amazing what a simple kiss with San could make you feel like. The soft plush of his lips were welcomed on yours, your lips moving in tandem with your tongues poking in between, allowing for some open-mouthed kisses. You leaned further into his body, his hands leaving a burning but welcoming sensation on your skin, as if the delicious energy coursing through you was not enough.
However, there was also a sense of solace that came with being in his arms. He was slow and relaxed with his movements, hands holding you steady and flush to him, exploring the curves and edges of your body without any innuendo, and you appreciated that. He was always so, so patient with you, letting you hold the reins while also reminding you of what was next with every step you took.
Since it felt like being home in his arms, you talked about your recent endeavours while he talked about his in the privacy of the cosy office room. You took your sweet time, poking at each other teasingly and exchanging affirmations and reassurances. San talked about how hectic it had been with the transfer of the silver light project to the new warehouse and you eagerly listened to whatever complaints he had. And when you both were done and it was time for you to get back to your duties, you hugged him long and good. Even though you would be seeing him every other day, you would miss sharing moments like these where you could be in his arms leisurely.
When you exited the bar, you almost didn’t catch Winter leaning against the window in the shadows. You made an impressed face as she emerged from the shadows and joined your side.
“To the office we go,” you announced in a singsong voice and Winter bowed almost mockingly before walking beside you, just one step behind you at all times.
Your shadow, now finally at its rightful place.
While it was nice to be back at the warehouse, hanging out with the girls during break (or whenever you got overwhelmed by the amount of testosterone around you), you kind of missed the quiet life back at the Crescent Office– or even the bar.
The warehouse was still busy with its usual manufacturing, though the weapons assembling was slower now, giving some of the employees a much needed break. Umji, one of the engineers and Yerin, the lead designer, were your new company. The women tend to stick together in this rowdy workplace, often seeking quiet spots to share drinks, smoke or gossip. Some of the female employees were making the most of their days off, gone to visit family or friends. That left the three of you along with Winter, and boy, were they giving Winter a hard time.
While they did not know the identity of the spy, the girls were hellbent on cracking Winter’s front, aiming to have her join you all when you drank or chatted. Winter usually sat close by, opting to sip on her own flask which contained some mysterious drink she refused to reveal the name of. You were half-sure that Winter was enjoying the attention and was purposely pretending to not care about what you girls talked about.
You asked her one night if all that acting about being just ‘a bodyguard’ and staying on her toes was tiring and she responded with how being alert, even in her sleep, was ingrained in every fiber of herself now. It was muscle memory, a subconscious habit. You wondered what sort of training she had received to reach that point.
Mingi and Wooyoung, along with the rest of the boys in the warehouse, made sure that you were comfortable and cared for at all times, apart from all the teasing and playing around. You had accompanied them to one meeting so far, staying back and observing while they did the talking, just to get a hang of how you were supposed to handle these meetings in case the investors of the weapons project wanted to back out. You were scheduled for another meeting tonight and this time, you were ready to present yourself as one of the Crescents– as a Leader.
“Our client tonight is Mr. Ju Seok Tae,” Wooyoung said, reading through his file and passing it on to you. You skimmed through the two-pages report on him, your brows raising in mild shock as you made the connection. Wooyoung smirked in answer. “This should be easy.”
“‘Mr. Ju Jihoon’s cousin’,” you stated his family background out loud. “Ju Jihoon of Eden News, right?”
Mingi confirmed with a nod. “Co-partner of Jang of Eden News. Do you think that Ju Jihoon is aware that his cousin is funding the weapons project?”
“I think he’s aware…” Wooyoung scratched his chin in thought. “I think it comes down to whether he is quiet because he’s in favour of this, or because he’s holding this as leverage over his cousin.”
“Only one way to find out, I suppose,” you shrugged. “Do we need this investor or is he disposable?”
“Won’t hurt to have him stay,” Mingi considered, looking at Wooyoung for confirmation who nodded.
“He makes a hefty donation every few months, but even if he leaves, we can manage,” Wooyoung said with a light wince, making you chuckle.
“We can make him stay,” you assured. “We need everyone we can keep on our side. Especially now when everyone seems to be after us.”
“That’s true,” Wooyoung scoffed. “I talked to Jongho last night. He says that the people in Edenary have become wary of having any sort of connection with us.”
“I trust that Jongho and Yunho are doing a good job spreading word about Secretary Park and President Lee’s connection with Strictland,” you took a deep breath. “That’s the only thing keeping me from screaming in frustration these days, I can’t lie.”
Mingi laughed. “You can still scream. With how loud these machines are in here, no one is going to hear you.”
“That’s true,” Wooyoung clapped. “Scream your lungs out, baby.”
You genuinely considered for a moment. “Can I?”
“I must admit I wished to hear your screams in another setting, but…” Wooyoung shrugged as if it couldn’t be helped, and Mingi choked on his breath, stifling a cough. Once you realised what he meant, your mouth fell open and you grabbed a cushion from the sofa you were sitting on and chucked it across the room to where Wooyoung sat. He laughed loudly as he caught the cushion.
“Jung Wooyoung!”
“Just like that,” he winked, making you shake your head.
“You’re saying that man,” Mingi began, “when it’s usually you screaming like a bi-”
The cushion got thrown across once again, this time fiercer and hitting home– Mingi’s head. Mingi grinned and you shook your head, stifling a smile.
It had barely been a week in the warehouse, but you were getting used to how different this duo was compared to the rest. You supposed their work environment allowed them to be relaxed and almost candid with their mischief. Still, when need be, the duo was authoritative and rough. They were truly a force to be reckoned with, and you liked how they handled things.
With fists, if words didn’t work. Plain and simple.
“I know what we need to do,” you interrupted the little banter that Mingi and Wooyoung had going on. “If Ju Seok Tae thinks about backing out, we need to threaten to expose the Ju family for funding the underground weapons channel. Do you realise how bad this sounds?”
“Especially because President Lee has been on good terms with Eden News, considering how he befriended the co-owners at the time of his wife’s death and censored all relevant news heavily,” Wooyoung shook his head in disappointment. “Do you think we should be direct with this threat now?”
“Now or never,” Mingi’s lips curled in a tight smile. “It’s time we stop pretending to be a sophisticated organisation and show them that we’re just a gang in the end, unafraid to expose the Ju family, no matter the consequences. If our weapons project suffers a loss, the Ju family must join us in our mourning. Let’s see them censor that.”
You were pleasantly surprised to hear those words come out of Mingi’s mouth, and when Wooyoung responded with an excited ‘hell yeah’, Mingi bit his lips and nodded, clapping Wooyoung’s hand loudly, making you shake your head.
“Can I make the threats this time?” You asked, raising the file of your client, displaying Ju Seok Tae’s picture. “I think he looks like someone who can’t take a threat from a woman.”
Mingi laughed, wholly agreeing while Wooyoung’s eyes glinted in mischief.
“You just want a taste of that thrill, don’t you?” Wooyoung scoffed. “The thrill of being the one in power.”
“I mean… I am a Leader now, aren’t I?” You shrugged. “Gotta exercise that power before it starts getting rusty.”
“That’s my girl,” Wooyoung clapped in agreement, a knock sounding on the door. One of the employees was asking Wooyoung and Mingi to check on the latest batch of metal. Wooyoung got up and kissed your cheek on the way out, Mingi following suit and ruffling your hair, spotting the same annoyed pout he did whenever he messed with you and correcting it with a kiss to your head.
Leaving you with flaming cheeks that you had to cool down with the back of your hands, smiling to yourself. They really did not let you think about any of the other boys at all, always keeping you busy, Wooyoung was downright smothering you in kisses and hugs any chance that he got. However, his was laced with a certain flirtiness reserved only for you.
As for Mingi… he seemed to be following suit, though he was more mindful of your personal space and resorted to casual teasing as opposed to affectionate flirting. While Wooyoung had made it his life’s mission to break you (not that you were complaining), Mingi seemed to be the one grounding you. It reminded you just a little bit of Seonghwa.
You stifled another smile and shut your eyes, soaking in the silence of the office room before it would get loud again.
It hadn’t been long since Hongjoong stepped into the famous jewellery shop of Eden– Maddox and Co., known to be a genuine brand of the finest diamonds in the entire continent.
As someone who admired their craftsmanship, Hongjoong and Seonghwa were both loyal customers. Their oldest branch was here in Sector 1 and all of Eden had done their utmost best to protect the family and their business during the war. It was why Maddox and Co. made sure that the favour was returned, contributing huge amounts of their earnings to help rebuild Eden and support its citizens.
Stepping through the guarded gates, Hongjoong tried to quell the nervousness that was making him queasy now, but to no end. Perhaps, he was more jittery than Seonghwa too– Seonghwa definitely appeared more put-together, dressed in black leather with his freshly dyed platinum hair slicked back. Hongjoong was dressed in his usual fit but everything seemed to be going wrong today– the mud on his boots from when he accidentally stepped into a puddle of leftover water from the rain last night, the loose thread near his sleeve that he wanted to trim but kept forgetting, among a bunch of other elements that contributed to his somewhat sour mood.
Plus, the bitter taste in his mouth, knowing that he was looking into your family background without your knowledge. It felt like an act of betrayal, even though it was very necessary.
When Seonghwa’s fingers brushed his, Hongjoong looked up to find him sharing the sentiment. With a squeeze to his hand, Hongjoong begrudgingly took the lead and walked through the glass door, entering the pristine ivory building that was the showroom of the shop, displaying some items from their latest collection with some old, classic designs. When one of the employees recognised them, she signalled the receptionist who made a call.
Moments later, Lee Sunmi appeared from another room, lighting up at the sight of the two. While they were regular and valued customers, Sunmi was well-acquainted with them both and she welcomed them with a warm smile, accompanying them inside her office.
“Back for another design already?” Sunmi asked, making Seonghwa smile as he recalled how Hongjoong suddenly had the urge to get you a cuff bracelet when he decided that you were meant to be a Leader and stand right beside him.
Hongjoong shook his head, his smile not quite meeting his eyes. He took a seat and took a deep breath.
“I trust you’ve been well?” He asked and Sunmi nodded. “How’s business?”
“Booming, as always, but you’ve got me anxious now. Enough with the formalities. Is something wrong?”
“Well, I’m gonna be straightforward then,” Hongjoong began. “There is a certain pearl ring designed by Maddox and Co., and I need to see who purchased it. Seonghwa can explain what the ring looks like, but can you do this for us?”
“Our customers’ privacy matters to us. Are you aware of the weight of what you’re asking?” Sunmi frowned, finding the request unexpected.
“It’s important– I’m here because Lady Kim said that you could help.”
“Who does the ring belong to right now?” Sunmi asked after a moment.
“Luna. You must remember seeing her at the party,” Seonghwa answered. “She was wearing the cuff bracelet that you designed for Hongjoong not too long ago.”
“Ah, right,” Sunmi nodded, swiping her long black hair back. After a moment, she recalled and nodded. “I had a brief conversation with her.”
“Yeah, so she is the current owner of the ring, but it belongs to her mother. Only… she does not know who her mother is.”
“And her father?”
“Secretary Park Byung Eun,” Hongjoong revealed and Sunmi whistled in surprise. “Although… we’re starting to doubt that now.”
“And does poor Luna know that you both are looking into her parents?”
Seonghwa and Hongjoong looked guilty, which was all the answer Sunmi needed. “Can you at least assure me that this is for her good? No one gets harmed?”
“Absolutely,” Hongjoong declared. “We only want to have something to tell her when we reveal that we looked into her. I don’t want to give her false hope, and I don’t want her to worry about this right now. Lady Kim planted the seeds of doubt in me, so I’m only doing what I do best. Finding answers.”
Sunmi nodded in all seriousness, asking Seonghwa to explain the design to her. Seonghwa started sketching and describing while Hongjoong watched the two intently, on his toes.
“Are you sure this is the design?” Sunmi asked when Seonghwa was done, and he nodded.
“As close as it can get. It’s not a very complicated design,” he said.
“I think I’ve seen this design in one of the books, hold on,” she said, moving to the shelf and spending a few minutes checking them until she brought back two, asking Seonghwa to have a look. Seonghwa spotted the exact design, showing it to Hongjoong who confirmed it.
“Exactly this ring,” Seonghwa slid the book to Sunmi who had a deep frown on her face.
“That’s strange– you see the receipts attached with the designs?” She scrolled through the pages and the duo nodded. Every design had a few receipts attached, indicating the transaction. “There’s no receipt attached to your ring’s design.”
“Which means?”
“All these designs made it into this book because they are custom-made– designed for one or few people,” Sunmi answered, looking at Hongjoong. “The fact that the design is here without any record of its purchase is strange, because every design on every page on every book on this shelf has a receipt attached.”
“So where is the receipt for this ring?”
“Can’t be a coincidence,” Seonghwa looked at Hongjoong and then at Sunmi, the both of them nodding. “The ring belongs to some mysterious owner whose identity no one knows. And then you’re saying that there are no records of who bought this ring?”
“Seems like it,” Sunmi slumped back in resignation.
“Is there any other way of finding out?” Hongjoong asked.
Sunmi thought for a few moments. “The archives, or my grandfather’s journals. This ring was made in 1939 and my grandfather was the sole designer back then. He must have some record of it– another cash receipt or an account of it somewhere.”
“So it’s going to take a while, I presume?” Hongjoong asked.
“Definitely,” Sunmi said with a sorry smile. “My grandfather is no more so I’ll have to visit his residence in Edenary or check the warehouse. But I’ll get to it as soon as possible–”
“Take your time, but make sure no one else learns about this,” Hongjoong requested and she nodded earnestly. “It must be an influential family from Edenary, so that’s your search pool.”
“Got it,” Sunmi took a deep breath. “I must tell you that If the receipt is gone from here, that means that either my grandfather did not want anyone to find out who this ring belongs to, or there has been a security breach without our knowledge. A grave matter, so rest assured not a soul will know about this.”
“Thank you,” Hongjoong placed his hand over his heart as he got up, bowing in gratitude. “We owe you one.”
“Nonsense,” Sunmi waved her hand in dismissal. “You’ve done so much for us. My father still talks about you very fondly.”
After exchanging a few pleasantries, the duo left the shop, standing outside and watching the building with wistful expressions. Hongjoong caught Seonghwa staring at him and he shook his head.
“Everything about this feels sinister, I tell you,” Hongjoong dug out his pipe from his coat pocket for a much-needed smoke. “Can we make the RV spies talk about this matter?”
“What are the chances that they were not the ones who hid the receipt?” Seonghwa mused. “If it’s a security breach and not Sunmi’s grandfather’s own doing, I’d say that only our lovely spies are capable of doing this without anyone’s knowledge.”
“Fuck,” Hongjoong spat. “And now one of them is Luna’s bodyguard.”
“Let’s lay low,” Seonghwa placed his hand on Hongjoong’s shoulder. “The truth will come out when it’s time.”
next chapter
-> apply for the taglist here! (check your privacy setting if the tags don't work)
“I always imagine myself with a big house or mansion, planting my own flowers and harvest. When I’m old and tired of this life, though.” Hongjoong smiled. “When I’m ready to settle, I’d like to buy a mansion with big lawns too. I’d like for all of us to live together, let the business run itself. I imagine someone is married, and someone has kids. Another has too many pets. We all go hunting when the weather calls for it, or go fishing on one of the islands.”
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
Meet President Son, the note said. You’ll find something you are not looking for, but something you have been and will be looking for. Right after you received the note, the weapons funder was exposed and Hongjoong had to request President Son for a meeting. That’s when you asked him for the favour– to let you accompany him. You told him that you were not sure why but you had a feeling that you needed to go and meet President Son. He didn’t probe and accepted your request.
they're withholding the truth again. 😑
Your father had given you this ring some time before you left for Wonderland, saying that it was a keepsake of your mother’s and you were not to lose it under any circumstances. If she recognised the ring, was she also aware of your mother’s identity
ooh, then does madame cha know about reader's mother then? i remember the excerpt where madame cha asked reader something along the lines if they were curious about their mother or if they'd go back to Eden to look for/find out about their mother.
“We are survivors and we will always rebuild no matter how much we lose.” “And your loyalty lies with Eden?” “With my home and my people, first and foremost,”“Then you’ve come to the right place,” President Son nodded.
ughh. the hooooope!! 😩😩
“I think that someone wanted you to come back. The RV spies protect you– do you know why?”
🥺
“Someone I know had the same ring. She lost it, though, which is odd because I had never seen her without it.”
oh, she's so cunning. leaving little clues but reader being OBLIVIOUS!!
“She told me that I felt familiar for some reason and she found herself opening up to me. It wasn’t a long conversation that we had, but she found herself telling me how sometimes, she feels as if she’s just a piece of chess in someone’s game and that the life she is living is a lie.”
😭😭😭
“..I just said something dumb like how I feel the same, and that no matter how trapped you are, you should always be in control of your own life, at least.” “Ah…” Lady Kim started to laugh, tears prickling the corner of her eyes. “That’s where she heard that, huh?”
STOP ITT. 🤧 this is much more than i was expecting. you're telling me little young reader was influencing political figures left and right just by being a caged child with a chained spirit, man. 😭
“It’s kind of funny, because what she said also became a mantra for me that I repeat when I find myself in a dark place.” “And what’s that?” Hongjoong asked.
“That there is light even in the darkest of places,” you grinned.
and it's President Han who found LUNA on the balcony the NIGHT before her presidency, omydays. 🤫
“Would you be surprised to hear that the Sirens answer to him?” Your mouth formed an O shape and he chuckled. “If you told me after I processed the conversation we had with President Son today, I wouldn’t be surprised. But right now… I admit that I am.”
the way my chin fell as well. 😧
“..I’m more surprised Secretary Park took the risk of raising his illegitimate child when he cares so much about his reputation. They could have sent her to the orphanage and she would have never found out about both her parents.” “Right?” Hongjoong sank down on the couch. “It’s weird how he raised her, Seonghwa. Made sure she had an education, taught her all about business– why? If he cares about his reputation so much, he wouldn’t have gone through all these measures. And I really don’t think that it’s because he has a soft spot for her when he’s been trying to kill her lately.”
ok. thank god. i thought i was going crazy. what was up with reader's father keeping a figurative leash on them and the whole meaning behind gifting them a ring (allegedly from their mother) for their protection. was reader perhaps something their father was holding over someone else?
“Well, you may not know her as much as I do, but even you know that she would be mad to learn we looked into this without her permission.”
yk, hongjoong and reader are quite similar withholding truths. lmao
yumi.. i don't appreciate being left in the dark everytime. just had to write that down. as a reminder. not a threat at all.
You nodded, managing a small smile to show him that you understood. He smiled back, leaning in for a quick kiss. But it looked like you needed that, the way your fingers curled around his shirt and kept him close, so San continued to kiss your lips in slow, soft movements until you pulled away with a happy sigh, grinning at how he lingered and was unable to open his eyes for a moment. “Would you like another?” You teased and San chuckled, shaking his head in amusement. “I would like another, but…” San trailed. As if on cue, a knock sounded on the door, indicating the arrival of your guests. San cocked his head in that direction and you pouted.
oh man, those kisses really felt like a breath of fresh air, a means to calm anxious feelings. 👀 let me go ahead and read too much into this and say that san has.. quite good hearing. makes me think back on the beginning when we got the smallest bit of info on SOME of the atz members specialties in the army. and how sometimes their characters continue to portray signs of their specialties. so this had me like 👀 san in the shadows.
“How reassuring,” you poured her a drink and then she returned that favour. You shared a toast before drinking, the liquid tasting awfully bitter on your tongue today.
something about the little showdown between winter and reader has me cackling. 🤭🤭
“Can you tell me how long you have been watching over me?” Your request was not pleading or probing this time. It was simply resignation to what was. To the unknown. Winter considered that, probably going over the pros and cons of revealing that information to you. And the pros seemed to have outweighed the cons this time. “Ever since you came back from Wonderland and Secretary Park could not watch you anymore.”
so.. their father has power over them in Wonderland but not in Eden?? which, if he's not the one that the spies are acting for (which would be stupid considering he had sent that van to gun reader and the maknaes down, the emblem that was left behind. unless it was a setup.) then someone of and even higher power THAN HIM is watching reader. we know the rv spies are not necessarily protecting reader from direct harm (though that's part of it) but apparently information that reader has (and has no idea about what it is) that shouldn't fall into the 'wrong' hands. 🚬🧠 IS IT SOMEONE FROM RV SPIES INTERNAL PERSONELL?? but then they also hinted that it's not teir father who's reader's biggest threat. my. good. ness. GIRLS!! JUST SPILL. PLEASE!! 😫😫 LET ME KNOW WHAT'S ON YUMI'S GOOGLE DOC. 😈😈😈
You were half-sure that Winter was enjoying the attention and was purposely pretending to not care about what you girls talked about.
THEY'RE ALL JUST GIRLS, YOUR HONOUR!! 😭😭
Mingi laughed. “You can still scream. With how loud these machines are in here, no one is going to hear you.” “That’s true,” Wooyoung clapped. “Scream your lungs out, baby.”
You genuinely considered for a moment. “Can I?” “I must admit I wished to hear your screams in another setting, but…” Wooyoung shrugged as if it couldn’t be helped, and Mingi choked on his breath, stifling a cough.
nah, i saw it coming from 1024 miles away.
“You’re saying that man,” Mingi began, “when it’s usually you screaming like a bi-” The cushion got thrown across once again, this time fiercer and hitting home– Mingi’s head. Mingi grinned and you shook your head, stifling a smile.
👁️👄👁️
They were truly a force to be reckoned with, and you liked how they handled things. With fists, if words didn’t work. Plain and simple.
fucking terrifying 😭 mingi, wooyoung AND jongho?
“Can I make the threats this time?” You asked, raising the file of your client, displaying Ju Seok Tae’s picture. “I think he looks like someone who can’t take a threat from a woman.
🅻🅼🅰🅾
“And her father?” “Secretary Park Byung Eun,” Hongjoong revealed and Sunmi whistled in surprise. “Although… we’re starting to doubt that now.”
oh, that's where THEIR suspicions are focused on?! i was primarily focused on the mother and how that/they could be holding power over them.
“I must tell you that If the receipt is gone from here, that means that either my grandfather did not want anyone to find out who this ring belongs to, or there has been a security breach without our knowledge. A grave matter, so rest assured not a soul will know about this.”
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
“Can we make the RV spies talk about this matter?” “What are the chances that they were not the ones who hid the receipt?” Seonghwa mused. “If it’s a security breach and not Sunmi’s grandfather’s own doing, I’d say that only our lovely spies are capable of doing this without anyone’s knowledge.”
very questionable. much hm. wow thinking. 👉🧠👈
"maybe a place where light and darkness meet, the choice between truth and lies is mine."
masterlist
ot8!ateez x f!reader, mafia au
chapter warnings: drinking, smoking, illegal businesses, mentions of war/military, drugs, gangs and corruption, impending doom arrives, first date with wooyo, lots of tension, smut mdni!! (fingering, oral f! receiving, p in v and all the good stuff).
chapter wc: 14.5k
chapter synopsis: with the illegal shipment and resultantly, the crescents under investigation, you are all on the move. despite the stressful and tense atmosphere, you manage a successful first date with wooyoung. jaebeom confirms that madame tiffany is involved with the elites and you confront hongjoong and seonghwa who remind you that the crescents are a power to be reckoned with. you learn the identity of the last anonymous funder but it threatens the weapons channel and the crescents gather to strategise. the night ends on an intimate note with yunho.
prev chapter recap: jaemin informs you that the sirens have turned on president lee because of his involvement with the hala official, major sung, who you learn from seonghwa is the pseudo-governor of strictland. you can’t shake off the feeling that president lee might be involved with the elites. you go to the bar to confess to yeosang and he talks in detail about what being in a relationship with the boys entails. you understand and agree, finally sharing a kiss with him. the boys gather at the bar to congratulate you for officially becoming a leader, and you take the opportunity to tell them that you would like to be their partner as well. they welcome you and afterwards, you steal a romantic moment with yunho who tells you that there is trouble at the port. someone tipped the navy and they made the crescent’s illegal shipment of black shadow come back, which is odd because in doing so, the navy bends some international waters laws. you have a romantic moment with seonghwa before you go with his guard yuta, and jaemin to meet up with mingi to hide all the crescent’s illegal documents. you learn that mingi, san and jongho were in the same platoon as you during the war though you don’t recognise each other.
Things had never been busier at the Crescent Company– at least not in the past couple of years since you became an employee of the business empire.
The office was, of course, the one that took the brunt of it. With the navy’s tip about the Crescent’s illegal trading now becoming a full-fledged case in the Edenary Station, which just so happened to be the biggest police station in Eden, a follow-up investigation was being carried out. You had to deal with a lot of investors wanting to opt out, inquiring about their safety when they were wholly aware that the Crescent Company was never a very moral and legal business to begin with. You were getting tired of convincing the investors that this tip wasn’t something that could shut the business down when its foundations were still strong.
For how long, they wondered? That question nagged at your brain too. Technically, an illegal trading caught would only result in a trade ban with the concerned country, or worse, a total trade ban for a few years. If you were right, from what you had learned about the Crescents so far, they always had a second plan and a third in case things went south. You and everyone at the Crescent Office were aware of this, yet it hardly did anything to quell the chaos.
The Crescent Bar was as active as before, though with an influx of new customers hoping to get a whiff of what the Crescent’s future looked like. The warehouse, however, put a halt to most of its illegal production and was sticking with the legal and licensed business in case of a raid by the police. With the production slowing, the trading with Utopia was ultimately going to get affected– if the Crescents couldn’t export the promised amount of weapons parts, they wouldn’t get their share of Black Shadow, which would generate loss at the Bar too.
Hongjoong made sure to assure you that things like these happened all the time, though it couldn’t be denied that the severity this time was perhaps greater. However, every business had to deal with losses. The important thing was to be able to recover from that, stand back up and keep functioning like normal. He was anxious, which was a given, but he was also navigating this catastrophe with an objectivity and a level-headedness that you were starting to admire.
It had been a good few days since you went to hide the official documents with Mingi. You were on standby at the office while Hongjoong and Seonghwa went out for a meeting with one of the RV spies– for some reason, the RV spies weren’t ready to meet you. Or maybe, the boys did not want you to meet any of the RV spies considering the thing about these spies actively protecting you.
Yunho and Yeosang had been the only ones to tell you about the spies’ role in your life, insisting that you did not need to worry about them but you couldn’t help but wonder– who were they? How closely were they watching you? And if they were watching you closely, why did they not protect you the uncountable times you were in danger?
Or had they protected you without your knowledge? They were spies and assassins for a reason– you wouldn’t know if they were watching you right now. Whatever their reasons to protect you were, you couldn’t help but feel exposed. No matter how much you tried to hide or live in the shadows, you were always under observation, and no matter how much you pondered, you couldn’t come up with a reason strong enough to justify your circumstances.
You could finally understand why Hongjoong was adamant at bringing you out of the shadows. Now that you were in the light, things were slowly and certainly coming to a clarity and you could not wait to see the whole picture, even though the prospect of it sounded downright scary.
The silence in Hongjoong’s office room filled with the loud bell of the phone and you picked the receiver with your usual greeting, physically relaxing when Jaehyun’s voice greeted you instead of one of the investors.
“How have you been?” You asked, leaning against the table. “What’s the news?”
“All good. The news, well… we divided and conquered, Ten and I,” Jaehyun said and you hummed in response. “Our image does not look good, that’s a given.”
“Yeah, you can imagine how chaotic it’s been in the office,” you said.
“The partners and investors are jumpy, yes, but I don’t think this is the right time to pull out. They won’t, rest assured. However, they’ll try to find openings and try to target the business itself.”
“Ah…” you recalled Yunho talking about something like that a few days ago. “That makes sense. Strike while the iron is hot.”
“Exactly,” Jaehyun said. “I’ve got some interesting proposals, though. General Wi is willing to help us in any way that he can, which is… odd but understandable. He’s just trying to secure someone who will have his back at the time of the elections.”
“And he’s worried that his secrets might get leaked,” you added. “Does he have any ideas?”
“He’s looking into the source. We unfortunately could not find that out.”
You paused for a few moments, absently playing with the cord of the phone, before answering, “Yeah, that’s okay. If it was this easy to find out, they wouldn’t have attempted this. Anything else?”
“Yeah, there’s one thing and it might be of importance,” Jaehyun began and you urged him to continue. He took a deep breath, “Inspector Gong is looking into you– your background, specifically.”
“Inspector Gong?” You frowned, straightening. “Why?”
“I thought you’d know?” Jaehyun asked. “Maybe because you’re a Crescent now? I mean, he’s aware of our history, but not yours. And it’s probably nothing, but I just thought you should know in case it is something.”
“Thank you for letting me know,” you sighed. “Actually, can you do me another favour and find out when exactly Inspector Gong was demoted to Sector 1?”
“Oh, I can tell you that,” Jaehyun said. “Some time after President Han got assassinated. I remember because he was one of the few detectives hell bent on investigating officially, because a public assassination happened under his jurisdiction.”
“Did he ever get to the end of the case?”
“He was demoted because the higher-ups wanted to close the case. President Lee apparently had his own private team because he couldn’t trust the police force with this. It was a hot topic back in those days.”
“That would be right after I came to Sector 1 too…”
For a few moments, you both had the receiver in your hands, listening to the static as you processed this information. It was Jaehyun who finally broke the silence and asked, “Do you think you’ve encountered him while you were in Edenary? Before or after your stay in Wonderland?”
“I might have. A very high possibility. I’m not sure if he remembers me, because I don’t,” you admitted. “Why would he look into me, though? And why now?”
“Strike while the iron is hot?” Jaehyun repeated. “He might be doing this to target us. He’s been after us for a long time.”
“Yeah, well, I hope he finds something,” you scoffed. “I’d love to know what secrets I might be hiding.”
Jaehyun laughed, aware of your situation and your involvement with the business. “I think I should look into you too. We might find something of importance.”
“Ha, ha, sure,” you shook your head. A knock sounded at the door and Seonghwa entered, settling on the couch when he noticed you were on call. “Okay, I’ve got to go now. Thank you for the update, Jaehyun. And do look into me– specifically with Secretary Park’s connection. Let me know if you find something new.”
“Sure thing,” Jaehyun said, hanging up. You exhaled deeply and turned in your chair to look at Seonghwa who was stretching while trying his hardest to stifle a yawn. You were getting used to seeing that sight now.
“Was that Jaehyun?” Seonghwa asked.
“Yeah. He didn’t find the source, but Inspector Gong is looking into me these days.”
“I had a feeling he would when you went to see him with Hongjoong,” Seonghwa tsk-ed. “Anything else?”
“Nothing. How did the meeting go?”
“Awful,” Seonghwa smiled in defeat. “They don’t know who the source is either– or they’re lying. It was cryptic but I think if they knew, they would have been gloating about it.”
“A person capable of putting the RV spies off their scent…” You thought out loud. “We’ve had quite a few of those happenings recently. Makes me wonder if the RV spies are all that good.”
“Oh, they are, trust me,” Seonghwa raised his brows for emphasis and you shrugged, not fully convinced. “But you’re right. They might be losing their touch– Hongjoong was sure to let them know. You can imagine what happened next.”
You curbed a smile at the prospect of Hongjoong talking back to the group of assassins but you would expect nothing less from him. A thought gnawed at you. “The RV spies don’t know about the anonymous weapons funder’s identity, right? Do you think that person could be the one who tipped the navy?”
Seonghwa folded his arms in thought. “Whoever did this… their goal must be to cause damage to our business, right? I think the funder would have been better off exposing our weapons channel, because there would be no coming back from that. Someone has a bigger problem with us– at least, I think so. The timing of this… someone must be aware of our new deal and is trying to sabotage it.”
That made sense. You nodded slowly. “A mole?”
A topic everyone was avoiding talking out loud about, yet was being investigated cautiously. Seonghwa glanced at you, silently nodding.
You got up and went to sit beside him on the couch, your thighs brushing against each other. You poured him a drink and he accepted it, downing it in one gulp.
“Have you ever had a mole before?”
“A few, yes,” Seonghwa admitted. “I can’t help but wonder if it’s someone from the inner circle– someone we personally know. Usually, it’s someone new or a person with very strong opinions.”
“Which is why the RV spies may not know who the source is,” you concluded. “Because it might be an insider job.”
Seonghwa nodded grimly and you decided to change the topic, taking his hand and squeezing it in hopes of comforting him. “How have you been?”
Seonghwa’s lips curled into a smile and he shifted to pull one leg over the couch, giving you his full attention. “I’m okay. How have you been?”
You suppressed a giggle at the way he searched your eyes. “I’ve been well, thank you for asking, Mr. Park.”
“Would you like to go for dinner tomorrow night?” Seonghwa asked, pressing a kiss on your knuckles.
“You’re just a few hours too late,” you let out a wistful sigh. “Wooyoung’s booked me for tomorrow night.”
“Can’t I join?” He pleaded and you raised a brow, knowing he very well could. Seonghwa shrugged. “He wants you all to himself, a little one-on-one with you. He’s never had that, right?”
“Yeah,” you nodded. “I’m not too worried. He knows how to get me talking and I’m really comfortable with him.”
“That’s good,” Seonghwa smiled, taking a deep breath and looking down. “You know, I’ve been wanting to take you out on dates too. I want to be a proper gentleman. Bring you your favourite flowers, take you out on walks. All I seem to do is give you more burden.”
“That’s work,” you corrected. “That’s what we do. And it’s not like I’ve been doing this alone– we’re all in this together.”
Seonghwa sighed deeply, “I suppose you are right.”
You understood where he was coming from. “Even if we’re stuck up in this office room worried about and preparing for the worst case scenarios, you’ve still been a gentleman. You bring me chocolates from the reception, a flower from the pot outside–”
“I can do better than that,” Seonghwa interrupted with a laugh. “I just haven’t had the chance.”
“I know,” you nodded. “But I want you to know that you don’t have to feel obliged to do that. You probably want to go out of your way because we– we’re new, right? I don’t see you doing that with the rest of your… lovers. With the boys.”
“That’s because with them, it’s been a long time– and I do that with them too, just in private,” he confirmed and stifled a grin at the twinkle in your eyes. “You can’t stop me from doing that. It isn’t because what we have is new, it’s because I want to. I want to treat you better because I know I can do better than this.”
You supposed that it made sense. “Alright, you can bring me an actual bouquet of flowers and treat me to a dinner date when we have time. So far, our dates have mostly happened in the office, huh?” You pondered. “I think we might be past the stage of wooing each other…”
“I haven’t tried wooing you properly yet, though,” Seonghwa leaned in to whisper in your ear, making heat creep up your cheeks. “There’s only so much you can do in the office room.”
You shook your head. “You and Yunho… it’s the proximity getting to your heads, isn’t it?”
“Whatever do you mean?” Seonghwa feigned innocence, earning a smack to his chest. “What did he do?”
“He’s just…” you brought your knees up, unable to meet his gaze as you recalled all the times Yunho got romantic in the office. “So full of energy.”
Seonghwa laughed loudly. “He is. I get worried if I see him tired.”
You turned to Seonghwa, your eyes brimming with curiosity. It had been a while since you got to talk to him about such mundane stuff, anything that was not work and business. Seonghwa leaned in to share a sweet kiss before straightening.
“Ask away. I know you must have a lot of questions.”
You inhaled deeply, wondering how to make sense of the tangle of questions that you were harbouring in your head for days now. Seonghwa rubbed your hand assuringly and waited until you were able to form the words.
“How is it like having so many partners, Seonghwa? I mean… how does it work between you guys? It looks like you hardly have time for each other– especially these days.”
Seonghwa smiled knowingly. He knew this question was long coming and he was glad that you were opening up and asking him– perhaps, hearing the answers would make you feel more at ease. He wanted to clear your confusions away as best as he could.
“It’s… great to have people I can depend on. People who have my back and who I can trust blindly,” he began and you smiled. It was truly a blessing to have utmost faith in someone, knowing you would never get hurt by them.
“After the war, we found each other over a period of time. I think some of us like San, Mingi and Jongho knew that we could never find a home except with each other. We all gladly accepted each other– as brothers and partners at first. As a family. We rebuilt Eden, starting from Sector 5 which took the worst of the war.”
“Because of the Eight Hills– it borders Strictland and Halaland,” you recalled hearing news about Sector 5 long after the war was over and he hummed in confirmation.
“It was a tough time, I’ll admit, and we naturally found a safe haven with each other. There was no judgement, no jealousy, no restrictions. We were one and we were each other’s, yet free. It wasn’t until we became a gang in ‘64 when we finally talked about it and realised that we would always want to be with each other.”
“That… sounds beautiful, actually,” you whispered, in awe. “Was there really never a fight or some drama?”
“Not really. Someone would complain if they thought they weren’t getting enough attention from someone else, but that’s about it. We all lived together so it wasn’t a big deal at all. We only got separate housing a couple years ago.”
“Can I ask why?”
Seonghwa chuckled. “It’s hard to live with 7 men and take care of them all at once. It was a unanimous decision.”
“And… how did you pick your housemates?” You asked, intrigued.
Seonghwa stifled a grin. “How do you think?”
“Don’t tell me it was a random pick,” you narrowed your eyes but when he pursed his lips in guilty admission, you shook your head in disbelief. “I figured– you all make the most unbelievable bets when you’re drinking,” you commented. “Can I ask another thing?”
“Sure,” Seonghwa looked at you with curiosity. “Don’t hold back. Transparency is appreciated here, Luna.”
“Are the sparks still there? After all this time?”
It was such a candid question that Seonghwa found himself smiling, moving his hand to cup your face and caress your cheekbone, his heart bursting with affection at how your eyes were just a little wide as you anticipated his answer, looking like you were holding your breath.
“Sounds like an important question, eh? Have you ever been in a relationship, Luna?”
“Tried and failed. Very casual, but it’s been a while,” you told him and he nodded.
“Did you feel sparks?” He asked and you raised your brows at his counter-question, but you felt at ease– there was no mockery in his tone.
“I think? You have to feel something in order to be with someone, right?”
“I suppose that’s true,” Seonghwa rested his head against the couch, tired. “When you are with the right person, or people, Luna… there are no sparks. Sparks are meant to be exciting but eventually, they die out. It’s what is left after the initial sparks that makes all the difference. For me, personally… it feels like I’m floating freely among the clouds when I’m with them. Untrapped and unbound. That is what love feels like for me.”
His answer made perfect sense. Sparks were only an indicator of a beginning of something– what really mattered was what was left after the smoke cleared.
You scooted closer and rested your head on his arm while he shut his eyes to rest them.
Unguarded, vulnerable and exposed, yet… radiating with warmth and gentleness.
You truly were the luckiest if the mafia underboss let you see these sides of him.
There were times when you wondered if you should have never come back to Eden.
After all, would it have been so bad if you forgot about your past, your family and moved on? Was Wonderland not good to you?
Living in the mansion at the outskirts of the Capital, surrounded by expanses of lavender fields, learning about world history, politics and business with Madame Cha, and occasionally practising self defense of shooting with one of her boys– it wasn’t a bad life at all. You were looked after. Madame Cha cared for you as if you were really her niece, and you cared for her as an aunt.
And her boys– Jaebeom and his gang– they would always bring something for you whenever they came around. A flower from the field, an odd scarf that stood out to them in the marketplace, a dagger (which would immediately be confiscated by the Madame) or a ruffle to the hair, a kiss to the top of the head. You were their little sister. Their friend.
So, would it have been selfish of you to want to continue living with Madame Cha? She sometimes joked about how she would like to pass her establishment to you– she did not have any family of her own and she claimed that her blood relatives were all ‘vultures’. She pretty much ran her trade business with Jaebeom and often mentioned that if you agreed to cut ties with your father, she would take you in as her own. Of course, it took a while before she warmed up to you, and she was awfully suspicious of you when you first arrived.
So, after spending three years in Wonderland when you decided to go back to Eden for good, she wasn’t surprised. She said that she always found you staring at the horizon with a wistful look on your face, looking as if you were wondering what could have been and what could be. She asked you something that would stay with you like a weight on your shoulder–
If you had really cut ties with your father, what was really calling you back to Eden?
At that time, you had no answer to that. When Jinyoung, the second-in-charge of the gang heard, he wondered if you were finally going to look for your birth mother. You told him that according to your father, she was dead and no good would come out of learning about her, but Jinyoung said that if she really was dead, your father should have no reason to hide her identity from you.
And that got you wondering if it really was true. Upon arriving back to Eden, you tried snooping around to find something, anything, but it was always a dead end. Even your half-brother Sunghoon did not know your mother’s identity. So that left your father–
And your father announced himself as your enemy as soon as you joined Kihyun’s company, a partner to the Crescent Company.
You initially speculated that it was Kihyun your father had a problem with. After all, he protected you far too many times from your father. But when you learned that your father still often met up with Kihyun regarding pharmaceutical-related dealings and that the MX Pharmaceuticals also distributed Park Pharma’s products, you started to wonder if your father simply hated you.
And it was perhaps true, but there was also another answer– your father had a problem with the Crescent Company, and it wouldn’t have been obvious if you had no knowledge about silver light, because it changed a lot of things.
The Crescents would be rivals of not only the pharmaceutical businesses but basically every high-profile man who consumed silver light as a drug, or every person of power to whom the drug was merely a currency to exploit this world’s resources. You could not even fathom out just how extensive their network was. Could an organisation like Ateez really expose their propaganda and stop the exploitation of silver light as a pleasure drug or currency?
If that network had lasted so long without the name of silver light coming out of the mouth of a common man, you were pretty sure that it would be extremely challenging, even with Madame Tiffany’s partnership– and you couldn’t shake off the feeling that Madame Tiffany was going to be the source of the Crescents’ demise rather than salvation…
“I go to make tea for you and you look like you’re drafting a plan to take over the world,” Wooyoung scoffed, having proven himself true when he said that you were distracted the whole evening.
“Yeah, I’m pretty sure I saw you staring at the tea leaves for a solid two minutes before you moved,” you countered and he smiled guiltily, settling down next to you and bringing you in for a kiss to your temple before he handed you the cup.
“Now, what’s got my girl all bothered?”
Your response stopped midway when you heard the jingle of the keys and in came Hongjoong and Jongho, discussing something in a low voice and taking off their shoes in the foyer. Their eyes lit up at the sight of you–
But you were busy shaking off your initial surprise. Of course they could come here. This was their house.
You just didn’t expect them to come back so early, and it seemed like Wooyoung didn’t as well because he let out a frustrated ‘you’re interrupting my date!’, which led to Hongjoong rolling his eyes and Jongho threatening to throw him out, the air filling with friendly squabble as they all settled down in the living room.
The date had truly not been without distractions and interruptions, but considering the circumstances, you would say that it went pretty well. You took the evening off and went to your apartment to get ready, borrowing a cap-sleeved black dress from Wendy who was simply pleased that you were going out with someone, no matter who it was. You promised to tell her who it was some other time but she was pretty sure it was one of the Crescents from the office. You let her believe that and she styled your hair with a jade pin, adding a deep brown fur coat on you as a finishing touch.
Wooyoung came to pick you up, an absolute gentleman to the bone who kissed your knuckles in greeting and opened the door of his car for you. You had dinner at one of the fancy restaurants in the food street of Sector 1– a lavish dinner that reminded you of what you used to eat back home in Edenary.
Wooyoung was talkative and kept you engaged in conversation, but the two of you were consciously trying to avoid discussing work. You talked about your likes and dislikes, about your past and your relationships, and unsurprisingly, you found a lot in common with him. You both were the type to speak your mind about things so the conversation flowed naturally, drifting from preferences to some stories of your pasts.
But you could tell that the recent happenings were weighing Wooyoung down, even though he did his best to make sure that you were comfortable and having a good time. With a gentle squeeze to his hand as you took a walk in his area, you told him that if he would like, he could talk to you about anything that weighed on his mind. He invited you for tea and here you were, joined by his housemates.
“How was your first date?” Jongho asked, wiggling his brows teasingly and your eyes darted over to Hongjoong who was sitting comfortably on the sofa in front of you, an eyebrow slightly raised indicating his anticipation to hear your answer.
“Well,” you glanced at Wooyoung who was eagerly awaiting your answer. “Let’s just say you all have some competition now. The bar has been set.”
Wooyoung clapped loudly while Hongjoong snickered under his breath, clearly amused. “See? I told you I would set her standards high. Good luck crossing the bar, folks.”
“I’m happy to hear you had a good time,” Hongjoong looked at you earnestly and watched your smile drop. He shook his head and added, “You needed that. It’s not good to be so stressed all the time, and I heard that our little secretary has been zoning out at work a lot.”
Your lips formed into a pout as you folded your arms. “I can’t help it. We tried hard not to get distracted by the work stress during our dinner too, but… decided to give in and just talk at home, with some tea.”
“You guys want some?” Wooyoung asked and when the two nodded, he muttered something about how he brewed extra just in case and in no time, you were all in a deep discussion of the recent updates.
The situation was nowhere near dying down hence the pressure looming over everyone’s head. With the illegal trades put on hold entirely while the Edenary Station investigated the case in collaboration with the prosecution, Hongjoong was worried if Madame Tiffany was going to retract from their recent deal and if rumours about the Crescents’ possession of silver light were going to get rampant.
“They could easily charge us on the basis of illegal drug trade and confiscate all our possession of silver light if it comes to that,” Hongjoong explained. “That’s the worst case scenario but I’m preparing to make it look like our hands are clean. They can charge us but they will never find the evidence that we possess the drug.”
“We’re going to have to contact some underworld dealers in that case,” Jongho clarified. “For now, we’re just hoping we can get away with a heavy fine and they do not dig further.”
You nodded along. “No idea about the source of the tip?”
Hongjoong shook his head grimly. His knuckles almost whitened as he clenched his fists, clearly agitated. You looked towards Wooyoung who was already staring at the boss’s hands, no stranger to his mannerism.
“We’ll get to that,” he assured with a smile in an attempt to lighten the mood again. “I’m getting my boys to sniff around. They’re like hounds so we’ll know in no time.”
“I don’t think it is that simple this time,” Hongjoong admitted, making both Jongho and Wooyoung shift uncomfortably in their seats. Perhaps, this was the first time their leader expressed his opinion about the matter.
Hongjoong glanced over at his capos and then at you. “Something tells me that this is the beginning of the end.”
You frowned. “The end of what?”
“The end of our attempt to present ourselves as something we are not– a legal, respectable business organisation,” Hongjoong said, straightening his shirt and leaning forward, meeting eyes with the youngests. “I’m coming back from hearing whispers in the wind– someone is trying their damned best to bring Ateez out of the shadows.”
“If they want us back that bad, they can have us,” Wooyoung started. “We can call ourselves the Crescents as much as we want, but we will always be Ateez. A gang.”
“I hope they are just whispers,” you said, your own voice sounding unconvincing and Hongjoong caught that.
“I hope so too,” he said earnestly, and something told you that he knew about how you would be getting a confirmation soon. You gulped uneasily, checking your wrist for the time.
“Don’t let that keep you up at night, Captain,” Jongho said, getting up and clapping, breaking the tension in the room. “Everyone knows who we are, and this isn’t the first time someone has attempted to trigger us. Once we find the source, everything will fall into place. Business will get running.”
“He’s right,” Wooyoung nodded. “If they want us back so badly, I’m happy to go back to my old ways. It gets tiring to act like a refined gentleman when I’m anything but.”
Jongho laughed mockingly and you frowned at him. What he said next had you covering your mouth.
“You’ve never been a refined gentleman.”
Wooyoung put his hands over his hips, challenging Jongho while Hongjoong got up, sliding between them and joining you in a corner before they started squaring up, finding you thoroughly amused by the scene in front of you.
“I don’t know what I expected when I joined the inner circle, but this…” you watched Wooyoung patting Jongho’s arm aggressively, pleading for him to stop between laughs while the younger had him in a chokehold. “This was certainly not it.”
“They’re still young boys at heart,” Hongjoong smiled rather proudly. “I wish I can protect their spirits forever.”
You glanced over at Hongjoong, curiosity piqued.
“And what about you?”
Hongjoong’s lips curled in a surprised smile but the only response he gave was a subtle nod– perhaps, a gesture of gratitude that you thought about him at this moment. He clapped loudly and immediately, the boys straightened.
“Take your date home, Wooyoung. You and I have places to go in the early morning.”
“Yessir,” Wooyoung straightened his clothes and beckoned you to follow him outside and you exited the house, joking about what happened moments ago.
It was during the short car ride that Wooyoung took a deep breath and said, “Thank you for today, Luna. I really needed a breather.”
“So did I,” you smiled, playing with the straps of your purse. “It was a wonderful first date, Wooyoung.”
Wooyoung grinned. “Had to do our new member some justice. The hyungs keep you holed up in their office, though…” He stole a glance, shaking his head in amusement. “I’m sure you like that too.”
“Hey,” you smacked his arm, no longer shy. “I spent almost two years at the bar too.”
“But Yeosang did not really realise how much he liked you until you left the bar,” Wooyoung shared. “I knew he liked you, though. I told him that he should make a move, but he was wary of you. Makes sense now.”
“Wary of me?”
“Imagine if he started dating you and found out who you are much later. I’m not sure he would have liked that– he doesn't like secrets,” Wooyoung said, stopping the car when he reached your street.
“Noted,” you shrugged. “I’m not sure I would have accepted at that time either. I had secrets to protect, after all.”
“And are there more secrets you’re keeping, Luna?”
Wooyoung’s eyes always seemed sharp, however, there was a certain glint to them as he asked that question, almost of a protective nature. If it would have been anyone else, you might have been a bit offended, but since this was Wooyoung, a fierce protector of his group, you did not mind the apprehension in his eyes one bit.
So you slid your hand over his and squeezed it in assurance. “Nothing of importance. I’m a pretty open book now. Especially with Seonghwa and Yunho– I don’t know how they do it, but I find myself speaking my mind and baring my soul when I’m with them.”
The corner of Wooyoung’s lips tugged in a small smile. “I’m glad to hear that.”
You smiled back and he kissed the back of your hand, the tension breaking as you both broke into laughter. He got out of the car first and opened the door for you, spreading his arms and bringing you in for a nice, warm hug.
“Don’t stress too much about what’s happened, sweetheart,” he said as he swayed you back and forth in the hug. You squeezed the material of his coat in response. “Things like these happen all the time. It’s just that people forget that we made our way up all the way from rock bottom.”
“And rock bottom never scared you,” you finished and he pulled away with a proud smile.
“That’s right,” he cupped your face. “I sure hope things get better, but if they don’t, we’ll be okay.”
“I have faith in that,” you said and he kissed the top of your head in farewell.
However… faith can only get you so far, for things get worse before they get better. Just like the cold winds in Sector 1 shifting to an icy breeze with the telltale signs that it had snowed in the mountains, the Crescents’ fate took a darker turn when Jaebeom arrived at the Crescent Office bearing news of confirmation.
You welcomed Jaebeom into Yunho’s office with a heavy heart, and it did not help that he was struggling to smile. Your stomach twisted in knots, hand almost shaking as you poured fresh tea for the man.
As Jaebeom spoke, the walls of Yunho’s office room felt like they were closing in on you, suffocating you as if you were trapped in a small space. You listened to his every word carefully, nodding along and when he apologised for not bringing good news, you told him that it was something you already expected– it was as if deep down, you knew that a storm was coming.
Only you didn’t realise the storm would be in the form of a typhoon, threatening to shake the ground from underneath your feet. Jaebeom got up to leave and patted your head, sharing your sentiments and telling you that he would be in contact for further updates, and that if the Crescents ever needed a helping hand, Jaebeom’s gang along with Madame Cha were at their service.
That did nothing to quell the unease in your heart. After being left alone, you slumped down on the couch and stared up at the ceiling, wishing the sky would burst open and take you away from this dark, wretched world. There were no tears left to cry– with each passing second, you mustered up the little fragments of strength that threatened to leave your body. With each passing minute, you straightened up as you let the information and its implications sink in.
And with each passing hour, you waited. Waited for the underboss to arrive so that you could deliver the news to him.
Strangely, it made you recall that night when you risked everything to obey Yeosang’s orders and get the contents of his locker safely out of the Crescent Bar, when you were under attack. Except…
There was nowhere to escape now. No gambles to make, no tables to turn.
It must have been around midnight when the boss and his underboss arrived at the Crescent Office to store some documents and get some ledgers before moving to their house to get some rest. Upon finding the light of Yunho’s office on, they wondered if Yunho had already arrived back from Sector 8– the consigliere had been out all day tracing the source of the tip with Kihyun’s men and had ringed the office to let them know that he might not be back tonight.
But when Seonghwa found you curled up on the couch with your head resting against your knees, he immediately knew something was wrong. Seonghwa glanced at Hongjoong to confirm if he was the only one who got that feeling and when he found the boss’ brows scrunched with worry, he gently approached you.
You straightened at the sight of Seonghwa, sighing in relief but your heart quickly twisted with anxiety at the sight of the Captain. How were you to tell him that you both had doomed the Crescents, perhaps, with no return?
“Did something happen?” Seonghwa held you by your shoulders and scanned your figure. You pursed your lips and took a few deep breaths, motioning at Hongjoong to take a seat.
“I finally heard back from Madame Cha,” you looked at the Captain and he raised a brow, leaning forward, eager to hear more. You wondered if you were the only one feeling bile rise up your throat.
Surely, Hongjoong had no idea who Madame Tiffany was, right?
About a minute of silence passed with the men exchanging glances between each other. Hongjoong exhaled, slumping back in resignation.
“Just tell us how fucked we are, Luna. I’m ready to hear it.”
A short laugh escaped your mouth and Hongjoong resisted the urge to comment on the sarcastic tone of it. “Fucked would be an understatement, Hongjoong. Tiffany is involved with the elites who are pushing for Strictland’s nuclear operation to become successful.”
“Strictland’s nuclear operation,” Hongjoong repeated, his gaze sticking on the teacup you had been drinking from.
“Their end goal is triggering a regional war so Eden and Halaland get distracted. Strictland can test their nuclear weapons around that time, but there are rumours that as soon as Strictland makes that move, Eden or someone else from this continent might attempt its annexation,” you added and Seonghwa cursed under his breath.
“Triggering a regional war– they could achieve that through a lot of ways,” Seonghwa deliberated. “Either blow Strictland’s cover and make it known that the nuclear base has been active, or find another reason important enough that turns Eden and Halaland against each other. Either way, the Treaty of the Eight Hills gets violated.”
“If they need to test their nuclear weapons, a war could be a good time to do that,” Hongjoong shook his head in disappointment, head hanging low in defeat. “I can’t believe we’re close to seeing another war in our lifetime.”
Silence filled a room at his statement before Hongjoong spoke again. “Madame Tiffany signed on the silver light deal with us while knowing exactly who we are. The question remains– did she agree on silver light’s medical distribution to have the upper hand as she controls the world of the elites, or does she intend to end us– our company?”
“If she was the one who tipped the navy about the shipment to Mist Island…” Seonghwa said what you both were thinking out loud. “It would be the very first step to trigger our doom. She must be working with an insider to know exactly how much damage this would do–”
“We don’t know that yet,” Hongjoong looked at the underboss and your eyes twitched at his statement. “It could be anyone–”
“It can not be anyone, and you know that, Captain,” you declared and Hongjoong cocked his head at the stiffness of your tone. “Think about the timing of this all. Tipping the navy right when we’re about to launch the silver light drug? Too big of a coincidence.”
“I’m trying to give her the benefit of doubt and see if we have another enemy– someone who might be far worse than Tiffany,” Hongjoong counter with narrowed eyes. “Tiffany might be a bait even in their game if she really signed the deal of silver light for another, much sinister purpose.”
“Don’t be fooled, Hongjoong,” you told him. “The elites– they all work together, not against each other. If Tiffany is part of the elites who intend to make sure that silver light never sees the light of the day as a medicinal drug, then you don’t have just one enemy but an entire group of people with power, from all over the continent–”
“You think I did not consider that when I shook hands with that woman?”
Hongjoong’s tone was so cold and sharp that it made you hold your breath.
“I needed someone with power to be our partner on this. Someone with a status that could match that of the elites. So what if they are a member of the elites themselves? If that means that they protect us when we launch this drug into the market, it doesn’t matter who they are.”
“You know how limited our options were, Luna,” Seonghwa said in a soft tone, sliding his hand over your clenched fist and rubbing it assuringly. “Sure, signing with Tiffany could be a big mistake, but we don’t know that yet, and we cannot take the next step until we confirm that Tiffany intends to destroy our company. You know how important this deal is to us. You understand, right?”
“I do,” you took a deep breath, trying to swallow the lump stuck in your throat. “I just… I keep seeing my father’s cocky smile when he learned that we’re aiming to partner with Tiffany. It’s as if he knew.”
“We’ll start looking into it properly now that we have a potential lead,” Hongjoong said, this time much gently. “We will also make preparations for what could be another attack on the Crescent Company.”
You nodded in gratitude and Hongjoong held your gaze– if this was just another day, he would have reprimanded you for talking to him like that, but he understood how anxious this made you considering you already had an inkling of what the elites had been planning all this time.
“Can your source…”
“Lim Jaebeom,” you told Hongjoong and he nodded, memorising the name.
“Can Jaebeom name all parties involved in this scheme if possible?”
“I’ll send him a message and arrange a meeting,” you said. “He shifted his focus on Madame Tiffany now but he’s been looking into this for a while so his information can be trusted.”
“Good. I trust you, Luna,” Hongjoong said, getting up. “Let’s go home and get some rest. We’ll start planning in the morning, okay?”
You nodded weakly and Hongjoong gazed softly at you, drawing closer and resting his hand on your cheek.
“Look at me, sweetheart,” he almost whispered and you mustered up the remnants of your diminishing strength to meet his eyes. “We are warriors, all of us. Not just the nine of us, but the rest of the employees of the Crescent Company. All of us share the same goal– to protect this homeland and to provide the next generations with some sense of security. If that means that we have to fight the very people who wish for the demise of the entire continent… so be it. They may be the leaders of this society, but we…”
“We are the leaders of the underworld,” you quoted him and watched his lips curl in a satisfied smirk. “The underworld that no one escapes from.”
“That’s right,” Hongjoong said, planting a chaste kiss on your temple. “Straighten your shoulders and never look back, you hear me?”
You looked in Seonghwa’s direction, finding him smiling almost proudly. He passed a subtle nod and you finally managed a smile on your own.
These men would remind you time and time again that no matter how dark it gets, you rule the darkness. You had no reason to be afraid.
That did not help the stress too much though, and naturally, you found yourself standing outside the back exit of the Crescent Bar yet again, staring at the dim lights that peeked from the frosted windows. You debated going home instead but your heart knew what it wanted so you discreetly made your way to Yeosang’s office, not bothering to knock but slightly opening the door to check who was inside.
San spotted you, seated on the chair in front of Yeosang and he smiled at the sight of you, urging you to come inside. Yeosang’s eyes lit up as soon as you entered but when he found your shoulders sunken and form weary, he immediately knew something was wrong.
“Are you okay?” Yeosang asked, hesitantly getting up as if unsure what to do.
“Not really,” you let out a short laugh, looking up at the ceiling and willing yourself not to break down. Now was not the time.
San and Yeosang moved in synchronisation as if they had done this several times already. San took your bag from you and placed it on the table, taking off your coat next and going to hang it on the stand. Yeosang gently brought you in a hug, caressing your head silently.
You took a deep breath– the warmth of his hug was definitely helping with the ease of your mind. You felt San’s hands on your shoulders, gently massaging the tension out of your body while you stood still. The two of them waited until you broke apart, feeling a bit refreshed.
“You wanna talk about it?” San asked, hands still on your shoulders and a light kiss planted on your cheek.
“I already did, with Seonghwa and Hongjoong. Things will be okay, they assured me. I’m just…” you sighed, meeting eyes with the both of them.
“Tired?” Yeosang suggested and you laughed in admission. “Sick of it?”
“You can curse at them if you want to,” San squared up, making you laugh harder. “We’ll join. Hongjoong can be an ass, right?”
“Stubborn ass–”
“An extremely stubborn ass,” you interjected Yeosang and they smirked in victory. “What makes it more frustrating is that he’s always right.”
“This!” San clapped in agreement. “If he rubbed this in our face, that would perhaps be better than the silent victory judgmental glare thing that he does.”
You chuckled under your breath– so it wasn’t just you. “Yeah, you’re right. It’s easier to deal with someone pompous than to deal with someone who doesn’t realise their own power.”
“You’ll get used to it,” Yeosang assured, but then glanced at San. “Or not.”
“You don’t get used to it,” San corrected. “You just learn to live with it and deal with it.”
“Sounds tiring,” you sank down on your chair and Yeosang poured you a drink, the duo snickering at something. “What’s so funny?”
“Nothing,” San smiled. “It’s just nice to know that you found your way here.”
“Yeah, it’s on my way home. Don’t make too much of it,” you teased and San poked your shoulder before settling down on the chair next to you on your left, clasping his hand around yours.
You made small talk, getting some recent updates on how the bar was functioning (without you, you made a point to highlight). The conversation shifted to your recent date with Wooyoung and how he could not stop boasting about being the first and only gentleman in the group.
“It’s funnier this time because usually, he’s an absolute goner who can’t keep his hands off a new partner,” San revealed and that piqued your curiosity. “He’s taking his time with you. He must really like you.”
“He’s always liked me, don’t be mistaken,” you told him and the duo agreed– Wooyoung was perhaps the only one of the Crescents who was friendly with you before you became a bookkeeper. “I thought he’s a bit sceptical of me, but maybe that’s just me?”
“How so?” Yeosang asked.
“He asked if I have any secrets that I’m keeping from you guys. He seems very protective of you all.”
“That’s just how he is,” San chuckled. “It’s not scepticism, not really. Just his protective nature.”
“He probably wanted to see how you would respond,” Yeosang snickered in amusement. “He knows right away if someone lies.”
“I… will keep that in mind for the future,” you said and San narrowed his eyes.
“Who do you plan to lie to?”
“Not him,” you said and the boys laughed. “You seem gullible. You’d be my target, San.”
“Not fair!” He tried snatching his hand away but you kept your grip tight around his hand.
The sound of your laughter filled the room. Outside, a woman with silver hair hiding the little of her face that was visible from her cloak stood near the door with her own drink in her hand, her lips threatening to curl into a smile. As soon as the door of the office opened, she shifted her body towards the shadow in an attempt to appear inconspicuous.
As you said your goodbyes to the men, San escorting you to the exit, you thought you heard Yeosang’s voice– ‘winter’, he said. You turned to look but there was no one in the shadows anymore.
However, the next day as you switched your belongings from one bag to another, you found a crumpled piece of paper. Being the kind of person who usually folded paper instead of crumpling it, you flattened the paper and found a message written on it.
You read it, once, twice. And then you tossed it in the fireplace.
“What do you mean it was Secretary Oh Jungse?”
Hongjoong’s voice practically boomed in the room as he spoke into the receiver, making you and Seonghwa pause in the middle of arranging the documents. Seonghwa looked at you but you shrugged, not recognising the name.
“And you’re positive about the source?”
For a moment, you straightened, heart beating with anticipation. Did you finally have the source of the tip? Had it finally worked out?
But Hongjoong’s tight grip on the receiver revealed that it was perhaps something else, probably of a more alarming nature. As if to confirm, Hongjoong slammed the receiver down to end the call and you shivered, the temperature in the room noticeably dropping.
It was another gloomy morning in the Crescent Office with you and Seonghwa compiling some reports to present to the Edenary Office to help with the illegal shipment case. The ringing of the telephone had started to sound ominous for a few days now. You had stopped expecting to hear any good news, and watching Hongjoong clench and unclench both his fists and his jaw while his gaze fixed at the revolver lying on the table had you squirming in your seat.
“What is it?” Seonghwa asked, but Hongjoong shook his head, still processing the information.
Seonghwa got up and moved towards the main desk where Hongjoong sat. He gently approached him with an assuring squeeze to his shoulder, rubbing it to provide some comfort. You watched as the tension in the boss’ body started to dissipate with each gentle rub, and you could see that Seonghwa was muttering assurances, fixing his hair and caressing his face every once in a while.
Hongjoong took a deep breath and looked towards you, motioning you to come closer. You dropped the files on the table and took the seat in front of him, waiting for him to catch his breath.
“It was Yunho– someone is deliberately targeting our business. Remember the anonymous funder for our weapons project? The one whose identity we could not find out?”
“President Han’s secretary,” Hongjoong confirmed and your jaw went slack after hearing the connection. “The man who supposedly went into hiding when President Han was assassinated. He was supposed to deliver the funds to us but got arrested on suspicions of treason. He’s under interrogation right now.”
“I remember hearing things about that man,” you leaned forward. “Things like how he might have been involved in the assassination itself, or how he was targeted after the assassination as well.”
“I don’t think he was involved in the killing of the president, but you can never be too sure,” Hongjoong pursed his lips in thought, holding Seonghwa’s hand and squeezing it to let him know that he was okay now. “The Edenary Station is now aware of our weapons project and is going to proceed with investigation, but… I’m not sure if they learned that from Secretary Oh or if this was pre-planned.”
“They must have tortured him quite a bit for him to confess,” Seonghwa winced at the thought. “Secretary Oh has done a lot to hide his identity. To be caught now of all the times…”
“Or someone found out about Secretary Oh and decided to use that to expose our weapons dealings,” you countered and Hongjoong agreed. “I’m going to ring the Edenary Office and get Jaehyun on the move. I know how the Edenary Station will proceed with this case.”
“You do that,” Hongjoong passed you the receiver and you called Jaehyun, requesting him to keep watch over Secretary Oh and see who visits the man or if anyone bails him. Jaehyun assured that he would keep an eye and check the public sentiment while he was at it.
“So now…” you said when you ended the call. “All of Eden will know that the Crescents have been smuggling weapons.”
“Not so quickly, no,” Hongjoong shook his head. “Edenary Station will make sure the public does not learn about this. The public will be with us on this because the majority of the war veterans believe that our current office isn’t doing a good job with the nation’s security. And President Lee’s position will not look good if the public learns that a ‘gang’ is doing more for national security than the office.”
“Plus with Major Sung’s recent visit, people are already condemning the president,” Seonghwa added. “They wish to learn what they talked about, but President Lee is keeping mum.”
“As he should be,” Hongjoong stretched his neck, producing cracks. “The boys are on their way here, all of them. It’s time we get things straight and retaliate against whoever is targeting us.”
You finished compiling the report with Seonghwa while you waited for the rest of the Crescents to arrive. Yunho, San and Yeosang were the first ones, having been out making sure that the silver light batches were safely moved to a different location in case the recent happenings were a scheme to stop the Crescents from trying to manufacture the drug into the market. The warehouse boys arrived next after making sure to get rid of any tails that would lead the Edenary Station to find their base for weapons dealings.
You were all chatting among yourselves, catching up and exchanging updates when Hongjoong clapped to get everyone’s attention. The boys started to settle down, but you pursed your lips in amusement when you saw Yunho, who was standing next to Hongjoong, shoot subtle glares at anyone who had not shut up yet. He caught you stifling a smile and you watched his eyes twinkle with a hint of mischief.
“How’s it looking at the warehouse?” Hongjoong asked Mingi.
“Pledis has agreed to pause all weapons-related manufacturing until things settle down. They won’t back out. We spread the word in the underground network and all weapons dealings and exchange will be put to a halt until further notice.”
“I met up with Changbin,” Wooyoung said and you asked Jongho, who was sitting next to you, about who Changbin was. You learned that he was a member of Chan’s gang– Wolfgang. “They’re also going to pause all dealings because they fear that they might get exposed, and they are open for a chat in case we want to team up and find whoever is behind this.”
You were surprised to hear that. You had kept the little chat with Chan back at Edenary from the boys since they were rivals, but hearing that they were open to being allies for once had you intrigued.
“Team up?” San scoffed. “That’s new.”
“They wouldn’t want to get involved with the police either,” Jongho mused. “They may be our rivals but we share the same goal.”
Hongjoong nodded, revealing the contents of his phone call with Yunho and a string of gasps and curses sounded across the room. “Now… what do we make of this?”
“It can’t be denied that we are being deliberately targeted,” Wooyoung started. “I would like us to focus on why Secretary Oh, of all the anonymous funders, was the one chosen to be exposed like this– he was attacked, you say, and arrested? His life could be in danger.”
“Sounds like a good place to start,” San agreed. “It can’t be a big coincidence– not anymore. Someone is trying to attack the very foundation of the Crescents. Of Ateez.”
“I feel like we’re missing a big link among all the things that have happened recently,” Yeosang spoke with a sense of sobriety and you looked at him, grateful that he felt the same. “With Tiffany’s possible connection to the Strictland programme and our deal with silver light which, by the way, she’s awfully quiet about… I’d like to have some eyes on her too.”
“I agree,” Seonghwa began. “Either she does not fear a tarnished reputation, or… she’s involved somehow. I still don’t get why she would opt for this route– tipping the navy and then exposing an anonymous funder. If she wants silver light all to herself, she could have gone for a less messier option.”
“I doubt that,” you commented, making everyone look at you. “These elites… they have a way of operating, especially when they aim to create some significant damage. The quicker, less messier options do not sound appealing to them.”
Hongjoong nodded in consideration. “Either way, we have to take a step back and secure our footing. Yunho, if you will?”
Yunho nodded, getting up and looking around the room in thought. “I think first and foremost, we need to make sure that the weapons channel remains safe and unexposed to any outsiders. That means that we must form partnerships with other gangs and we should start contacting the funders to let them know about the situation– anonymous ones too.”
“Sounds like a plan,” Hongjoong exhaled. “Mingi, Wooyoung, and Luna– you can work on this since the three of you have the most connections. If you need some help, Yunho or Seonghwa can join.”
You agreed, meeting eyes with your new partners who passed you a nod and a cheeky smile.
“Next, San and Yeosang should continue to make sure the silver light medicinal production begins at one of the MX Pharmaceuticals’ factories. It doesn’t matter if someone is targeting us to stop the launch of this medicine because the only people who might be behind this must want to keep the current status of silver light intact– a pleasure drug.”
“The elites,” you sighed and Yunho nodded. “Do you reckon that these are the same people who are working for the Strictland programme?”
“That’s what me and Jongho will start looking into,” Yunho said. “We’ll get General Wi and other Edenary figures to start sniffing around too and see where it takes us. We might need you to join us in that case, Luna.”
“Happy to help,” you assured.
“Hongjoong,” Yunho looked at the Captain. “I think you are due a meeting with President Son. If there’s one person who might know where Secretary Oh’s loyalty stands, it’s him. And make sure we know what Madame Tiffany’s stance on this is.”
“Fine, I’ll contact them,” Hongjoong groaned. “Can’t say President Son will be pleased to hear that we want to meet him.”
“I don’t think he’ll be that mad to see you,” Wooyoung chuckled as the Captain’s pout deepened. “You’re just a tiny bit intimidated by him, admit it.”
“Yes, so what if I am?” Hongjoong pulled out his pipe to everyone’s amusement, Seonghwa automatically retrieving a lighter from his pocket and helping Hongjoong. “It would be unwise not to be intimidated by the person who ran this country for the majority of our lives.”
“Well then,” Yunho clapped in conclusion. “I think we’re all sorted now. Captain?”
Hongjoong took a deep smoke, meeting eyes with all of you before he started. “I think it is about time we stopped acting like the Crescents and started acting like Ateez. Do you get what I mean?”
Silence filled the room and you watched how each one of them shifted in their seats at Hongjoong’s proposition. Hongjoong leaned forward, taking another smoke and clearing his throat.
“Some fucker out there has forgotten that we rose from nothing, and we are not afraid of the darkness, yeah?” Hongjoong’s voice had significantly deepened and you were surprised at the change in his demeanour. “Get your weapons out. Show them what we are made of. We will not allow our establishment to fall, you hear me?”
There was another moment of silence and Seonghwa took the lead then, straightening his coat.
“We will probably get attacked more often– our bases and offices might get compromised, so let’s be careful and on guard, okay? We have to stay one step ahead now, so everyone… get to business.”
“And it’s probably not one person,” Hongjoong completed his train of thought, saying out loud what everyone suspected. “I really don’t think it’s just a single entity anymore. We’ve got a mole, that’s for sure. Find them immediately and report to me, and make sure our people are protected before you step out in the field, got it?”
A chorus of ‘yes boss’ and ‘yes captain!” echoed in the room, the men immediately starting on breaking and dividing tasks while you went to take the now empty chair beside the Captain who offered you his pipe jokingly. He was surprised when you accepted.
Hongjoong watched you blow the smoke, the noise in the room almost fading momentarily and he shook his head lightly. You asked him for a favour and he raised a brow in question. You explained that it was something that weighed over your mind and you always wanted to do, and he agreed.
After the meeting, you finished your tasks for the night and informed Eunha and Jihoon about the shift in your duties. They took over your work, assuring you that they got it covered and prayed for you– anything to end this mess, they said. If your presence at the warehouse would speed things up, they would gladly let you go.
After sending Hongjoong and Seonghwa home for the night, Yunho joined you in the office, watching you fret over the unfinished work. He assured you that it was okay, but you weren’t having any of it. When he shut the folders to your protests, your pout deepened and you folded your arms.
“Do you want to come over at my place?”
“At your place?” You narrowed your eyes and he laughed discreetly. “What are you planning?”
“Ramen and cuddles, if you will?”
You pretended to think for a moment but agreed. How could you resist the offer–
“And some kisses if we can squeeze that in too.”
Right.
“So you’re just lovesick, huh? None of the boys giving you attention lately?” You teased, getting up and gathering your things.
“Oh, Wooyoung almost killed me with affection earlier,” Yunho recalled with a laugh and you scoffed. That sounded like Wooyoung, alright. “I just miss you. Is that so bad?”
“I miss you too,” you said, linking your arms, too tired to continue teasing him. The two of you started downstairs. “We haven’t had one stress-free moment ever since you decided to give me some space, Mr. Jeong.”
“That’s when you were still pretending to make up your mind about us,” he said, opening the door of his car for you and you gasped scandalously. Yunho got in himself, looking at you before starting the engine. “Hope nothing holds you back tonight.”
With a wink, he started to drive, stifling a grin when you smacked his shoulder and folded your arms. You tugged your coat closer, still feeling the cold from when you stepped outside the office and you looked outside of the window, finding not a single star in the sky.
“Looks like it’s going to rain soon.”
“Or snow,” Yunho whistled. “Would love to see some snow soon.”
You looked over at him. “Seems like someone has some fond memories of the snow.”
He smiled and nodded in answer, the rest of the short trip passing by with talks about your weather preferences when you reached a small house in the same neighbourhood where San’s house was.
“I heard that you came up with the housing arrangement very randomly,” you said as you got out of the car and Yunho chuckled at the memory. “Do you like how it turned out?”
“It never mattered who we got paired with,” he admitted, unlocking the door for you and turning on the lights. You took off your shoes, greeted with a surprisingly homey vibe with warm-toned interior and furniture. “We only really come here to rest. Plus, we crash at each other’s house too often anyway.”
You nodded, taking off your coat and hanging it on the stand before following Yunho to the kitchen. While it almost looked unused, there were still signs that someone was taking care of the house. You stood near the counter and watched Yunho quickly make work of the few ingredients that he found, tossing the ramen in the pot. You offered help but he insisted that he was fine so you decided to set the table.
“Is Yeosang not home?” You asked and he shook his head.
“He’s probably with Mingi tonight– I saw the two of them leaving together earlier.”
“Do they still have some work, or…”
Yunho glanced at you. “They’re probably going to blow off some steam before they start working tomorrow.”
“Ah, right– oh,” you subconsciously put your hand over your mouth when you realised what Yunho had implied and he laughed loudly.
“Is it strange to hear things like that?”
“No, not really,” you confirmed. You had seen your fair share of open relationships in Edenary– and half of the time, you had been too young to fully understand what it meant. “It’s just that sometimes it’s hard to picture some of you together.”
“Well, you’ll be quite surprised to learn how closely knit we are,” Yunho finished cooking and brought the pot to the table, the two of you settling down with a few cans of beer. “Took us a few years to get here, I’ll say, but it has never been better.”
You nodded, asking if he could tell you more– as much as he was comfortable with, and he was pleased to find you eager to learn more about them since you were a part of them now too. You learned that Mingi and Yeosang were quite alike, often seeking solace in each other’s company, even if it was just sitting together in silence.
“And how are you with everyone?” You asked, resting your face on your hands as you gazed at him with curiosity. Yunho found that adorable and his eyes curved as smiled at your question. “What sort of a relationship do you have with everyone?”
“Hmm… let’s see,” Yunho pondered for a moment, drinking a few sips of his beer. “Mingi and I have always been together so he’s someone I’m always looking for in a room full of people, if you haven’t noticed already.”
“Yeah, you two absolutely love each other,” you agreed. “Moral loyalty and all that.”
Yunho grinned. “I think with Yeosang, it’s… more on the comfortable side. He takes care of me a lot, especially now that we live together. His presence… you know how comforting it is to sit in one room with him, right?”
You nodded. “I keep finding myself going back to the Crescent Bar and to his office when I’m overwhelmed.”
Yunho smiled. “With the younger ones, I’m able to have fun and let go, be adventurous and wild. But with the hyungs, they just need someone to take care of them and I’m happy to be that for them.”
“It’s surprising because they appear very calm and put-together, very refined,” you started, producing a snort out of Yunho. “But they’re just like the rest of you. Worse, if I have to say.”
“That’s true,” Yunho laughed heartily. “They are worse. The younger ones always take care of them, but don’t you be mistaken, Luna. The hyungs can be quite… dominating when they want to be. It’s almost scary.”
“Dominating,” you repeated, drinking as you analysed the implications behind that word. “How nice.”
“What’s going on in your head, sweetheart?” Yunho chuckled in a low tone.
“Nothing,” you feigned innocence, finishing the last of your beer. “Absolutely nothing.”
Yunho narrowed his eyes but you took a deep breath, looking around. “It’s just really nice to sit and talk. Haven’t done that in a while, even with Wendy.”
“We’ve all been far too busy,” Yunho agreed, getting up and quickly cleaning up before taking your hands and making you get up, twirling you around once which made you laugh out loud rather uncharacteristically before he steered you to the living room.
“It’s always like this though,” Yunho continued as he settled you down on his lap and you wrapped your arms around his waist, resting your head on his shoulder. He took off your hair clip and began to smoothen your hair, running his fingers through the strands occasionally. “Something is always happening. Not one peaceful moment ever since we started, but that became the norm for us. That’s why we always try to find some normalcy while we can.”
You let his words sink in, just like you let the warmth of his skin seep through his clothes and into yours, just like you let the sound of his breaths sync with yours. The contact of his fingertips on your scalp as he lightly massaged it made you close your eyes and snuggle closer until the tip of your nose met the crook of his neck.
“Well, this is nice,” you whispered, the feeling of being in his arms almost intoxicating. “It’s going to be a while before we get to be like this again, isn’t that so?”
“I suppose so,” Yunho sighed. “You’ll be very busy with Wooyoung and Mingi, and I’ll be busy with Jongho hopping from one place to another–”
Yunho paused mid-sentence when he felt the soft skin of your lips press against his neck lightly and he shifted underneath you. “We might still see each other– well, I’ll try to make time for you if you want–”
He stopped talking yet again when you moved closer and craned your neck to kiss the curve of his jaw. Yunho held your hand and peered down at you, finding your eyes laden with something he had definitely not seen before.
“Love… what do you think you are doing?”
“Squeezing in some kisses?” You responded and Yunho shut his eyes as if in pain, shaking his head.
“If you tease me like that, I don't think I’ll be able to hold back. I am very sensitive these days, Luna.”
“And where did you get the idea that I want you to hold back?” You pulled away to look him in the eyes. “I thought we both wanted each other.”
“Of course I want you,” Yunho’s brows furrowed in concentration as he cupped your face. “But… I want you to be comfortable first. I don’t want you to feel like I’m pressuring you or… I don’t want you to think that I’m demanding something from you. I would never–”
“Jeong Yunho,” you cupped his face, caressing the curve of his cheeks and swiping the dark tendrils of his hair away from his forehead. You locked eyes with him, finding hesitation if the slight shake of his voice wasn’t already a sign. “I want this– I want you. Is that okay?”
“That’s okay,” he nodded slowly, visibly gulping. “Do you know what you are getting into?”
“Yes,” you nodded, unable to resist pecking his lips. You lingered at his bottom lip purposely. “Do I have to say it out loud?”
“Are you sure?” Yunho asked yet again, inching closer until the tips of your noses brushed.
“Absolutely,” you whispered, “I– I want you. I want you so bad that it’s killing me–”
Yunho did not need to hear another word. He let his hand crane your neck as his lips met yours in a kiss like none other, deep and demanding in every sense now that there were no boundaries. You sighed in relief, kissing him back and sucking at his lower lip, gladly opening your mouth for him when he swiped his tongue across your lips.
Yunho slid his tongue inside your mouth, switching between licks and kisses and you found yourself letting loose with every little groan that you earned, getting more comfortable with each kiss to your lips or on your face, your body moving in tandem with his hands that traced your curves. Before you knew it, you were straddling him, your skirt riding up and Yunho’s hands found purchase on the bare skin of your thighs that your stockings didn’t cover, causing you to break apart and look at each other in surprise.
“Is this okay?” Yunho asked, hands unmoving. “Use your words, love.”
“More than okay,” you breathed, wrapping your arms around his neck and kissing him sweetly. “You can touch me. However you want.”
Yunho nodded, joining your foreheads and matching the pacing of your breaths, his thumb starting to trace your bare skin. You shifted in his lap, feeling the telltale signs of a bulge and met his eyes, exchanging a kiss to assure him that you were okay before rolling your hips on his bulge, making him throw his head back and laugh in disbelief.
“You like that?” You asked, making the same movement again and he looked at you challengingly, daring you to do that again.
That did nothing to stop you.
“You’re playing a dangerous game, sweetheart.”
“Whatever,” you shut him up with another needy kiss and this time, Yunho let his hands roam over your upper body, both of you making quick work of unbuttoning each other’s shirts. You made him take his white dress shirt off completely, running your hands against his toned muscles while he traced his fingers against the outline of your black bra, looking almost entranced, his chest rising up and down in deep breaths.
Before you could make a move, Yunho was bringing you closer, kissing you once before he let his lips trail along your jaw and down your neck, breathing in the scent of you. You squealed in surprise when he picked you up effortlessly as he muttered, “Fuck this. I’m taking this to bed.”
You wrapped your legs around him and between fits of laughter and some teasing jabs, he reached his room and gently laid you on his bed after taking off your shirt and throwing it to the side. While he stared at the sight of you in his bed, imprinting it in his mind, you took a quick look around.
“Nice room,” you commented. It was quite simple with monochrome decorations.
“That’s all you can think of right now?” Yunho pressed his hand in the middle of your chest, feeling your heartbeat and smirking in satisfaction.
He had his answer. He pulled you up and removed your bra in a matter of seconds, swallowing any other comment with a heated kiss and soon, you lost yourself in how his lips felt against your own. On how his lips felt as they left a searing trail down your neck, making your back arch when he started fondling your breasts and sucking on them, alternating between kisses and littering your skin with a reminder of what you were doing tonight.
You curled his hair between your fingers and when he paused near your belly, you pushed him downwards– a sign that it was okay. He looked at you for confirmation and when you nodded, he took off your skirt, leaving you in a soaking wet underwear.
Yunho continued to trail kisses down your thighs, pulling the stockings down, and something inside him broke when he traced his thumb on the wet patch on your underwear.
“Someone’s been enjoying this,” he commented, locking eyes with you. His gaze was dark and you could tell that he was doing his best to take this slow.
“Clearly,” you scoffed, knowing fully well how hard he was as well.
“Tell me, love. Tell me what you want me to do to you tonight.”
You took a deep breath at his commanding tone, feeling a fresh wave of arousal course through you as his breath caressed your thighs. “Touch me, Yunho.”
“How?”
You looked at the mafia consigliere, almost in disbelief. Did he want you to say that out loud too?
Oh, but what a sight he was, looking up at you from between your thighs.
“However would you prefer… Lieutenant Jeong?”
The last thing you saw was Yunho’s smirk before he looked down, his hair hiding his face as he pulled your panties down in a swift motion and you barely had time to shrug them off before he spread your legs apart, cocking his head in satisfaction at the sight of you before attaching his mouth to your core.
The moan that his action produced out of you came from somewhere so deep within you, quickly masked by another as he continued to suck on your aching clit, providing you with both relief and edging you to no end. You dug your fingers in the sheets, in his hair, anywhere as he continued with his ministrations, licking a stripe up your wet folds and teasing with his finger before crawling up and meeting your lips in a kiss, making you get lost in how you tasted on his tongue. If that wasn’t enough, he inserted his finger inside you, making you squirm in pleasure.
He watched you intently as he pumped his finger inside and out, exploring your cavity and muttering praises.
“Yunho– I don’t think I can last very long, fuck–”
“That’s okay,” he caressed your head with his free hand, inserting another finger inside you and holding you in place as you squirmed with need. “I need to hear your pretty little sounds some more– don’t be shy. You’re doing so well for me.”
As your breath started quickening, a telltale sign of an approaching orgasm, Yunho started to rub your clit in circles and pump his fingers inside at a rapidly growing pace, and perhaps the last straw was the way he kissed the top of your stomach because you came crashing down, your moans filling the room. All the while, Yunho muttered praises about how good you were, how you did so well for him, how pretty your moans sounded to him, and how he wanted this so bad too.
He got up to grab a towel from the stand and wiped his fingers before he got back on his position on top of you, kissing you deeply as if he had nowhere else to be, the movement of his lips leisurely but full of desperation. You traced your hands down on his abdomen and he broke apart to look you in the eyes and make sure you were okay once again.
“I want you,” you told him and he exhaled as if still in disbelief. “Please. Don’t make me beg.”
Yunho bit his lips before unbuckling his pants and taking them off, leaving himself in just his boxers that struggled to hold the sheer size of him. Your lips parted in surprise at the sight of him– you were aware that the man was big but this? Your mouth felt dry yet your core throbbed, knowing what it wanted.
As Yunho took off his boxers, you sucked your breath when his cock sprang free, riding upwards and painfully hard. You met his gaze, sharing a small laugh before he moved to take something out of his pocket–
“Of course,” you shook your head at the packet of condom. “Always keeping it on you, eh?”
“Just in case,” he teased. “But really. My intentions tonight were only to feed you and take care of you.”
“Squeeze in some kisses,” you quoted him, reminding him of what he said earlier. “And… some orgasms?”
“Never said that, but I’m not complaining. Are you?” He raised a brow and you told him to shut the fuck up and get started. That had him snickering and after he finished wearing the condom, he slid between your legs, letting his hard length slide against your wet folds as he peppered kisses all over your face. You wrapped your legs around his hips, your body aching with need all over when he started to suck on your neck. While he kissed you, he started to slide his length inside you and when you winced painfully, he stopped right away.
“It’s just been a while,” you assured him. “Be gentle.”
“Of course,” he nodded, understanding and caressing your head, planting a kiss on your forehead. “Just relax, okay? Breathe.”
You obeyed, following his movements. He caressed your thighs, easing the tension out of them and when you fully relaxed, you finally realised how much you had stiffened. He pushed a bit more inside, this time caressing your abdomen and easing the tension from there.
“You’re doing so well,” he whispered, continuing to rub your thighs, switching to your abdomen every once in a while. “Deep breaths. Just let go, and if you want to stop, let me know, okay?.”
“Yessir,” you managed, relaxing some more.
“You’re safe with me, okay?” He kissed your head again. “I would never hurt you. Let me know if it’s too much.”
Somehow, those words were what made the remaining tension in your body snap and Yunho found himself sliding in easier, though he made sure to monitor your reactions, slowing himself considerably. Once he was fully sheathed inside, he cursed out loud.
“How does it feel?” He asked, unmoving. “Fuck, you’re so tight, love.”
“So full,” you breathed shakily simply because you were finally starting to feel the arousal come back with full force. “Move, please.”
Yunho nodded, sharing open mouthed kisses with you as he started moving rhythmically in and out of you. His movements remained gentle until you felt comfortable enough to take control, wrapping your legs around him once again. That was when he started to pump inside you harder, your kisses growing sloppier and moans intermingling with your breaths.
“Fuck,” he muttered, holding your face as he pumped inside you harder, the interval between your breaths growing shorter. “Wanted this so bad, didn’t you?”
“Yes,” you breathed. “So long. I– I needed you. So long now,” you managed to say.
“God, you’re amazing,” he said, resting his lips against your cheek. “I’m not going to last long.”
“Neither am I,” you breathed, “you’re doing so well.”
“Fuck,” Yunho latched his lips on the crook of your neck as he pumped harder. “Cum for me, darling. Cum all over my cock.”
You nodded, moments away from a shattering orgasm which you achieved exactly when Yunho put some pressure on your clit with his thumb, your loud gasp echoing off the walls, the dim lights of the lamps filling your vision as your eyes widened and you came with a force that made you wonder if you would even be able to stand up again.
Yunho, however, was not done. He kept pumping you through your orgasm, his own breath shaky and with his hands holding your hips and a few harsh thrusts, he groaned deeply as he came, riding out his high and dropping on top of you, peppering kisses on your neck as if thanking you for the ride.
It took you both a few moments to recover before he lifted himself up, making sure you were okay. You nodded and he caressed your face lovingly.
“I know people say that you shouldn’t say these words with your dick inside someone,” Yunho laughed. “But lord help me, Luna. I love you so much.”
You laughed at his admission, kissing his cheek. “I think I love you too, Yunho. Very, very much.”
Yunho grinned, sliding out of you and quickly discarding his condom before bringing some towels to clean you up. You let him take care of you, watching him with a smile.
“Or maybe it was the sex,” you teased, poking his thigh with your toes.
“Hey,” Yunho almost whined, pulling you by your legs and making you laugh out loud in surprise. Yunho attacked you with kisses all over your face until you admitted that it was not (just) the sex but also actual feelings.
You really did love him. You told him that he was blind if he didn’t see that in your actions already.
So he picked you up and took you inside the shower. You let the big, scary army man bow down on his knees as he cleaned you up and kissed your skin. You let the gangster wash your body, holding you as if you were fragile. You let the consigliere hold you close, wrapping you both in one big towel as you struggled to make your way out, teeth chattering with cold as you put on whatever you found and got inside the covers, quickly.
You let the man– your friend and your partner– hold you protectively as you both fell asleep in the warmth of each other’s embrace.
next chapter
-> apply for the taglist here! (check your privacy setting if the tags don't work)
No matter how much you tried to hide or live in the shadows, you were always under observation, and no matter how much you pondered, you couldn’t come up with a reason strong enough to justify your circumstances.
i wonder if it's making reader feel like how they did in the past when they were constantly under surveillance and trapped through decisions made by people more powerful than them.
“Inspector Gong is looking into you– your background, specifically.”
I KNEW THIS WAS GONNA HAPPEN!!
“Actually, can you do me another favour and find out when exactly Inspector Gong was demoted to Sector 1?” “Some time after President Han got assassinated. I remember because he was one of the few detectives hell bent on investigating officially, because a public assassination happened under his jurisdiction.” “Did he ever get to the end of the case?” “He was demoted because the higher-ups wanted to close the case. President Lee apparently had his own private team because he couldn’t trust the police force with this. It was a hot topic back in those days.” “That would be right after I came to Sector 1 too…”
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
“You and Yunho… it’s the proximity getting to your heads, isn’t it?”
what a kind way to say that they can't seem to control their urges around reader. LMAOOO 😭
“Are the sparks still there? After all this time?” It was such a candid question that Seonghwa found himself smiling, moving his hand to cup your face and caress your cheekbone, his heart bursting with affection at how your eyes were just a little wide as you anticipated his answer, looking like you were holding your breath.
I'M HOLDING MY BREATH! I DID NAWT SEE THAT COMING. 😯 then again, thinking a bit more in depth about it, it wouldn't be too farfetched to assume that reader carries an inner wound relating to abandonment and/or being cast aside if they're not of use anymore to someone e.g. their father in the past hiding them vs. now acknowledging them since they're meddling in politics.
“When you are with the right person, or people, Luna… there are no sparks. Sparks are meant to be exciting but eventually, they die out. It’s what is left after the initial sparks that makes all the difference. For me, personally… it feels like I’m floating freely among the clouds when I’m with them. Untrapped and unbound. That is what love feels like for me.” His answer made perfect sense. Sparks were only an indicator of a beginning of something– what really mattered was what was left after the smoke cleared.
🥺🥺🥺
So, would it have been selfish of you to want to continue living with Madame Cha? She sometimes joked about how she would like to pass her establishment to you– she did not have any family of her own and she claimed that her blood relatives were all ‘vultures’. She pretty much ran her trade business with Jaebeom and often mentioned that if you agreed to cut ties with your father, she would take you in as her own. Of course, it took a while before she warmed up to you, and she was awfully suspicious of you when you first arrived.
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
If you had really cut ties with your father, what was really calling you back to Eden?
a sense of justice? 🤔 self-righteousness? 🤔 over-confidence? 🤔
Surely, Hongjoong had no idea who Madame Tiffany was, right?
wha-? is he supposed to?!
Hongjoong shook his head in disappointment, head hanging low in defeat. “I can’t believe we’re close to seeing another war in our lifetime.”
ugh, this hurts considering how atz are considered 'children of war'
“Don’t be fooled, Hongjoong,” you told him. “The elites– they all work together, not against each other. If Tiffany is part of the elites who intend to make sure that silver light never sees the light of the day as a medicinal drug, then you don’t have just one enemy but an entire group of people with power, from all over the continent–”“You think I did not consider that when I shook hands with that woman?” Hongjoong’s tone was so cold and sharp that it made you hold your breath. “I needed someone with power to be our partner on this. Someone with a status that could match that of the elites. So what if they are a member of the elites themselves? If that means that they protect us when we launch this drug into the market, it doesn’t matter who they are.”
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
“We’ll join. Hongjoong can be an ass, right?” “Stubborn ass–” “An extremely stubborn ass,” you interjected Yeosang and they smirked in victory. “What makes it more frustrating is that he’s always right.”
YEAH! KIM HONGJOONG, YOU STINK! 🖕😭
I'M SORRY? WHO IS LISTENING IN? HUH? THE WAY MY STUPID SMILE FELL KLSJNS WHAT IS ON THAT PAPER NOW OMYGOD?
You were surprised to hear that. You had kept the little chat with Chan back at Edenary from the boys since they were rivals, but hearing that they were open to being allies for once had you intrigued.. “They wouldn’t want to get involved with the police either,” Jongho mused. “They may be our rivals but we share the same goal.”
ohh? withholding truth again. 🤨 i do like the fact that reader isn't being used as this medium to be all-giving and determined to the story but it does bring me concerns..
“I think it is about time we stopped acting like the Crescents and started acting like Ateez. Do you get what I mean?”
GULP INDEED. 🫨
“We will probably get attacked more often– our bases and offices might get compromised, so let’s be careful and on guard, okay? We have to stay one step ahead now, so everyone… get to business.”
seonghwa sliding in with the more.. HR-appropriate wording 😭😭😭 bro, you ARE HR!!
..you went to take the now empty chair beside the Captain who offered you his pipe jokingly. He was surprised when you accepted. Hongjoong watched you blow the smoke, the noise in the room almost fading momentarily and he shook his head lightly.
my GAWD, can the rv spies protect reader from lung cancer and liver failure too? just sipping and puffing every chapter 😭😭 also, i can imagine hongjoong found the sight of reader smoking his pipe quite haawt kekehkee.
“Ramen and cuddles, if you will?”
“And some kisses if we can squeeze that in too.” Right.
ramen and chill, huh...
“He’s probably with Mingi tonight– I saw the two of them leaving together earlier.” “Do they still have some work, or…”
Yunho glanced at you. “They’re probably going to blow off some steam before they start working tomorrow.”
“Ah, right– oh,” you subconsciously put your hand over your mouth when you realised what Yunho had implied and he laughed loudly.
I CHOKED? 😀😀😀
“Love… what do you think you are doing?” “Squeezing in some kisses?” You responded and Yunho shut his eyes as if in pain, shaking his head.
RAEDER!! YOU ABSOLUTE CHARM!! LIKE, I'M GONNA HOLD YOU TO YOUR WOOORDS, KHEKJEHEJ 🤤🤤
You shifted in his lap, feeling the telltale signs of a bulge and met his eyes, exchanging a kiss to assure him that you were okay before rolling your hips on his bulge, making him throw his head back and laugh in disbelief. “You like that?” You asked, making the same movement again and he looked at you challengingly, daring you to do that again. That did nothing to stop you.
THE WAY I'M JUST OVER HERE FIRING ON READER MYGOD 😫😫FEELS LIKE I HAVE A SPONGE HAND WITH #1 FAN WRITTEN ON IT AND A MEGAPHONE 👹
You curled his hair between your fingers and when he paused near your belly, you pushed him downwards– a sign that it was okay.
pass me some of that black shadow, please. 🫦
You traced your hands down on his abdomen and he broke apart to look you in the eyes and make sure you were okay once again. “I want you,” you told him and he exhaled as if still in disbelief. “Please. Don’t make me beg.”
llike!! you played around ENOUGH!! i am the sensitive one now 🥴
“You’re safe with me, okay?” He kissed your head again. “I would never hurt you. Let me know if it’s too much.” Somehow, those words were what made the remaining tension in your body snap and Yunho found himself sliding in easier, though he made sure to monitor your reactions, slowing himself considerably.
stawp it. 🥺🥺🥺
..peppering kisses on your neck as if thanking you for the ride.
PLEASE 💀💀💀 IJBOL.
You really did love him. You told him that he was blind if he didn’t see that in your actions already. So he picked you up and took you inside the shower. You let the big, scary army man bow down on his knees as he cleaned you up and kissed your skin. You let the gangster wash your body, holding you as if you were fragile. You let the consigliere hold you close, wrapping you both in one big towel as you struggled to make your way out, teeth chattering with cold as you put on whatever you found and got inside the covers, quickly. You let the man– your friend and your partner– hold you protectively as you both fell asleep in the warmth of each other’s embrace.
gangster🥺consigliere🥺man🥺friend🥺partner🥺
"maybe a place where light and darkness meet, the choice between truth and lies is mine."
masterlist
ot8!ateez x f!reader, mafia au
chapter warnings: drinking, smoking, illegal businesses, mentions of war/military, drugs, gangs and corruption, impending doom sort of arrives, lots of kissing so we can call luna a serial kisser now-
chapter wc: 11.7k
chapter synopsis: jaemin informs you about the political shift with the sirens turning on president lee because of his involvement with a strictland official. you finally have a conversation with yeosang and at the bar, you decide to confirm your relationship with the boys. they warmly welcome you as a true leader. meanwhile, at the port, the illegal shipment to mist island returns unexpectedly with the navy hot on the crescents’ tail.
prev chapter recap: on your last day in edenary, you go prepared to the ju residence where eden newspaper’s 50th anniversary is being celebrated. you learn about the cuff bracelet hongjoong gave you from sunmi, heiress to maddox and co.. you meet chan of wolfgang and he shares tips about assemblyman kim. you are surprised when the assemblyman recognises you from years ago and you offer him the crescents’ support. you return to sector 1 and the crescents catch up with each other. you make up with hongjoong and he admits the bracelet he designed was intended to match the crescents’ rings. he has delayed madame tiffany’s deal and you are still waiting to hear back from madame cha. anxious, you go to the bar to find yeosang but run across san who offers a drinking session at his house. you get honest with each other and you learn about the crescents’ relationship. the night ends on a romantic note and you make up your mind about the crescents. you hear back from madame cha’s gang member, jaebeom, only after hongjoong signs the deal. he implies that the crescents’ doom might be around the corner.
“Good day, Missy,” the fifteen-year old Jaemin took off his newsboy cap to bow, ever the gentleman.
“That’s Miss Luna for you,” you tried keeping the smirk to yourself but the young informant was far too observant to miss it.
“Just Luna then,” he set his cap on his hair. “I bring news for the Captain.”
“And if you’re his informant, you must know that I am the Captain when he’s not present– sort of. At least, for you.”
“I’d say you’ve become the chief mate,” Jaemin considered, attempting to do some justice to the rankings. “I should make this official. The Captain has found his mate.”
The Captain has found his mate. You covered your cheeks to hide the flush creeping up your cheeks.
“Considering you’re lounging in his office and all,” he added with a shrug, continuing to inform you that he never saw this coming. The last time you had interacted, you were still a bookkeeper bordering the lines of a secretary.
“Lounging is not the right word. I’m working,” you motioned at the documents splayed out on the table and he pointed at your cross-legged position.
“Don’t let the Captain catch you like that. He’ll discipline you.”
“Oh, shut up already,” you told him, beckoning him to sit. “What’s the news?”
“I still don’t know if I can trust you, so if you do me wrong, I will be out for blood, but,” he stopped you before you could throw something at him. “There’s been a shift in politics. The Sirens have crucified President Lee.”
“President Lee?” You asked. “Not General Wi? I thought he was their target. Doesn’t the Siren Rebel Party work to make sure that the military does not pull the strings of the parliament?”
“That’s right,” he folded his arm, proud to be the bearer of this news. “The Sirens have been protesting against a possible martial law for a while, because that would mean the army gets to make decisions regarding the issue with Strictland and its immigrants here. But anyways, they won’t publish this in the newspaper. Mr. Jang of Eden News is acquainted with President Lee so he will take special care not to publish anything about the scene the Sirens created. He’ll make sure nothing gets out.”
“Hold on,” you said. “One thing at a time. What scene did they create?”
“I’ve heard that they made a puppet of President Lee and set it on fire,” he said and you grimaced. “The cops got to them and they had to flee. They will try to torture the information out of the ones they caught, but I think they will still get away with it. They always do.”
“Woah,” you grimaced. “Now, how are Mr. Jang and President Lee connected?”
“I thought you would know, considering you’re an Edenary citizen and all,” he said and you shrugged. You were aware that the partners, Mr. Jang and Mr. Ju, didn’t see eye to eye on all things but made good partners nonetheless.
Jaemin continued. “I don’t know how much they go back but when President Han was killed, there weren’t many articles published in the newspapers. Only the Edenary citizens who were present at that time have an idea of how exactly the events of her death took place– the rest only know the rumours that she was assassinated, some not even aware that it happened at a public event.”
“Hmm… why would he not publish articles about his wife getting killed like that? It could have earned him votes, if nothing else.”
“That’s what’s strange. He claims he kept it under covers to respect his wife but he never shuts up about it in his campaigns and broadcasts,” Jaemin said.
“Why do you think President Lee was targeted this time?” You asked.
“Oh, right. That’s the thing– apparently a Hala Official is arriving soon for ‘discussion’ on the improvement of relations between the two nations. The Sirens claim that the man should not be the face of that discussion because he usually handles the Strictland affairs and is known to play dirty–”
“He’s related to Strictland?” You narrowed your eyes.
“That’s what I said,” Jaemin leaned forward, clasping his hands in a manner similar to a certain boss of a certain company. “He was present when the Treaty happened. He’s not very famous even in Halaland, so it’s kind of strange but not strange at the same time because he is a Hala official. The Sirens must have thought things might take a weird turn after their meeting, so that’s what they protested.”
“And they won’t mention this in the newspaper.”
“Right,” Jaemin concluded with a grin. “Juicy, isn’t it?”
“Very,” you muttered. “How did you find all this out?”
“Oh, I just run errands for the elites,” he said casually, getting up. “But I only answer to the Captain.”
“How loyal,” you smiled. “How did you manage to get him to take you seriously?”
“I told him a Captain must have a pet by his side– someone who can shapeshift and be his eyes and ears. Someone as loyal as a dog, as sneaky as a rat, as sly as a fox, and as cute as a bunny–”
“I’m pretty sure you didn’t mention the last part,” you chuckled.
“You wanna bet?” He said in all seriousness. “You’ll take me with you the next time you go to the warehouse.”
“Why do you want to go there?”
“Because it’s been a while. The warehouse boys spoil me,” he grinned. “And don’t worry about finding me– I’ll find you when you’re about to go.”
With that, he bowed mockingly before leaving, your smile falling as you processed the new piece of information.
You really needed to dig into everything that was happening. There had to be a connection somewhere with the things happening in Strictland. If President Lee himself really was involved… you shuddered at the possibility.
You wished you had asked Jaemin the name of the Hala official but you weren’t sure you would recognise him anyway. You decided to wait for one of the boys to come who might be able to identify the man with the description you had. You felt like you really needed to talk about everything related to Strictland again, to look into the Sirens and their involvement, to look into Mr. Jang and his media censorship–
But your mindspace was still occupied with Jaebeom’s warning. It had been three days and you still hadn’t heard back from him. No one else was aware that you had met up with him, and you intended to keep it that way. Every moment, you prayed that his suspicions would simply be that– suspicions. Not facts.
Burying yourself in work was easier now. You were finding that you had a special talent for multitasking when you were stressed. You could work speedily but then you would have a moment where you would zone out for a significant period of time until someone would interrupt you.
And it was Seonghwa who interrupted this time, whistling in a low volume as he entered the room, apparently feeling good. You didn’t move, only shot a glare at him before continuing to stare holes into the stained glass of the window.
“Well, someone clearly forgot to have lunch,” Seonghwa checked the time. “Weren’t you going to wrap this up and go home to rest for the evening?”
“I’m almost done,” you told him, sighing at the bundle of paperwork. “I think I’m more suited for field work.”
“Should I have a car prepared for you–”
“No, I think I’m good here,” you buried your face in your hands momentarily. You are only suited to stay in the shadows, your father’s words rang in your head. Maybe he was right. Maybe working from the spotlight was finally taking a toll on you.
“What are you stressed about?” Seonghwa asked gently, sitting in front of you across the table. He passed you a bar of chocolate that he must have grabbed from the reception on his way upstairs. You popped a cube in your mouth, letting the rich texture of it soothe your nerves.
“Stuff. I’m always stressed though, don’t worry,” you tried to joke it off, knowing it would never work in front of Seonghwa.
“Is it about Madame Tiffany?”
You shrugged in obviousness. “You know I won’t relax until I hear back from my sources.”
“Ah, nothing that can be done about that then,” Seonghwa slumped back. “Anything else bothering you, my love?”
My love.
“Uh,” you bit your lips in nervousness– he clearly had no idea of the recent progression. Yunho had kept his mouth sealed for once, and you were glad because once everything was official, you wouldn’t be able to hide how these casual terms affected you to your very core. “Yeah, Jaemin came by. Have you heard about the recent news?”
“Oh, yeah, I caught him on my way to the port earlier in the morning,” Seonghwa told you. With the recent shipment of Black Shadow due for export to Mist Island soon, he had been quite occupied at the port since he came back from Edenary. “Strange happenings.”
“Do you know who the Hala official is?”
“That would be Major Sung Dongil,” Seonghwa said. “He’s a very respected and a hated personality in Halaland. Some believe that his aggression caused Halaland most of the war casualties.”
You nodded slowly. “So he’s not very loved back home, and he’s related to Strictland in some unknown ways.”
“He’s basically in charge of Strictland’s status– kind of like a pseudo-governor of that area.”
“So… he would be well aware of whatever goes on in Strictland, right? Nothing would go past him,” you said.
“He should be. If he isn’t… that means he needs to do a better job.”
“And now he’s meeting with President Lee,” you folded your arms, voice dripping with suspicion.
“Not the first time this has happened, and it’s not unusual for him to meet with President Lee,” Seonghwa mirrored your position. “Whatever happens in Eden affects Strictland too– especially because there’s still the matter of illegal immigrants. That’s probably the reason they’re meeting, and if the Sirens Rebel Party heavily comprises those immigrants of which most are illegally residing here, it makes sense that they got angry and protested the way they did.”
“True,” you scratched your chin in thought, slumping back again. “I’m probably just overthinking again.”
“That’s why we like you,” Seonghwa chuckled. “Sometimes overthinking makes sense– especially when it comes from you.”
“Well, the overthinker in me wants to look into Major Sung and why President Lee keeps using media censorship to his advantage. I heard about how he never talked about his wife’s public assassination yet brings that up for pity votes every now and then.”
“Understandable. Let’s just wrap up the new deal first, yeah? I can have someone look into Major Sung for you in the meanwhile,” Seonghwa asked and you agreed, thanking him. He took over the files and asked you to go and take a breather and you laughed, staying to finish it before eventually leaving with a kiss blown his way. He shook his head in amusement, smiling through work for a good while after.
It was a little awkward, very overwhelming and kind of nerve-wracking but very familiar to wait for Yeosang in his office in the Crescent Bar.
But it was something that needed to be done in order for your relationship with the boys to progress. In order for there to be a clarity to who and what you were– as a Leader, as a Crescent and as their romantic partner.
You still were not sure how your relationship was going to progress with some of them– that included Hongjoong, first and foremost. There certainly was palpable tension between you two, but he respected you perhaps as much as you did (despite all your squabbles). He held you in high reverence and reminded you how important you were to them and to their cause at every step, and it was thanks to him that you were Luna of the Crescent Company now.
As for the boys in the warehouse… you couldn’t say anything about it yet. You were content with your current situation– three of them already reciprocating your feelings felt unreal. Perhaps, this was how it was supposed to be. They were the ones opening you up to the idea of love and how it came in all forms. They were also teaching you how to be good at receiving love. They sure knew how to give it.
You were now on the way to shift your relation with Yeosang. Four of the Crescents wanted you. No wonder you felt like you were drowning, overwhelmed with the idea, while also feeling as if you were taking your first breaths after remaining underwater.
The warm atmosphere of his office room and its familiarity comforted you like a lover’s embrace while also soothing your nerves for the discussion. Yeosang entered after a few moments in the middle of instructing one of the employees. When he finally finished and turned towards you, he clapped with a pointed look.
“I see you’ve almost finished my precious wine.”
“It was there for me,” you said as you shifted awkwardly, realising that he was right. The previous three quarters were down to a few sips. “It was looking at me.”
Yeosang laughed, settling down on the couch beside you. “How have you been? And what’s stressing you out so much that you almost drank the entire bottle? Not that I mind a tipsy Luna…”
“I’ve been well, for the most part,” you said. “The stress– you know why. Work stress. And… I wanted to talk to you about something, but first tell me how you have been. I heard you’re almost prepared to ship Black Shadow to Mist Island?”
“Yep,” he sank down, a tired groan escaping his mouth. “The police have been sniffing around so it was tough to get around them. We just hope it can leave the Eden territory without any trouble. Once it crosses the Eden waters, we’re mostly safe.”
“I sure hope so,” you said. “Why are they sniffing around? Is there a mole?”
“There actually might be– far too many strange coincidences have been happening, but San and Yunho are looking into it so I’ll leave it to them,” he said.
No wonder Yunho had been so busy these days– you hardly caught him in the office anymore.
“So? What did you want to talk about?”
“Well,” you turned towards him, stifling a smile– he looked far too welcoming in the brown tones of his outfit that perfectly complimented his hair and milky skin, almost creating a coffee-like contrast. It didn’t help that he was rolling his sleeves again, showing off his sculpted forearms.
“Well?” Yeosang repeated, noticing how you zoned out, oblivious to your gaze stuck on his arms.
“Right– uh… I wanted to tell you that, uh…”
“You sure you want to talk?” Yeosang teased. “Maybe another glass of drink to loosen your lips?”
“Shut up,” you glared at him. “I like you. That’s what I wanted to say.”
“Yeah…” he nodded after a moment of silence. “Never would have known if you hadn’t told me.”
“Yeosang,” you groaned and he laughed heartily, finally pulling you closer by your wrist. “It took me so much courage to come here and you can’t stop joking around.”
“Think of it as my coping mechanism,” he said in a serious tone, looking at you with caution and anticipation in his eyes. “Because I’m trying to find the words and the courage to tell you that I like you too.”
“I know,” you nodded and he looked at you pointedly, but soon the two of you were sharing soft, guarded smiles.
“This is kind of weird,” you admitted and he agreed. “But yeah. I wanted to tell you that I like you. And I like… the others too.”
“Elaborate,” he requested gently.
“Well, I like Yunho, you know that,” you said with a laugh and he smiled. “I like Seonghwa. It happened in Edenary– he’s just so… you know? Comforting. Caring. He’s so gentle.”
“That he is,” he agreed wholeheartedly.
“And… I don’t know how it happened but it happened recently with San. I went to his place–”
“You didn’t!” Yeosang gasped scandalously and you smacked his arm, making him snicker.
“Just to talk! I was actually here for you but you were out and he offered to take me anywhere I wanted. We decided to go to his place to drink and whine, but one thing led to another. We only kissed though.”
“Nothing else?” He teased.
“Just… a lot of kissing and cuddling– god, do I have to share everything with you?”
“I mean… he is a good kisser–”
You gaped at him. “Yeah… He is.”
So that’s what you were getting into.
You narrowed your eyes. “Who else have you kissed?”
“I thought you knew everything by now?”
“Yeah, but I need answers from you. Who else have you kissed, Kang Yeosang?”
“Do you really want to hear the answer?” Yeosang leaned forward, inches away from your face. “Shall I add another to the list?”
You gulped visibly, making him grin and he pulled back, caressing the skin on your arms to let you know that he was only teasing. He cleared his throat and asked, “Have you made up your mind yet?”
“I have, but I wanted to talk to you before I made it official,” you told him. “I want to be with you, Yeosang. With you, and Seonghwa, Yunho, and San. And with more, if they will have me. I want to be a part of… this.”
“You sure, sweetheart?” Yeosang tucked your hair behind your ear, caressing your cheek in the process.
“I’m sure,” you insisted, your gaze steel. You had never been more sure of anything, and it was not just the thrill you felt in your veins. It was your heart singing for them, something like a knot in the middle of your chest that tightened with yearning everytime that you thought about them.
Yeosang smiled and kissed your forehead. “Welcome to the gang, sweetheart. I think I should tell you the obvious while I’m at it?”
“Go ahead,” you nodded.
“First and foremost, confidentiality,” Yeosang said and you nodded in understanding. “Us… we know everything about each other. We’re one. You can choose to share that with us, or keep your business with each of us private among us– that doesn’t matter. If you choose to remain private, we will make sure not to discuss relationship dynamics with you among each other.”
“I think if I’m sharing all of you, I don’t mind. We’re all together, so…”
Yeosang smiled proudly, very pleased to hear that. “Don’t worry, we don’t always talk in such detail. In the beginning, it was a little awkward navigating our way through this. We had to talk to learn about each other. Now… it’s become a habit.”
“No, I like it. I like how close you are. It makes it feel like you all have this little bubble.”
“And now you’ll be a part of that bubble,” Yeosang said and you smiled. “The thing about confidentiality is that we keep our relationship from anyone who is not us private. Very private, and you know why.”
“Because it’s unconventional,” you said and he nodded. “And because they will wish they were us.”
Yeosang laughed darkly at your comment. “They still do. But that’s just another weakness they can manipulate to take us down. They already know we are each other’s strength and weakness, but it’s better if our relationship is kept in the dark.”
“Understandable,” you agreed.
“The second thing is something you already know– that it’s okay at any point moving forwards if you want to be with only one of us, or a few of us, or even none of us. You’re not bound to us in any way, Luna. You can explore outside of us if that is what you wish for. Of course, we would prefer to keep you all to ourselves. All of us have at some point tried something out of our circle but we never liked it. No one understands us like we do.”
“What about me? Do you feel like I could fit?”
“That’s what I mean,” he caressed your cheek again. “You don’t have to fit in. Just be yourself, and find what you like. Let it progress naturally.”
“Ah,” you nodded in understanding, suddenly having a moment of clarity. “Thanks for telling me that.”
Yeosang tapped your cheek lovingly. “Lastly… have fun. And be careful.”
“Of who?”
“Of your desires,” Yeosang said. “Being with us is not as complicated as it sounds. You can find comfort and solace in anyone of us– whether it be of platonic, romantic or sexual nature. I just want you to navigate these waters without worrying about the consequences within our group. That means that we won’t mind what you do with one or the other. But we would also like for you to be clear of what you want with us to avoid confusion. We will respect your wishes and boundaries and will expect you to do the same, yeah?”
“Yeah,” you nodded, understanding and also surprised how eloquent Yeosang was as he talked about this. “Just keep it undramatic and have fun?”
“That’s a loose translation of what I said,” Yeosang chuckled. “But yeah. There’s no jealousy going on, nor will there be in the future. We’re all one, but if you don’t want all of us, that’s fine.”
“Have you had previous partners like me?”
“We tried, yes,” Yeosang nodded. “It always ended badly– silencing them wasn’t the problem. They tried to break us, and it made us wonder if that was their intention from the beginning.”
“I hope none of you got that vibe from me?”
“Well, there’s a reason you’re here, Luna,” Yeosang smiled knowingly. “Do you think Yunho, of all the people, would have warmed up so quickly to you? Do you think Seonghwa, who wanted to kill you that night, is kind to anyone like he is to you?”
You shook your head. He was right– they must have felt something different with you. Something good and pure.
“Do you think the maknaes will accept me?” You asked cautiously.
“Oh, they are the accepting ones– you just overcame the hurdle that was us,” Yeosang admitted and you scoffed in shock. “It would have been hard to win us over if you got acquainted with them first.”
“Good thing that I was your bookkeeper then, right?”
“Yeah, that’s probably how it started,” Yeosang kissed the back of your hand. “I’ve had my eyes on you for quite a while, Luna.”
“I heard,” you admitted and he nodded, knowing someone must have told you already. He simply couldn’t believe you were here, wanting to be a part of them. Wanting to be with them, accepting them as they were. He had shot every arrow at you in this conversation, scared to find you having cold feet but here you were, letting him kiss your hand repeatedly, watching with glazed eyes.
“We waited far too long, didn’t we?” You asked in almost a whisper and when he spread his arms, you immediately scooted closer, melting into his embrace and enjoying the kisses he planted on the top of your head. “I’ve always had a thing for you, just so you know. It’s hard not to, because you’re very handsome and charming.”
“Stop,” Yeosang laughed– in all of his life, he would never get used to people telling him how handsome he was. Even when the boys told him, he always got shy.
“But you are,” you pulled away to look him in the eyes. “You’re too good to be true. And to me, you always feel like home, Yeosang.”
Yeosang’s heart felt full. He cupped your face with one hand, his brows scrunching with something like amazement and disbelief and you were sure your own expressions reflected exactly that. You were finally in his arms, his. You were his, and he was yours.
Yeosang swiped his thumb across your lower lip and you shut your eyes momentarily, exhaling shakily. When you dared to look at him, you found his gaze flickering between your eyes and your lips.
“May I?”
You nodded and he stifled a smile, pecking the tip of your nose first and making you relax as you giggled. You both moved closer naturally until there was no distance between your lips, sharing the softest of kisses that made your heart melt like candle wax. You moved your lips along his, alternating between deep kisses and pecks, caressing each other’s skin wherever you found easy access.
Being in his arms filled a void in your heart that had been there for a long time now. The void of yearning. Oh, how you had restrained yourself from crossing boundaries with him while you worked as his bookkeeper. All to hide your identity– if you had known earlier that he would be so accepting of you, you would have yielded right there.
It had taken far too long, but you wouldn’t have it any other way, and you hoped you conveyed that in the way you held him and kissed him– with deep respect and love. Once you felt short of breath, you drew apart, eyes fluttering open and finding his cheeks flushed.
“You’re a good kisser too.”
Yeosang choked on his laughter. “I didn’t imagine you would weaponise that piece of information.”
“Well… that’s how it’s going to be with me. Get used to it,” you pecked his lips and he deepened the kiss while keeping it soft and undemanding. You smiled through it and snuggled into his warmth.
You could definitely get used to this.
“Do I have to set up a meeting to make this official?” You asked. “What’s the next step?”
Yeosang chuckled, caressing your back assuringly. “San is handling that. It’s only going to be dinner with lots of wine so don’t worry too much. Just think of it as another work agenda– we’re basically doing this to congratulate you on becoming a Leader, but you can make an announcement there. Also, that man is the most obvious being on this planet– it’s clear as day that he was pleased about the other change.”
“Oh my god,” you laughed. “He’s so goofy.”
“Don’t let anyone hear that. He’s supposed to be the scary one of us. At least first impressions.”
“I think first impressions… Hongjoong wins in that department,” you shuddered lightly as you recalled the ice cold gaze he gave you when he first saw you in the office. “Or Yunho, if he tries.”
“Wait till you see Mingi or Wooyoung look at someone like that. If looks could kill.”
You made a mental note to witness that, and the conversation steered from one thing to another. Never once did you feel out of place in his arms.
You belonged there.
The calm before the storm.
It was always a short period of tranquility after a storm would wreck everything in its wake. Impending doom seemed to be your life’s companion. It stuck at your side at the calmest periods of your life like an old friend, and then grew in intensity as the calm wore off to welcome the storm like a lifelong enemy.
It felt like you were standing at the borderline between calm and storm– your gut was restless with anxiety and that was only a sign that something was about to go wrong. You could just pray that the intensity of it would be mild.
Perhaps, this was not even the calm before the storm. Maybe you were simply getting squirmier with each passing day not hearing back from Jaebeom, or mulling over little pieces of information that did not sound too bad in retrospect, but put in a certain context or connection seemed more damaging to the business.
Whatever it was could wait a little longer.
You were in Room no. 1 at the Crescent Bar tonight with all the boys present, sharing a hearty dinner. They welcomed you warmly, making a huge deal and you were half-sure it was just to annoy you, courtesy of a certain Kang Yeosang who knew you didn’t like being the centre of attention very much especially when you were going to be talking about important things here, but you could pretend this was all about your promotion from secretary to a Leader.
However, the boys who knew– Yunho, San and Yeosang– kept exchanging suggestive glances with you and you kept mouthing at them to ‘stop’, which they were getting quite a laugh out of. The rest were thankfully oblivious, but that didn’t mean they were doing anything less.
The warehouse boys got you a few gifts– a gun designed by Yerin, its hilt encrusted with a pearl which gave it ‘the Luna touch’, as they quoted. It was a beautiful beretta and they promised to teach you with that gun so you could get familiar with it. They also gave you a small dagger with a customised engraved cover that you could carry in your purse or even your boot.
You asked them if you needed to expect an attack anytime soon but they laughed, saying every Leader carried a few guns and daggers on them. Wooyoung went as far as to say that it was a part of their ‘style’ and you accepted the gifts, amused but also appreciating their sentiments.
You were done eating and were now watching the boys talk about the little things, their voices intermingling in the room. Wooyoung and San were having a heated debate over something related to working out and Yeosang was intently listening, sometimes agreeing with one or the other. Yunho and Mingi, as usual, were in their own little bubble and you watched them with fondness spilling out of you– you loved the way the two looked at each other. Not only the two, all of them. The way they all looked at each other and cared for each other was something otherworldly.
Seonghwa was explaining something to Jongho– it looked like they were discussing something related to work with the way Jongho sketched over the table to make his points clear to Seonghwa. And here you were, watching them, your eyes travelling to Hongjoong who had also finished eating and was now looking at you from across the table.A smile graced his lips as your eyes met, making your heart flutter.
He raised an eyebrow as if to ask if you were doing okay and you nodded, the silent communication carrying on when Wooyoung’s voice rose and San burst into laughter, the two of you shaking your heads at the duo. You took a few deep breaths, looking at your left where Yunho sat. You didn’t interrupt his conversation with Mingi, simply brushed your fingers against his and he understood, wrapping his fingers around your hand to give you strength. You knew that you did not need to hide that you were holding his hand but you still kept it under the table, silently letting his touch calm you.
You waited for the conversation to die down a little and then you signalled Yeosang who got up and clapped to get everyone’s attention.
“What?” Jongho asked.
“I just want everyone to shut up for two minutes so Luna can talk about something,” he announced and you groaned, curling into Yunho’s side as everyone laughed knowingly or in confusion. Yeosang pretended he could not see you, finding the ceiling incredibly interesting, knowing damn well that he should have phrased it differently–
But this was his charm.
“Right, so…” you started, squeezing Yunho’s hand. “I just want to thank all of you for giving me such a warm welcome for finally joining the inner circle.”
“No need for a thanks, darling,” Wooyoung waved his hand in dismissal. “This wasn’t anything special– we could have done so much more!”
“No, this is enough,” you laughed. “Just… thank you for accepting me and considering me someone worthy of becoming a Leader.”
“Honey, we’re not as good as you make out to be,” Seonghwa admitted, some of them agreeing. “There’s no such thing as being ‘worthy’ of becoming a Leader.”
“You are a mafia organisation, though,” you commented. “I think there is such a thing. It sure felt like it.”
“Yeah, tell him!” Mingi clapped. “Not anyone can be a Crescent!”
Seonghwa shook his head, laughing at the attack. “I just mean that because you felt like one of us, you became one of us. That’s all there is to it.”
“Well,” Hongjoong began. “We do have a strict code here, as you very well know now. We actually were not open to having another ‘Leader’, if you must. It’s just that you earned it. You found your own spot here– we were pretty much helpless watching you become one of us. It was as if you were always meant to be here, yeah? And not anyone can achieve that.”
Your heart swooped at his admission. He was always so clear about his views and feelings, and to hear that from him felt like an accomplishment. He always insisted there was no boss among them but he truly was the captain.
“Yes, that’s what I meant,” Seonghwa added and you all laughed. “Anyone can become a part of our organisation, the Crescents, but you found your own spot in our little circle.”
“Running on sheer confidence, holding key information and being able to hold us accountable? I think we needed that,” Jongho laughed. “I mean, we, the younger ones, don’t spend everyday with you but from what we’ve seen… the hyungs really needed a dose of someone like you.”
And then started bickering and finger-pointing because whatever did he mean? And how dare he? While Mingi and Wooyoung defended their precious youngest, asserting that while they were away, the hyungs started to get too pompous and they really needed someone to humble them– that someone being you who was a mere bookkeeper telling them what was wrong and right, stopping them from sabotaging their business and working to improve it while also entrapping them in the little ‘love bubble’ they had going on, according to Jongho.
“We see the way you look at her!” Mingi continued, pointing at San, Yeosang, Seonghwa and even Hongjoong. “You’re not fooling us! She’s becoming your favourite. Rightfully so,” he added the last bit as he looked at you and you gave him an okay sign.
“I like the warehouse boys more though,” you commented, earning gasps. “They’re… my type of boys.”
Chaos erupted in the room, San and Yeosang clinging on to each other in a fervent display of heartbreak, Seonghwa covering his ears with his hands as if he could not hear anything, Hongjoong sitting with his hurt pride and Yunho bringing your joined hands up in the air for everyone to see– an act of betrayal, it was. When you recovered from laughing, you placed your joined hands on the table for everyone to see.
“While we’re talking about this, I would also like to say that… I want to be your partner. All of you, if you will have me,” you said, meeting eyes with each one of them.
There was a moment of confusion because what did you mean? You were already partners. And then it hit, Yunho’s hand caressing yours all the confirmation they needed.
“You mean, like… partners? In our relationship?” Seonghwa was the first one to ask, unaware of the recent progression.
“Yes,” you felt a bit exposed with all their eyes on you, but you held strong, watching the boys talk among themselves, those who knew explaining to those who didn’t. “I want to try it with my whole heart. And I want to know if all of you are willing to accept me– you don’t have to–”
“But we will,” Hongjoong said in finality, the rest agreeing immediately. “I suppose you’ve talked in detail about this? To someone?”
“Yes,” you looked at Yunho, Yeosang, and San. “I know what I’m getting into. I’m ready.”
Mingi whistled at your admission. “I hope they told you that you can take it easy? You don’t have to be so stressed about it.”
“Of course,” you nodded, relaxing and realising you must have appeared to be a bit tense. “I just wanted to say it out loud while all of you were present. And I’d like to hear what each of you think about it.”
“I mean, I’m good,” Mingi shrugged and you smiled at his casual nature. “Wherever the flow takes us, right?”
“Exactly,” you agreed.
“I’m more than good,” Wooyoung grinned. “When can I officially take you out on your first date? Because I bet none of these fuckers have taken you out yet–”
And that started another finger-pointing session, though Wooyoung was officially winning that one. None of them had actually taken you out on a date yet. Even the ones you were intimate with.
“I’ll make sure my first date is you,” you promised Wooyoung and he raised his fist in victory.
“Can I tag along?” San asked expectantly.
“No, you lost your chance!” Wooyoung smacked his hand. “Give me some alone time with my girl!”
You grinned, looking at Jongho who was highly amused by the turn of events. You raised a brow and he shook his head.
“Like Mingi said, wherever the flow takes us?”
You nodded, a silent understanding passing between you both. While it was not awkward with Jongho in any way, he was still more like a friend than anything else, just like Mingi was. Wooyoung, being Wooyoung, was going to take his chance and see where it takes him, but these two were the more cautious and reserved ones. You were not going to push them, just like they were not going to demand anything from you.
“So you’re officially our girl now,” San clapped once and rubbed his hands, a devilish smirk on his face. “I actually really like the sound of it. I think our group needed a feminine touch.”
“Shut up,” you groaned, laughing. “Don’t make it sound weird!”
“No, he’s right,” Seonghwa agreed, downing his drink in a single gulp. “Too much testosterone around here.”
You shook your head, letting them argue further and getting to hear stories about them now that you knew everything. How the boys depended on each other and barely cared about each other’s personal space– they might be criminal lords but were just boys at their hearts. Seonghwa revealed how San would always hang out in his room even when they were doing nothing. Mingi liked his alone time and he wanted others to respect that but that did not stop him from making his home in San’s room or Seonghwa’s room– or even in someone else’s house.
From what you heard about Hongjoong’s shared house with Wooyoung and Jongho, Wooyoung was basically the housekeeper, which made a lot of sense. He made sure everyone ate their meals, mostly cooked with Jongho and complained about how Hongjoong was a baby who needed a nanny to take care of him. Apparently, the mafia boss did not know how to look after himself and Hongjoong admitted being guilty of that.
Yunho and Yeosang shared a house and you thought it was a good combination in the sense that the two always brought out the calm in each other. You were imagining their space to be the most soothing, and you made a mental note to ask them both how it was like to live with the other.
Just like that, the night of drinks, admissions and acceptance passed and wrapped up with a beautiful conclusion. Your heart felt full and you never felt out of place. This was where you were meant to be, and they made sure to never make you feel anything less– and the funny bit was that they were not attempting to do that consciously. This was just how it was supposed to be– the pieces had fallen into place.
You said your goodbyes to everyone, and oh, you got a sneak peak of what would soon be called normal now. Yeosang pecked your cheek before leaving, and Seonghwa cupped your face and planted a deep kiss on your forehead, saying he couldn’t wait to talk to you in private. San and Wooyoung both also kissed your cheeks but it seemed to be an inside joke and they disappeared into another room, snickering about something. You were mostly in shock at the sudden demeanour change though you could not complain. It was heartwarming.
You spotted the boys exchanging hugs and kisses too– the ones who wouldn’t be seeing each other any time soon. Jongho was mostly avoiding any physical contact but he tapped your cheek teasingly as he exited the room, laughing devilishly at your shocked face. Mingi was supposed to leave with Jongho so he rushed to catch up with him, ruffling your hair and you shut your eyes in defeat.
This was what you had signed up for. You laughed as you looked at Yunho, who was leaving the room with Seonghwa, speaking about something in an urgent tone.
That left you with Hongjoong. The air felt cold all of a sudden as he walked towards you, swirling his cane and poking his tongue in his cheek to keep himself from grinning.
“You look like you want to kill me and feast over my bones,” you commented and he scoffed.
“Feast, maybe, but kill? You think too lowly of me, love.”
Oh. you pursed your lips as he drew closer, watching you with a sort of curiosity.
“I heard something interesting, recently,” he said in a low voice for only the two of you to hear. “‘The Captain finds his mate.’”
“Just another title to add to my name, eh? Bookkeeper, secretary, chief mate,” You tried joking your way around it but he wasn’t having any of it. He took your hand and placed a soft kiss on your knuckles, all the while maintaining eye contact with you and successfully melting your insides.
“Well, I quite like the sound of it,” Hongjoong said, smirking. “See you in the morning… mate.”
“Aye aye, Captain,” you raised your fist for emphasis though your voice came out weak, making him chuckle. You muttered a curse. Forget the warehouse boys– he was going to be more challenging than all of the boys combined.
You exited the room and took a turn to the corridor that led to the backdoor when Yunho appeared out of the shadows, taking your hand and leading you to an empty, dark corner. Before you could ask him what was happening, he twirled you around and pressed your back against the wall, swallowing your surprised gasp with his lips, making you instantly drop your bag and melt in his arms.
“Our girl,” Yunho muttered in your ear, voice thick with desire. “Do you have any idea how much I love the sound of that?”
“Oh, god,” a shaky breath left your lips, your senses heightening in pleasure. “You’re crazy.”
“For you,” he kissed your jaw. “It’s been a while, hasn’t it?”
“Definitely,” you brought his lips back to yours, sharing another passionate kiss. “I missed you so much. In Edenary. Here. Don’t you ever give me space again.”
Yunho chuckled, the deep timbre of his voice sounding inside your skull and you wrapped your arms around his neck, letting him pick you up. You laughed at the height difference and he melted into your hug, content in this position.
“Someone could see us,” you whispered.
“I don’t care,” Yunho whispered back, kissing your neck and burying his nose there. “I only have a few moments before I need to go. Let me make the most of them.”
“Where do you have to go at this hour of the night?” You asked, cupping his face and tucking his hair back.
“To the port– the situation does not look good. I’ll let you know when I actually know something about it,” he said and you nodded. “I’m just waiting for Johnny.”
“Stay safe,” you kissed his forehead, going back to hug him. You stayed like that, limbs wrapped around each other while he gently rocked your bodies until you heard Johnny’s very loud voice call for Yunho, the both of you laughing at his arrival. With a final soft kiss to your lips, he let you go reluctantly. You wished you could keep him all to yourself for the rest of the night.
He did steal a few more moments, insisting that he drop you off on his way– it was only going to take him a minute, and he wanted to make sure you were safe, something about how the police were becoming a problem so the gangs might take this opportunity to create another ruckus again. He managed to steal one last kiss before watching you disappear inside your house and Johnny shook his head at the sight.
“You big chump, you.”
Yunho shot a glare at him but the men ended up laughing, Johnny making an effort to keep the mood light because he knew Yunho was absolutely going to snap when he would hear about the events at the port in the past couple of hours that took place in his absence.
The storm had arrived, in the literal sense and the metaphorical.
The night had been washed in a fierce torrent of rain, the sharp patter of it accompanied by globs of ice which kept you restless throughout the night. You and Wendy were light sleepers so the next morning began with a groggy start, both of you sitting next to each other to process the weight of being alive and drinking coffee to help with that. You took to the corner of the living room next to the window to watch the sky open up. Since you were on the second story, the view from up here wasn’t much, crowded by other apartments in the area.
Still, you could tell that the storm wasn’t going to end any time soon. It had only magnified the confusion and anger of the Crescents at the Sector 1 Port. Their shipment of Black Shadow to Mist Island was rumoured to be returning back, and in the previous evening it arrived accompanied by the navy who had not let it pass the Eden territories, insisting that the shipment was illegal.
It was illegal. That wasn’t the problem– the problem was who told them? It had been about three years since the Crescents started smuggling Black Shadow to Mist Island. They always knew that one day they would get caught and would have to pay a hefty fine, at the very least. They found ways to involve the police, to make fake licences, to make it seem like the shipment was meant for some other land instead of Mist Island, and made basically every preparation in case they were caught.
However, the Crescents had also familiarised themselves with the police procedure. In case of suspected smuggling, the nation that was about to receive the shipment was going to deal with the police first before sending the case back to the country of origin. That was the international law, which meant that in no possible scenario would a shipment return from halfway across the ocean.
Yet, that was exactly what had happened. Mist Island never received the shipment and they would not be able to help calm things down. The navy would report to the main office in Edenary and it would be hard to get out of it unscathed– the main office was full of scavengers waiting to have a taste of the Crescents’ doom.
The atmosphere at the Crescent Office today was thick with tension. Everyone was busy clearing the records in case the police decided to investigate the whole company for illegal trade. Yunho had been out almost all night for damage control. He went to rest in the morning and Seonghwa took his place, the boys from the warehouse accompanying him. You stayed in the office with Hongjoong, trying to pull some connections and keep the news from blowing up.
It was not a good time for this to happen, considering the pharmaceutical side of the business was just about to flourish thanks to the new deal to launch silver light as a medicinal drug. If they started investigating all the shipments going out from the Crescents, they might catch on to the copper the Crescents import for weapons manufacturing, and Pledis Manufacturers, the partners of the Crescents, could be under threat too. If Pledis pulls out at this sensitive time to protect themselves, the weapons channel might be exposed or come to a stop altogether.
So it was no wonder that Hongjoong sat grim in his chair, staring into the distance and strategising while you helped him check discrepancies or flaws in his plans and made calls.
“I think you could really send a few men to look into who tipped the navy,” you suggested, having just finished making sure that the next shipment to Utopia was rescheduled. It would be a mess if they found out that you were exporting weapons parts to them.
“I think it’s a shot in the dark,” Hongjoong said and you knew that he was partly right but also highly focused at solving the problem first.
“Think about it, Hongjoong,” you said, placing the pen back on the table and unbuttoning the cuffs of the sleeves of your black shirt, wanting to roll them to avoid discomfort. “Not anyone can tip the navy– they don’t take everyone seriously. And while we’re at it, we might want to look into why they tipped them now. This isn’t your first time trading with Mist.”
Hongjoong sighed deeply. “You’re right. Who could tip the navy? Is someone trying to distract us from our new business prospect? Is this a bait? Or did some bastard get lucky with the timing?”
“Someone of influence– that’s who the navy listens to. That means it’s not just any other bastard who lucked out. It has to be someone who knows about the recent happenings.”
Hongjoong curled his lips in thought. “Secretary Park?”
“I thought so too, but it’s unlike him to tip the navy. He shoots from the front, not from the back,” you said and he agreed. “Some reputable gang?”
“Unlikely,” he said. “They know very well that they can’t mess with the Crescents and get away with it.”
You made an impressed face, making him smile for a moment. “I think it’s probably someone who knows about the silver light business, and they’re trying to throw you off while they pull another stunt which would be far worse.”
“But Madame Tiffany is the only one aware of this silver light business,” Hongjoong folded his arms. “Secretary Park may have an idea but if he was aware of what we were doing, he wouldn’t have simply watched it happen all along– he would have done something earlier before we ever made a deal. That leaves just the Crescents, MX Pharmas who I don’t suspect at all, could be a mole but they wouldn’t tip the navy…”
For a brief moment, your father’s knowing smile flashed before your eyes when he said that he wanted the Crescents to make a deal with Madame Tiffany. You felt a wave of anxiety in the pit of your stomach, recalling Jaebeom’s little warning.
Could everything be connected? But Secretary Park wouldn’t do that, you both were right about that. Madame Tiffany had just heavily invested in the deal, so why would she hurt herself now? She could have pulled this stunt before she made a deal with the Crescents.
“God, I’ll go insane. Are we doing something to keep this from the media?”
“Wooyoung’s handling that– he has connections with some people in Eden News,” Hongjoong told you.
“Great. I’ll make preparations for all the possible outcomes then?”
“You do that,” Hongjoong let out a tired sigh. “I’ll help you out–”
“You’ve been up all night. You should go and get some sleep, I’ll take care of things here,” you said softly but he opened his eyes a fraction wider as if to show you that the lack of sleep didn’t affect him. However, his eyes were bloodshot and you snorted.
“You’ll start to look like death, Joong,” you joked. “Just take a nap– go. I’ll handle things in the meanwhile, and if we need you, we won’t hesitate to call your residence. Hopefully you pick up the phone.”
Hongjoong poked his tongue inside his cheek and you wondered what the smug expression was for until you realised you hadn’t addressed him by his name.
“Joong, eh? Heard that from Seonghwa?”
“It has a nice ring to it, doesn’t it?” You suppressed a smile. Hongjoong shrugged in response, considering if he should take a nap or just stay–
“Just go,” you laughed. “Shall I order you to go?”
“I’d like to see you try,” Hongjoong narrowed his eyes but you weren’t one to back away from a challenge.
“Kim Hongjoong. Joong,” you said in your most assertive tone and he shook his head in amusement. “Go and get some rest. That’s an order.”
Hongjoong got up and sauntered around the table, stopping in front of you and tucking his thumb under your chin to raise your face so he could look you in the eyes.
“One day, I’m going to do something about that mouth of yours, y/n.”
It was a promise, and it registered in every part of your body. It was an effort to stop the noise that threatened to leave your mouth at the suggestiveness of the situation. He licked his lips slowly, swiping his thumb on your lower lip before drawing away with a smirk and leaving.
You pursed your lips, lightly slapping your cheeks so you could come back to your senses and get some things done. After collecting yourself, you straightened and picked up the contacts diary to call the Crescents’ residence in Edenary.
After a few rings when you were starting to lose hope, Jaehyun finally picked up the phone and you made small talk before asking how the situation looked in Edenary.
“It’s not being blown out of proportion yet,” Jaehyun began. “Which is both a good sign and a bad sign. I feel like there’s another hit coming and we’re just waiting for it.”
“And that’s why I called,” you said. “Remember what we did the last time I was here?”
“Had fun,” he laughed a bit and you hummed in amusement. “But yes. I got you.”
“Yeah, and while you’re at it, see who the public suspects. Also, can you see if we have a connection in the Edenary station?”
“The police station? We don’t, actually,” Jaehyun admitted. “But I’ll look around. I think Inspector Gong might be our best option because as much as he hates us, he’ll actually look into this fairly. We might also need a favour from General Wi– he could certainly pull some strings.”
“Yeah… remind him that he owes us a few and let’s find the source as soon as possible, yeah?”
Jaehyun agreed and you ended the call, taking a few deep breaths. Now that you had sorted things out, you felt a bit more at peace, just waiting to hear back from one of the boys. You went towards the couch, curling on the very welcoming soft seats and shut your eyes, feeling the throbbing headache grow more intense with every second.
You didn’t realise when exactly you dozed off but upon opening your eyes, you found Seonghwa mirroring your position on the couch across you, though wide awake. You looked around trying to get your bearings, checking the time on your wristwatch.
“Oh dear. I napped throughout the afternoon!”
Seonghwa chuckled. “That’s alright. Hongjoong is probably still asleep, and I just came back about half an hour ago. We sorted the mess at the port.”
“How’s it looking?” You asked, stretching your limbs.
“I honestly can’t say yet,” Seonghwa admitted. “I’m just hoping they don’t conduct a full investigation– now’s not a good time. And on that note, we must transport some important documents elsewhere.”
“You mean the ones in the safe here?”
“Yes,” he said. “Mingi owns an apartment near the warehouse. It’s registered under his cousin’s name so it’s a safe place to store them.”
“Alright. Do you want me to go ahead and do that?”
“No, it’s alright,” Seonghwa straightened. “I can go, I’m just waiting for Yuta.”
“Oh, you look tired, though. At least I got my rest,” you joked and he smiled wryly. “I can go with Yuta. We go to the warehouse first, right?”
“Yeah. Are you sure, though? I’m perfectly good to go, Luna–”
“Hwa,” you called his name in warning and he pursed his lips. “Do I have to order you like I ordered Hongjoong?”
“You ordered Hongjoong?” Seonghwa laughed in disbelief. “What did you tell him to do?”
“To go take a nap,” you said. “And you– you don’t have to take a nap, you can just… shut your eyes for a few moments like I did.”
Seonghwa nodded sarcastically and you smiled– he didn’t look as weary as Hongjoong but you knew that he put more effort into appearing put together too. His hair was curling at the ends probably due to the wet weather, not styled to perfection like it usually was. His eyes still sparkled with energy but his shoulders seemed to be drooping.
“You need a massage while we wait?”
“Oh, that’s an offer I can’t refuse,” Seonghwa sat a bit straighter and took off his coat. You walked behind the couch where he was sitting and smoothened his white shirt around the shoulders, rubbing your fingers into the tight spots on his neck and collarbones. He groaned in relief and you smiled in satisfaction, continuing to rub and pull the tightness from his body.
“Where did you learn that?”
“Madame Cha,” you told him. “She would make me massage her sore parts until she was content, which means I had to learn to do a good job.”
“Did you ever hear back from her?” Seonghwa asked and he noticed your fingers pausing for just a second.
“Kind of. She’s acquainted with a gang and one of their members is here on some business. He’s still looking into some things so he promised to let me know what’s up once he has a clearer picture.”
Seonghwa also noticed how vague your answer was. “Everything okay?”
He really noticed everything.
“Yeah, he’s actually looking into some political stuff and he’s just making sure Madame Tiffany is not a part of the people who’re stirring up trouble lately.”
“Hmm…” Seonghwa tapped your hand to let you know that you could stop now. He held your hand and steered you in front of him so he could look at you. “Did you tell Hongjoong?”
“I don’t want to tell him anything before I’m sure of what I have,” you explained and he nodded, understanding. “You know that it’s too late anyway– I only heard back from them at the beginning of this week.”
“That’s okay,” Seonghwa squeezed your hand in assurance. “Can you let me know first when we hear back?”
“Of course,” you frowned. “I didn’t take a wrong step, did I?”
“Oh, no, that’s not what I meant,” Seonghwa pulled you closer and made you settle on his lap, your eyes widening in surprise. His other hand went to rest on the small of your back. “Hongjoong is handling a lot at the moment and I don’t want to burden him with more. I’m sure you feel the same.”
“You all are dealing with a lot,” you said, noticing the bags under his eyes. “That’s why I decided to keep it to myself until I had an answer.”
Seonghwa smiled. “You and I think alike, in that sense. Remember that you can lean on us at any time, Luna. No matter when, no matter who.”
“I know,” you brought your hand up to cup his face, hesitating a bit and he raised a brow. You locked eyes with him– you hadn’t been intimate with him in any way after the kiss in Edenary, and now that everything was finally sorted out…
“What’s stopping you?” Seonghwa whispered, squeezing your sides as if to comfort you.
“I just had flashbacks to when you were about to kill me–”
Seonghwa laughed loudly. “You want me to beg for your forgiveness, love?”
Your lips curved into a mischievous smile. “Hmm… I quite like the sound of that.”
Seonghwa shook his head, scoffing and you finally cradled his face to make him look at you. You traced his cheekbone and sucked in a breath– he was beautiful. He pulled you closer on his lap and you continued to entangle your fingers in his hair while you caressed his face.
Seonghwa heard the honk of his car and whispered, “Yuta’s here.”
“I know. I should get going, right?” You asked, eyes fixated on his lips and he nodded, wanting nothing more than to keep you in his arms for the rest of the night.
However, none of you was ready to let the other go. You moved in tandem as your lips met, kissing leisurely as if you couldn’t hear the honk of the car outside. You dipped your weight against him, curling your fingers in the soft strand of his hair. His own hands rested on your hips to keep you in place and he swiped his tongue along your lips to make you open up.
His tongue explored the cavity of your mouth and you hummed in pleasure, the surroundings disappearing into nothing– all you could feel was Seonghwa kissing you ever so gently, his hands squeezing your hips, the warmth of his body radiating on yours, just Seonghwa, your Seonghwa–
A sharp knock sounded on the door and you drew back with a startled gasp, gazes still stuck on each other’s parted lips. Before you could make a move, a familiar voice sounded.
“Mr. Park? Luna?”
Oh, Jaemin. That menace. He had promised to find you when you would go to the warehouse and here he was.
You shared a quick peck and a giggle before you went to open the door. Jaemin stood with narrowed eyes, observing the two of you.
“Were you… fighting?”
“Oh, yes. Absolutely. Let’s go,” you squeaked, grabbing your things while Seonghwa’s laughter boomed in the room. You shot him a glare before leaving the room, asking Jaemin to wait in the car. You joined him after grabbing the documents from the safe, cooling your cheeks with the back of your hands.
You greeted Yuta as you got inside and passed him the documents which he slid under the seats. Jaemin asked if he could take the passenger seat but Yuta insisted it was unsafe right now and he was better off sitting in the back with you. Jaemin’s annoyed expressions thoroughly amused you and you patted his back in a sign of comradery.
“Tell you what– next time, you can sit in the front. We’ll have Yuta sit in the back and I’ll drive.”
“If you’re driving, I’d rather stay at home,” Jaemin folded his arm and you and Yuta shared a laugh.
“Oh, I was a good driver. I used to drive a lot when I lived in Edenary.”
“Really?” Jaemin asked. “What car?”
Thus, the forty minute drive passed in a breeze as the three of you talked about cars and your lifestyle in Edenary. The conversation steered to Yuta’s past and how he found the Crescents a good few years ago, the group of them hired as bodyguards for their commendable street skills.
Finally, you got to learn about who Jaemin really was– an orphan boy who had taken upon himself to take care of the younger kids in the neighbourhood where he lived. He told you that the first few years when he left the orphanage for the streets were hard but it was Seonghwa who had found him before anyone else, and you weren’t surprised in the least to hear that. Seonghwa always kept a watchful eye on the kids and the women. A guardian of sorts.
Mingi had remained in the warehouse, waiting for your arrival. He told you that the boys were running some errands– Wooyoung was making sure the warehouse would be ‘clean’ in case of an inspection, and Jongho was out bribing some police officers. Apparently, Jongho was an expert.
Jaemin and Yuta disappeared inside after Yuta handed Mingi the documents. You stood next to Mingi at the entrance, your hands stuffed in the pockets of your coat and you took a deep breath– it was chilly here since it was an open area.
“Would you like to stay here, catch up with the girls? Or would you like to accompany me to the house?”
“I’m okay either way– if you’d like some company I can join you.”
“Come along then,” Mingi smiled. “I’ll show you around.”
It didn’t feel awkward to drive with Mingi– it was the first time the two of you were alone yet there was a sense of familiarity especially because of the stories you had heard of each other. Surprisingly, though, you did not talk much about work or the boys. The conversation somehow steered from the documents to silver light to the war.
“I heard you were a soldier during the war– who was your commander?” You asked.
“Captain Byun,” Mingi said and you looked at him in surprise. “You know him?”
“You know his partner, Captain Yoon?” You asked and he nodded, glancing at you in between driving. “I was drafted in his medic squad.”
“Oh, that means we must have crossed paths at some time,” Mingi laughed in disbelief and you agreed, surprised at the revelation– who would have thought? Perhaps, you had even treated him at some point– the two captains had often worked together.
“I don’t recognise you, though,” you told him.
“I don’t either, but it’s been years,” Mingi said and you supposed that he was right. “I don’t think I would recognise most of the soldiers who worked with me either. Everyone scattered, and we all changed a lot after the war.”
“True…” you said and Mingi dug out his wallet from his back pocket.
“Take a look inside– there’s a photo,” Mingi said and you opened the wallet, finding a worn out photo of a group of men in uniform. You extracted it and checked the date. It was from February, 1962, a whole eight years back.
“Where are you?” You asked and he laughed, urging you to look carefully. You did and a gasp left your mouth–
“Is that Jongho?” You asked and he grinned. “And that– that lanky tall boy has to be you!”
“That’s me,” Mingi laughed. “There’s another one in there if you can recognise him.”
“It must be San, he told me you were all in the same platoon but I don’t think I can find him…”
Mingi stopped the car, having arrived in front of the house. He drew closer and you passed him the photo. When he pointed at a small boy, you put your hand over your mouth.
“No way that’s the Choi San.”
“He’s changed the most out of all of us,” Mingi said almost proudly and you took a closer look. That was a boy in the picture and the San that you knew… he was a man, all muscles and presence. Mingi continued, “He’s still the same person, but physically, he’s changed quite a lot.”
“Unbelievable. Jongho is very recognisable, so are you though you’ve also changed, but San? I’ll have to ask him to show me more photos of him from before the war.”
Mingi chuckled. “You do that. Come on, let’s hide the documents.”
Mingi did a quick scan around the neighbourhood before opening the car door for you and you accompanied him inside the shabby house. It looked like no one lived inside which you supposed made a good spot for a hideout, even. Mingi told you that the house had a lot of secret compartments so you would be scattering the documents. You memorised each spot, making small talk as you went back to the warehouse.
On your ride back to the Crescent Office, Jaemin fell asleep, tired from all the energy he spent– he had as much a busy day as the rest of you, if not more. You let him rest his head against your shoulder, feeling a sense of peace, Yuta’s low humming lulling you into a calm headspace.
Things were going to be okay. The storm would pass.
But before a storm dies down, it leaves something irreparable in its wake. For you, for the Crescents, the storm was no longer a sign of ‘impending’ doom, because doom had arrived in the form of a whisper, a news carried by someone who was only a messenger yet felt the burden of the news on his own shoulder.
And that messenger was Jaebeom, finally bringing a message of confirmation in your office in the early hours of a morning in Eden when the sky had just started to clear, the clouds having wrung every drop of water they held. With each word that he spilled from his mouth, you felt the walls of Yunho’s office room tighten until they threatened to swallow you whole.
For once, you were sorry to be right about someone.
And once again, you were surprised at how wrong you were about the same person.
next chapter
-> apply for the taglist here! (check your privacy setting if the tags don't work)
The Captain has found his mate. You covered your cheeks to hide the flush creeping up your cheeks.
hehewhewheewwheheee 😊😊😊
somehow, hearing jaemin deliver all the news made me think about madame cha. not that i'm necessarily doubting her own intentions bc so far it has sounded like she had only good intentions with reader, considering the glimpse we've gotten into their past and now by taking actions upon reader's letter and looking into tiffany. but in retrospect we haven't found out THAT much about how reader even came to stay with madame cha when their father tried getting rid of their identity. in the first place, what is the relation between madame cha and reader's father? sure, he hid his child's identity, wanted them out of his hair but was that plausible enough to madame cha? did i miss something? was there no push-back from madame cha or are we to believe reader was taken in out of pity and not.. some deal between madame cha and reader's father. 🙃 just made me aware that we don't know THAT much about the time right before reader was accepted under madame cha's wing. 🤔
“You’ll take me with you the next time you go to the warehouse.” “Why do you want to go there?” “Because it’s been a while. The warehouse boys spoil me,” he grinned. “And don’t worry about finding me– I’ll find you when you’re about to go.”
ykw, fair enough, can't even blame him. 😭😭
You are only suited to stay in the shadows, your father’s words rang in your head. Maybe he was right. Maybe working from the spotlight was finally taking a toll on you.
😕🙁☹️
You shrugged in obviousness. “You know I won’t relax until I hear back from my sources.”
WE'RE KEEPING THE TRUTH FROM HIM??? like okay. let me calm down. 😮💨 we don't have ALL the details yet, only speculations but, really? hasn't a lot of information been on speculations and risks so far?? what changed now?!
“Shut up,” you glared at him. “I like you. That’s what I wanted to say.” “Yeah…” he nodded after a moment of silence. “Never would have known if you hadn’t told me.” “Yeosang,” you groaned and he laughed heartily, finally pulling you closer by your wrist. “It took me so much courage to come here and you can’t stop joking around.” “Think of it as my coping mechanism,” he said in a serious tone, looking at you with caution and anticipation in his eyes. “Because I’m trying to find the words and the courage to tell you that I like you too.”
NY'AAAAAAWWWWHH😊🥰😙
“Who else have you kissed, Kang Yeosang?” “Do you really want to hear the answer?” Yeosang leaned forward, inches away from your face. “Shall I add another to the list?”
i mean.. kind of,.. yeah, if you're offering, i wanna hear, shit. LMAO. but alsoksjnfkldjns 😶🌫️😶🌫️
“Because it’s unconventional,” you said and he nodded. “And because they will wish they were us.”
LMAOOO 😃😃😃
“..And be careful.”“Of who?” “Of your desires,” Yeosang said. “Being with us is not as complicated as it sounds. You can find comfort and solace in anyone of us– whether it be of platonic, romantic or sexual nature. I just want you to navigate these waters without worrying about the consequences within our group. That means that we won’t mind what you do with one or the other. But we would also like for you to be clear of what you want with us to avoid confusion. We will respect your wishes and boundaries and will expect you to do the same, yeah?”
🥲
“I’ve always had a thing for you, just so you know. It’s hard not to, because you’re very handsome and charming.” “Stop,” Yeosang laughed– in all of his life, he would never get used to people telling him how handsome he was. Even when the boys told him, he always got shy.
hahahaha.. hold on.. omygod.. the kisses. FUCK! HOYL SHIRT!
“You’re a good kisser too.” Yeosang choked on his laughter. “I didn’t imagine you would weaponise that piece of information.”
ehehekeke, ok now all three of you kiss. 🫸👑🌙🏔️🫷
Never once did you feel out of place in his arms.
You belonged there.
i'm noticing this circle of reader finding their place of belonging and then doubting themselves. being told they belong just to then tell themselves that it would have been better if they weren't there - where someone else WANTS them to belong.🥺🥺
The warehouse boys got you a few gifts– a gun designed by Yerin, its hilt encrusted with a pearl which gave it ‘the Luna touch’, as they quoted. It was a beautiful beretta and they promised to teach you with that gun so you could get familiar with it. They also gave you a small dagger with a customised engraved cover that you could carry in your purse or even your boot.
that's so hot actually. 😮💨
“I just want everyone to shut up for two minutes so Luna can talk about something,” he announced and you groaned, curling into Yunho’s side as everyone laughed knowingly or in confusion. Yeosang pretended he could not see you, finding the ceiling incredibly interesting, knowing damn well that he should have phrased it differently– But this was his charm.
I'M CRACKING TF UP YEOSANG PLEASE YOU CANT KEEP DOING THISSS 😭😭😭
“I mean, we, the younger ones, don’t spend everyday with you but from what we’ve seen… the hyungs really needed a dose of someone like you.” And then started bickering and finger-pointing because whatever did he mean? And how dare he? While Mingi and Wooyoung defended their precious youngest, asserting that while they were away, the hyungs started to get too pompous and they really needed someone to humble them– that someone being you who was a mere bookkeeper telling them what was wrong and right, stopping them from sabotaging their business and working to improve it while also entrapping them in the little ‘love bubble’ they had going on, according to Jongho.
HELP THEY BEEN HOLDING BACK SO MUCHH FROM THEM.
“I like the warehouse boys more though,” you commented, earning gasps. “They’re… my type of boys.” Chaos erupted in the room, San and Yeosang clinging on to each other in a fervent display of heartbreak, Seonghwa covering his ears with his hands as if he could not hear anything, Hongjoong sitting with his hurt pride and Yunho bringing your joined hands up in the air for everyone to see– an act of betrayal, it was.
JUST ADDING MORE FUEL TO THE FIRE ICANTSMDMKFNF
Wooyoung grinned. “When can I officially take you out on your first date? Because I bet none of these fuckers have taken you out yet–” And that started another finger-pointing session, though Wooyoung was officially winning that one. None of them had actually taken you out on a date yet. Even the ones you were intimate with.
i'm sorry. i'm just quoting the entire fucking scene back to you. it's just too funny. 😬😬
San and Wooyoung both also kissed your cheeks but it seemed to be an inside joke and they disappeared into another room, snickering about something.
JKSBHNKLJM
Jongho was mostly avoiding any physical contact but he tapped your cheek teasingly as he exited the room, laughing devilishly at your shocked face.
KRKREKEMEEMMRKEKE
“Well, I quite like the sound of it,” Hongjoong said, smirking. “See you in the morning… mate.” “Aye aye, Captain,” you raised your fist for emphasis though your voice came out weak, making him chuckle. You muttered a curse. Forget the warehouse boys– he was going to be more challenging than all of the boys combined.
HAVE MERCY ON MY SOUL. 😵💫
Yunho appeared out of the shadows, taking your hand and leading you to an empty, dark corner. Before you could ask him what was happening, he twirled you around and pressed your back against the wall, swallowing your surprised gasp with his lips, making you instantly drop your bag and melt in his arms. “Our girl,” Yunho muttered in your ear, voice thick with desire. “Do you have any idea how much I love the sound of that?”
ARE YOU KILLING ME YUMMMIII WTAFUUUCK 👹👹
“I missed you so much. In Edenary. Here. Don’t you ever give me space again.”
WE ARE YEARNERS OMYGAAAH 🏃♀️➡️🤸♀️🏃♀️🤸♀️🏃♀️➡️
“One day, I’m going to do something about that mouth of yours, y/n.” It was a promise, and it registered in every part of your body. It was an effort to stop the noise that threatened to leave your mouth at the suggestiveness of the situation.
🥴🥴🥴
“What’s stopping you?” Seonghwa whispered, squeezing your sides as if to comfort you. “I just had flashbacks to when you were about to kill me–” Seonghwa laughed loudly. “You want me to beg for your forgiveness, love?” Your lips curved into a mischievous smile. “Hmm… I quite like the sound of that.”
i love the unforgiving honesty of reader. not necessarily in their general persona but in moments like these that make you unsure if they're using it as comedic relief, coping or because when it comes to atz they are slowly prone to just spill whatever comes to their mind. and it helps that atz is good noticing the little signs when reader is HOLDING back from letting their thoughts run free.
the concept of twink choi San in the military 🧠
For once, you were sorry to be right about someone. And once again, you were surprised at how wrong you were about the same person.
WHATDOYOUMENAWHATDOYOUMENAWHATTY??? 🫨
"maybe a place where light and darkness meet, the choice between truth and lies is mine."
masterlist
ot8!ateez x f!reader, mafia au
chapter warnings: drinking, smoking, illegal businesses, mentions of war/military, drugs, gangs and corruption, reader is anxious throughout most of the chapter, hongjoong redeems himself, san shoots his shot so that makes reader a serial kisser, and impending doom ig
chapter wc: 11.6k
chapter synopsis: after a last gathering in edenary where you meet a few key people of eden, you come back to sector 1 and have a meeting with the crescents. you and hongjoong make up and you finally learn about the nature of the crescents’ relationship from san. hongjoong delays the deal with madame tiffany but you still do not hear back from your sources in wonderland until the two parties officially sign the deal and it starts to feel like it’s too late to turn back.
prev chapter recap: the crescents meet up at the bar and share recent updates about assemblyman wi and how the anonymous funders have been identified save for one. yeosang reveals that the rv spies are protecting you from a threat which is not secretary park, and that has you rethinking everything from your past. your anxiety weighs on you and yunho attempts to comfort you. he hints about the nature of the crescents’ relationship. seonghwa and hongjoong finally let you in on the drug project for silver light and ask you to look into their possible partner for the deal, madame tiffany– a well-known tech company owner from wonderland. you finally step back into edenary after years and before the meeting with madame tiffany at a business gathering hosted by eden news owners, hongjoong gifts you a pearl necklace to match with your ring while asserting your role as his partner and his weapon. you meet secretary park and get a feeling that you’re being baited into making this new deal. You confront and warn him. the night ends in a conflict with hongjoong, though seonghwa is there to kiss away your tears.
There was something you wished you did not have in common with Hongjoong– the trait of stubbornness.
None of you was going to take the first step to acknowledge that perhaps, you both were at fault and the discussion that night in Edenary could have been handled in a better way without leaving things on a bitter note.
Hongjoong had managed to buy some time before Madame Tiffany would sign the deal, like you wanted. He invited her to Sector 1 and offered to show her around his business as a fellow tech-enthusiast. Still, things remained somewhat tense between the two of you. With Seonghwa’s presence as a buffer, it was somewhat bearable but it was getting harder to not address the elephant in the room when you were alone with him.
However, the two of you were also good at acting like everything was fine. No one would feel the tension surrounding the two of you unless they cared to take a closer look.
It was the third and the last day of your stay at Edenary, an unusually clear July afternoon at yet another business gathering hosted at the Ju Residence in the honour of Eden Newspaper’s 50th anniversary. It was an important event with a lot of politicians and business figures from all over Eden and the neighbouring countries attending so the three of you had planned to split and conquer.
You had prepared for this event in advance in a true Edenary citizen fashion. The previous day had no schedule so you decided to visit a few hotspots in Edenary. You offered Seonghwa to join but he already had another commitment with Hongjoong. Seonghwa requested Jaehyun and Ten to escort you– they were old employees and friends who could be trusted and as residents of Edenary, they were probably updated on where you should make your stops.
When you told Jaehyun and Ten that you would be making trips to the bars and clubs in Eden, they immediately knew what was up. Sporting little smirks and dressing their best, they joined you and you had to admit the three of you were quite a sight together– Hongjoong seemed to think so since he commented on your odd choice of outfit.
The odd thing being the burgundy colour of your lace blouse paired with cream slacks. Your feet were clad in heels and you were wearing your pearls, adding a sunhat and shades to the look. That was definitely something new for Hongjoong who had only seen you in formal office attire– or in the dress that he bought for you. He half wished he could ditch his appointment to observe you from the sidelines– he was quite curious about how you would look as an Edenary citizen.
He didn’t have to wait long to see that. Just like yesterday, you blended in seamlessly with the crowd today. You were wearing a mulberry coloured sheath dress, switching the pearls with silver accessories to match the bracelet that Hongjoong had given you. You weren’t oblivious of the way his eyes stuck to the cuff around your wrist when you sat next to him in the car. When you reached the venue and split up, he kept an eye on you while you got acquainted with the crowd. You seemed to be getting along just fine so he relaxed and let you handle it, deciding to trust in you just a bit more.
You would later reveal that this was what you had practised for– in the bars and clubs where information was sold over drinks, you got updates on the latest gossip of Edenary. It was the oldest trick in the book, yet it always worked. All you had to do was look good and provide something worthy in exchange, and you had a lot to share– just nothing about the Crescents but about General Wi and Secretary Park. Harmless little rumours.
You knew not to believe anything that came out of drunken mouths but from your experience, most of the time they were right. The other times, half-right.
That was how you made a mental list of a few people that you had to get acquainted with at this party. Most of them were business owners but there were quite a lot of politicians and people that had connections in the underworld. You had a short chat with Lee Sunmi, the heiress to Maddox and Co. – the jewellery brand that was Eden’s staple. She recognised the silver bracelet on your wrist and told you how Hongjoong had spent a lot of time choosing and designing the bracelet.
“Hold up,” you interrupted. “You’re telling me he designed it?”
“We take custom orders, and our customers sometimes suggest designs and we try our best to incorporate it into ours and deliver what they desire,” Sunmi smiled. “And Kim Hongjoong is quite a thoughtful man. He has always been creative.”
It looked like Hongjoong and Sunmi were on friendly terms– they probably had to be, considering the amount of purchases he had been making recently. You almost wished you had worn the pearl necklace too so you could hear the story behind it, but for now…
This was enough.
A few moments later, you went to hang out in a corner with a drink, clouded by the contents of your conversation with Sunmi while you watched the guests and made note of who was interacting with whom. You felt a tap on your shoulder and turned to find a man who was about Hongjoong’s height. He looked familiar for some reason.
“I see you’ve got eyes on Assemblyman Kim Jooheon,” the man said, pointing at the politician with his gaze.
“I see that you do too,” you replied, making space for him in the corner. You could see almost everyone from here since it was an elevated platform but hardly anyone looked back towards you.
“Drink?” You offered and when he nodded, you grabbed a glass from your right where the table was.
“You look familiar,” he commented. “Where are you from?”
“Sector 1,” you told him. “Are you from there too?”
“Yeah,” he put his hands in the pocket of his plain black suit, habitually sniffing. “I saw you talking to Park Seonghwa. Are you… acquainted with him?”
You narrowed your eyes just a fraction. “Can I have your name, please?”
He smiled in defeat. “Bang Chan.”
You almost dropped the drink in your hand, resorting to a gulp. This was the man who had unintentionally triggered the wheels into motion that led you to where you were today– Chan, the leader of Wolfgang. Had he not ordered his men to raid the Crescent Bar, you wouldn’t have signed the deal with Seonghwa and become a Crescent.
You wanted to thank him for a multitude of reasons, and the small part of you that still yearned for the normalcy you had before getting swept up in all these politics wanted to kill him for ruining your peace.
“Mr. Bang,” you nodded, extending your hand. “I’m Luna.”
“Is there more to it?” He shook your hand, his eyes filled with curiosity.
“Perhaps,” you replied nonchalantly. “What do you know about Assemblyman Kim?”
“Well, if you’re looking to make connections with him, he might consider if you’re influential around Sector 1, though I must say I haven’t really heard of you…”
“You will, soon,” you promised and he shook his head in amusement. “Do you think he would associate with… people who have influence in the underworld?”
Chan raised a brow. “You must recognise me, huh?”
“Yeah, but that might not be the reason I’m asking that question,” you said, taking a gulp. You smirked. “I must say I didn’t expect the leader of Wolfgang here.”
“Well, you know what they say about us mafiosi,” he smirked back, swirling the drink in his glass. “Refined gentlemen during the day, gangsters at night.”
Just like the Crescents. You had heard about the history of their gang once from Wendy– the members of Wolfgang had been among the first to get forcefully drafted in the military during war. President Son could not prevent the military takeover during the war and that was the reason that the people around your age, like the Crescents and the Wolfgang, had all been enlisted. What made Wolfgang unique was that they were already becoming an established gang before the war and after the war ended, they only grew stronger.
Chan quirked his brows. “Will you answer my question now?”
“Well… you could say we’re acquaintances, yes, Seonghwa and I,” you said and he raised a brow at the way you so casually addressed him. “Will you answer my question now?”
Chan laughed deeply, knowing you wouldn’t be giving him anything else about your connection with Seonghwa.
“Assemblyman Kim is a presidential candidate for the next elections, though his ratings aren’t very high,” he sighed. “But you already know that. What you should know is that he’s a smart man- smarter than people give him credit for. His moral compass is very clear and he values justice above everything else.”
“And that would be why he has such low ratings, because who cares about justice in this era?” You huffed. “Thank you for the tip, Mr. Bang. I must shoot my shot now– I hope we can cross paths on good terms in the future.”
“Likewise… Luna,” he bowed jokingly and you shot a grin in his direction before walking towards the assemblyman, his secretaries by his side busy speaking with other people who wanted to hold a conversation with the presidential candidate. You slid in front of him smoothly as soon as he shook hands with a person to bid them farewell.
“Good afternoon, Mr. Kim,” you extended your hand and he scanned your figure, shaking your hand with a warm smile. “I’m Luna of the Crescent Company. It’s a pleasure to meet you, Sir.”
You could tell by the look in his eyes that he was trying to pinpoint where exactly he had seen you– certainly not in Sector 1 or anywhere near the Crescents. You only smiled knowingly.
“Haven’t we met?” He couldn’t resist asking. “In Edenary, a few years ago?”
Oh, Chan was right– he really was smart. He had, in fact, met you very briefly once. You hadn’t exchanged any meaningful words other than a light shriek from you when he suddenly appeared in your way, and a question from him to ask if you were okay, or if you needed help, because you looked so out of place in your own home.
That had been the last party that you attended in Edenary which was hosted in your father’s own mansion before you had to leave. You had been strictly instructed to stay in your own room but obedience had never been your strongest forte especially when forced.
And that might be why things turned out like they did.
“You have… exceptional memory, Assemblyman Kim,” you breathed, truly impressed.
He seemed to be still in thought, trying to pinpoint where he had seen you. You decided to make things easier for him– perhaps this could be an opportunity.
“At Secretary Park’s residence– the party was hosted to celebrate President Lee’s official debut in the political world.”
“Ah… that is a memorable night,” he nodded slowly, recalling the events of that night. You remembered that night as well as if it was yesterday– it had been truly electric to see so many powerful and influential people in one place and in your residence of all the locations. The mansion had been heavily guarded and only a few people were invited. Lee Jinwook and his wife Han Hyojoo had both been present. President Son’s term was about to conclude and he made a short appearance for the sake of his old friend, Han Hyojoo.
Your father would have sent you somewhere for the duration of that party but he locked you and Sunghoon both in a room– you because he couldn’t have anyone know that you were related to him, and Sunghoon because he was too rebellious at that time.
However, Sunghoon had always been one step ahead of his father as long as it concerned sneaking past him. When he waved the key in front of you, you almost smiled. And he let you out that night simply out of spite for his father, though you knew better than to stray too far.
And Assemblyman Kim hadn’t been the only person you had a memorable encounter with. Han Hyojoo, who would later become the President of Eden, was one of them too. A memory you would never forget.
“Sometimes when I recall that night,” Assemblyman Kim began, “I remember how frightened you looked to see me and then I start wondering what I had done to scare a child.”
“It wasn’t you,” you suppressed a chuckle. “I just… wasn’t supposed to be roaming around and then you caught me sneaking outside.”
Mr. Kim laughed heartily. “I’m relieved to hear that. So you’re a Crescent, huh?”
“It’s a recent happening,” you confirmed. “I hope you’ve been doing well, Sir. If you ever need a helping hand or a… tip, you can look for the sneaky child that gets scared easily. You’ll find her in Sector 1.”
Assemblyman Kim considered that offer. “Noted. Although if you’ve done your research, you would know that I don’t associate with… underworld organisations.”
“Perhaps, your information is outdated– or rather, one-sided,” you commented, noticing how his secretaries were listening in to your conversation now. “But tell you what, Assemblyman Kim… you don’t need to step in the underworld to rule the world, you know what I mean?”
He poked his tongue inside his cheek, shaking his head. “I’ll keep that in mind, Miss.”
“That’s a positive sign, right?” You look towards his female secretary, Secretary Shin, whose lips curled in an assuring smile. You parted with them, deciding to take a break before resuming your scavenging.
You ascended up the stairs of the Ju Residence, your hand sliding up the marble railing with ease. There were people everywhere, drinks or tarts in their hands as they chattered endlessly. Craving some peace, you found the balcony empty and went to stand in the corner, hopefully out of sight of the people inside. You ran your gaze across the expanse of the residence– the garden that surrounded the mansion was also full of guests lounging near the buffet table. You recognised a few of them and spotted Hongjoong conversing with a group of older men.
You shut your eyes and took a deep breath, a dull throbbing in your head preventing you from organising your thoughts any further. You almost didn’t feel the presence of Seonghwa until he was beside you, his hand sliding over yours and you would have been startled if it weren’t for his very familiar sigh sounding in the air.
“Tired?” He asked and you opened your eyes to look at the underboss. He was dressed to perfection in a black suit with a red sash emerging from under the left lapel that attached to his right shoulder and fell back in a flowy manner– true to Edenary fashion. His hair was getting longer, which meant that it was getting harder for you to resist stealing glances at him.
“A bit, yeah,” you shrugged. “No matter how much I get used to this… environment, it will always feel a bit suffocating to be here.”
“I can understand why,” he agreed. “Parties used to be somewhere that you could let loose. Now you have to be cautious of every move you make, every word you say.”
“You’re a natural at this, though,” you teased. “You grab everyone’s attention when you’re in the room.”
“Everyone but yours, it seems,” he retorted. “I was watching you talk to Assemblyman Kim. You didn’t even notice me when you were done. Tsk tsk,” he shook his head and you curled your lips downwards, making him grin.
“I’ll tell you all about the meeting with him when we get home– but first, I did not know Kim Hongjoong was a romantic,” you whispered dramatically and he raised a brow in question. “I met Lee Sunmi and she had something interesting to say about this piece. He designed this himself.”
You waved the bracelet in front of him and he chuckled, showing off his ring. “Did you not notice all of us wearing the same ring, sweetheart?”
“Oh?” You held his hand to inspect the ring- it was shaped like your bracelet with infinity symbol design carved all around. “All of you?”
“All eight of us, yeah. Also designed by the one and only Hongjoong,” he smiled proudly. “And you match.”
You pursed your lips, taking a closer look at your bracelet– it really was a matching set. “A part of the Crescents, huh?”
Seonghwa nodded, his eyes darting towards the window. “Mr. Ju is here. I’ve got to greet him.”
“Alright, I’ll go get something to eat before I resume this serious business,” you mocked and he snickered before the two of you parted ways.
You didn’t get a chance to brief the boys until you were back to Sector 1 and you figured that it was for the better since it saved you all the repetition. The rest of the Crescents came to town to hear about your visit to Edenary but this time, you were all cramped inside Hongjoong’s office. Or maybe it felt cramped due to the lack of drinks and the subtle tension in the air.
You took yet another deep breath as you heard Seonghwa’s side of the story, your eyes darting among the boys. Now that Seonghwa had hinted that they were all a single unit and might be closer than you thought, you couldn’t help but read too much into the otherwise casual actions– Mingi holding Yunho’s hand and Yunho absently caressing it while he watched Yeosang with a unique fondness, Wooyoung trying his utmost best to land a kiss anywhere on Yeosang who was strongly resisting with a subtle smile on his face that indicated that he didn’t dislike his attempts, and San massaging Jongho’s shoulders while he listened intently to what Seonghwa was saying.
Hongjoong watched all of them with almost parental affection, sending warning glares to anyone who dared interrupt the underboss and sharing smiles with anyone who looked his way.
So the question remained, looming over you until the weight of it felt almost tangible–
Who was with who, and just how many of them wanted you to be a part of whatever relationship they had?
“You alright?” Mingi asked. Having sat next to you, he noticed how you had stopped listening a while ago.
You nodded, smiling briefly in assurance before focusing your attention on Seonghwa who was now finishing up. Hongjoong filled in the parts that Seonghwa had not covered, especially about the previous day at the party at Ju Residence.
“I think the only memorable part of my night was finding President Son’s wife at the event,” he said and a chorus of appreciation sounded across the room. You looked at Hongjoong who was smiling knowingly at you– he had withheld this information for this dramatic reveal.
“Kim Jiwon,” he continued. “I think she attended knowing President Lee wouldn’t make it. You don’t often see ex-President Son’s family and anyone connected to President Lee in the same room.”
“Secretary Park was there, though,” you recalled. You purposely ignored and avoided him that day. “But I don’t think they crossed paths.”
“They probably didn’t. She was there for a very short time,” he agreed. “Anyways, she asked how business was. I told her that it was fine, and then she asked how business was.”
“Hold up–” you straightened. “You’re acquainted with President Son?”
Hongjoong crossed his legs, smirking. “The war may have ruined us all but me, personally? I made a lot of connections.”
You whistled, impressed and Wooyoung, who was sitting not far from you, waved his hand in dismissal. “He knows everyone, Luna. Get used to it.”
“Noted,” you sagged back into the couch but kept your eyes trained on Hongjoong. “How do you know him?”
“That’s a story I’ll tell you some other time,” he promised. “But anyways, my point is that this is the first time President Son has hinted that he knows something. I thought it might be a slip of tongue from his wife but then I remembered that they’re the kind of people who make mistakes on purpose.”
“She could be referring to the illegal trade, the weapons, or… anything, at this point,” Yeosang thought. “But the fact that they’re aware and have not done anything must mean that they don’t entirely disapprove, right? President Son still has enough influence to make our establishment collapse if he wants to.”
“Right, which is why I’m thinking that I really need to look into what he has been up to recently,” Hongjoong concluded. “Luna.”
“Yeah, so,” you began, inhaling deeply. “I think the two of you covered most of it. I had a not-so-cool meeting with Secretary Park,” you said, your eyes darting towards Seonghwa who had a subtle smile on his face. “He’s an arse, as usual.”
“Louder!” Wooyoung clapped in appreciation, eyes full of pride which prompted a laugh from you, making you feel instantly lighter.
“He thinks we should sign the deal with Madame Tiffany, which translates to ‘it will ruin us’, but maybe that’s just me,” you looked pointedly at Hongjoong who was suddenly too busy admiring his nails. “And then yesterday, I met Lee Sunmi of Maddox Jewellers and she had some interesting things to say about our boss, but that’s a story for later.”
That finally made Hongjoong look at you and you were surprised to see the glimpse of a cautious hope in his eyes. You continued. “I also had an interesting conversation with Assemblyman Kim. He remembers seeing me in Secretary Park’s mansion in 1963.”
“That’s seven years ago,” Jongho looked surprised. “How does he remember?”
“Well, your boss recalled seeing me from way before,” you pointed out and Hongjoong huffed.
“Seeing a young girl in Secretary Park’s mansion. Didn’t realise it was you,” he corrected.
“And Assemblyman Kim remembered me because, well, I gave him quite the reaction when I saw him last time,” you told the boys about your first meeting with him. “I made sure he knew that the Crescents are one call away if he ever needs help.”
“But he doesn’t associate with ‘gangs’,” Jongho pointed out.
“I told him he doesn’t need to ‘associate’ with us in order to gain something from us. And let’s admit it– my addition to the Crescents makes your business image far cleaner than it actually is.”
Laughter filled the room as the boys clapped in acknowledgement, making you sit just a little taller, your heart feeling full with something like pride.
“Anyways, I’ve heard more rumours about the recent happenings in Eden which may or may not be true,” you continued. “But the most interesting one has to be about how the Sirens Rebel Party is planning some unusual way of protesting when the campaigns start– and this time, their target is not only General Wi but also… President Lee.”
“President Lee?” Yunho frowned. “When he’s been pretty much unproblematic this whole time? I don’t think he’s being controlled by the army like the Sirens fear. If he was, the first step he would have taken is to send the Strictland immigrants in Eden back to their homeland.”
“That’s what you think,” Wooyoung scoffed. “I’ve been saying it this whole time– he’s far too clean to be unproblematic. Besides, he wouldn’t make a move like this and oust himself.”
“This means it’s time we do a little digging, no?” You looked at Hongjoong who was nodding in thought. “We should look into why the Sirens suddenly think President Lee has joined hands with the army. The Sirens are mostly Strictland immigrants– they must be anxious about something… And who would know President Lee better than President Son? Isn’t it so odd that he refuses to acknowledge him when he was so close to President Lee’s wife?”
“I just thought it might be a personal issue. There were always rumours about how President Han and President Son may have been a thing at some point in their lives,” Hongjoong said and you were about to protest when he spoke your mind. “I think that’s rubbish and it’s probably another deep-rooted grudge– President Son has never been a fan of President Lee.”
“Well, I hope there’s some way to find more about the reason their relationship is so strained,” you said, taking a deep breath before saying, “and that’s about it, yeah. Trip to Edenary concluded.”
A chorus of hums sounded across the room and someone shuffled to get the drink from Hongjoong’s table that they wanted to open for a successful trip. You, however, caught Yunho’s gaze.
“You did great,” he leaned forward to say with a warm smile, Mingi pressing himself back on the couch so you two could talk. “Assemblyman Kim is actually not a bad idea at all. We might need him if President Lee really is guilty of something big.”
“Right?” You exhaled in relief. “You can never have too many allies.”
San interrupted the moment with a tap to your shoulder, sliding in the empty space next to you and handing you a glass, congratulating you on making your first trip to Edenary as a Crescent a success– he had heard about your worries and anxiety about the trip over one of your usual late night drink sessions before you left.
“Any moments worthy of another late night drink session?” He asked in a low voice, winking subtly and you stifled a smile.
“There’s actually a lot, but if you can’t tell, me and Hongjoong are a little tense. We had a little argument,” you told him and he went ahead to glare at his boss unfiltered, which made you grab him by the chin so he would face you.
“Choi San!” You scolded in a harsh whisper. “You can’t do that!”
The action did not go unnoticed by the few who were watching you, but you were far too focused on the way San’s gaze softened as he looked at you. You dropped your hand, taking a big gulp of the drink as you attempted to appear normal and unaffected by the fluttering of your heart. You looked back at him and the two of you burst into giggles.
“You want me dead and gone, don’t you?” You poked his thigh.
“How dare Hongjoong have an argument with my darling sweetheart!” He continued with his charade, fully pouting as he clutched your head to bring you into a mock of an embrace. You struggled to free yourself and the boys laughed in confusion. Once you managed to wring away from San, you fixed your hair before smacking his arm.
All the while Hongjoong watched you challengingly.
You stared right back, eyes determined. And when a little smirk appeared on his lips, you finally found yourself relaxing while also realising with a sinking heart that Hongjoong already had quite the hold on you.
Now that you had wrapped up the hard part about the business with the conclusion of the Edenary trip, things were settling back into the old, quiet routine. You were only waiting for Madame Tiffany’s arrival to Sector 1 and, if lucky, a tip from Madame Cha in Wonderland to arrive preferably before the deal happens.
You had to admit that it was making you a little restless to not hear back from Madame Cha, and it had you wondering if she was purposely withholding information. Was she in cahoots with Madame Tiffany or worse, Secretary Park? The unease that you might have been betrayed by the one person you trusted prevented you from focusing completely on work and you often found yourself distracted and zoning out.
Anyone could tell that you were a bit jumpy these days. It was not because of your shift in relationship with both Yunho and Seonghwa. Things with Seonghwa were surprisingly normal and comfortable even after the romantic moment in Edenary, even after the confessions. He was still the same old underboss who gave you orders and a pat on your shoulders for doing a good job. He would make sure you were taking your meals on time, as did your colleagues Eunha and Jihoon.
It was mostly the lack of response from Madame Cha that was eating you up, and… Hongjoong.
Hongjoong was pretending to be normal– pretending, you were sure, because you were no stranger to the slight edge in his voice when he talked to you. It reminded you of the time when he had ‘respectfully’ asked you to stick to being a bookkeeper instead of meddling with their business and it made you reconsider if becoming a Crescent was a smart decision at all. You could have simply given away every information you possessed in exchange for your life, or used Kihyun as a shield. You could have resigned and gone to work at MX Pharmaceuticals– that way, you wouldn’t have had to interact with the Crescents very much.
But then… you would think about the boys. You would think about the recent development in the business and your relationship with the boys, ruminate about the good moments that you shared with them. The bond that you had created with them definitely outweighed anything else by a considerable margin.
You were waiting for Hongjoong in his office while you finished up the daily report for him. You couldn’t help but get distracted by the bracelet on your wrist. Perhaps, you should not have worn it today.
However, Hongjoong seemed to think differently. When he came to the office and seated himself across you, his gaze stuck on your wrist as you passed him the report. You hid your hands under the desk on purpose while you reviewed the reports as he went through them. It was all very smooth and casual, just like before, until–
“When are you going to share what Sunmi had to say about me?”
You couldn’t help the smirk this time. “When were you going to tell me that you’re not just the boss of a criminal organisation but a part-time designer as well?”
Hongjoong let out a wicked laugh. “Boss of a criminal organisation, okay, but a part-time designer? That’s something I’ve never heard about myself.”
“Well?” You waved your wrist in the air. “I’m hearing you designed this yourself, Captain.”
“Yeah, I did,” he leaned forward challengingly. “What about it?”
“Is this your trademark design,” you asked, letting your fingers brush the ring he wore on his right hand, “or… did you design it to match with your rings?”
Hongjoong only smiled in answer, letting you caress his hand for just a moment before he grabbed yours and brought it to his lips, pressing a kiss to your knuckles and sending butterflies in your stomach.
“I need answers, Hongjoong,” you almost whispered. “Not distractions.”
“I designed it to match,” he admitted, clasping both of his hands around yours. “And since we’re both feeling a little chummy right now, I will admit that I said things that I should not have said.”
He cautiously looked into your eyes before he continued. “Your opinions were never imposing. You are my– our partner now, and you are allowed to voice your opinions even if they are imposing. Yes, I’m the boss and I make the final decision but that does not mean that I do not make sure that all my partners are satisfied with the decision I will make.”
“I know,” you said softly, surprised at the hint of vulnerability in his eyes.
“I’m just eager to make this deal,” he sighed. “This drug project has been in the works for far too long now, and I know I should be cautious, but it’s a golden opportunity, isn’t it?”
You nodded. “I might have been overthinking because it’s my father who encouraged us to proceed with the deal. I haven’t heard back from Madame Cha yet.”
“And that is why I delayed the meeting,” he reminded you. “But you must understand that I cannot delay it any further, right?”
You nodded, pursing your lips. There was still an unsettling feeling in your heart and now you were starting to understand the gravity and the seriousness of this drug project. It could improve the healthcare system of Eden and it could shake Eden as it exposes the people who tried to keep silver light all to themselves. Perhaps, you were just anxious because of those reasons.
“I understand, and I will cooperate,” you said and he shook his head at your choice of words. You let out a nervous laugh, the tension releasing from your body. “I mean, I accept your apology and I will work with you when we shake hands with Madame Tiffany. She’s probably a good choice– the best option we have for now.”
“The best option we’ve ever had,” Hongjoong said. “And I’m wary of her too. My network is meticulous and so far, she’s mostly clean. Only misfortune can ruin us now.”
“Let’s hope not,” you squeezed his hands in assurance before drawing them away. “Also, is there any way for you to contact President Son?”
“What for?”
“I was just wondering if he would like to share what he has on President Lee.”
“If it was that easy, I would have asked him ages ago,” Hongjoong chuckled.
“I know!” Your shoulders sagged. “Still…”
“He’s not the type of man to share information just like that, and I don’t even want to try,” Hongjoong raised his hands in surrender. “He’s scary.”
“So you are scared of someone, huh? You’re just human, after all,” you folded your arms, laughing mockingly.
“One wrong move and he will end my whole career,” Hongjoong reminded you and you bit on your lower lip in thought.
“What if we have something to trade? Information, an opportunity, something like that?”
“He is the kind of person who knows everything that happens– in Eden and in the underworld of this continent. It’s no wonder that he exercised presidency in Eden for two whole terms. A solid ten years of experience in that position, given his background is something to fear.”
“So we need him, but he does not need us,” you sighed in resignation when Hongjoong nodded. “Alright. I’ll see if there’s some other way to find information about President Lee. I really don’t think he’s unaware of this Strictland business. There is no way Secretary Park is making all these visits to Halaland personally under his nose.”
“Jongho is working on that,” he assured you. “He has a few connections in Halaland but they’re waiting for Secretary Park’s next visit to their country before they tail him.”
“Good idea. Have we still not found any clues about the anonymous source?”
“No, but I have a feeling it’s gonna be something big,” Hongjoong rubbed his face, tired. “We will also have to wait for the end of this month but I can’t promise any results. The anonymous sources usually hire someone from delivery services who have no connection to both parties. We correlate the timing through them– we hide our identity too. It’s going to be hard.”
You sat in silence, sorting your thoughts out and then agreeing that it was best to wait and see. Hongjoong reminded you that Madame Tiffany was arriving in three days’ time and that he and Seonghwa were going to show her around, but they would appreciate your presence when the actual meeting happens.
And it was the pressure of your new role that made you search for the comfort of your old job– where a part of you would always be, you mused. The Crescent Bar was almost like a home to you now, and tonight you were looking for Yeosang so you could tell him the events of Edenary in detail and talk about the things that you had been avoiding for a while now before it gets too complicated.
You had just wrapped up things with Yunho in the office before coming here and you might have talked to him instead, but it was getting harder to look at him and not have your heart melt a little. You were afraid that you were going to make a mistake– or simply, not think rationally in his presence. That is why your heart reached for Yeosang. You had known him the longest time and it was always comfortable with him, even after the subtle shift in your relationship.
However, when you sneaked in through the back door, wanting to avoid the rest of your friends who worked at the front, you found the door to his office locked. You stood there with your hand on the knob, your shoulders tensing up with each passing minute as you wondered where he was–
“Luna?”
You turned to find San who was shrugging on his usual leather jacket over a black tank top. It looked like he was getting ready to go home.
“Oh, hi,” you awkwardly waved. “Done for the night?”
“Yeah, what’s up? Are you looking for Yeosang?”
“Yes, but it looks like he’s not here,” you pursed your lips. “So I’ll be going back home.”
He studied you for a moment before shaking his head. “You need a drink?”
“Not here, I sneaked in from the back door,” you told him and he smiled in understanding. “Just wanted to talk to him about… stuff.”
“Well,” San stepped closer. “You can talk to me, if you’d like? No pressure– we could go somewhere else. I was going to go home anyway, and I’ll be alone tonight. No engagements.”
You contemplated for a moment. San was definitely easy to talk to and you both were very comfortable ranting to each other about what was going on in your lives. While he wasn’t as good as Yeosang at helping you navigate through what you were thinking… he was comforting in a different way. Like a friend, your equal.
“I guess we could walk around for now, yeah?”
“I’ve got drinks at my place if you’d like to drown your sorrows away,” he laughed and you clapped in acknowledgement, asking him to lead the way– you would definitely need a few drinks to talk about tonight’s subject matter.
The matter being what the eight of them really wanted from you.
~
“Look,” you took a deep breath, glad your mind was not cloudy from all the drinking you had been doing. San wasn’t drinking very much, opting to hear you out instead and promising to stop you if he thought was necessary. “I get it. You guys are close, in more ways than you let on–”
“It’s really not that complicated–” he began but you shot him a warning glare and he pretended to zip his mouth.
“To you, it may not be. You guys have been together for a long time, San,” you reminded him, shifting so you were sitting cross-legged on the floor now, resting your elbows on the table. You moved the bottles in front of you, arranging them into triangles while you talked. “Your relationship developed naturally. Right?”
“You’ve been with us for a long time too, now,” San countered. “At least with me and Yeosang.”
“That’s why I’m in your apartment right now. If it was someone else, I wouldn’t have intruded,” you winked at him and he laughed. “But my point is… how would it change us? What would it mean for me?”
“I think you need to answer a few questions first,” San shrugged. “If you’re comfortable with at least a few of us. If you see us in that light– if you want to be with some of us romantically.”
When San brought you to his apartment, he showed you around like a gentleman. He lived with Mingi and Seonghwa but Mingi usually stayed in the warehouse, opting to come back during the weekends. Seonghwa was visiting some family so he wouldn’t be home tonight either.
Then you told San about the details of your time in Edenary– specifically your argument with Hongjoong and how it got resolved now. He didn’t comment much, only smiled knowingly and agreed that Hongjoong could be a bit temperamental at times but that was probably stress.
And when you told him about your kiss with Seonghwa and your undeniable feelings for Yunho and Yeosang, he couldn’t help but make a few teasing remarks which finally made you get a good amount of wine in your system. You asked him to simply answer all your questions without ambiguity. You couldn’t simply sit around anymore and keep getting distracted over what was and what could be.
“Maybe I do,” you answered, your mouth suddenly feeling dry and you were glad you had some drinks in your system because you couldn’t have admitted it with this confidence otherwise. “Maybe I like you too.”
San smirked. “I’ll hear that when you’re sober, thank you very much.”
“I am sober. Just a little bit tipsy,” you straightened. “Come on, San. Don’t push me back now.”
“I’m not,” he gently said, scooting closer. “You wanna cuddle?”
“Cuddle?” You gaped at him– the mafia capo wanted to cuddle. With you.
“How long has it been since you’ve sat in someone’s arms, dear? Even platonically?”
There was a certain sadness in his voice that you couldn’t pinpoint. It made your heart sink, and you wondered if he had looked through your heart and found how lonely you were.
Cautiously, you scooted closer where he sat on the floor with his back resting on the couch, his legs spread to accommodate you. You sat in front of him, unsure of how he wanted you to sit.
“This is weird,” you told him and he shook his head, grabbing your wrists and turning you around so you were now tucked in his embrace, and with his bare, strong arms wrapped around you, you had to admit–
This was nice- no, this was lovely.
“Relax,” he said in a low voice, adjusting your bodies so you both sat a bit more comfortably. “You okay?”
“Yep,” you assured him, slowly letting the tension release from your body. “You’re right, I’ve almost never done this.”
“You don’t need to be partners to do this,” he told you, caressing your hair. “I think every human needs or craves a little skinship. I, for one, can’t sleep without holding something.”
“Oh,” you giggled at his admission and he chuckled. “So you cuddle just about anyone?”
“Anyone or anything,” he grinned. “Isn’t it nice?”
“Yeah, you’re like a cushion. A hard one– what’s all that muscle for?” You poked his biceps and he laughed loudly, poking your stomach and making you squirm in his grasp.
“We used to sit like this– the boys,” San said after a moment, voice deep with the memories of that time. “Usually it was Mingi and I after a tough night during the war. Jongho doesn’t really like cuddling but sometimes, he needed that too. We were all soldiers in the same platoon.”
“Did you know each other from before the war?” You asked, tracing patterns into his arms while you rested your head against his chest.
“Mingi and Yunho did. Yeosang and Wooyoung were old friends too, and they were stationed in the same area so they often met up. And then Yunho and Hongjoong became friends during the war, and after the treaty happened, we just… found each other again. We have never separated since.”
“You’re each other’s home now,” you smiled. “It must be nice to have each other.”
“It is,” he said. “We can always rely on each other. And our relationship… it’s different. Sometimes, we comfort each other, but there are no boundaries. Some of us have had girlfriends before, sometimes two of us with one person, but we never really met someone who could fit in with us and be a part of all of us, until… you.”
“And how did you know I would fit right in? Especially with the romantic aspects of your relationship?”
“We didn’t, we just liked when you talked back to Seonghwa,” San said and you laughed, drawing back in his embrace so you could face him. “Yeosang liked you from the beginning, but he’s probably the most cautious one out of all of us when it comes to relationships. And you always kept a distance until you became a Crescent.”
“Kept a distance for obvious reasons– I had so much to hide,” you sighed. “I can finally be myself since all my secrets are out.”
“Yeah,” San tucked your hair back lovingly. “It wasn’t until you started showing interest in Yunho that we thought that you might be the one for us. Seonghwa, at least, thought so. He had to convince Hongjoong.”
“But how does it work?” You asked. “Do you all… actually like me?”
“Obviously, not all of us yet and not in the same way,” he said and you figured that was true. “You know your relationship is different with all of us. You haven’t really interacted much with the warehouse boys, but with those you have… what do you think? Do you see yourself with us?”
“Does being one of you mean… that I’m with all of you?”
“Not necessarily, no,” San explained. “You can be with a few of us if that is what you would prefer. You can take your time navigating your feelings. You can be with one of us– but we… we’re willing to be with you if you are.”
“It’s… a lot,” you laughed, heart feeling full at the thought though there was an anxious strain in your chest that accompanied the feeling.
“Your own pace, darling,” San kissed your temple. “Whatever you say, whoever you want, whenever you want.”
“Wow,” you breathed. “So you will all be my boys then?”
San couldn’t help but gleam at the sound of that.
“It’s been the eight of us for a long time now,” San admitted. “And if you accept us, it will be the nine of us, and nobody else.”
“Well…” you scanned his face, finding his eyes full of hope with a hint of caution. You wished to erase that emotion from his eyes, now that you had your answer. “I actually quite like the sound of it.”
“Really?”
“Yeah,” you folded your arms. “If I get tired with one of you, there’s always another. And another. And another–”
San groaned loudly, moving to tickle you again but when you tried squirming out of his grasp, the two of you somehow wrestled yourselves into a position so your bodies were flush against each other, with you lodged in his lap so you were at eye-level. San’s gaze darkened for just a moment and he removed his hands from around your body to make sure you wouldn’t feel uncomfortable.
But then you moved to cup his face, entranced by the way his eyes watched you and his plump lips parted for air. You traced the sharp curves and edges of his face, running your thumb over his lower lip.
“San… does it make me selfish if I really want to be a part of you guys? If I want all of you, in some way or another?”
“Not at all,” he whispered.
“Does it make me greedy to crave love?” You tilted your head, inspecting the moles and freckles that littered his neck. “To crave you?”
“No,” he rested his hands on the dip of your waist. “We all crave love. It’s natural.”
“You won’t break my heart, right?” You asked, locking eyes with him, unable to keep the assertiveness out of your voice even though it threatened to betray you. “None of you. I don’t think I have more capacity in me to grieve if I lose someone again, San. I’ve already lost everything once and it took me a lot of time to recover.”
“We will never do that to you,” he squeezed your waist in assurance, the promise in his eyes strong. “We protect each other. We don’t betray each other. We’re one.”
You nodded, leaning forward just a fraction, unable to deny the magnetic pull and he held his breath in anticipation. “Do you mind if I…”
“Are you sure?” San asked. “I don’t want you to wake up in the morning and regret coming here tonight, Luna. Bringing you here wasn’t– this wasn’t my intention–”
You reckoned that the only way to shut him up now was to capture his lips in a kiss. He froze for a moment before melting under your touch and reciprocating the kiss. His hands lowered to your hips, wrapping around your back as he brought your bodies closer and you kissed his lower lip sweetly before drawing back for breath.
For a few moments, you assessed each other. San studied the vulnerability in your eyes, watched how your eyes ran along the expanse of his upper body, your hands following the path as they traced down his shoulders and then came back to smoothen the fabric of his tank top.
“You’re… hot, Choi San,” you breathed out the confession and he laughed, eyes laden with adoration as he watched you.
“You sound drunk, Luna,” he said. “And I don’t want you to make a drunken mistake tonight.”
“I’m not drunk,” you steeled your gaze. “But okay, I get it. You’re a gentleman to the bone.”
“That I am,” San picked you up effortlessly as he got up and you almost squealed, wrapping yourself around him instinctively. San’s body shook as he laughed and he waited until your fear settled and you drew away to look at him.
“Would you like to stay over?” He asked.
“Sure,” you nodded, frowning in anticipation.
“Then let’s go wash up and cuddle until we sleep. Don’t let your drunken thoughts keep you up at night, darling.”
You pouted but you were aware that you would be thanking him the next morning. The two of you went to separate bathrooms to wash up and he lent you one of his shirts and a trouser for the night. You took your time in the shower, letting the water wake you up and take the cloudiness in your mind with it.
Once done, you walked to his room and stood in shock at the absurd amount of pillows on his bed– every shape, every size. San simply watched you from his bed, amused.
“That one looks like it’s begging for death,” you pointed at a worn out pillow in the middle of the bed.
“That’s my favourite pillow to cuddle,” San chuckled, patting the space next to him.
“I’ll dethrone it– I’ll be your new favourite cuddle pillow,” you promised, getting inside the covers and tackling him in a hug which made him laugh in surprise, his arm going around your back to hold you close.
“Didn’t expect you to be the shy type, Luna,” he said sarcastically.
“Didn’t expect you to be such a gentleman, but here we are,” you pecked his lips, gauging his reaction before sharing another sweet kiss.
“It’s really good to be here tonight. Thank you, San.”
“It’s nothing,” he caressed your head. “I didn’t expect this turn of events, but I hope all your questions are answered now.”
You grinned– truly, the night had taken an unexpected turn but you were not going to complain. There was only one thing left now.
You will have to make this official amongst the boys. You needed to hear if they were alright with this, and if they were, you were ready to become a part of their team.
For now, you were content sleeping in San’s warm embrace.
The wet winters was an unavoidable thing in Eden but it was still amusing to see how it vexed the citizens of Eden. The rest of your week passed by in a blur, unforgiving with its never-ending downpour of rain that cast a bleak spell on the area. The laughter of the children was replaced by shrieks as they huddled under shade, being shouted at by their guardians to get back home. The once calm and steady footsteps of the people making their way to begin with their day at their workplace was substituted by wet and uneven steps, often accompanied by a whisper of a string of curses.
You tried to stay optimistic but even you could relate to the cranky pedestrians when a cycle, or worse, a car would pass by, sending a splatter in your direction which you would narrowly avoid. Sometimes, you would carry the drops of muddy water on your bottoms to the office and make a quick stop at the toilet to scrub it off. You wished there was an umbrella that would guard you from head to toe.
Seonghwa told you that it was called ‘a car’ and you made a face– you would not be accepting conveyance offers. Your walks to the office and back home were perhaps the only mundane activity left in your life. Plus, you liked how the morning walk specifically made you vigilant if it was raining– calculating where to place your next footstep was quite a nice activity to wake your mind and get it running for the rest of the day. Working with the ‘big three’ made you want to start your day as normally as possible.
It also kept you humbled, and perhaps, you needed that now more than ever. While you and Hongjoong were no longer tense, you were starting to understand a few things. You were no longer an Edenary citizen– not by any means. You were now a Crescent, and that was the only identification you would need in the future.
Being a Crescent meant that you were an equal now. There were no longer any power dynamics going on– you did not need to prove your worth with the information you had or with your status. You just needed to work with them. They needed your brains– though, again, they really didn’t, as Hongjoong had clarified. They just needed… you.
Why did they need you anymore? Their deal with Madame Tiffany was done. You had already shared everything you knew about the elite’s dirty secrets that you deemed significant. Did you really deserve to be a Crescent? Did you deserve this position in the Crescent? Sure, a bookkeeper, maybe you earned that. A secretary, even. But to be one of The Leaders?
And to be wanted by them? Desired?
That question gnawed at you like a constant itch ever since San told you about the true dynamics of their relationship and their offer– to be with as many of them as you liked. While his admission had helped the guilt that you wished to be with more than one of them, it also contributed to the self-doubt and the insecurities you had been harbouring in your heart. Did you really deserve to be at this position?
And it was this confusion about your self-worth that was making you delay officially accepting their offer to be a Leader and be a part of their relationship dynamic. San had explained that the latter part would be shaped on your terms but that did nothing to comfort you. Plus, there were more pressing matters that you needed to take care of. It was odd how Madame Cha had not responded back to you after you told her about Madame Tiffany. You were wondering if she ever received your letter in the first place or if someone else got to it first– you wouldn’t be surprised if your father’s rats intercepted the letter.
Madame Tiffany was now fully aware of the boss’ vision for silver light. She understood why it was so important to a man like Kim Hongjoong to have that drug earn the status of a medicine so that he could crush the most powerful drug network in Edenary. Once silver light would be in the hands of a common man, the elites would no longer want to consume it or keep using it as their currency. The fundings for silver light would stop and he would finally learn just which influential personalities of Eden were involved in this. Things for the Crescents, especially business, would get easier from there.
Madame Tiffany, of course, didn’t need to know the last part. She could keep wondering if it was solely because Hongjoong was a moral man who wanted the best for the people of Eden.
That was true. He did want the best for his people– just not without gaining something himself as well.
Tonight was the last meeting with Madame Tiffany before she would be going back to Wonderland. So far, the sessions had been fruitful and she had already made her first instalment of payment, thus solidifying the partnership. You attended a few meetings too and learned a lot from her– while she was considerably young for an owner of multiple businesses, she was well-experienced and had knowledge to share. You were starting to think that you had been worried for no reason.
When you were not attending the meeting, you were working in the background with her assistants while Hongjoong and Seonghwa or Yunho gave Madame Tiffany company. Tonight, you were handling the legal aspect of the finances with Jihoon– the two of you had been on it since before Madame Tiffany arrived, making sure her huge advance payment would be adjusted properly and unsuspiciously into the current statements especially since a few inspectors had been keeping an eye on the Crescents tax and bank statements recently.
You both would have to make sure not to raise suspicion at such a sensitive time and maybe keep the extra cash stored somewhere safe, which was another headache. It was a relief that the weapons incharge group needed cash soon so you only had to worry about transporting the extra bunch safely.
You checked the time on your wrist watch– it was almost 10 and that meant the meeting was about to be over. You let Jihoon know who instantly relaxed back in the chair to crack his neck and you both grinned at the loud sounds that his aching joints produced.
“Eunha owes us a meal for skipping out on this,” you said, signing the last document and shutting the folder with a sense of accomplishment.
“Oh, definitely. I’ll make sure she pays us back as early as possible,” Jihoon muttered, highlighting a line in the report and passing it to you to check for any discrepancies. You confirmed that it was alright and he concluded his work as well. “Oh, also, I forgot to tell you because it’s been so busy here, but someone came looking for you today. Not exactly ‘looking’, but asked if you worked here.”
“Me?” Your heart sank. “Who would?”
“Don’t worry, it wasn’t anyone from around here– I would have recognised him if he was. He said he would find you. He didn’t give me a name.”
“Well… geez. It could be someone my father sent to kill me.”
“Yeah, and he would come marching right in here unscathed, huh?” Jihoon shook his head.
“What did he look like?”
“Cool,” Jihoon laughed. “Had a few piercings– one here to match with his moles or something,” he pointed at his brows and your face scrunched in confusion before you realised.
“Lim Jaebeom was here?”
Jihoon narrowed his eyes when you looked absolutely shocked to learn the identity of the person who came to see you. “Is that supposed to be someone important?”
“Kind of, but I wish he had come earlier,” you nervously looked at the closed door of the boss’ room. “That’s my source for verification on Tiffany.”
“I thought you gave up on that?”
“I did,” you nodded and he whistled in response, agreeing it was too late now. You simply needed to pray that Jaebeom brought good news.
You could not stop shaking your leg while you waited for the meeting to be over and once Yunho stepped out, he paused when he saw a very tired Jihoon and a very fidgety you. He immediately came over to dismiss Jihoon first after making sure everything was okay, and then he called you into his office.
“How did the meeting go?”
“It was okay. They’re just chatting now so I thought I would leave. It was a good idea, apparently,” he looked at your jittery hands pointedly. “Can’t wait to go home?”
“It’s not that,” you laughed, deciding not to tell anyone about Jaebeom until you actually had something to share. “Okay, yeah, I might be a bit tired too.”
Yunho hummed in response while he locked the documents in the cabinet. “You need a ride? I’m going to the bar and it looks like it’s still raining.”
“Oh, yes, please,” you groaned in relief. “I can’t wait to take these damp clothes off– I had to run outside to get a snack and got caught in the rain.”
Yunho raised a brow, scanning your body– if the clothes had been a lighter colour, he might have gotten a look at your silhouette. You folded your arms and shook your head.
“Get your head out of the gutter, Lieutenant Jeong. I’m not taking anything off here.”
“Whatever happened to our office romance?” Yunho wondered, grinning as he asked you to follow him downstairs and you caught Hongjoong and Madame Tiffany sharing a farewell handshake, opting to wait inside until she was gone.
As soon as she was out of sight, Hongjoong’s fake smile dropped and he turned, rolling his eyes when he saw the two of you snickering at the change in his demeanour. “A man’s gotta do what a man’s gotta do. She smiles too fucking much.”
“What a gentleman,” you commented, patting his shoulder in mock sympathy. “We were just leaving– he’s dropping me home.”
“Wait till Seonghwa hears that,” Hongjoong scoffed. “He’s still bitter about how you won’t accept a car and a driver.”
“I’m only making use of this man here,” you pointed at Yunho. “Why don’t you two try taking a walk tonight, huh, you and Seonghwa? Get a breath of that fresh air– you look like you need it.”
You proceeded to sit in the passenger seat with a teasing look shot at Hongjoong who stood at the entrance of the office, thoroughly amused. The ride to your home wasn’t too long so it was mostly silent and you made him park the car at the end of the street so he could save a turn.
“Well, that is goodnight,” you started grabbing your things. “And we part ways till it is the morrow.”
Yunho brushed his fingers against your hand and you let him link your hands. He squeezed them before he raised your hand to kiss the back of it.
“When are you going to talk to the boys?”
You knew what he meant. You smiled. “I just want the business to settle down a bit before we take that step. There’s too much going on right now.”
“I understand,” he pressed another kiss to your hand. “I’m just excited for it.”
“Gosh, you’re such a child sometimes,” you laughed, returning the sentiment and kissing the back of his hand. “I think I need to personally talk to Yeosang first.”
“Yeah, I think that’s a good idea,” he agreed. “He’s waited too long for you.”
You pursed your lips guiltily. “He wouldn’t mind that I– that me and you, and me and San–”
“No, he wouldn’t. Not in the slightest,” Yunho assured you. “However, he is the type to mind after you make this official.”
“Oh, thank you for the tip. I shall keep that in mind,” you breathed. That sounded like the Yeosang you knew. “Any other tips to share?”
“Hmm… the underboss likes to receive gifts. Meaningful gifts.”
“I knew he had that side to him,” you shook your head, recalling seeing a bunch of stuff that seemed out of place on Seonghwa’s office desk. “What else?”
Yunho took a moment to think, caressing your hand absently. “The consigliere quite likes intimate moments like these. He might never admit that, though.”
“Is that so?” You tugged at his hand, beckoning him to look at you and for once, he looked shy which made you bite back a grin. “Does he like eye contact or is he too tough for that?”
“Oh, he can hold his eye contact,” Yunho assured in a low voice, looking intently at you and sending butterflies in the pit of your stomach. “He is known not to break away first.”
“I would take this challenge when I’m not feeling icky,” you told him, just wanting to get out of your clothes that stuck to your skin. “But…”
You pulled him in and locked his lips with yours, sharing a sweet kiss. The way he looked at you afterwards made you want to stay and talk about feelings, for once, but you only smiled, pecking his lips in farewell.
And it was a good idea to let him go. Just as you had predicted, the familiar figure of the leader of one of the most notorious and influential underworld gangs of Wonderland sat on a bench, fiddling with his smoke. You took a look around before taking a seat at the other end of the bench.
“Fancy seeing you here, Jaebeom.”
Jaebeom scanned your figure slowly with his piercing gaze before it softened just a fraction. “You’ve grown, kiddo.”
You smiled widely at the term– strangely, he had been the first one to give you such a childish nickname. It made you see him in an almost familial way.
“How’s Madame Cha?” You asked. “And what brings you here?”
“Your aunt’s the same,” he began, crossing one leg over the other. “Which means she’s thriving, keeping the boys busy. Me? I came to take a breather.”
“Lies,” you scoffed. “You can’t leave them alone. You’re incapable of that.”
“But I’m here,” he spread his arms to prove a point. “Okay, I’m here with Jinyoung. He had some business here and now was a good time to tag along and deliver some news.”
“Good news or bad news?” You asked sombrely.
“Both?” He inhaled deeply. “But not now. There’s still a few things I need to check before I decide what to give you.”
“Is this about Madame Tiffany?” You prodded. Reluctantly, he gave in with a nod.
“Just tell me if it looks bad,” you tried swallowing the anxiety in your voice.
“It could be the end of your beloved Crescents’ career, if I’m right about this,” he said in a low voice and you cursed under your breath– you knew it. “It’s hard to say anything right now because we didn’t find anything while investigating her. She’s clean, you know that.”
You nodded. Countless thorough checks brought nothing to attention.
“You know Madame Cha makes us track shifts in the elite world to have an idea of what the political situation in the continent looks like– and it’s looking bad. We fear the stepping stones for the second war of our lifetime are being cemented, and we’re working with people from around the continent to try and stabilise the situation. It’s kind of ambiguous right now, so I can’t really say…”
“But she might be involved?”
“We spotted her with far too many instigators to call it a ‘coincidence’,” Jaebeom explained. “It could be just her business and stuff, but there’s a chance that she might be involved. However miniscule it might be.”
“Good lord,” you breathed. “Wish I had learned that earlier.”
“Like I said, she’s clean. Far too clean,” Jaebeom tsk-ed in disappointment. “But we got a tip and got busy. We might need the Crescents to join hands with us in the future, so don’t look like you’ve just seen the grim reaper.”
“You don’t understand,” you looked at Jaebeom, positive your face was void of colour now. “If she’s involved… we’ve given her the key to destroy the Crescents… and ultimately Eden.”
Jaebeom pursed his lips in disbelief. “I sure hope not. I’ll report back soon– stay vigilant.”
The ickiness of your clothes didn’t bother you anymore. You sat on the bench, letting the dampness of it stick to your soul for a while, waiting for a miracle to happen. However, the only miracle that did happen was that you mustered up your courage to go in the comfort of your room, away from the monsters of this world.
After washing up, you found yourself in front of Wendy’s room. Her door was slightly ajar and you peeked inside– she seemed to be asleep. You quietly got inside the covers next to her and she stirred in her sleep, turning to you and opening one eye to confirm your presence.
“Everything alright?” She mumbled, voice laden with sleep.
You didn’t answer. “I’m just very tired, Wendy.”
Wendy smiled sadly before falling back asleep, one arm draped over your chest. You followed, hoping the last bit of tonight was just a bad dream and you would magically wake up in your own room as if nothing had happened.
next chapter
-> apply for the taglist here! (check your privacy setting if the tags don't work)
You almost dropped the drink in your hand, resorting to a gulp. This was the man who had unintentionally triggered the wheels into motion that led you to where you were today– Chan, the leader of Wolfgang. Had he not ordered his men to raid the Crescent Bar, you wouldn’t have signed the deal with Seonghwa and become a Crescent.
we're only like seven chapters in, took ya long enough. 🫸
“And that would be why he has such low ratings, because who cares about justice in this era?” You huffed. “Thank you for the tip, Mr. Bang. I must shoot my shot now– I hope we can cross paths on good terms in the future.”
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
..But obedience had never been your strongest forte especially when forced.
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
“But tell you what, Assemblyman Kim… you don’t need to step in the underworld to rule the world, you know what I mean?” He poked his tongue inside his cheek, shaking his head. “I’ll keep that in mind, Miss.” “That’s a positive sign, right?” You look towards his female secretary, Secretary Shin, whose lips curled in an assuring smile.
oh reader, took out the big guns.. ehe.. and by big guns.. i mean charm. 😇
“You’re a natural at this, though,” you teased. “You grab everyone’s attention when you’re in the room.” “Everyone but yours, it seems,” he retorted. “I was watching you talk to Assemblyman Kim. You didn’t even notice me when you were done. Tsk tsk,” he shook his head and you curled your lips downwards, making him grin.
something about imagining seonghwa pouting because in a room full of influental people, reader is too occupied to grant him a single glance or a compliment to how handsome he looks tonight while seonghwa CAN'T HELP BUT keep an eye out for reader. 😭😭 but seonghwa, aren't we all meant to be networking? YOU'RE PART OF THIS!!
“But the fact that they’re aware and have not done anything must mean that they don’t entirely disapprove, right? President Son still has enough influence to make our establishment collapse if he wants to.”
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
i love throwing hongjoong's words back at him. the snort that just echoed off my walls was deafening. 🦻
“How dare Hongjoong have an argument with my darling sweetheart!” He continued with his charade, fully pouting as he clutched your head to bring you into a mock of an embrace. You struggled to free yourself and the boys laughed in confusion. Once you managed to wring away from San, you fixed your hair before smacking his arm.
CHOI SAN GET IT TOGETHAA 😭😭😭
The bond that you had created with them definitely outweighed anything else by a considerable margin.
just the slightest drizzle of a little calculative language.🥺
Hongjoong only smiled in answer, letting you caress his hand for just a moment before he grabbed yours and brought it to his lips, pressing a kiss to your knuckles and sending butterflies in your stomach. “I need answers, Hongjoong,” you almost whispered. “Not distractions.” “I designed it to match,” he admitted, clasping both of his hands around yours. “And since we’re both feeling a little chummy right now, I will admit that I said things that I should not have said.”
great, now all three of us are chummy. 🫷🙄🫸
the canonically correct dorms, lol.
“Maybe I like you too. I’ll hear that when you’re sober, thank you very much.” “I am sober. Just a little bit tipsy,.. Come on, San. Don’t push me back now.” “I’m not,” he gently said, scooting closer. “You wanna cuddle?”
him scooting closer when reader accuses him from pushing them back, reader trying their hardest to get closer and past their own doubts. and then san's offer as if admitting he DOES want to get closer but only on reader's TERMS as long as they feel READY bc.. lord, the atz members act like they're loaded guns ready to burst whenever reader decides to click the safety off.
“Cuddle?” You gaped at him– the mafia capo wanted to cuddle. With you.
ooph? suddenly we're reminded of their image? 🤔
san opening up about the war 🥺😭
“Does being one of you mean… that I’m with all of you?” “Not necessarily, no,” San explained. “You can be with a few of us if that is what you would prefer. You can take your time navigating your feelings. You can be with one of us– but we… we’re willing to be with you if you are.”
“It’s… a lot,” you laughed, heart feeling full at the thought though there was an anxious strain in your chest that accompanied the feeling.
san describing that their interpersonal relationships could always look different as well. not necessarily romantic or sensual or platonic. but not holding back on that.. he knows.. everyone in this damn group would be DOWN AF. 😃
“Whatever you say, whoever you want, whenever you want.”
gluttony is a sin and i have a lifetime subscription. 🥴
“If I get tired with one of you, there’s always another. And another. And another–”
YOU UNDERSTAAAAAND 😛🤝😛
San’s gaze darkened for just a moment and he removed his hands from around your body to make sure you wouldn’t feel uncomfortable. But then you moved to cup his face, entranced by the way his eyes watched you and his plump lips parted for air.
OMYGOOOODDD!! something about san being the most physically trained but then in this scene he's the one BENEATH reader. if he REALLY wanted to, he could easily use his physical advantaged to assert and show how much he WANTED them. it's the equivalent of a wildcat turning over to show its belly, lol.
“San… does it make me selfish if I really want to be a part of you guys? If I want all of you, in some way or another?” “Not at all,” he whispered.
“Does it make me greedy to crave love?” You tilted your head, inspecting the moles and freckles that littered his neck. “To crave you?”
“No,.. we all crave love. It’s natural.” “You won’t break my heart, right?.. None of you. I don’t think I have more capacity in me to grieve if I lose someone again, San. I’ve already lost everything once and it took me a lot of time to recover.”
I'M GONNA CRYYyWHYYYyy 😭😭😭
OMG SLUMBERPARTY BUT NOTHING FOR MINGI AND SEONGHWA
SAN HAS A NEST 💀💀
oh god. the doubts. the endless spiral of self-doubt. lord.
GOT7?????? MY JB??? 😤
Yunho raised a brow, scanning your body– if the clothes had been a lighter colour, he might have gotten a look at your silhouette. You folded your arms and shook your head. “Get your head out of the gutter, Lieutenant Jeong. I’m not taking anything off here.” “Whatever happened to our office romance?”
SHUDDUP! 🤏👄
yunho spilling so many secrets about atz and how reader could best woo them, hah!
“But we got a tip and got busy. We might need the Crescents to join hands with us in the future, so don’t look like you’ve just seen the grim reaper.” “You don’t understand,” you looked at Jaebeom, positive your face was void of colour now. “If she’s involved… we’ve given her the key to destroy the Crescents… and ultimately Eden.”
makes you wonder if crescent and madame cha's gang join forces. and something DOES go wrong, where would reader's loyalty go, hm? 🤔🤔
"maybe a place where light and darkness meet, the choice between truth and lies is mine."
masterlist
ot8!ateez x f!reader, mafia au
chapter warnings: drinking, illegal businesses, mentions of violence, war/military and weapons, mention of drug(s), mc is confused as fawk but is vibing with whatever is going on, we finally meet the asshole father, hongjoong shows that he can be an asshole too, cue tears, seonghwa takes that chance to up his game (look idk how else to do warnings) (i may have missed sth)
chapter wc: 13.8k
chapter synopsis: the crescents share updates, deciding to dig deeper into the unknown identity of the anonymous funder. yeosang reveals that the rv spies are protecting you from a threat that is not secretary park and the anxiety of that unknown threat weighs on you heavily. yunho hints at the nature of the crescents’ relationship and you decide to take some time to think about it. The bosses finally tell you about their drug project and hongjoong asks you to accompany them to edenary as their partner, where they will be making a new deal. you confront secretary park there, but the night ends in tears, especially when you conflict with the boss. the underboss is there to make you feel better.
prev chapter recap: you are supposed to meet assemblyman wi with hongjoong. seonghwa tries his best to calm you while hongjoong gifts you an infinity clasp bracelet which only confuses you further. when you meet the assemblyman, hongjoong admits that he’s trying to make you ‘a leader’. you successfully make assemblyman wi agree to investigate secretary park with the keyword of ‘strictland’. while you relax with san, yeosang has a meeting with wendy and learns that the rv spies are protecting you from threats that they refuse to reveal– the real threat is not secretary park. worried, yeosang decides to call a meeting with the boys without your knowledge. you practise shooting with the warehouse boys and you learn that yunho has actually placed bets on how you won’t be able to shoot a single target. agitated, you cheat a little and have the warehouse boys win the bet. you also ask them to look into their anonymous funders as you learn more about the weapons project. finally, you confront yunho who teases you to no end but takes you to a place from his childhood to show you how he learned to aim. the night takes an unexpected, intimate turn.
You once heard about the butterfly effect. It was fascinating to hear how the most infinitesimal flutter of their wings could end up creating a ripple of change through time itself– unimaginable and irreversible change.
Sometimes, you would trace back the events of your life to understand which flutter of a pair of wings, or which pebble thrown in the lake led you to where you were today, at Room no. 1 at the Crescent Bar with all of the boys around you– probably a consequence of a series of small and insignificant decisions coupled with some big decisions.
It was surreal how you went from an observer of the Crescents to being a part of the Crescents yourself.You never thought their little actions would make your heart move so much and never did you imagine that they would create their space in your heart in such a short period of time. Instead of sneaking peeks from the office window, you sat among them and noticed that your presence didn’t change anything.
Your presence didn’t make them wary and you found the nature of their conversations remained the same as without you. They were including you in their discussion and making you feel comfortable with the little things- asking for your opinion as if it mattered (yes, they insisted it did but it was still hard to believe so), pouring wine for you, putting food in your plate, and even–
Even paying attention to the little details– the slight raise of your brow whenever you didn’t fully agree with something, the curling of your fingers as you picked on your skin when all eyes were trained on you, the exchange of glances with San when you both found something funny, the pointed look towards Yeosang when Hongjoong would play boss with you, the pointed look in Hongjoong’s direction when he would point out a discrepancy in your argument.
The way your eyes naturally fixed on Seonghwa whenever you needed assurance, which was kind of funny because this man was mainly the reason you were here right now. The way you would avoid Yunho’s eyes when his fingers would intertwine with yours with a promising squeeze in hopes of providing some sort of comfort or agreement. The masking of your laughter when Jongho shared a cheesy joke and the partnering with Wooyoung whenever you had something funny to add to the argument since your sense of humour matched with his the most. And finally, the way you would look towards Mingi for help whenever you felt like you were being driven into a corner by any one of them.
You were the most relieved to realise that your presence didn’t change their dynamics, yet, there was an inevitable change in their interactions so they could be attentive towards you, and you to them. You fitted right in. It was not a missing piece of the puzzle, rather, the puzzle itself changed to accommodate you. You wouldn’t have it any other way.
“Luna? Are you alright?”
It was both Yunho’s voice and his comforting squeeze of hand that brought you out of a trance and you blinked, appreciating the call.
“Oh, I’m perfectly alright. Just zoned out for a moment.”
You were alright. Your heart felt full at the sight of the boys chatting and eating, Seonghwa scooping some more rice for you and nudging you with his hand on your shoulder, pointing at the food. “I make sure everyone eats.”
“I finished two bowls, Sir.”
“Well, this one is still full,” he said. “Eat.”
“Yes, Sir,” you mocked, downing a drink, not oblivious to the snickers from the boys who overheard this little interaction. You sent a glare in their direction before giving in and begrudgingly taking a bite. You couldn’t disobey the underboss and expect to get away with it.
“Alright, if we’re all done eating and fooling around,” Hongjoong called after a few moments, grabbing everyone’s attention. “General Wi called to let me know that he thinks we’re right to suspect Secretary Park. He sent his men to tail Park Sunghoon and they got ambushed and barely made it out alive.”
Jongho grunted at the news, brows scrunching in thought. “Could Sunghoon be acting on his own, though?”
Hongjoong looked towards you for an answer and you shook your head. “I’m not sure if anything has changed in the past couple of years, but our father never allowed him to stray too far. He’s always had him on a leash, you could say. Might be part of the reason why Sunghoon rebels so much.”
“Right,” Hongjoong nodded. “General Wi did find something odd. He used his connections to find out if Secretary Park has been out of the country recently, and discovered that he’s been frequenting Halaland for a considerable amount of time now.”
“He could have some other dealing going on in Halaland?” San wondered, always giving anyone the benefit of doubt. “We should look into that.”
“Or if he’s visiting Strictland,” Mingi began. “He can’t simply go to Strictland from Eden. That would be too obvious. You need a permit to visit Strictland from Eden but if I’m recalling correctly, you can visit Strictland without a permit if you’re a Hala local. He could have easily tagged with some locals then.”
“Yeah, he wouldn’t simply go to Strictland from here if he was involved in something illegal,” you agreed with Mingi. “He can go to extreme lengths to hide something he doesn’t want the world to know about.”
The boys had a feeling that you were referring to yourself too and they exchanged glances. Yeosang was the first to speak. “We can check if he’s had any reason to go to Halaland first before we assume that he’s up to something in Strictland. Are we still in contact with Suho’s gang?”
“It’s been radio silence for a while but I’ll make a call or send a message– I can’t promise a positive response,” Jongho said and you wondered if being half-Hala ever earned him some benefits. Was he really friendly with the gang based in Halaland? “We didn’t really end things on a good note.”
“It’s fine, we can look for some other means too,” Seonghwa suggested. “Maybe the RV spies.”
“The RV spies?” You repeated, the name foreign on your lips. “Who are they?”
“A spy network of women,” Seonghwa was smiling and you thought there was a secret concealed within his words. “You remember Winter? She’s one of them. They’re really good at disguise and have dirt on literally every person in Eden– even the common man.”
You let that sink in. Seonghwa had a meeting with Winter the other day and the sight of her rocked a familiar yet distant memory in your head. You were positive you had come across her in Edenary. So she was a spy?
“If they’re that extensive and meticulous, they would know a lot about me, right? Maybe things that even I don’t know about.”
“Yeah, we considered contacting them when we were looking into your background,” Yunho admitted and you made a face, making him laugh a bit. “We never got to that, though. We had other sources.”
“Kihyun?” You asked and he nodded in confirmation.
“And Hongjoong was quick enough to figure it out himself,” Seonghwa added, amused as he recalled that night.
“Yeah, well, it was very obvious. Your father may have done a good job hiding you but you didn’t really do a good job hiding yourself,” he commented.
“Well, I wasn’t really hiding myself,” you lied and he caught that, raising a brow in challenge. “More like… delaying the inevitable.”
The boys laughed at that, Jongho filling everyone’s glasses again and you all cheered before drinking.
“Oh, one last thing,” Mingi began, having just recalled his recent findings. “We officially know the identity of all of our anonymous funders save for one.”
“And you’ve tried everything?” Hongjoong asked and when Mingi nodded, he settled back in thought.
“How old is the source?”
“September 1966,” Mingi said and the room fell silent as everyone tried to recall the events from four years ago.
You remembered that time well. “I came back to Eden from Wonderland on 14th August, 1966.”
“And President Han Hyojoo was assassinated on 17th August,” Wooyoung scratched his chin. “There were a lot of protests and things were bad for a while– even in September. Right?”
“Yes,” Yunho took a deep breath. “I think it was in September when the Siren Rebel Party laid its foundations. They feared martial law would be imposed on Eden, but President Lee won the elections– he was a favourite at that time.”
“Pity votes,” Wooyoung huffed, folding his arms. “I never liked that man. His smile scares me.”
While some of them burst into laughter, teasing Wooyoung’s unwarranted dislike for the President of Eden, Seonghwa noticed how you fell silent. “What are you thinking?”
“Why was President Han assassinated?” You wondered. “I mean, yeah, she obviously had enemies, but wasn’t she from a long line of politicians? She wasn’t the first female president either. Didn’t she contribute a lot to rebuild Eden?”
“She did,” Hongjoong said, “alongside President Son until his term was over, and then she won the elections yet kept a strong partnership with President Son. They were quite a pair.”
“And Lee Jinwook was basically a nobody even while he was a politician until his wife got killed,” Wooyoung said. “Then he started collecting pity votes.”
“I think Wooyoung has got some personal beef with President Lee,” Jongho laughed. “He’s always after him.”
“You would be too if you look closely,” Wooyoung wasn’t having any of it. “We all know that he only won because of his late wife, and now he thinks he’s something.”
“Well, Eden has been stable in his administration so far, and we’re almost nearing the end of his term,” Yeosang tried. “He doesn’t really have enemies.”
“Isn’t that odd?” You narrowed your eyes. “If President Lee claims to be continuing his wife’s legacy, and his wife got killed because someone had a problem with how things ran, wouldn’t they get rid of him too?”
“That… is a good point,” San shifted uncomfortably.
“What is the difference between President Lee’s administration and President Han’s?” You asked, looking around. “He can’t be running things exactly the same way, right?”
“It’s mostly the same, with a few changes,” Seonghwa said. “Attempts to try to improve the relation with Halaland, which shouldn’t be odd because we can’t be at the risk of war all the time. More contributions to the healthcare system and that we can owe that to Secretary Park, and then… a few personnel and administration changes. President Son retired from politics altogether– there was some tension between them.”
You bit your lips in thought. You really needed to refresh your history because something was gnawing at your mind; a connection that was present and felt an arm’s reach away but you couldn’t grab it.
“Do you think it’s got anything to do with our anonymous source?” Hongjoong asked. “I don’t want you wasting time on what-ifs. If you’re sure there’s a connection, then we can investigate.”
You nodded, making a mental note to talk to Seonghwa about this later. You might be shooting an arrow in the dark but you could never be too sure. “I just think the timing is odd. President Lee wouldn’t need to make sure there are enough weapons in Eden illegally. So it’s got to be someone who was sure President Lee would not be doing enough for Eden’s defence.”
Mingi agreed, “They think the President is still not doing enough considering how we receive our paychecks regularly.”
“Alright, let’s assume there is a connection but don’t let it narrow the focus of your investigation,” Hongjoong concluded and he started giving instructions around the table. The meeting was over and you would all be separating ways now.
“Do you have a moment before you leave?” Yeosang asked when you were picking up your belongings, the warehouse boys just having shared farewell hugs with you. There was still a smile on your face from when Wooyoung kissed your cheek and looked pointedly at Yunho– you weren’t sure if Wooyoung was aware that you and Yunho had crossed some boundaries, but it was still amusing to watch Yunho roll his eyes and scoff before leaving. Wooyoung said they would be having dinner at BB Trippin soon and you were also invited.
“Sure. I was only going to go home,” you said and followed him to his office. You dumped your things on his desk as if you still belonged there– perhaps, you did. The office looked more unorganised than usual with empty glasses lining the table, a few bottles in the corner and documents strewn everywhere.
“Have you been drinking?” You asked. Yeosang was a drinker, but he was never untidy.
“Ah, yes,” he scratched the back of his neck. “I can explain the mess– I was looking into a few things recently and uh…”
“And Luna is not here anymore to clean up after you?” You finished for him. “No new bookkeeper?”
“I’m the bookkeeper now,” he said in all seriousness and you passed him a warning look. “Alright, I’m considering Jeonghan for the post.”
“Jeonghan would make you do all the work while he naps or fools around,” you pointed out but you both knew you were joking– he was really clever and you were considering suggesting him to Yeosang anyway. “So, what’s this about?”
Yeosang waited until you settled down and then he took a seat in front of you across the desk. He was watching you in thought and you let him have a moment to sort his thoughts out.
“I worry about your safety, Luna,” he started. “And it’s why I want you to be honest during our conversation. I know you have your own secrets but I really need to confirm a few things so we know what we’re dealing with.”
“Okay,” you nodded, narrowing your eyes in suspicion and confusion.
“The boys do not know that I’m having this conversation with you because we agreed not to tell you, for now,” he told you and you blinked in surprise. They told each other everything. “But after this meeting, I think we should talk. And if you wish so, our conversation can remain between us unless we feel that we should let them know for safety reasons.”
“Alright,” you shifted uncomfortably. “What’s wrong? Did something happen?”
“Are you sure your father is the only one who means to harm you?”
Oh.
“I mean… Sunghoon might?” you suggested. “He’s always been after me for different reasons. Sibling rivalry, if you can call it that.”
“Yeah, but if Secretary Park is after you and Sunghoon is aware of it, then he wouldn’t need to interfere, right?” Yeosang said and you shrugged in agreement. “Can you think of any other person who might be after you? Anyone who might have a grudge against you? Anyone from Eden or Wonderland?”
“Did something happen?” You asked again, your voice laced with worry.
“Nothing, but we got a tip recently. The RV spies didn’t reveal who they meant, but they were sure that Secretary Park is not the real threat that you should be worrying about.”
Cold washed over you as his words registered, a montage of your life flashing through your eyes in an attempt to recall any falling out you’ve had with someone who was not your family, or any time you might have intentionally or unintentionally caused harm to someone or said something unkind.
“I… can’t think of anything, Yeosang,” you looked at him and he immediately moved to hold your hands in his, squeezing them reassuringly to ease the despair in your voice. “Why would someone be after me? My father has a reason, even though it’s not justifiable, but why would someone else be?”
He only shrugged in response. He had no answer either and from what he knew, you had lived a pretty secluded life.
“Could it be Assemblyman General Wi? I might have rubbed off on him the wrong way–”
“I don’t think they meant him. They didn’t say anything explicitly but… you must understand that RV spies are assassins. Usually, they are employed to get rid of a person or an organisation. But for the first time, I’m hearing that they’re protecting someone.”
“Who?”
“Who do you think?” He cocked his head and you exhaled in disbelief. “They think whatever information you have is valuable enough that they have to make sure that it’s not in the wrong hands. I think if they haven’t killed you yet, that means they’re okay with you sharing that information with us.”
“Very helpful, Yeosang,” you muttered and he stifled a smile.
“They’re protecting you,” he chastised, squeezing your hands softly for good measure. “Whoever you are or whatever you’ve heard while you were in Edenary is worth enough that the most notorious spies and assassins are trying to protect you. And they think they’ll be doomed if you get hurt.”
“That can’t be true,” you wrenched your hands away from Yeosang, shaking your head furiously. “I’ve told you everything that I’ve heard.”
“And I believe you,” Yeosang responded cautiously. “I just want you to think again, yeah? You don’t have to worry– you’re safe. You can take your time and think if there was something that was odd and didn’t make sense back then. It might make sense now. Your time in Edenary, in Wonderland and when you came back… I know it’s overwhelming but can you do that for me?”
You nodded absently, getting up and clutching your bag in one hand, about to leave when Yeosang stepped in front of you and gave you a disapproving look.
“Don’t let it get to your head, Luna,” he placed his hands on the dip of your shoulders, locking eyes with you. “You’ll be okay.”
“Why do the rest don’t know about this meeting, Yeosang?” You asked, unable to keep the scepticism from your tone. “Do they still not trust me after all I’ve done for them? After all I’ve given them?”
Yeosang shook his head. “They trust you, and we all mutually agreed to try to get the RV spies to talk or look into it ourselves, because we didn’t want to overwhelm you,” he admitted. “We knew you’d take it to heart. They don’t like to see you anxious.”
“What do they care if I’m anxious or not?”
“I thought you knew by now, Luna, that we care. All of us do.”
“Then why did you tell me now?” You asked, barely a whisper.
“Because I’ve known you longer than they have,” he smiled. “And I know that if you’re aware of this, you might be less cross with us than if you find out later. I owe you one, remember?”
He was making up to you for getting you involved with them– for assigning you bookkeeping without telling you the consequences of that job. You avoided his gaze as you smiled but you felt guilty for snapping at him.
The boys really just wanted to make sure that you were at peace. They would rather inconvenience themselves to find out the answers than have you restless.
Yeosang hooked his finger under your chin, making you look at him and you both dissolved into chuckles as you tried to pull away from him. You quickly gave up and let him bring you in for a hug, his arms wrapping around you securely and his steady voice assuring you that you would be okay, that you had nothing to worry about. That they would keep you safe. You buried your nose in the crook of his neck, taking deep breaths and he kissed the top of your head.
When you drew away, his hands slid down your arms to hold your hands and he noticed the cuff bracelet on your wrist, lips curling into a smile as he recognised it.
“Do you always wear it?”
“Yeah,” you raised your arm to look at the silver bracelet. It looked like he was aware that Hongjoong had given it to you, and now that you knew that Yeosang had feelings for you that were not entirely platonic, it was strange to see not a hint of jealousy or envy on his face. Instead, his eyes gleamed and you poked his chest.
“You’re weird, Yeosang.”
“Nothing I haven’t heard before,” he scoffed, watching the bracelet on your wrist for just a moment longer before he looked at you. “Let me know if you feel like it’s too much, okay?”
“Which part?”
Yeosang had a faint smile on his lips as he tucked your hair back and caressed your cheeks in the process. “Whichever part feels too much?”
“I don’t understand when you all are going to stop trying to talk to me in circles and say something,” you almost cried out. “That part is too much.”
“Is there something you’ve been wanting to hear?” Yeosang cocked his head, amused. “Or… did something happen? Something you’d like to tell me about?”
You narrowed your eyes at him. “Is there something you’d like me to tell you?”
“Hmm… let’s see,” he trailed his finger down your temple, his thumb subtly swiping at your bottom lip, perhaps an indication that he did know. “I’m just wondering if you found the answer to the question you asked me last time.”
“What question?” You asked softly, feigning innocence as you curled your fingers around his hand that rested on your cheek. “Why don’t you remind me again?”
Yeosang only chuckled, knowing very well that perhaps, you were done playing games with them– or at least him. He drew back, raising his hands in defeat.
“Maybe when you’re ready to answer it.”
“Yeosang,” you warned. “You’re all in this together, aren’t you? At least some of you.”
“Whatever do you mean?” He raised a brow in challenge, opening the door for you. “Have a good evening, Luna.”
The rain continued to pour without a break for the remainder of the week and more. The sun would rarely come out but when it did, it would be heavily concealed by clouds and just offer a sheen of glimmer on the wet pavements and roads of Sector 1. The days remained bleak, a reflection or perhaps a fuel for your gloominess.
Although nothing significant happened after your conversation with Yeosang a few days ago, it still weighed heavily upon your heart. The shift in your mood didn’t go unnoticed by your colleagues Eunha and Jihoon, though they didn’t comment on your lack of contribution to conversations and how your smile didn’t meet your eyes anymore. They had a feeling that if they probed, you wouldn’t offer anything in return.
They didn’t need to either, for there were plenty of people worrying about you. Yunho, for instance, who was quick to realise something was up and confronted you the other night when you were in his office finishing up a report.
You tried to avoid the question by dismissing the change in your energy as exhaustion but he wasn’t having any of it. You figured you were obvious, especially in front of him. It was hard to look at him without wanting to open up your heart to him, especially when his presence was so welcoming.
“Won’t you talk to me about it?” He pleaded in a mellow voice and an even softer gaze, his eyes rounding and brows scrunching.
There. Your weakness.
“Yunho. You can’t look at me like that,” you tossed the pen on the table between you and slumped back, folding your arms as you softly admonished. “This won’t work on me anymore.”
“What?”
“Those eyes of yours,” you said and he choked on his laughter. He proceeded to loosen his tie, the top button of his shirt conveniently unbuttoned already. Strands of hair messily fell over his forehead and you had to physically restrain the urge to run your hands through his soft hair.
“I’d say it’s working,” he smiled almost victoriously, leaning forward. “Can you really not talk about it?”
You pressed your lips tightly in consideration before you finally gave in. You were only human, after all. “Yeosang told me about how the RV spies are protecting me from some threat that is not my father.”
Yunho whistled in realisation. Of course that was bothering you. “I knew he was going to tell you.”
“I expected you would tell me.”
“Well, I was the one who insisted that we don’t tell you yet for exactly this reason,” he looked at you pointedly and you hid your face behind your hands, guilty. “You’re all worried now. Anyways, I wouldn’t believe anything they say right away without verification, though they’re a pretty reliable source.”
You uncovered your face. “Don’t tell the rest that I know, okay?”
Yunho laughed softly but agreed. “So? Any thoughts about who might be interested in you?”
“I wouldn’t be in this state if I had it figured out,” you almost cried out. “I have been very low-profile until I started working here in the office. I can’t think of anyone who would want to get rid of me– for what? For the information I possess? What information exactly, because what I have right now only threatens Secretary Park… unless…”
“Unless Secretary Park’s secret is someone else’s secret too?” Yunho finished for you and you nodded. “Do you recall who exactly was the person your father was discussing the Strictland matter with?”
“I only caught a glimpse and I didn’t recognise him– I must have seen him for the first time,” you said.
“Do you think you could recognise him if you see him again?”
“Maybe?” You wrapped your arms around yourself. “If they’re trying so hard to hide it, and if the person who’s after me must be someone my father has partnered with on the Strictland matter, It must mean whatever is happening in Strictland is actually taking place… right?”
Yunho didn’t need to answer that– he was sure that if you were not hiding anything else from them, this might be it.
“We’re taking care of it, okay? You really don’t have to worry about it– or if you have to worry, don’t think about it too much. You don’t have any answers yet, and that’s okay.”
You offered him a weak smile and got up to place the compiled folder on his desk. When you were about to go back to sit across from him, he patted the space next to him instead.
“Come here.”
You felt butterflies in your stomach at the way his voice sounded like a command. You could resist, but his gaze was incredibly pulling so you settled next to him, keeping a respectful distance between your bodies.
“Is that all you’ve been worrying about?”
“Well… obviously not,” you shot him a look but when his fingers curled around your hand, you didn’t snatch it away. “I don’t know what you want from me, Yunho.”
“What I want doesn’t matter,” he started but you shook your head.
“You’ve talked to Yeosang, haven’t you?” You asked and he didn’t respond, searching your eyes. “And he’s talked to you. You all talk to each other. You’re all far too close with each other. I’m noticing that recently.”
“Really?” He said in an almost mocking tone. “And what other observations has our little secretary made?”
“Yunho,” you called in a warning tone. “I’m not trying to judge you or probe into whatever it is that is going on between you guys. But I am beginning to understand that you’re all a team and everyone knows everything about each other.”
“And?”
“And…” you sighed, looking at your joined hands and sliding your thumb across his skin. “I don’t know.”
“What do you want from us?” Yunho asked softly.
There it was. Us. It was never a ‘me’. It was always an ‘us’.
“What do you mean by ‘us’?” You raised a brow.
“Are you sure you’re ready to hear that answer?”
Oh, fuck him. He was literally steering the conversation in the same direction that Yeosang had.
“Well, you can stop confusing me for once and talk,” you snatched your hand away this time.
“How can I talk when I don’t know what you want from me, or from Yeosang?” Yunho raised a brow,a teasing smile plastered on his face. “We kissed. You like Yeosang.”
“I like you too,” you added and immediately regretted it when you saw his grin grow wider. “Does it not bother you? That I like him and you both?”
Yunho only smiled and looked down, trying to form a response but failing to because this was a confession–
And this meant that Seonghwa really was right about you. He was one meticulous bastard.
“Does it bother you?” Yunho asked, and you finally realised that this was the question you should be asking yourself.
Does it bother you that you like Yeosang and Yunho? Does it bother you that you were attracted to San and that one soft look from Seonghwa made you feel like you could soar into the skies? Does it bother you that the Captain– Hongjoong– meant so much to you that the bracelet he gave you was becoming an anchor for you to remind you that you were safe, protected, and perhaps, wanted?
Could any of it be the beginning of something beautiful and unknown, or had you finally lost your mind?
“Don’t get lost in there,” Yunho scooted closer, planting a kiss on your temple and remaining close. “Just do me a favour and figure out your feelings about us first, will you? I can’t explain anything until you’re sure that… that you want us like we want you.”
“What does that mean?” You asked, stomach twisting into knots though your heart raced in anticipation.
Yunho wasn’t going to answer that, but he could help ease your confusion a little. “It’s okay if you choose one of us, or none of us. We will respect your decisions. But… you can also choose more of us. We don’t mind.”
Suddenly, everything started to make a little more sense– the subtle glances the boys would exchange among themselves when you were in the room. The way Seonghwa always looked like he knew something about you that even you didn’t. The way Yunho must have known Yeosang liked you before he kissed you and still told him– and the way Yeosang knew Yunho had kissed you and wanted to hear it from your mouth. The way he looked at your bracelet knowingly– was it a marker that you were theirs now?
Oh, and how San was almost flirting with you as of recently. The thing Wooyoung had said about you not just being their secretary, but a part of their inner circle– just what did being a part of their inner circle entailed? And the way Mingi and Jongho were so welcoming and friendly towards you– while they had not done anything to make you feel like they had crossed some platonic boundary, you were suddenly reading too much into everything.
“Does it overwhelm you?”
“Of course it does,” you admitted but when you didn’t flinch away from him, he took that as a positive sign. “I need time.”
“Of course. You have all the time in the world. There really is no rush,” he brushed the pad of his thumb along your cheek in soft, slow caresses.
“And I want you to stop swaying my feelings.”
Yunho’s head dipped down in silent surrender to guilt, though the smirk creeping on his face threatened to give him away. “I’m sorry but I can’t resist that. Not until you give me a solid rejection.”
“Ah, let’s end it then–”
“Hey!” He placed his hand over your mouth to keep you from finishing the sentence and you burst into giggles, even more so when you tried pushing him away, but before you knew it, he was almost on top of you with a finger on his mouth shushing you, his hand on your mouth dampening your laugh until you stopped, realising the tangled position that you were in and feeling warmth course through your entire body– warmth that made you shiver as if you were cold instead.
“Quiet, okay?” Yunho whispered and you nodded, eyes wide. “And don’t reject me right now.”
He pulled his hand away, rubbing the smear of the lipstick at the corner of your mouth when he discovered it, his lips parting in concentration and when he was done, he looked into your eyes to find them laden with–
Desire. It had to be desire. If your eyes weren’t indication enough, the way your breath quickened was.
Yunho licked his lips instinctively, his breath getting heavier with want and you wondered if he really wanted you as badly as you wanted him. Ignoring that you both had agreed to give you some space, you pushed yourself upwards just a bit, crowding his personal space and his breath hitched when he found you inches away.
It was electrifying to know that someone wanted you back for once and when you looked at him pleadingly, he crashed his lips on yours, making you fall right back on the couch. You looped your arms around his neck and kissed him back with equal enthusiasm, arching into him and he caught your body in an embrace with one arm around your back and the other cradling the back of your neck.
While your kiss at the park had been passionate, this one was putting it to shame– he poked his tongue inside your mouth at the first opportunity, deepening the kiss and then angled his face to kiss you better. His hand travelled down to your waist and a suggestive squeeze elicited a moan from your mouth which he was quick to swallow with a kiss. When you finally drew back for breath, he rested his forehead against yours for just a moment before proceeding to trail kisses down your cheek, along your jaw and then downwards, burying his face in the crook of your neck.
“Yunho,” you softly whispered, relishing the feeling of his warm breath against your skin, running your fingers through his hair lovingly. He hummed against your neck, resting his lips on the juncture of your neck, realising that perhaps… he should have waited. You both should have waited.
But that didn’t mean he couldn’t end this on a good note. He looked up at you with an understanding smile, washing away all your worries. And then he peppered kisses all over your face, eliciting a shy smile. With a final few pecks to your lips, he nodded in satisfaction.
“Yeah, I’ll give you your space.”
You laughed darkly, shaking your head. Patting his chest twice, you got out of his embrace which was a struggle in every sense.
“Maybe we should start including Seonghwa in our meetings too so we don’t end up making out each time we’re alone.”
“Oh, he would enjoy that,” Yunho commented and you raised a brow but he only shook his head, ending the conversation.
It was electrifying to know that someone wanted you back. And not just someone…
But someone else too, and perhaps more.
Despite your recent interactions with the boys, the looming threat over your head came to be the reason that your mood turned as bleak as the evenings of Eden. Yunho asked you if it was something he did but you assured him that you were more worried about figuring out who was after you and how it was tied to Strictland.
Seonghwa, of course, also noticed the shift in your mood. He was aware of everything that had gone down the past few days and he wondered if now was a good time to tell you about the recent deal they were preparing to offer to a certain business figure– the deal that would originally have been Secretary Park’s. Hongjoong insisted that now was the only time and since the new contender was from Wonderland, your opinion might prove to be valuable again.
“Luna?” He called, having been watching you for a few moments. You had been staring out through the window for the past few minutes and his voice almost made you jump. “Is everything okay?”
“Yep. Just… admiring the weather,” you pointed outside, the clouds rumbling with comical timing.
“Brilliant weather, innit?” Seonghwa chuckled. “Can you join us for our meeting?”
“Of course,” you answered, beginning to wrap up the files on the table. “I’ll join you in a few moments.”
When you entered the boss’ room, Hongjoong and Seonghwa were already in the middle of a discussion seated across from each other on the sofas. You took a seat next to Seonghwa.
“We have a business contender regarding our drug approval,” Seonghwa began. “The one that we almost signed with Secretary Park.”
“Oh, that’s… great news?” You looked between them, unsure if it was good news since you had little to no knowledge about the drug they intended to get approved. It was still a secret known only amongst the bosses and a selected few employees.. “Who is it?”
“Madame Tiffany Hwang– she is a respectable business figure in Wonderland. Have you heard about her?” Hongjoong asked.
“She’s the owner of quite a few businesses,” you recalled, having seen the face in the newspaper of Wonderland quite a lot during your time there. “I don’t really remember which ones but her most notable endeavour has to be SNSD, the tech company. She’s the CEO, I believe?”
“That’s right,” Hongjoong passed you a file which contained information on Madame Tiffany’s business and a little background check. She was a Wonderland citizen who was going to be visiting Eden to expand her business and possibly do a collaboration with a tech company here. “She visited Edenary a few months ago. We acquainted ourselves and she showed interest in investing in other businesses. I think she’ll take up our offer.”
“Why?” You wondered out loud. “From what I know, she’s a very well-established figure in the business world. What would she be gaining from investing in your pharmaceutical business?”
“The upper hand,” Hongjoong smirked and you looked at Seonghwa who nodded. “The drug we aim to launch is one already known amongst the elite class of the continent– we’re talking Halaland, Wonderland and Utopia among other countries. I suppose she’ll be gaining power, at the very least.”
“Can you tell me more about this drug?” You asked.
Hongjoong looked at Seonghwa and the underboss nodded, leaning forwards and speaking in a low volume. “That drug… It's called silver light. We discovered its existence during the war when one of our soldiers came across a batch accidentally. We started using it as a numbing drug during medical emergencies– it seemed to work better than the painkillers we had in reserve so we kept it for the extreme cases.”
“After the war ended,” Hongjoong added, “I did a little digging in. I found out that the batch we used up was meant for the highest ranking military. They rarely fought at the scene so I wondered why they would need such a drug, but then I realised it wasn’t a medicine– not yet. It was just a drug that was consumed for pleasure.”
“So while people laid their lives for this land,” Seonghwa sighed deeply in conclusion, “the elites kept such a medically beneficial drug for entertainment purposes.”
“Oh my god,” you were thoroughly surprised at their revelation. “That’s… ridiculous. I served as a medical assistant for about two years in the war but I never heard of such a drug.”
“No one in Eden is aware of its existence save for the elites who consume this drug for pleasure,” Hongjoong told you. “It’s an opioid based drug so it is banned not only in Eden but the entire continent. The only way we get our hands on this drug is through underground channels. You bet that once we make it public that we’re trying to launch it into the market for medical purposes, the elites will do anything to stop us.”
“Does anyone else know about this yet? Secretary Park?” You asked.
“No, but he must suspect something considering that he’s from Edenary and is himself a pharmaceutical company owner,” Seonghwa answered. “It would be strange if he’s aware of its existence and hasn’t tried to launch it or, well, use it in one way or another.”
You nodded slowly. “Are you sure Madame Tiffany will be the right person for the deal?”
“That’s why you’re here,” Hongjoong resigned back, crossing his legs, a faint smirk on his lips. “We’ll be the judge of that, and if you have any connections in Wonderland who could do you a favour and conduct another background check on her… that would be much appreciated.”
“I’ll see what I can do,” you confirmed. You were familiar with your aunt’s gang and could probably ring them for this.
“We’re short on time though. Madame Tiffany is arriving in Edenary in a week. Her schedule is going to be packed so we can’t say if she’ll visit Sector 1. We should be prepared to make a visit to Edenary, and if it looks like she’s the right investor, we will prepare to make arrangements and receive her here.”
You made an impressed face at Seonghwa. “Looks like you’re getting busier soon.”
“We are getting busy,” Seonghwa smiled deviously. “What do you think about joining us on our visit to Edenary?”
“Me? Edenary?” You gaped at him. The air in the room suddenly felt too cold despite the nervous sweats now oozing out of your body. “But…”
“I think it’s about time you stopped hiding in the shadows,” Hongjoong said, clasping his hands together. “Secretary Park will be there, as well as a lot of politicians and business people. You might recognise most of them, and from what I know, a lot of people might recognise you too.”
“Secretary Park,” you muttered. “Are you sure about this?”
“I think it’s a good opportunity to let him know that you’re no longer afraid of him,” Seonghwa mused.
“And an even better opportunity to find out who really wants to get me,” you said, referring to the information you learned from Yeosang and the men exchanged glances. “I’m aware. It has to be someone from Edenary since they only took action after I got involved with your company. If it was a local, they had plenty of opportunities to get rid of me.”
“Right…” Hongjoong shrugged in acceptance. “So? Are you willing to accompany us as our secretary? Are you willing to announce to the world that you are a part of our inner circle? Because your visit to Edenary will be changing a lot of things, Luna.”
You straightened, feeling a surge of confidence boost through you. If the bosses of the Crescents were willing to trust you, you were not going to let them down. “It’s a good opportunity to tie up loose ends,” you said. “I need to have a talk with my father. It’s long overdue.”
“Perfect,” Hongjoong clapped. “We leave in two days. Wipe that grim look off your face, Luna. Show them what you’re made of.”
It felt surreal to enter the capital of Eden through the Sector 1 gate, the diamond-shaped carvings on the gates bisecting as the metal frame opened with a loud creak, true to its old age. The eight gates around Edenary that opened to the eight sectors– or rather, enclosed the capital of Eden within its confines– were as old as Eden itself. Each gate was colossal and identical in its built but with a unique carving on it that was representative of its sector.
Since Sector 1 was known for Maddox and Co., the famous luxury jewellery shop that was established by the royals of Eden who were big fans of diamonds, the gate had diamond shaped carvings on it to honour the memory of the shop’s origin. It truly was a magnificent sight and it was your first time seeing the gate so you couldn’t help but peek through the window as you crossed the invisible line that indicated your entry into the capital.
It was just as fascinating to enter Edenary as an outsider from Sector 1, of all the sectors. Any person belonging to the upper class usually resided in Sector 2 if not in Edenary. Sector 2, situated in the western region of Eden, was home to the monarchy once and had the Royal Palace in its heart. The Royal Palace was now a government office, sort of an unofficial parliament house after the monarchy was abolished. Sector 2 could have been your home if your life had taken a different course of events.
If the other passengers in the car noticed your enthusiasm, they didn’t comment on it. Seonghwa, however, could not hold back the light chuckle when you turned in your seat to watch the gates close from the rear window. The leather seats of Hongjoong’s Bentley car suddenly felt too hot– or perhaps, it was the embarrassment seeping into the seats through your body.
“What?” You retorted, your lips curling into a pout in embarrassment as you tried to match the gaze of the underboss who was seated on your left, clad in a classic tweed suit. “It’s my first time seeing the Sector 1 gate.”
“I didn’t say anything,” Seonghwa raised his hands in surrender, an amused smile plastered on his face. Hongjoong, who was seated in the front, spared you both a glance from his half-nap and let out his signature scoff.
“Seonghwa had a worse reaction when we first saw the gate. He’s probably reminiscing, let him be,” the boss said and Taeyong, the boss’ bodyguard and designated driver of sorts, laughed in agreement.
“He wanted to take a moment to admire, which meant the moment could last half an hour, so I had to physically restrain him,” Taeyong recalled. “He was salty with me for two whole days.”
“I wasn’t,” Seonghwa muttered and you were once again surprised by the almost childish banter that ensued. It really was a rare sight to have the boss and the underboss of the Crescent Company quibbling, and even better that their crew members like Taeyong were on almost casual terms with the Crescents. You were suddenly reminded of Jaemin, the young informant who everyone at the office adored.
The Crescents truly were different and so human, and you wished they did more to mend their reputation.
You resorted to watching out of the window while the men chatted. The bare deciduous trees that bordered the highway started to thin as you drew closer to the heart of the capital, revealing more familiar sights of civilization– farmhouses, shops, and warehouses. Before you knew it, you were in the middle of the town where most of the offices and government buildings were located and where the elites of Eden resided.
You quietly let the dreary, almost lifeless colours of Edenary imprint on your eyes, making silent notes of what changed since the past few years that you stepped in Edenary, which was not much. Just less nature and more artificial spaces. The people sauntering in the streets still looked as pompous as ever, dressed to the max, too absorbed in the newspaper in their hand or occupied with the pet they were walking.
“The Eden Dome,” Hongjoong’s caught your attention, prompting you to tilt your head to look at the building through the front– the magnificent presidential office with a washed out cerulean blue dome in the middle. The dome along with the accents of gold on the building seemed to be the only colour in Edenary.
Or at least, that’s what it felt like to you. The Eden Dome was President Lee’s office. Your father’s workplace.
The road curved around the domed building and opened to Eden Square, a large fountain in the middle marking the heart of the capital. You steered towards the left to the residential area where you would be staying in an apartment owned by Hongjoong. One of his crew members, Jaehyun, was a resident there along with a young guard who went by the name ‘Ten’. They were supposedly in charge of handling the Crescents’ Edenary affairs (and spying).
As the car came to a halt in front of one of the many apartment buildings, you could almost see yourself as Park y/n, the daughter of a businessman running an errand for her father, scrambling through the streets with documents in her hands, the hat on her head threatening to fall off with the wind. You were almost back to being the twenty-one year old who did anything and everything to earn at least one phrase of acknowledgment from her father.
Oh, how you wished your father would look past your birth status and see that you, too, were capable of great things. Things that even his son wasn’t capable of. He could have given you one chance, and everything would have been different–
“Luna?”
It was your boss’ voice that reminded you that you were no longer related to Secretary Park. That you were almost his rival now. Seven years wasn’t a short amount of time and things would never go back to what they were before.
You shivered involuntarily and nodded to let the boss know that you were okay before grabbing your things and following the men inside the building.
Somehow, your heart raced with anticipation– not to meet perhaps the most famous businesswoman in the continent, or to finally be a part of the Edenary crowd, but to see the unfiltered rage behind your father’s eyes when he would see you standing with the leaders of the most extensive underground organisation of Eden.
You missed Yunho.
Or rather, his warning about the Edenary crowd echoed in your head. You once mentioned to him that you kind of missed the feeling of being an Edenary citizen and how you always wanted to attend one of the business parties that your father was always talking about. He had initially found it amusing and you wondered why, but his words were starting to make sense now. He was right to believe that the Edenary crowd was overwhelming and that they watched every move you made as if they were vultures, waiting for a chance to grab a bite.
It was suffocating, and you almost wished you were back at the office or having late night snacks with your roommate Wendy.
It was ultimately Seonghwa’s presence in the room, constant and reassuring, that calmed you. He would catch your eye and exchange a subtle nod, or smile in a way that was only meant for your eyes. Whenever he would pass by you, he would pat your cheek or squeeze your shoulder, silently praising you for your performance here. After all, everyone in the building tonight was a performer, masking their schemes and presenting a carefully crafted facade.
While Seonghwa’s presence in your peripheral vision calmed you, it was Hongjoong who kept you grounded and focused. You were Hongjoong’s partner tonight. Before your arrival here when you were getting ready for the event, Hongjoong had knocked on your door and entered with a satisfied smile when he found you standing straight and proud in front of the mirror, practising your posture.
“I was half-sure you’d be moping in a corner but Seonghwa was right. You look lovely.”
You consciously tugged at the silk fabric of your black dress, thanking him and looking back at your reflection. You decided that you did not have to be from Edenary to look like you belonged here– Hongjoong was proof of that. Dressed in a fancy black suit with a sequined jacket, he looked nothing short of elegant. As he stood behind you, looking at your form in the mirror, you wondered if your outfits were matching on purpose– not just you and Hongjoong, but Seonghwa as well, in his own black sequined suit. Your elbow-length gloves matched them perfectly. Even though it might be a calculative move, it felt intimate.
“I have another something for you,” Hongjoong started and you turned to him, giving him a warning look which he ignored.
“I can afford my own dresses and jewellery, Sir,” you told him, already having argued about how the ‘company’ paid for your dress tonight, but he only continued to wave the small package in his hand and you reluctantly took it, opening the box inside to find a pearl necklace.
“Kim Hongjoong,” you called his full name for the first time out loud, making him chuckle deeply. “Tell me you rented this.”
“I got it for you,” he corrected.
“But… it’s Maddox and Co.,” you almost cried, knowing how valuable it must have been. “You can’t keep giving me things like this.”
“And who says I can’t?” He raised a brow. “I always get something for the boys. I can get things for you too.”
When you only responded with another glare, he let out a dismissive huff and proceeded to pick the necklace from the box, beckoning you to turn. Hesitantly, you did and swept your curls up so he could put the necklace on for you. When he was done fastening it, he placed his hands on your shoulders, admiring how the pearl sat between your collarbones.
You could not complain– it was absolutely magnificent.
“It matches your ring,” he said with a wicked grin and you scoffed in disbelief. He got you that necklace not only to match with your ring, but to let Secretary Park know that the ring wasn’t the only valuable thing in your possession anymore. Somehow, that did nothing to ease your nerves, though when Hongjoong squeezed your bare shoulders, you smiled in acceptance. You could wear this tonight.
“Remember to stand tall just like this,” Hongjoong said before letting go. “And stay by my side. You’re not a bookkeeper or a secretary tonight– or even anymore. You’re just Luna of The Crescent Company, got it? You’ll make a name for yourself tonight.”
“I don’t understand why you’re allowing me to,” you told him. It was the simple truth, a question that nagged you time and time again.
“Because darling,” Hongjoong stepped closer, almost whispering in your ear now, maintaining eye contact through the mirror. “You’re my weapon now. I’ll proudly wield you. Just like I am your shield and you’ll use me when you need protection.”
A weapon and a shield. What a pair you made. And oh, he acted like your shield alright. While introducing you to the guests at the party, he didn’t let anyone question your position in the company or your status. You were just Luna of The Crescent Company– someone important enough to have made it here. They could wonder all they want.
“Here he comes,” Hongjoong leaned forward to whisper in your ear while you were sipping on your drink, distracted by the familiar faces in the crowd, though hardly anyone recognised you.
You were at Mr. Jang’s residence, the co-owner of Eden News. He was a pretty influential person in Eden and it was always an advantage to be in his good graces. Hongjoong’s announcement made you think that he meant the host himself was here.
Except when you turned and followed the direction of his gaze, you frowned in confusion as you tried to locate the host but instead, found someone else entirely.
Secretary Park Byung Eun. Your father.
He seemed to be just as startled to see you, his gaze briefly sliding past before his attention snapped back. HIs face fell pale when he realised that your partner tonight was none other than Kim Hongjoong of The Crescent Company.
He, of course, pretended to be unfazed as he approached you, pretending as if he intended to greet Hongjoong. He could not act as if he hadn’t seen the pair of you now. Hongjoong rested his hand on your back, lightly caressing it in both reassurance and warning and you took a deep breath, the pearls around your neck suddenly feeling heavier than the fur scarf that was draped on your shoulders.
“Colonel Kim,” Secretary Park’s voice almost echoed inside your head. “Been a while.”
It had been a long time since you heard the man’s voice. You physically restrained yourself from reacting, though your resolve was starting to crumble.
“It has,” Hongjoong’s grin was giving him away. “I see you’ve met Seonghwa?”
“Always a gentleman,” your father nodded, not meeting your eyes. Even though you were right in front of him, he was pretending he could not see you.
It had always been like this. He still looked the same– clean shaven face, droopy lids and wavy hair. Perhaps, he looked a little older than the last time you saw him which was about three years ago, but he was still the same man and it irked you so much–
“Meet Luna,” Hongjoong said and your father finally met your eyes. “My partner.”
You looked at Hongjoong in surprise– partner? Perhaps, your father was just as shocked, the frown deepening on his face as he tried to grasp what Hongjoong meant by the term ‘partner’.
Hongjoong only smiled casually, his hand moving to rest on the side of your waist and your father made an impressed face.
“Partner… I see,” he looked at you, scanning your face. “Didn’t realise you were interested in business… Luna.”
A warning. Hongjoong must have sensed that, because he answered for you. “Sometimes, we don’t see what’s right in front of our eyes, isn’t that right, Mr. Park?”
When Secretary Park raised a brow, Hongjoong looked down with a laugh. “I mean… she was right in front of me for a while. It just took me a long time to figure out how valuable a partner she makes.”
“Right,” Secretary Park sighed in resignation. “But sometimes, we think too highly of someone. Sometimes, we even think too highly of ourselves, eh?”
It was the same phrase you’d heard so many times. Yet… hearing it now felt like as much of a stab as it did when you were younger.
“You must think very highly of me then,” you scoffed, unable to hold back the distaste in your tone. “I trust you got a message, recently?”
The message was the warning that Yunho had sent through his men to Secretary Park. He was not to mess with you or any of them again. Truly, your father must think highly of you if he wanted to eliminate you, right?
“Received,” he said with a fake smile before shifting his attention to the boss. “So, Colonel Kim. Who do you plan to use as bait tonight? A certain major general turned assemblyman has been sniffing in places he shouldn’t be. I trust you’ve got nothing to do with it?”
Hongjoong raised his hands in mock surrender. “I wouldn’t know anything. I tend to keep away from politics as much as I can,” he smoothly lied– he was both behind it and a bit too interested in politics recently. “I can look into it for you? If that’s what you’d like?”
“No need,” he raised his glass in toast. “Thank you very much.”
“Ah,” you huffed. “Must be something you want to keep under the covers.”
“Wouldn't you know all about that,” he narrowed his eyes. You only tightened your smile in response.
“We’re only here to get acquainted with Madame Tiffany, just like everyone else,” Hongjoong interrupted, breaking the war of glares.
“Oh, so that’s who your new business partner is going to be?” Secretary Park asked.
“If we’re lucky to make a deal, sure,” Hongjoong shrugged. “As a businessman yourself, you must know that it’s a trial and error process of meeting potential partners. It’s a shame our deal fell through.”
“Truly,” Secretary Park scoffed. “Madame Tiffany, huh? I really hope you shake hands with her then.”
While the smirk he passed you went unnoticed by Hongjoong, you recognised that expression very well. This certain curl of his lips indicated that he knew more than he let on– that he was winning and you were going to meet defeat in the worst way. You felt the hair on the back of your neck rise in warning, especially when he himself offered to introduce you both to Madame Tiffany.
You reluctantly followed the boss, Seonghwa joining you on your way to the main hall and asking if you were alright. You shrugged it off because now was not the time, though you wish you could warn the bosses that something was amiss.
You spotted Madame Tiffany, in all her glory, in the middle of the room with all eyes on her even though she was deep in a conversation with someone. Everyone seemed to be waiting to catch her attention, and truly, she looked every bit like the rumours you had heard– beautiful in her pale pink dress, elegant and strong in the way she carried herself with her confident smile and straight shoulder, naturally exuding a subtle air of power.
But you could not get the look in your father’s eyes out of your head. You had requested a background check on Madame Tiffany through Madame Cha, your aunt. As a Wonderland local, she must know if Madame Tiffany was all that she appeared to be. If there really wasn’t anything more to her and she was just a businesswoman looking to expand her empire, that would be ideal.
Secretary Park offered to introduce Hongjoong to Madame Tiffany, which was an unusual move from him. You may not have been to any of the business parties in Edenary when you lived here but you knew that your father was the type of person who would never help another person if they benefited from something. Everything that he did was meaningful and ultimately resulted in the downfall of whoever crossed his path. You often wondered why President Lee kept such a man as his secretary– perhaps, because he needed someone like him as his shield?
And then you were reminded of Hongjoong’s words. You were his weapon, and he was your shield, but you supposed that sometimes, a weapon was used to protect oneself too, just like a shield was used to strike at times.
“Mr. Kim,” Madame Tiffany shook hands with your boss. “I’m glad to have finally met you. I’ve heard so much about your business.”
Hongjoong seemed pleased. “All good things, I hope.”
“Wonderful things,” she smiled. “Especially about your contribution to Eden after the war. It’s truly remarkable.”
“Well, I look forward to our scheduled meeting tomorrow then,” Hongjoong placed a hand on his chest and bowed. “Perhaps, we’ll be able to contribute more to Eden’s wellbeing.”
“It would be an honour,” Madam Tiffany mimicked his greeting and Hongjoong spotted an acquaintance, saying he would be back in a few minutes. As soon as he was out of earshot, you turned to Seonghwa who was watching you carefully.
“What do you think about Madame Tiffany?”
“Seems like you’ve got something on your mind,” Seonghwa said in a low voice, shaking his head. “Not here, though. We’ll talk when we get back.”
You nodded, noticing your father at the end of the hall, beckoning you to join him in an empty room that seemed to be a study. You looked at Seonghwa. “Can I go talk to my father?”
“Of course, love. Are you sure?” He asked, tucking a curl behind your ear. “If you want me to come with you, I can. Or if you don’t want to talk to him, I can let him know–”
“No, I… I should talk. It’s been a while, and there’s a lot I haven’t said to him,” you let out a short, sad laugh. “Not the best time for confrontation but I think he’s up to something. I should do this.”
“You don’t have to,” Seonghwa insisted, holding your hand. “But if you wish to, I won’t stop you.”
You squeezed his hand to let him know that you would be okay. Taking a deep breath, you moved towards the room and went inside, keeping the door ajar just in case.
“Luna, is it now?” Secretary Park asked almost nonchalantly as he circled around the desk in the room before taking a seat.
“Yeah, but you would know all about that, wouldn’t you? Considering how you’ve been keeping tabs on me.”
“Come on,” he scoffed, sparing you a glance. “Can’t a father check on his daughter every now and then?”
“Sure,” you folded your arms and narrowed your eyes. “If by check, you mean almost killing me and the people around me, sure.”
“Well, I did order you to keep a low profile,” he reminded you. His tone was no longer playful. “But look at you. Couldn’t stay away from the spotlight in Edenary, could you?”
“You ordered me to keep a low profile and then disowned me, in case you forgot. Cut my name off from the family register and all, right? What makes you think you have any control over my life anymore?”
“You’ve always been feisty like that, y/n,” he clicked his tongue. “It could cost you a lot– but it looks like I won’t have to pull any strings now. You will bring the downfall of the company and the gangsters you love so much now.”
“If they’re gangsters, what does that make you?” You narrowed your eyes. “You can’t tell me your hands are any less dirtier than theirs.”
“Y/n,” he called in warning but you shook your head.
“Don’t ever come after me or mine again,” your voice shook as you warned him, the years of anger starting to make their way up to your throat from your gut. “Unless you want to start a war that you can never win.”
Secretary Park scoffed loudly but it soon turned into a fit of mocking laughter and you watched him clutch his stomach as he bent over, wiping his eyes.
“My dear, I wish I could tell you just what you have gotten yourself into,” he sighed, shaking his head in amusement. “But figures. You’ll be finding out soon anyway. You should have never stepped foot where you do not belong.”
Infuriated, you left the room and went straight to the table to down a drink which did nothing to calm the rage coursing through your veins. There was too much going on and you felt the urge to let it all out in the form of a scream or something worse–
“Luna,” Seonghwa’s voice sounded behind you but you didn’t turn, clutching at your glass dangerously hard. He placed a hand on your arm almost cautiously, caressing the bare skin. “Are you okay?”
“Just give me a moment,” you sniffed, looking up and willing the tears to go back inside. “I’ll be fine.”
“We’re leaving soon,” he squeezed your arm but you gently pushed his hand away before you turned to look at him. You saw a hint of hurt in his eyes and you wished you could tell him that you were only pushing him away because you were afraid you would break if he looked at you or touched you with such care.
“I’ll go sit in the car– Taeyong’s outside, right?” You asked and Seonghwa nodded, escorting you outside and waiting until he spotted Taeyong. You shut yourself inside the car and took deep breaths, hoping that by the time you would be back and having a meeting to discuss how to move forward, you would be okay.
But you were very obviously far from okay. The car ride was awfully silent and Hongjoong seemed to have an inkling of your meeting with your father which was why he did not initiate a conversation. When you were back at the empty apartment, the three of you settled in the living room and Hongjoong lit his pipe.
“Any luck with the assemblymen, Seonghwa?”
“Since the elections are near, they’re being cautious,” Seonghwa loosened his tie as he spoke. “But I did get an idea of the political tide. It’s still in President Lee’s favour and there's a high chance he would be re-elected unless a scandal breaks out. But then… his image is too clean. I met General Wi as well. He said something about how he’s losing votes because of the Siren Rebel Party. He’s almost sure one of the rival politicians might be funding them so he can be out of the game– he is the second in lead right now.”
“Yeah, General Wi is desperate now. I’d honestly like to see some change too– President Lee should retire before someone digs up something about him and tarnish his image,” Hongjoong said, taking a long smoke and looking at you. “What do you think, Luna?”
“About?”
“Everything,” he put his pipe away. “What do you have to say about tonight? Do you think Madame Tiffany will make a good business partner?”
“I’m not sure, just like you,” you began and he nodded. “But… it was strange how Secretary Park reacted. He’s never the type of person to be a middleman in a potential deal, yet he was so willing to introduce the two of you. Madame Tiffany and him seem to be acquainted already– which, okay, they’re both business owners. But when I was talking to him in person,” you looked at Seonghwa who urged you to continue. “He said something about how I’ll soon be finding out what I have gotten myself into, and that… I would bring the downfall of the Crescents? I’m not quite sure if he was just saying this to rile me up or if he meant it.”
“Hmm… sounds like empty threats to me.”
“They’re not,” you shook your head. “He always means what he says. And I would like to warn you that when we meet Madame Tiffany tomorrow, keep in mind that they may be acquainted in more ways than they let on. If Madame Tiffany is in cahoots with Secretary Park… that could be the downfall he was talking about.”
“I have a feeling he said all of that just so you could try and stop me from making the deal with Tiffany,” Hongjoong said. Seonghwa hummed in agreement. He could not deny that Hongjoong’s logic made sense too. “We have to entertain this possibility too. We’ve done our background check and everything seems okay, which is why we’re here in the first place.”
“Well, I still haven’t heard from Madame Cha, which means she’s looking into it,” you said determinedly. “She’s got connections with the underground channels in Wonderland and will be able to confirm if Madame Tiffany is good news or not.”
“We might not hear back from your aunt though,” Hongjoong shrugged.
“We will,” you insisted. “And if you rush, you might be doing exactly what Secretary Park wants you to do.”
“Well, you know what I think?” Hongjoong scoffed, leaning forward. “I think you’re letting your emotions regarding your father influence your judgement.”
“We must consider every possibility,” you said through gritted teeth, the emotions you had tried so hard to suppress making their way right back. “And Madame Tiffany is here for a few weeks. We can wait it out before we shake hands with her.”
“And miss a golden opportunity?” Hongjoong tsk-ed.
“Remember that you missed your ‘golden opportunity’ when I warned you about Secretary Park,” you said and Seonghwa cleared his throat, wanting to calm the tension in the room but you and Hongjoong ignored it. “It could have cost you everything.”
“Luna, I’m sorry to burst your bubble but we are an old criminal organisation and we do not need to rely on your imposing opinions to save ourselves. We have other means,” Hongjoong reminded you and you settled back in resignation. “I will consider your words, but the decision is ultimately mine.”
Seonghwa grunted in warning but the damage had been done.
“Right,” you bit your lips, your vision getting blurry. “For a second, you sounded exactly like the person I’ve been running away from. All that talk about being your partner but that’s what my opinions are to you? Imposing?”
Hongjoong realised that he had said too much that he didn’t really mean, or that he should have worded it differently. The vulnerability in your eyes made his stomach curl with regret. He glanced at Seonghwa who looked like he wanted to get up and comfort you but before he could do anything, you muttered that you were retiring for the night and went to your room.
Seonghwa sighed, looking at his partner. “Well done. Impressive way to handle the situation, Joong.”
“But you regret it,” Seonghwa was smiling. Hongjoong spared him a glance. “Bad timing. She wasn’t alright after the meeting with her father, I told you.”
“Both sides of the coin, Hwa,” Hongjoong said. “Mine and hers. It’s going to be your decision– I can’t deal with her right now.”
“Yeah, you’re smitten,” Seonghwa laughed. “And you don’t know what to do about it for once. You always make a fool out of yourself when you’re like this.”
Hongjoong looked at Seonghwa angrily but when Seonghwa walked to him and caressed his hand, he calmed down. Hongjoong sighed deeply.
“Has my heart hardened far too much for my own good?”
Seonghwa only shook his head. “I know why this deal means so much to you. But she’s right– we have to be cautious and consider every factor. With this Strictland business, we’re realising that even we do not fully know what’s happening in the underworld, right?”
“She’s a part of the Crescents now,” Hongjoong said. “I’m trying to hone her critical thinking skills. She needs that in order to survive– especially where it concerns Secretary Park.”
“He’s still her only family,” Seonghwa reminded him. “Let’s cut her some slack. I’ll go talk to her, okay?”
When you heard the familiar soft knocks on your door, you wished you had locked the room– you were in no state to be seen, crouching in a corner with tears running down your eyes and your gloves and scarf sprawled on the floor near you. You did not respond to the knocks.
“Luna? Can you please open the door for me?”
You sniffed and took a deep breath. “I’m fine. It’s okay.”
“Please?” He said. “I won’t leave until you do.”
“Lord, give me strength,” you muttered under your breath. “Come in.”
Seonghwa hesitantly opened the door, looking around and finding you in the corner next to the vanity, wiping your eyes. “Good heavens, Luna.”
“I told you I was fine,” you said, laughing at your own comment and he chuckled as he settled down on his knees in front of you. You hid your face in your hands, a fresh stream of tears running down your face. “I’m not crying because of the boss.”
“You can curse at him if you want. It can be our little secret,” Seonghwa said and you shook your head. “Also, you can call him Hongjoong. You don’t always have to address him so formally.”
“Okay, Mr. Park.”
“Seonghwa for you,” he tsk-ed. “Look at me. Come on, talk to me. What happened earlier?”
“I don’t know,” you wiped your eyes, looking at your hands and sighing– your mascara must be smudged everywhere on your face. “I didn’t expect it to be so… anticlimactic, the meeting with my father. All he had to offer was threats and warnings. I don’t understand how he can be so cruel towards me.”
“Was there something else you were expecting from him?” Seonghwa asked softly, caressing your hand.
“Not really, but… at least a ‘good to see you’re well’? But then, he wants me dead so maybe I’ve been stupid to expect that.”
“Oh, dear,” Seonghwa pulled you closer, prompting you to settle on your knees instead of keeping them upright as a barrier between you two. “Tell me you said something he deserved to hear.”
“I did,” you sniffed. “I told him not to come after me or mine ever again unless he wants to start a war he can never win.”
A smirk creeped up the underboss’ lips, sending a stirring of nerves in your stomach. “Me or mine, huh?”
“I had to say something–”
“You did well,” Seonghwa said, cupping your face and wiping your eyes, nodding in acknowledgement. “You did so well, love. And I’m glad you stayed strong. You don’t ever have to break in front of your father anymore. You can break in front of me, in front of any of us but– never him.”
You looked at Seonghwa, truly looked at him. His eyes glinted with a million unsaid things, but even in the dim light of the lamp, you could tell that they held admiration and something like pride. Something you always wished to see in someone’s eyes when they looked at you.
“Why do you cry, love?” He asked, wiping the tears that threatened to roll down your cheeks. You didn’t even realise that you were crying silently now.
“I don’t know,” you told him. “Seonghwa– can I really break in front of you?”
Something unreadable flickered across Seonghwa’s face. “You can. With me, or Hongjoong, or any of us, you can be yourself. We’re here– I’m here for you. You never have to feel alone again.”
You tightened your lips, stifling a sob. Seonghwa only smiled, scooting closer to plant a kiss on your forehead. You let out a shaky breath and then went still as he kissed your cheek.
“Won’t you look at me?”
The deep timbre of his voice sounded inside your skull. You kept your eyes shut and he wiped the remnants of the tears away from your lashes before kissing both your eyelids, his soft lips like feathers of an angel's wing shielding you from everything that hurt you. Your hands tangled in his shirt as he continued to pepper light kisses all over your face, the sound of his breath making your heart flutter uncontrollably. However, he stopped right when he kissed near your mouth, his hands almost shaking as he cradled your jaw and pulled back to gauge your reaction.
“Look at me.”
“I’m scared,” you opened your eyes and your gaze stuck on his plump lips. “I don’t understand why you all want me. I don’t understand why we’re here, like this.”
He only smiled in answer. “Is it too much?”
“That’s the thing,” you scoffed in disbelief. “I don’t think it is.”
Seonghwa sucked in a breath, his grip on your neck tightening just a fraction though you spotted hesitation in his eyes. Before you knew it, you were leaning forwards– or perhaps, he was the one who closed the distance between your lips, instantly leaning into you with a force that had you resigning back against the wall. You tangled your fingers in his soft hair– god, he was a good kisser and he wasn’t letting you breathe for one second.
He broke apart for breath, only to tilt his face and kiss you at a different angle and you moaned into the kiss, unintentionally tugging at the length of his hair that made him bite your lower lip. You couldn’t help but think of the way Yunho had kissed you the last time in the office just as desperately, if not more. Yet with Seonghwa, it felt so different, especially the way he held your face and sucked at your lower lip.
With a peck to his lips, you drew away, almost sobbing again at the way he looked like he needed to kiss you again– he met your eyes, conveying that and you let him kiss you softly.
“I’m sorry,” you whispered and he shook his head.
“What for?”
“I don’t know,” you sighed and pursed your lips. “I need to figure out my feelings, Seonghwa. I can’t go around kissing any one of you.”
Seonghwa chuckled. “But you can–”
You shook your head adamantly though his permission made your head spin. “Give me some time.”
Seonghwa exhaled, nodding. “Alright. I can do that.”
A moment passed where the two of you simply stared at each other’s eyes, trying to navigate through the storm of emotions clouding them. You were so close that you could hear his soft breaths and the warmth emanating from his body felt welcoming, almost compelling you to come closer.
“Do you want me?” You asked in a soft whisper and he almost choked on his own breath.
“You can’t just ask that all of a sudden,” he gave you a pained smile. “Are you ready to hear the answer?”
Oh, they were messing with you for sure. There was no way Yeosang and Yunho also had the same thing to say. “There’s no bet going around, is there?”
“We would never do that,” his assertive tone was an answer enough. “I don’t know if you’ve noticed, Luna, but we… we’re a really tightly-knit group. We value relationships. And you’re a part of our group now, yeah? We don’t want to do anything to jeopardise our relationship with you.”
“And this…” you looked at the small distance between you two. “This won’t jeopardise it?”
“It’s not that complicated, if you’re willing to hear us out,” Seonghwa settled back, playing with the hem of your dress. “We’re just… one. We’re a single unit, if you will. We’ve been through a lot together, and we continue to walk together. You can be a part of that, or you can just continue being our little secretary,” he chuckled and you laughed lightly. “It’s up to you.”
“I’ll… I’m thinking about it, I really am, but most of all, I’m just preparing myself to hear it from one of you,” you admitted and he suddenly looked hopeful. “But you– the boys, all of you. You’re close in more ways than you show it. Am I right?”
He smiled in answer. “Is it obvious?”
“It really isn’t,” you frowned through your smile, wondering if he was admitting it. “Seonghwa… this won’t change us, will it? This won’t doom us, right?”
“It won’t,” he assured you. “And we won’t let it. It can be your salvation if you want it to be, or your doom if you let it be.”
“Geez, thanks for that,” you said.
Your teasing and laughter grew louder, filling the space in the living room where Hongjoong was still present. He gulped down the last of his drink and set the glass on the table with a smile he would never let anyone see.
next chapter
-> apply for the taglist here! (check your privacy setting if the tags don't work)
They were including you in their discussion and making you feel comfortable with the little things- asking for your opinion as if it mattered (yes, they insisted it did but it was still hard to believe so).
🥺🥺🥺
“You need a permit to visit Strictland from Eden but if I’m recalling correctly, you can visit Strictland without a permit if you’re a Hala local. He could have easily tagged with some locals then.”
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
EXO????? haven't heard that name in years.. 🚬🚬🚬
OKAY SO READER DOES NOT KNOW ABOUT THE RV SPIES FINALLY THE CLOSURE LMAO!
“I think Wooyoung has got some personal beef with President Lee,” Jongho laughed. “He’s always after him.” “You would be too if you look closely,” Wooyoung wasn’t having any of it. “We all know that he only won because of his late wife, and now he thinks he’s something.”
wooyoung not buying any of this shit, i knew i could trust my man.
“Isn’t that odd?” You narrowed your eyes. “If President Lee claims to be continuing his wife’s legacy, and his wife got killed because someone had a problem with how things ran, wouldn’t they get rid of him too?”
welp, is it corruption or... misogyny.. or both?
There was still a smile on your face from when Wooyoung kissed your cheek and looked pointedly at Yunho–
BWWAAAHHAHAHA 😂
“Are you sure your father is the only one who means to harm you?” Oh.
WHAT DO YOU MEAAAAAN OH ?!
“..you must understand that RV spies are assassins. Usually, they are employed to get rid of a person or an organisation. But for the first time, I’m hearing that they’re protecting someone.”
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
“Don’t let it get to your head, Luna,” he placed his hands on the dip of your shoulders, locking eyes with you. “You’ll be okay.”
nah, because this is frustrating, so, so frustrating to still have other people, you don't even know about!! make these decisions over your life without you even knowing, hell.
“We knew you’d take it to heart. They don’t like to see you anxious.” “What do they care if I’m anxious or not?” “I thought you knew by now, Luna, that we care. All of us do.”
STOPPPMYHEART 😮💨😮💨
“I don’t understand when you all are going to stop trying to talk to me in circles and say something,” you almost cried out. “That part is too much.” “Is there something you’ve been wanting to hear?” Yeosang cocked his head, amused. “Or… did something happen? Something you’d like to tell me about?”
You narrowed your eyes at him. “Is there something you’d like me to tell you?”
YOU 🫵 ARE OF NO. 🙅♀️ HELP. 👉🚪
“Yeosang,.. you’re all in this together, aren’t you? At least some of you.” “Whatever do you mean?”
🖕😾🖕
“Won’t you talk to me about it?” He pleaded in a mellow voice and an even softer gaze, his eyes rounding and brows scrunching. There. Your weakness. “Yunho. You can’t look at me like that,” you tossed the pen on the table between you and slumped back, folding your arms as you softly admonished.
yumi, make it stop, i beg. 😫
“And he’s talked to you. You all talk to each other. You’re all far too close with each other. I’m noticing that recently.”
and i just want to take turns like thinly sliced delimeat and cheese in an octet decker sandwich.
And this meant that Seonghwa really was right about you. He was one meticulous bastard.
OH SHUSH 💀
“It’s okay if you choose one of us, or none of us. We will respect your decisions. But… you can also choose more of us. We don’t mind.”
yunho, have mercy on our souls, puhlease. 😃
“And I want you to stop swaying my feelings.”
“I’m sorry but I can’t resist that. Not until you give me a solid rejection.”
“Ah, let’s end it then–” “Hey!” He placed his hand over your mouth to keep you from finishing the sentence and you burst into giggles..
KEREKKEKEKRREKEKEKER
WHOA WHAT HOLD ON YUNHO ON TOP IM SKDDDKCDYING!!
Ignoring that you both had agreed to give you some space, you pushed yourself upwards just a bit, crowding his personal space and his breath hitched when he found you inches away.
KSKDLSKSKSKSLSKDKDKSK
“Maybe we should start including Seonghwa in our meetings too so we don’t end up making out each time we’re alone.” “Oh, he would enjoy that,” Yunho commented and you raised a brow but he only shook his head, ending the conversation.
ofc the sniper likes to watch.. 👀 lord, there's 14 more chapters to this, make it happen!! 🫦
“Brilliant weather, innit?” Seonghwa chuckled.
that was absolutely terrific to hear in my head. british accent seonghwa, no 😭😭
AND NOW GIRLS GENERATION? i'm hearing names i haven't heard since childhood.
“So while people laid their lives for this land,” Seonghwa sighed deeply in conclusion, “the elites kept such a medically beneficial drug for entertainment purposes.”
these bastards.
“I need to have a talk with my father. It’s long overdue.”
i am so thrilled. it's been very hot and cold whenever reader thought or talked about their father. so i am waiting to see how this goes!
The Crescents truly were different and so human, and you wished they did more to mend their reputation.
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
Oh, how you wished your father would look past your birth status and see that you, too, were capable of great things. Things that even his son wasn’t capable of. He could have given you one chance, and everything would have been different– “Luna?”
ouch. ://
“I can afford my own dresses and jewellery, Sir,” you told him, already having argued about how the ‘company’ paid for your dress tonight, but he only continued to wave the small package in his hand and you reluctantly took it, opening the box inside to find a pearl necklace.
THE PEARLS!! TO BE LOVED IS TO BE KNOOOWN!!🥰🥰🥰
“You’re my weapon now. I’ll proudly wield you. Just like I am your shield and you’ll use me when you need protection.” A weapon and a shield. What a pair you made.
just.. ✍️✍️✍️ but also rawr. 🫦
Even though you were right in front of him, he was pretending he could not see you. It had always been like this.
i'm gonna cry, man. nvm.
“Can’t a father check on his daughter every now and then?”“Sure,” you folded your arms and narrowed your eyes. “If by check, you mean almost killing me and the people around me, sure.”“Well, I did order you to keep a low profile,” he reminded you. His tone was no longer playful. “But look at you. Couldn’t stay away from the spotlight in Edenary, could you?”
why does that last bit sound like it isn't immediately directed at reader? like, in what way had reader ever shown that they were seeking the spotlight. they were clever, curious and cunning even at a younger age. but insinuating the attention is what they're after?? hm 😒
“My dear, I wish I could tell you just what you have gotten yourself into,” he sighed, shaking his head in amusement. “But figures. You’ll be finding out soon anyway. You should have never stepped foot where you do not belong.”
STOP PRETENDING TO CARE NOW?
“I think you’re letting your emotions regarding your father influence your judgement.” “We must consider every possibility,”..
“And miss a golden opportunity?” Hongjoong tsk-ed. “Remember that you missed your ‘golden opportunity’ when I warned you about Secretary Park,” you said and Seonghwa cleared his throat, wanting to calm the tension in the room but you and Hongjoong ignored it. “It could have cost you everything.”
OOOOOOOHHH!!
“I will consider your words, but the decision is ultimately mine.” Seonghwa grunted in warning but the damage had been done. “Right,” you bit your lips, your vision getting blurry. “For a second, you sounded exactly like the person I’ve been running away from. All that talk about being your partner but that’s what my opinions are to you? Imposing?”
NOOOOOOO!!
Hongjoong looked at Seonghwa angrily but when Seonghwa walked to him and caressed his hand, he calmed down. Hongjoong sighed deeply. “Has my heart hardened far too much for my own good?”
many ways to look at this, hm. 🤔 is this referring to hongjoong's drive to give Eden a better ending than the one elites are writing behind the scenes of the common folk? so he had to harden up to be able to take punches and push people who seemed to want to get in his ways away? or is this possibly (also) referring to keeping the inner circle save, keep his people save from, in this case, reader. but knowing that the atz members like reader and want MORE out of it so he's trying to find it in himself to.. soften? to be open to the idea? as if he might not already be considering how.. forthcoming and claiming he's been in subtle gestures by letting them be part of something.
“Was there something else you were expecting from him?”
“Not really, but… at least a ‘good to see you’re well’? But then, he wants me dead so maybe I’ve been stupid to expect that.”
😭 💀
“Won’t you look at me?” The deep timbre of his voice sounded inside your skull. You kept your eyes shut and he wiped the remnants of the tears away from your lashes before kissing both your eyelids, his soft lips like feathers of an angel’s wing shielding you from everything that hurt you. Your hands tangled in his shirt as he continued to pepper light kisses all over your face, the sound of his breath making your heart flutter uncontrollably. However, he stopped right when he kissed near your mouth, his hands almost shaking as he cradled your jaw and pulled back to gauge your reaction.
ohgiodsohlooordohboyitshappening 🥸🥸🥸
“I need to figure out my feelings, Seonghwa. I can’t go around kissing any one of you.” Seonghwa chuckled. “But you can–”
YOU CAN'T JUST SAY THAT I'M HOLDING MY BREATH OVER HERE!!!
“There’s no bet going around, is there?” “We would never do that,” his assertive tone was an answer enough.
🥺🥺🥺
“Seonghwa… this won’t change us, will it? This won’t doom us, right?” “It won’t,” he assured you. “And we won’t let it. It can be your salvation if you want it to be, or your doom if you let it be.”
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
"this is the underworld that no one escapes from."
masterlist
ot8!ateez x f!reader, mafia au
chapter warnings: drinking, smoking, illegal businesses, mentions of shooting, war/military and drugs, wholesome maknaes interactions, san is a little flirty, hongjoong's subtle attempt to woo you, seonghwa's failed attempt, and yunho's very successful attempt! kissing.
chapter wc: 10.5k
chapter synopsis: you accompany hongjoong to his meeting with assemblyman wi, where you direct him to investigate secretary park with the keyword of ‘strictland’. while you recover from the meeting with san, yeosang learns that you are not the rv spies’ target. rather, you are being protected from a threat they refuse to reveal. you practise shooting with the warehouse boys but learn of a bet placed on your shooting skills and you go to confirm the culprit, yunho. things take an unexpected, intimate turn.
prev chapter recap: you accompany hongjoong to the station and he tells you about his past connection with general wi. you point inspector gong to secretary park’s direction and suggest using general wi. afterwards, you accompany hongjoong to lunch with san and yeosang where yeosang confirms if the actions of that drunken night did mean something. seonghwa prepares you to become secretary and you’re doubtful but hongjoong assures that you’re fit for the job. you go to meet the warehouse boys with seonghwa and learn about the illegal weapons manufacturing. on your way to practise shooting with the boys, you get attacked by secretary park’s men which leaves you questioning if staying with the crescents is worth the danger you bring with yourself. the boys assure you that you don’t have to worry about a thing because they have your back now. the night ends on a suggestive note with yunho.
Fate was a strange thing.
Never did you think you would find yourself working for the biggest criminal organisation turned business. When you first got a job at the Crescent Bar, you were convinced that it had to be fate that led you here– these things were not in your control. You had been pushed around, going from place to place until you found yourself at the bar.
However… it must be the hands of destiny that personally guided you to the Crescent Office to work alongside the bosses. Destiny must have whispered in your ears, a hand on your back to keep you steady. You finally felt as if you were at the right place and were doing the right thing after a whole life of unease and struggle.
Not that the struggle or unease had gotten any easier– just that its nature had shifted into something that was familiar to you, like the game of chess you used to play with Secretary Park back when you lived together. He didn’t teach you how to play– he taught you how to win. There was a big difference between the two. He said that life was easier when you could splay the elements out on an imaginative chessboard and make a move accordingly. It was something that stuck with you.
It was also probably why your input regarding Assemblyman General Wi was being taken into consideration after you made your moves and cornered him. Assemblyman Wi was suspecting that the Crescents were trying to involve him in something darker than he initially thought. Hongjoong didn’t give him much in their phone call conversation that took place after Inspector Gong involved him in the drug investigation. Hongjoong only shared how valuable his information could be to his political career and the Assemblyman seemed to have caught the bait.
He requested a personal meeting, and the boss was still adamant that you accompany him. After all, you were ‘his little secretary’ now. His assistant, a part of the inner circle, whatever label you wished to give it. The boys were doing their best to make you adjust to your new position. You were more involved in the business now, overseeing both the legal and the illegal side with Seonghwa.
At the end of your night shift, you and Yunho would wrap things up before closing the office. Sometimes, he would walk you home under the pretence of discussing work. He always listened intently and responded well to your worries. Most of the time, it was clear that he was just using that opportunity to simply talk with you and get to know you better.
Whatever it was, you weren’t one to complain– you were starting to get used to this little routine and if you were honest with yourself and your feelings for once, you would admit that you quite liked this. You quite liked him. It was hard not to warm up to him.
Especially when he relaxed and let his work persona behind at the office. It was unbelievable that this was the same person whose presence had overwhelmed you an incredible amount before you joined the office– not that he wasn’t scary and overwhelming when he wanted to be. It was just that you understood his role as the consigliere of this business and how he had to maintain an image.
Despite all of that, he made you feel safe now. You were starting to view Jeong Yunho in a new light and see him for who he really was as a person, not just as a Crescent.
He was still a bit reserved and for all the right reasons. You supposed as the consigliere, he must still have his qualms about you. He wouldn’t be good at his job if not. As far as work was concerned, he never indulged you in something new, only discussing the things you had already gone over with Seonghwa and Hongjoong.
As did Seonghwa, though you didn’t even need to talk for him to hear you. It was a bit surreal how he had you all figured out. You would take a second to think something over and he would know that you were harbouring doubts. You would look at him a certain way and he would understand that you needed some assuring that everything would work out smoothly.
And these were just his words– his touch provided you with a level of comfort you didn’t know was possible through just a simple brush of fingers against yours or a tap to your shoulder. You weren’t sure he realised what effect he had on you. It would be better if he didn’t.
And the boss… well.
“I said what I said. You’re accompanying me to the meeting, whether you like it or not.”
You were back at square one with the argument concerning a certain politician.
“He’s Assemblyman Wi Ha Jun,” you almost sobbed. “You may know him from war as a Major General but I know him as a scary politician who has a knack for getting rid of people and burying all evidence.”
“He can’t touch you and you know that, Luna,” Hongjoong plopped on his chair and clicked his tongue in mock disappointment. “I thought you realised that by now.”
“I know,” you sighed deeply. “But you have to understand that knowing that changes nothing. I’m afraid I’ll make a mistake and say too much.”
“You won’t,” he assured you, suppressing a laugh. “Wasn’t I the scary boss once?”
“You still are?” You shrugged. “You’re taking me to the meeting at gunpoint. It can’t get any scarier than this.”
You both looked at the revolver that was previously lying still on the table but was now being carelessly spun between his fingers. He finally let out a dark cackle, tossing the revolver almost casually on top of the documents yet still making you flinch.
“Wish I could shoot some sense into you. And maybe a little self-confidence,” Hongjoong commented.
“Wish I could muster the self-confidence I had when I traded my life for secrets,” you retorted and he laughed in a low manner, still waiting for a response. You let out an exasperated sigh. “Fine, I’ll accompany you– on one condition.”
Hongjoong raised a brow. “You seem to forget that I’m the boss and you’re in no position to make such demands, but okay, carry on.”
You clutched your chest, feigning hurt. “I thought I was part of your ‘inner circle’ or whatever. Clearly not. Anyways, I would prefer it if I’m just introduced as Luna and not Jeon y/n. In fact, I think I’d like to keep going with Luna in the future too.”
That was how it was with the boss. An endless battle of retorts and jabs but it was mostly unserious, even though to an observer it would look like a quarrel. Perhaps, that was just what your dynamic had to be, and it wasn’t bad. You could really speak your mind when you were with him and that was saying something. He had a knack for making people open up and be honest with him.
Hongjoong passed you a challenging look but decided to ignore the jab. “Alright. We’ll try to keep your identity a secret for as long as possible, but you can’t blame us if he finds out anyway. He has quite the network himself.”
“Deal,” you nodded grimly, preparing yourself mentally for the meeting that was scheduled in two hours at the Crescent Bar right before your night shift.
While you both worked in your respective spaces– him in his office, alone, and you outside at your usual spot, you noticed a familiar name while checking tomorrow’s schedule.
Seonghwa was meeting with a person called ‘Winter’. You thought you had heard the name before but you couldn’t recall where. You made a mental note to get a peek at the person when she would visit. Maybe her face would rock your memory.
Just as you were wrapping up and taking a break to freshen up (which included taking a walk around the block and gathering your wits for the meeting), Seonghwa arrived upstairs and noticed how you were so distracted cracking your knuckles that you didn’t hear him until he was right in front of your desk.
“Nervous?” He asked.
“Very,” you admitted. No point hiding it because you weren’t good at that anyway, and the worst in front of him. “But it’s okay. I’m probably making it a big deal because it feels like I’m back to the Edenary days when my father was trying to make sure I wouldn’t come across these influential figures. Now the boss is trying to make sure I’m present.”
“I do,” you smiled, holding the daily report in the air. Seonghwa motioned for you to follow him and you went to unlock his office, getting inside with him.
“You don’t need to present it– I’ll take a look later,” Seonghwa said and you nodded, relieved. You set the report on the table then, standing awkwardly and pursing your lips. “Would you like some chamomile tea?”
“Thank you, but I’m okay. It looks like we’ll be drinking, so,” you shrugged. Seonghwa was taking off his coat and hanging it on the hatstand. It looked like he had more to say so you waited for him, his presence slowly washing a wave of calmness over you.
And it seemed like he was aware of that because he stepped in front of you, this time a little closer. He placed both of his hands on your shoulders, caressing your collarbones with the pad of his thumbs, separated by the black net that made the neckline of your dress.
“You’ll do alright, Luna. You don’t have to worry too much. Just be yourself and you’ll be fine. Besides, Hongjoong will be there with you. You can count on him.”
“I know. It’s just a bit daunting, but that’s just nerves. Thank you, Mr. Park.”
Seonghwa nodded and patted your head once before drawing away. “Are you okay?”
“Nervous? Yes–”
“No, I mean, are you okay?” Seonghwa asked, scanning your face with concentration. “With everything that’s been going on with Secretary Park, and now this meeting… You don’t have to be a part of this if you don’t wish to. You know that, right?”
This was what was so special about Park Seonghwa and why the rest of the Crescents always leaned on him. You felt your heart swoop anxiously but you nodded, mustering a steel gaze.
“I’m fine. I’ll be fine. It’s just something that’s bound to happen one day or another.”
Seonghwa wasn’t satisfied with your answer though, and that was obvious by the warning look on his face. You let out a short laugh. “Really, thank you for asking, Mr. Park. You’re too kind to me.”
“I’m not,” he shook his head in amusement.
“Yeah. You’re just kind to everyone in general, I know that,” you said. “I should be leaving now. Have a good rest of the night, Mr. Park.”
Just when you were about to exit, Seonghwa’s voice called. “Do you really think I’m kind to just anybody?”
You turned to look at him, hand on the door knob. He was right– he wasn’t kind to just anybody. He hadn’t been kind to you when you first met.
“Are you claiming that I’m someone special to you?” You asked teasingly but when he nodded in all seriousness, you froze for just a moment. And then you took a deep breath, nodding.
“Thank you for letting me know that I’m someone you care about now.”
Seonghwa looked just a little disappointed to hear that, but he remained silent. You shut the door behind you, pausing to process what he had said.
It was confusing you. Seonghwa’s kindness, Yunho’s antics, and whatever the hell was going on between you and Yeosang. And whatever the hell Wooyoung had said about them. You wished you could ask them but it wasn’t your place to. And you weren’t sure what they really wanted from you. If it was merely information, they could have very well tortured it out of you if they wished to.
So you went towards the Captain’s room– the one person you could be honest with, and the one person who was honest with you, no matter how ugly or bitter the truth might sound. You were just boss and secretary. He didn’t talk in circles like the rest.
“Ready?” He asked, grabbing his coat and cane from the corner.
“Ready,” you nodded and he came to stand in front of you, scanning you once.
“Do you have your gun with you?” He asked and you blinked in surprise but nodded. Hongjoong’s eyes went to the purse resting on your hip, hanging by your shoulder. “I hope you won’t have to use it, but we can never be too cautious. You know how susceptible the bar is to attacks.”
“I really need to learn how to properly use it though,” you admitted, about to open the door for him so you both could leave but he held his hand in the air, pausing you. He produced a narrow box out of the pocket of his coat and opened it, revealing an intricately carved silver cuff bracelet with an infinity sign at the clasp.
Your mouth curved into an ‘o’ in surprise when you saw the brand– Maddox and Co. The famous jewellery shop in Sector 1. Its diamonds were a staple of Eden and people from all over the continent would visit Eden just to shop there.
He smirked at your expressions. “Like it?”
“So you plan to woo General Wi with… this?”
Hongjoong rolled his eyes, waiting for you to give you his hand and when you did, albeit hesitantly, he shot you a disapproving look though you knew he was just teasing you. He helped you wear it on your left wrist and you admired the way it rested there.
“Just a little something for your… promotion, you could say.”
“Is this really for me?” You asked in disbelief and he nodded. “Shall I return it after the meeting?”
“Luna,” Hongjoong groaned, tossing the box on the sofa.
“Do you give out gifts to all your employees who get promoted?” You continued with the questions and Hongjoong chuckled to himself, shaking his head.
“Think of it as a bribe,” he said, chuckling at your expressions because you were annoyed that he was teasing you. “Let’s go, we’re getting late.”
“But–” you started, faltering when he left the room. You glanced at the cuff before following him, rushing to match his pace as he descended down the stairs. Even during the short car ride, you kept sending pleading looks in his direction in between admiring the beautiful jewellery. He continued to ignore you but you silently promised him that you would wring the answers out of him.
Taeyong opened the door for you and led the way inside the bar, making sure everything was okay and having a word with General Wi’s men who were stationed outside Room no. 1 where the Crescents usually conducted their meetings. You looked around, relaxing a bit when you spotted Yeosang making his way towards the two of you.
“Just on time,” Yeosang patted your back. His hand stayed there for just a moment longer before he moved between you and Hongjoong to open the door. “San was keeping him company.”
“Let me know if you hear something, and have San signal me if anything seems amiss,” Hongjoong instructed and Yeosang nodded before knocking and opening the door.
“Ah, here comes the Captain,” San clapped before he got up. You couldn’t see the Assemblyman properly yet but he got up and Hongjoong straightened, saluting. Assemblyman General Wi saluted back before the two shared a warm handshake, exchanging greetings.
Assemblyman Wi caught you looking at him with curiosity and he thought that you looked familiar, though he couldn’t quite remember how. Hongjoong extended his hand towards you, prompting you to come forward to greet his superior and you shook hands.
“This is Luna. Currently my assistant and partner.”
“How do you do?” Assemblyman Wi asked, urging you to take a seat and you sat next to Hongjoong. The Assemblyman looked at Hongjoong. “Currently?”
“I’m trying to make her a Leader,” Hongjoong admitted and you slowly turned towards the boss.
A Leader?
“That’s the first I’m hearing of it, by the way,” you told the Assemblyman the truth and he laughed. Hongjoong sent an approving look in your direction. “I heard that you were Mr. Kim’s boss in the army. I’ve heard only the highest praise about you.”
“Oh, he likes me too much,” Assemblyman Wi waved his hand in dismissal, crossing his legs. Hongjoong poured him a drink and filled your glass as well. The burgundy colour of the liquid matched with the colour of his tie over the grey three-piece suit that the Assemblyman wore.
“Did he tell you about our first meeting? I was sure we were going to be sworn enemies, Hongjoong and I– even though I was his superior.”
You looked at Hongjoong with a raised brow and he shook his head in amusement. “It wasn’t that serious, General.”
“Yeah, you only thought I was an incompetent asshole who was incapable of making decisions. Nothing serious,” Assemblyman Wi laughed and you pursed your lips to stifle a smile. “He had the audacity to say that out loud. Didn’t end up well for him.”
“Yeah, it didn’t, because we’re here now,” Hongjoong scoffed and the Assemblyman grinned. “How’s business?”
“Booming,” he said. “Especially after I got the Textile Export Amendment Bill passed in the parliament recently.”
“Ah, so you’re allowed to resume trade now?”
“With lower taxes, yes,” General Wi confirmed.
“I guess being a presidential candidate certainly has its pros,” Hongjoong concluded, raising his glass. The sound of clinks momentarily filled the room as you all drank. “And how’s politics going for you?”
Assemblyman Wi looked at his military subordinate for a moment too long. “You would know all about that, wouldn’t you?”
Hongjoong leaned back into the sofa with the familiarity of someone who had played this game too many times. You, though, sat straight in your seat, eyes fixated on the two and your hand busy fiddling with the cuff around your wrist.
“You must have asked to meet me for a reason,” Hongjoong clasped his hands together. “Coming here all the way from Edenary must have been tiring.”
The Assemblyman scoffed loudly. “You got my boys landed in the nick, you know?”
Hongjoong hummed, feigning ignorance. “I don’t keep tabs on every person in this Sector, General.”
“But you’ve been keeping tabs on me,” Assemblyman Wi said, unbothered by that fact probably because he kept tabs on the Crescents too. “You led me here, didn’t you?”
“If you want your boys out, you just have to ask,” Hongjoong assured him and the Assemblyman leaned back to extract a box of cigarettes out of his pocket, offering the two of you some. Both of you denied. He lit one, looking back and forth between you two while he smoked.
“I can get them out myself, but that’s not why I’m here,” Assemblyman Wi leaned forward, resting his arm on the table. “The drug my boys were smoking this time was new– I’m unable to trace the dealer which is why I’m sure it’s you, but the drugs are a byproduct of Park Pharmas.”
“Quite the opportunity for you then, isn’t it, Assemblyman Wi?” Hongjoong smiled and the man smirked in answer. He couldn’t deny that it was. “Maybe you should look into Park Pharmaceuticals after all.”
“I’m always looking into Park Pharmas. Secretary Park acts as a shield to President Lee and you know that I need to take him down to win the elections.”
Whoa, you thought. He was pretty confident in himself. You supposed that was not a bad trait and he needed that in order to take the presidential title one day. Hongjoong looked at you and you cleared your throat.
“You can trace the drugs back to Park Sunghoon– the Secretary’s son,” you told him and he raised his brow in surprise.
“He seems like a distinguished gentleman,” General Wi commented, eyes narrowed in thought.
“Yeah, well, apparently the distinguished can’t resist a little smoke,” you shook your head. “Once you get to Park Sunghoon, you don’t have to expose him right away– I suggest using him as bait to get some answers out of Secretary Park.”
“Answers to what?”
“You’d know when you get there,” you told him and he looked at Hongjoong who nodded. “Maybe pass a keyword around for your boys– Strictland.”
“Strictland?” Assemblyman Wi frowned. “What’s that dump of land got to do with any of this?”
“That’s for you to find out,” Hongjoong answered, nodding at you. “Just make sure that nobody traces this tip back to us.”
“I don’t like this,” Assemblyman Wi settled back in resignation. “I could have traced that source to Secretary Park anyway. I would have made up something. What do you want in return?”
“We only want to hear what you hear,” Hongjoong insisted. “Information. That’s it.”
“And what makes you think I’ll agree to share that information with you? Must be pretty valuable if you’re not directly investigating.”
Hongjoong smiled in answer and Assemblyman Wi looked at you, finding you pointing at the antique porcelain vase that had saved your life that night and got you involved in this dark web with the Crescents. The vase from his money laundering hustles. It took a moment for the Assemblyman to realise what was going on but when you spotted a flush creep up his neck, you knew that you got him.
Assemblyman Wi let Hongjoong refill his glass and he downed it in one gulp, chuckling afterwards. He looked at you with interest and you suddenly felt nervous but you matched his gaze.
“Now where did he find you? Who are you?”
“She’s just my secretary,” Hongjoong shrugged jokingly.
“She’s full of information, isn’t she? Look at her eyes,” Assemblyman Wi said, addressing Hongjoong. “You saw the potential, huh?”
You had a feeling that they weren’t talking about your capabilities anymore and you started to feel a bitter taste on your tongue but Hongjoong, whether intentionally or unintentionally, let his hand fall to the side, brushing yours in the process. He didn’t move his hand.
“Looks like someone’s secretary hasn’t been doing a good job,” Hongjoong commented.
“Yeah, I might look for a replacement soon,” Assemblyman Wi smiled at you.
“She’s my secretary. I’m sure you can find plenty of options in Edenary. Maybe you can steal the President’s secretary.” Hongjoong said, referring to your father.
Assemblyman Wi laughed, shaking his head. “That man isn’t someone I can tame. I wonder why he didn’t run for presidency himself– he doesn’t need to be the president’s mere lackey.”
You didn’t miss how Hongjoong’s finger had momentarily curled against yours when he announced that you were his. His secretary. Before your mind could go elsewhere, though, Assemblyman Wi’s observation piqued your interest.
If someone of Assemblyman General Wi’s status thought that Secretary Park was potential presidential candidate material… why did your father never pursue it? He was an ambitious man, but he always seemed to be held back, sticking alongside the president and remaining in the shadows most of the time. Did he not desire that post, or did President Lee have something over him, something that bound them?
The rest of the small talk went by but you were too distracted with the ghost of the boss’ fingertips around yours. You had not expected him to provide you with moral support like this, if it could be called that. Somehow, even the mere thought of it was strangely comforting.
Assemblyman Wi left with a promise to share whatever information he would come upon if you shared more about President Lee and Secretary Park in case you heard something amiss in the underground network. As soon as his figure disappeared, you slumped back on the seat, a wave of relief washing over you.
“Good job today, Luna,” Hongjoong patted your hand. “Really got him speechless without uttering a word. Impressive.”
“Yeah, I knew I was going to do that the moment we stepped in this room,” you laughed, massaging your temples. “Thank you.”
“For what?” Hongjoong asked nonchalantly, popping a few nuts in his mouth before checking the time. You only smiled in answer.
San and Yeosang entered the room after making sure the Assemblyman was gone and San clapped for you. “You did well.”
“Ah, you’re there,” Yeosang jumped a little when he spotted you and you supposed you were blending in pretty well with the seat right now. “Almost missed you.”
“How did it go?” San asked Hongjoong.
“Well. She’ll explain. I have to go back now. Get her to eat something– she looks pale.” Hongjoong ordered.
“Geez, thanks,” you slumped down even further and the boys snickered. Hongjoong left with a goodbye and the boys ordered some food for you. You admitted that now that the meeting was done with, your appetite was returning. You had been too nervous to eat properly the entire day.
Yeosang kept you company until the food arrived. You had just finished briefing the two on the meeting with General Wi– you told them that it looked like he really was going to start investigating the connection between Secretary Park and Strictland. Yeosang praised you for doing a good job and told you that he would catch up with you later, leaving to attend to business.
That left San, and you smiled at the man who had once been your boss but was now the closest thing to a friend that you had in the Crescents. “It’s been a while, huh?”
“Just you and me? Yeah,” San said, passing you the sandwiches that were on today’s menu and for some reason, your heart did a little flip at his words. “So, how has it been at the office?”
“Well, I heard something funny,” you folded a napkin, dabbing at your mouth. “The boss told me that someone speaks very highly of me.”
“Oh? Who might that be?” San pretended to think but laughed in submission when you glared at him. “Yeah, well. Didn’t that work out for the better. You’ve warmed up to us quite a lot.”
You had to agree. Everything had changed. It was getting harder to recall a time when you were scared and concealed your identity from them, but now it served as a weapon and you were able to stand beside them, though you could still argue that you were better left in the background. “It’s hard not to.”
San smiled. “What do you think about the boss?”
“He’s… definitely something,” you let out a laugh. “He’s extraordinary, San. I see why he's called the Captain.”
“Oh, where did you hear that?” San leaned forward in curiosity.
“Jaemin,” you said and he shook his head. “It suits him. I’m really starting to admire him. I’m seeing you Crescents in a new light.”
“What do you really think of us, though?” San narrowed his eyes.
“That you’re all too much,” you whispered teasingly, taking a deep sigh. “You all are… too much.”
San was aware of why you might be feeling like that. “You’re not thinking of something stupid like how you shouldn’t be here right now, are you?” You gave him a look and he continued. “You belong here. With us. Do you feel that?”
“Sometimes,” you admitted. “Sometimes I think I’m being led to the altar–”
“We would never do that to you–”
“Not you,” you interrupted, calming him down. “It’s not you. I feel like we’re getting involved in something dangerous, and now that I’m here, I want to be able to protect you instead of leading you to the said danger. While I’m relieved that Assemblyman Wi will be doing the dirty work for us, it’s only a matter of time before things blow up.”
“Well, it’s not our first time dealing with something like this, so rest assured, you can count on us to control the damage.”
“I have a feeling that this Strictland business is beyond anything you could have imagined.”
San knew that you were right and that this was a possibility. He had discussed it with the boys and they were already taking appropriate measures by making new allies and setting traps in case things went south.
“It’ll be okay, Luna,” San assured you. “If anything seems off, I’ll let you know, okay?”
“Thank you,” you gave him an earnest smile. “How have you been? Still whining about the workload?”
And that sparked a heated argument as you both compared your workload with a newfound competitive streak in you. The conversation shifted to San updating you on the recent gossip he’d heard at the bar, some of which you verified as credible. You finished your lunch while he talked and you checked the time.
“Well, it was wonderful catching up with you but I need to get some rest before I have to go to work again. Maybe you should have warned me about the long hours before I signed up to be Mr. Kim’s secretary.”
“Oops,” San grinned. “Do you like where you are now?”
You smiled at his question. He had asked you the same thing that drunken night at the bar when you had opened up to him– a little too much than you should have, though you didn’t regret it. “I do. I like them– the boss, Mr. Park… Yunho.”
San smiled knowingly at the way you called the consigliere’s name. “I told you– Yunho is the best person you can have by your side.”
“Yeah, well, it took us a lot of trial and error to get here, but we’re good,” you told him. “I met the warehouse boys formally too– I’m seeing them more often now that I’m accompanying the boss around.”
“Do you like them?”
“I mean… it’s Wooyoung. You can’t not like him,” you said and he laughed out loud. “He won’t allow that, and I honestly appreciate that he’s so laid-back while sharp at the same time. Mingi and Jongho are easy to talk to too. It’s a good thing I was already familiar with them from all their visits here at the bar.”
“Yeah, they’re quite excited to have you be a part of our gang. Won’t shut up about you,” he scoffed and you laughed. You picked your purse and then paused when you recalled that you needed to tell San something. You turned to him, finding him watching you with an indecipherable look in his eyes– not the mellow gaze that you were used to, though he quickly shifted his demeanour when you stepped in his vision.
“I wanted to thank you for that night, when we were both drunk,” you began and he frowned in confusion. “What you said about the others really helped me open up to them. It was a bit daunting, but I confronted the boss and told him about Secretary Park. He was quick to find out the rest by himself, but… thank you.”
“There’s nothing you need to thank me for,” San shook his head. “I know you would have made the same decision anyway.”
“But you did have a little influence on my decision, and it’s because… I think I trust you,” you said and his brows rose in surprise. “I took a leap of faith in you when I told the boss not to make the deal with Park Pharmas. So the credit really belongs to you. You’ve all been grateful that I gave you that information at the right time, but the credit… it’s yours.”
“No,” San wasn’t having any of it. He shook his head adamantly. “It’s all you, darling.”
“Gosh, you’re stubborn,” you commented and he finally smiled. He stepped closer to pat your cheek, surprising you because he hadn’t ever initiated physical contact like this.
“You’re doing a great job. I hope you can trust all of us one day, with all your heart. We have a lot to offer, Luna.”
“What does that mean?” You asked, not oblivious to the underlying words within that sentence.
“You’ll know,” San said, letting go of you but you blocked his way before he could move.
“What’s with all of you and your ambiguous statements?” You frowned. “Just when I think we’re getting somewhere, one of you says something suggestive and gets me all confused–”
“Don’t worry about it too much,” San chuckled, tapping your forehead with a finger. “Let it rest.”
“San,” you warned but he only laughed, making you smile. He licked his lips and pursed them– a nervous habit of his. You narrowed your eyes just a fraction, but nothing could have prepared you for the way he cupped your face and planted a sweet kiss on your forehead, lingering there just a moment.
“Let it rest.”
“Choi San!” you pushed him away and the two of you exited the room while trying to dodge the other’s swatting, laughter echoing in the corridor. Yeosang peeked from the window of his office, smiling fondly at the sight of you both.
And then he turned to the guest in his room– Wendy.
“I don’t usually let my personal feelings interfere with business,” Wendy commented when Yeosang turned his attention back to her. “But I must say… I worry for y/n’s wellbeing.”
“Do you think we would harm her?” Yeosang asked rather nonchalantly. “Come on, Wendy. We’ve known each other for years– I expected better.”
“You have no reason to harm her right now, but she’s involved with your gang now. You don’t know everything about her. I fear you won’t take it well when you find out more.”
“What’s that supposed to mean?” Yeosang gave her a suspicious look but Wendy only crossed her legs, downing the whiskey in one gulp.
“I know you lot have your morals,” Wendy acknowledged. “But she’s become my friend and I wish I had done more so she wouldn’t get so involved with you.”
“Rich coming from you when you’re a member of the most notorious spy network in the continent,” Yeosang raised a brow in challenge. “At least I’m not an assassin. And what do you mean friend? You don’t keep friends, Wendy.”
Wendy smiled. She was proud of being one of the leaders of the RV spies and their contribution to the stability in the continent was… questionable, to say the least. They served no one– not a person, not their homeland. They simply sold information to the highest bidder or exchanged their services for other favours. While their identities were known to some of the organisations who were also a part of the underground network, such as Ateez, the RV spies were still a mystery to anyone who tried to find them. You could not contact them– they would contact you if you needed them.
“I’m human, Mr. Kang. Everyone needs friends,” Wendy looked down at her empty glass, her short brown hair covering most of her face.
“Yeah? And you just so happened to find Luna to share the shabby apartment with. Pure chance, huh? Is that your disguise for your new target?”
“What do you care if she’s my target?” Wendy cocked her head, a dangerous glint in her eyes. “It’s not like I’m going to kill her. I’m only keeping her close because she knows too much and that information should not be in the wrong hands.”
Yeosang folded the cuffs of his black shirt, leaning in to lock eyes with the spy. “You must know everything then.”
To his surprise, Wendy shook her head. “I’ve been trying to get it out of her– if we kill her, we’ll be doomed.”
Yeosang almost felt pleased to hear that but then he realised that Wendy did not mean that they were threatened by the Crescents. “Doomed?”
“You can’t get that information out of me, don’t even think about it,” Wendy scoffed. “I’ve given you enough already, for old times’ sake. Give the Captain our greetings and tell him that he does not need to worry about us– not when it concerns Luna. We’re protecting her, Yeosang.”
“From who?” Yeosang frowned. “Secretary Park?”
Wendy laughed mockingly and that was enough for him. “You can stop keeping tabs on us. We’re with you on this one.”
With that, she left the room and the fading clicks of her heels left dread creeping up on Yeosang as he settled back on his seat.
Secretary Park was not the real threat. Whatever information Luna possessed was dangerous enough for the RV spies to protect her without her knowledge. Yeosang felt the hair on the back of his neck rise– he had never heard of the RV spies protecting someone instead of hunting them down. Were they protecting the information for their own sake or for the sake of the stability of the continent? He couldn’t help but wonder if it was the latter because all their leads so far led to Strictland. But there was another question nagging at him.
If Secretary Park was not the real threat, why was he trying to kill his own daughter? How was Secretary Park not the real threat when he tried to kill Luna?
San entered the room, ready to take over Yeosang’s work while he took a break, looking at him worriedly when he saw him with a deep frown. San slid on top of the desk in front of him, fixing his hair for him but Yeosang did not respond, which was strange.
“You okay? How did the meeting go?”
Yeosang rested his head against the back of the chair, zoning out while he looked at San. San waited patiently for his partner to gather his thoughts, straightening when his brows scrunched in concentration.
“Schedule a meeting with the boys. We’ve got a serious problem– and make sure Luna does not hear about this meeting.”
“That’s it. Keep your arm straight, just like that– shoot!”
You pulled the trigger, the recoil making you flinch visibly. The bang of the bullet sounded loudly inside you as it left the gun even though you were wearing earmuffs. You scrunched your face as you laughed, almost skipping to hide behind Jongho who was the only one who had not been making fun of you for the past hour that you had been learning to shoot. You peeked from above his shoulder to see if you had hit the target– the empty wine bottle.
All five of them were intact.
“The bullet went that way,” Jongho pointed towards the left where the last bottle remained perched on the table. The bullet had gone a bit too far for your liking. You pursed your lips at the subtle jab though he kept his face straight– unlike the two others who were currently clutching at each other and smacking each other’s limbs in an effort to collect themselves from the laughter.
You didn’t realise your shooting skills had become this rusty, but it had been a good few years since the last time you shot a gun. Madame Cha’s gang was happy to entertain your newfound hobby to learn shooting and had helped you get the hang of it, but it was towards the end of your stay in Wonderland so you hadn’t practised much.
While they had also teased you to no end, somehow, it felt more embarrassing this time.
You loaded the gun again, pointing at the pair who were still clutching to each other and they only laughed harder at your antics, making you groan.
“It’s not that funny, is it? What are you really laughing at?”
“It’s not,” Wooyoung agreed, wiping his eyes. “Your form is good, you just need practice. It’s just that we had a bet–”
“Oh, you lot and your bets,” you looked up at the sky in defeat, hearing Jongho’s laughter ring in the air too. “Who was it this time?”
The three exchanged glances and you raised a brow, pointing the gun at them again. “My aim may be bad but I’m pretty sure I can shoot from this close. Spill.”
“It was Yunho hyung!” Jongho raised his hands in surrender and your eyes widened in disbelief.
Yunho?
“He bet you wouldn’t shoot one single bottle today,” Mingi added and you scoffed, a sudden desire for revenge bubbling inside you.
How. Dare. He.
“Oh, it’s only because he thinks we’re bad teachers,” Wooyoung attempted to salvage the situation but the damage to your ego had been done. You shook your head repeatedly. “Please don’t kill him.”
“We’ll see about that,” you told him, face stern. “Now, will you be useful and tell me how to shoot better so he can lose the bet?”
“We’ve been at it for an hour now. You’re wasting our bullets,” Mingi teased.
“I know these bullets are of no use to you anyway,” you smirked and he grinned. “Come on. If he loses the bet I’ll have him treat you guys to dinner.”
“Alright, I’m in,” Wooyoung rolled his sleeves, a serious determination in his eyes as he assessed your form. He rubbed your shoulders to ease the tension from them while giving you pointers on how to spot the target and have your eyes work in coordination with your hands. You shot again with his directions and this time, the bullet lodged itself in the table instead of hitting the target which was clearly a milestone, all of them cheering for you. You tried again with the remaining bullets and Wooyoung helped you aim your hand–
And the shatter of the bottle had to be the most satisfying sound you had heard in a while. You groaned in relief while the boys gathered around you, congratulating you with pats and ruffles and you giggled at how they smothered you with affection– all to win a bet.
It was truly amazing how they made you feel so comfortable, almost childish, in such a short time. As the youngest of the group, they really lived up to that title. They could lift the energy with their presence alone anywhere.
“She just earned us dinner! I can’t wait to rub this in Yunho’s face,” Wooyoung was grinning widely. “But for now, let me treat you to some ramen. I make killer ramen.”
You realised how hungry you were at the mention of food and you helped them pack the equipment, ready to go back to the warehouse. You had a bit of free time in the afternoon since Hongjoong was going to the Sector 1 port with Seonghwa and Yunho to make sure the shipment of Black Shadow was dispatched safely to Mist Island. They had offered you to join them but you told them you’d prefer to get familiar with the technicals of the business first. They knew it would be overwhelming so they didn’t insist.
But they must have let the boys at the warehouse know that your evening was free because only a few minutes later, the phone at reception rang asking for you. You wondered who could be calling you but it was Wooyoung, inviting you for shooting lessons at the same spot that you had missed on your first visit. He was in town to buy some equipment and was willing to pick you up so you could go together.
While you were initially surprised that he was so willing to spend time with you, knowing Wooyoung, it wasn’t strange. He was always with someone. You accepted on the condition that a ride be arranged so you could make it back to your shift on time.
On the way, you learned more about the weapons business and how it started. There was already an established underground weapons channel run by MX and when they trained the Crescents who were still called Ateez at that time, they let them take over. Rival gangs like Chan’s gang– Wolfgang– had different suppliers which was why there was always a conflict of interests between them, prompting street fights or worse.
What made Ateez different from the other gangs was that shortly after taking over MX’s weapons business, they started manufacturing their own weapons and started dealing them in the underground network, resuming many of the channels that had shut down before or during the war. While some argued that it was dangerous and immoral to deal weapons, only a few knew how important and beneficial it would ultimately be for Eden’s defence. Eden had suffered a lot in the war and they needed to stand strong and proud on their feet once again.
You had been discussing the suppliers before you reached the warehouse and then got busy with greeting the employees before moving to the spot in the forest to practise. And now that you were back at the warehouse, seated at the backside on plastic chairs, you clapped when Wooyoung set the pot of ramen in the middle of the table. The savoury smell made your mouth water and you waited until Wooyoung settled down before you all dug in.
“This really is–” you nodded, thumbs up in the air, “killer ramen.”
“Right?” Wooyoung smiled cheekily. “Goes straight to the heart when you’re tired.”
“He’s our designated chef,” Jongho explained and you nodded in approval. Of course he was. “You should ask him to treat you to a proper meal.”
“Oh, she doesn’t need to ask,” Wooyoung announced proudly. “You’re welcome to a meal any time.”
“Wow, really?” You asked and he nodded earnestly. You looked at the others who were unfazed. “Thank you?”
“You don’t have to sound so sceptical,” Mingi laughed. “You should get used to this by now.”
He was right. Wooyoung was naturally very friendly and so very different from the rest of the Crescents. Something about his presence was very comforting and he was not judgemental at all, which you supposed made him pleasant company. You ate a bit more before you recalled the unanswered question.
“I meant to ask earlier,” you began, looking at Wooyoung. “Do you always keep a check of who funds your weapons project?”
Wooyoung, whose mouth was full of ramen, nudged Mingi and he cleared his throat. “We usually do, but most of the time they’re anonymous. Still, we try to trace the sources just to be on the safe side.”
You nodded. “And do you currently have any anonymous funding?”
“A few, yes,” Mingi’s brows furrowed in concentration as he recalled. “I think it’s mostly people in Eden or in rare cases, foreigners, who try very hard to remain anonymous. We keep the anonymity of our sources anyway, it’s not like everyone knows that we deal in weapons.”
“Most of the people do, though,” Jongho pointed out.
“Yeah, but it’s all under the shadows,” Wooyoung said, looking at you. “Are you on to something? I think I can recognise that look now.”
The look being your chin tucked between your fingers as you stared into the distance. You shot him a dirty look but he was right. “I’m not sure if any politicians fund your weapons project but it would be wise to start digging into it. Just to confirm if they are involved.”
“Usually, the politicians would stick to legal channels,” Jongho reminded you but continued. “Usually. It wouldn’t be strange if someone was making sure Eden had enough supply of weapons through us or some other channel, now that I think about it…”
“Right?” You bit your lips in thought. “Now that you’re expanding the business, making new deals and involving yourselves in politics, it would be sensible to start worrying about who’s funding your project and for what reasons.”
“Definitely,” Wooyoung concurred and you checked the time.
“Alright, boys. I think it’s time for me to leave,” you said, getting up.
“Stay~” Wooyoung whined, his entire demeanour shifting in a second with his arms reaching out for you, making you choke on laughter. Jongho shook his head, cleaning the table while Mingi smacked Wooyoung’s arm. Wooyoung only wrapped his arm around Mingi’s waist, snuggling close to him and you watched with interest at how Mingi’s arm naturally went around the younger’s back. Wooyoung looked at you. “Join our little bubble.”
“If he joins, sure,” you pointed at Jongho and he widened his eyes at you, scandalised. Wooyoung grinned, moving to grab the maknae’s arm who physically recoiled with a little yelp. You knew Jongho was not a fan of physical affection so it was quite a sight to see Wooyoung chase Jongho. He gave up with a groan, yelling threats at him but Jongho only flipped his middle finger in answer.
“Send Yunho my greetings, will you? Tell him I miss him and he should stop betraying my moral loyalty,” Mingi said, standing beside you as you watched the youngest yell threats at each other. You made a face.
“What does that even mean?”
“He’ll know,” Mingi passed you a knowing look and you narrowed your eyes at him but nodded anyway. You could pass a message, sure.
While Jongho did not join the bubble, you still received hugs from Wooyoung, even a kiss on the temple to tell you that you did well, and if you weren’t interrupted by someone shouting that the car was ready to go, the boys would have seen you awkwardly fidget as you wondered if Wooyoung was this casual with just anyone. You distantly recalled both San and Yeosang mentioning that Wooyoung wasn’t physically affectionate with just anyone and you wondered how you made it to that list.
Perhaps, you would ask Yeosang.
“You should drink less coffee at this hour of the night, Luna,” Yunho commented, noticing how it was your third cup since you arrived at the office.
“Well, the paperwork is boring and putting me to sleep. You’re awfully quiet tonight too. Did it hurt your ego, losing the bet?”
Yunho chuckled darkly, settling back almost proudly. “I didn’t place the bet to win it. I placed it because I knew you would be mad when you hear about it. I may have lost the battle but I won the war, ultimately.”
You clenched your jaw, mirroring his position though you folded your arms. “I don’t quite believe that. I think you’re just making up excuses.”
Yunho only smiled, maintaining eye contact with you and you kept it almost as a challenge.
It had been hot and cold with him tonight. It didn't help that you had to spend most of the time in Yunho’s office, working with him on the monthly report and updating each other on the recent happenings. You delivered Mingi’s message right when you arrived and that sent him into a fit of laughter, perhaps having realised what he meant. You didn’t ask but it piqued your curiosity to no end.
And then you told him that you won the boys their bet and that had him chuckling darkly with him being pretty adamant that you may have cheated.
Sure, Wooyoung had practically held your hand and guided that winning shot, but that couldn’t be counted as cheating… right?
“I still think I can do a better job at teaching shooting than they did,” Yunho cocked his head. “Do you want to go somewhere with me?”
“Where?”
“I know a place,” Yunho smirked and you raised a brow. “Let’s wrap this up first.”
Somehow, that served as motivation for you both, perhaps for different reasons. You cleaned up the office and locked the doors as you left, walking side by side along the canal just like you had done so many times now, except this time you were going in the opposite direction, away from your apartment.
Maddox Street was mostly empty save for the few drunkards at this hour of the night. The potted plants lining the offices and shops were still damp from the light shower from the evening, the wet smell of earth permeating your surroundings. At the end of the road, you could see the faint outline of a bright diamond-shaped shop sign that belonged to the store of Maddox and Co. This road was pretty clean, so… why were you here?
“Don’t tell me there’s a shooting range nearby,” you attempted to prod but Yunho wasn’t budging. “Do you plan to test your aim by shooting me? Because that would have sounded like a nice idea earlier, but now I’m not so sure…”
“Relax,” Yunho laughed. “We’re going to practise shooting but not with guns.”
“I’m tired–”
“You won’t be tired for this,” Yunho promised and you spent the rest of your walk arguing and teasing each other until you reached–
“Not the park,” you looked at Yunho in disbelief. “This is where kids come, Lieutenant Jeong.”
Yunho laughed at the way you pulled his rank into it. “This is also where you can find slingshots lying around.”
Now that piqued your interest. “And how would you know?”
“If you were a Sector 1 local, sweetheart, you would have known,” Yunho told you, ditching his overcoat on the bench to go find a slingshot. You bit the inside of your cheek to make yourself move past his casual use of the term, ditching your own coat and purse to find stones. In a few minutes, he was back with two slingshots and you had a pile of pebbles.
As Yunho taught you how to use a slingshot, he told you that this was a spot that he had frequently visited when he was a kid. Apparently, that’s how Mingi and Yunho became friends. Their parents used to bring them here in the evenings. Your heart warmed when you heard the stories he shared with you– you could almost imagine the 13 years old duo fighting over who was a better slinger.
“It’s hard to believe that you were once normal kids,” you laughed as you attempted to shoot the branch Yunho had stuck on the ground as your target, though both of you were more focused on each other than actually shooting pebbles at the target. “The war stole the innocence of so many children.”
“I was eighteen. Not really a child,” Yunho said but you shook your head.
“That’s still too young to find yourself on the path to becoming an honoured Lieutenant Colonel,” you told him and he shrugged. There was no hurt in his eyes anymore, the years spent in the war and the aftermath having hardened his heart, yet you found his lips curling into a soft smile as he imagined what could have been had the circumstances been different.
You shot another pebble, this time zooming past the stick and managing to shake it a little. A close call. “Do you often come back here?”
Yunho smiled guiltily this time. “It’s my first time after the war. I only watched from there sometimes,” he pointed at the road across the park.
You lowered the slingshot as you looked at him– his first time back, and he brought you here? He was nervously tugging at his form-fitting black waistcoat, the sleeves of his white shirt rolled upwards, baring the veins that popped as he clenched his fists, attempting to reposition the slingshot in his hands.
You tossed the slingshot aside, urging him to sit beside you on the bench instead. The cool air blew against the back of your head, making a few tendrils escape from your bun. “How does it feel to be back?”
“Strange,” he admitted. “Perhaps because it’s so empty at this hour.”
“And why did you bring me here tonight?”
Yunho looked at you, eyes almost half-lidded. “Do I need a reason to bring you here?”
“Not really,” you shrugged, resting your back against the bench in resignation. “Although, it would be nice if there was. ‘Jeong Yunho, the big, cold mafia consigliere person, brings his bookkeeper slash secretary to the park from his childhood’. Makes a good headline for Eden Newspaper, does it not–”
You felt Yunho’s hair caress your cheek before you felt his cheek rest on your shoulder. He slid down a little to accommodate himself better, almost snuggling into you.
“You got a headline for this?” Yunho asked in a low, tired voice. “Or did I finally make you shut up?”
You gulped so loudly you were sure he heard it. But you weren’t going to back away. “‘Lieutenant Colonel Jeong Yunho of Crescent Co. found snuggling with his secretary at the Topaz Park. Sources say it was a rare sight to see’--” you paused when he intertwined his hand with yours. You cleared your throat. “‘And some witnesses say they may have seen the consigliere hold the woman’s hand…’”
When he kissed the back of your hand, his lips soft against your skin, that’s when you finally shut up for a few moments. But Yunho, no matter how tired he was, had a penchant of making a mess out of you. “Carry on.”
“Is this why you brought me here tonight?” You asked quietly, your heart thumping. There was no way out of this now– not when he rested his body weight against yours, making his body heat feel incredibly welcoming in the otherwise cold weather.
“This wasn’t the original plan,” he looked at your joined hands, smiling at how small your hand looked in his. “But I quite like where we are right now.”
You couldn’t help but rest your head against his in response, letting him pepper kisses on your knuckles and then your fingertips, your heart absolutely melting at the sight– you were simply in awe right now.
Jeong Yunho. The Jeong Yunho kissing the inside of your palm.
“Yunho,” you almost groaned when you had enough, drawing away to look at him. He raised his head a little and you suddenly became aware of just how close he was– so close that you could see the brown of his pupil even in the dim streetlight. Your gaze softened at the sight and you found yourself turning towards him, your hand cupping his face and you felt your heart break when he leaned in to your touch.
“You look like a big puppy right now,” you commented and he laughed softly, shaking his head. “I did not realise you’d be this… warm.”
“For you,” he told you. “If someone told me a few months ago that I’d be here like this with the bookkeeper girl from the bar, I would have shot them in the face.”
You grinned, searching his face while his eyes searched yours. “Do you feel the pull too? This thing between us?”
“I do,” he confirmed, moving closer subconsciously as if to prove his point.
“It’s confusing,” you told him. “I’ve felt it often– not only with you.”
If you expected him to draw away, he didn’t. He only smiled, his gaze somehow softening even more. “I know.”
“Yet you’re still here,” you squeezed his hand that was clasped in yours. He shrugged as if to show his submission.
“Will you run away if I get closer?” He asked so cautiously that you wished you could tell him that you would never even take a single step away from him. You shook your head and he mirrored your position, cupping your face with his free hand and joining his forehead with yours, noses brushing and breath mingling with yours.
He went ahead to kiss the corner of your mouth softly and something that resembled a whimper escaped your mouth– god, it had been too long since you had been touched like this and the fact that it was Yunho, of all the people, was making your head spin. You moved your hands to clutch at his waistcoat and he wasted no time, cupping your face in both hands and kissing you square on the mouth, your lips moving in harmony almost immediately.
Your insides were in shambles and you let him guide you through the kiss, though he was in no hurry now that he had gotten a taste of you. He moved his lips along yours slowly, sensually, tugging at your lips and leaving small licks that made you groan and curl your body along his.
His hand went to snake behind your neck while the other arm went around your waist, bringing your bodies flush and he momentarily broke apart, out of breath and you knew it wasn’t because he needed air– it was because you both needed a moment to process what was happening. You, however, wanted more.
You wrapped your arms around his neck and tugged at his bottom lip, making him kiss you deeply again and when you swiped your tongue across his lips, he gladly opened but only to let his tongue inside your mouth to explore first. You let out a low moan at the feeling, kissing each other passionately until you were actually out of breath.
When you drew apart, he rested his head on your shoulder, his body shaking as he chuckled almost in disbelief. You smacked his arm but let him be, smiling.
Lovestruck.
“Was this a good decision?” You wondered out aloud for both of you.
“Who cares?” Yunho uncharacteristically answered, kissing your exposed neck. “We can worry about that later.”
“Right,” you muttered, pushing him away gently so you could look him in the eyes. “This changes nothing at work, alright? I prioritise my position.”
“I prioritise my position too. This one, specifically,” he leaned forward so that your faces were centimetres away and when your eyes widened in surprise, he grinned childishly. “But you’re right. We’re still consigliere and secretary. I expect you won’t shirk your duties just because I kissed you.”
“Shut up,” you groaned, looking around to make sure no one was nearby. You looked back at him, struck by a sudden wave of desire but you quelled it. “Let’s talk later– preferably in broad daylight.”
“Oh, the things I’d do to you in daylight,” Yunho said challengingly, but he suddenly looked guarded. “Do you think anything I did tonight was unserious or thoughtless?”
“No,” you replied though you had to admit, you were a tad bit surprised that he was fully serious. Even cautious. “But Yunho… I need some time to figure a few things out.”
“You can have that,” he assured. “And Luna… everything that you’re feeling right now, about me, about us,” he said and you had a feeling that he wasn’t just talking about you and him. “It’s okay.”
“Thank you,” you squeezed his hand. “Walk me home?”
“Only if I get a goodbye kiss.”
“Lieutenant Jeong Yunho!”
next chapter
-> apply for the taglist here! (check your privacy setting if the tags don't work)
NO!! I SPOILED MYSELF WITH ONE OF THE CHAPTER WARNINGS 😭 THIS IS GONNA SLOWBURN LIKE IT'S NEVER SLOWBURNED BEFOREEE 😫😫😫 my eyes just flicked to it, man.
from your little bookkeeper to our little bookkeeper to his little secretary 😌↕️ climbing up that career ladder
You weren’t sure he realised what effect he had on you. It would be better if he didn’t.
🤭🤭🤭
“Wasn’t I the scary boss once?” “You still are?” You shrugged. “You’re taking me to the meeting at gunpoint. It can’t get any scarier than this.” You both looked at the revolver that was previously lying still on the table but was now being carelessly spun between his fingers.
the way i can imagine the genuine flabbergast on reader's face.
“Wish I could shoot some sense into you. And maybe a little self-confidence,” Hongjoong commented.
aye man, there's always other ways to shoot something other than a bullet into me and it have the same effect, justsayin'..
“Do you really think I’m kind to just anybody?” “Are you claiming that I’m someone special to you?” You asked teasingly but when he nodded in all seriousness, you froze for just a moment. And then you took a deep breath, nodding. “Thank you for letting me know that I’m someone you care about now.”
AAAAAWWWWWW 🥰🥰
“Just a little something for your… promotion, you could say.” “Is this really for me?” You asked in disbelief and he nodded. “Shall I return it after the meeting?” “Luna,” Hongjoong groaned, tossing the box on the sofa.
oh? is somebody not able to be upfront with his intentions, hm? 😌😌🤭🤭 he doesn't talk in circles, hm?
A LEADER?????
ugh, the vase having a comeback during the meeting as a warning but this time directed at the perpetrator is so genius. mwahmwah yumi brain mwah. these props not just being used as storybridges but as reoccurring turning points for the story development. 😼
You didn’t miss how Hongjoong’s finger had momentarily curled against yours when he announced that you were his. His secretary.
yeah✋😩 ugh making me side with this man.
“What do you really think of us, though?” San narrowed his eyes.
“That you’re all too much,” you whispered teasingly, taking a deep sigh. “You all are… too much.”
😩😩I GET IT. 😩😩
“What’s with all of you and your ambiguous statements?” You frowned. “Just when I think we’re getting somewhere, one of you says something suggestive and gets me all confused–”
BRO IT'S SOO INFURIATING AAAAAHHHH LIKE BE DIRECT OR I'LL EXPLODE YOUR MIND 🤜🧠
“I know you lot have your morals,” Wendy acknowledged. “But she’s become my friend and I wish I had done more so she wouldn’t get so involved with you.”
whoawhoawhoaaa?? but also she'd been so.. nice. like not trying to force reader in any direction but willing to provide all the information reader needed to make their own decisions on atz.
“..And what do you mean friend? You don’t keep friends, Wendy.”
MY GIRL 😭
“It’s not like I’m going to kill her. I’m only keeping her close because she knows too much and that information should not be in the wrong hands.”
“You must know everything then.”
To his surprise, Wendy shook her head. “I’ve been trying to get it out of her– if we kill her, we’ll be doomed.
I-.. ✋😨
A NEW CHALLENGER HAS JOINED THE RING HELLO??? WHAT'S GOING ON??? THERE'S MORE??? 🫨🫨🫨
Whatever information Luna possessed was dangerous enough for the RV spies to protect her without her knowledge.
OKAY! SO READER DOES NOT KNOW, GEEZUS. i thought i was going crazy but i guess keeping that little bit of information was necessary for this reveal LMAO
WOOGI CRUMBS YES LAAAWWD 😩🙏😩
“And why did you bring me here tonight?”
Yunho looked at you, eyes almost half-lidded. “Do I need a reason to bring you here?” “Not really,” you shrugged, resting your back against the bench in resignation. “Although, it would be nice if there was.”
oh, i did not expect this string of vulnerability to slice through the moment.
But Yunho, no matter how tired he was, had a penchant of making a mess out of you. “Carry on.”
GULPPP! 😺😺😺
You couldn’t help but rest your head against his in response, letting him pepper kisses on your knuckles and then your fingertips, your heart absolutely melting at the sight– you were simply in awe right now.
STOPPP THE WORSHIPPP RN 🫠🫠🫠
“Will you run away if I get closer?” He asked so cautiously that you wished you could tell him that you would never even take a single step away from him.
😭😭😭
..He momentarily broke apart, out of breath and you knew it wasn’t because he needed air– it was because you both needed a moment to process what was happening. You, however, wanted more.
AND THEN READER!!! THIS ABSOLUTE BEAST!! TAKING INITIATIVE! PRAAAAAAISE THE SUN 🤪
“I prioritise my position too. This one, specifically,” he leaned forward so that your faces were centimetres away and when your eyes widened in surprise, he grinned childishly.
SHUT UPPP OMYGAHD I'M SWEATING
“Walk me home?” “Only if I get a goodbye kiss.”
i want to dropkick this man so bad, he's given me the kind of cuteness and frustrating aggressions usually only wooyoung brings out in me, LMAO.
"this is the underworld that no one escapes from."
masterlist
ot8!ateez x f!reader, mafia au
chapter warnings: drinking, illegal businesses, mentions of violence, war/military and weapons, almost car accident, maknaes are finally introduced! wholesome interactions with the maknaes, hongjoong is the unintentional tease, yunho is the intentional tease, yeosang is the oblivious tease.
chapter wc: 12k
chapter synopsis: you accompany hongjoong to the station and meet inspector gong in regards to a drug case. you plant baits and grab lunch at the bar with hongjoong. hongjoong convinces you to become his secretary with words of affirmation. you finally go to meet the rest of the crescents at the warehouse but a sudden attack makes you wonder if you’re worth all the trouble you’ll bring the crescents, though yunho is there to make you feel better.
prev chapter recap: yunho verifies with kihyun that secretary park is not the man for their new deal. hongjoong notices how secretary park is not surprised to hear that they are aware of his dealings with foreigners– with strictland. he makes the connection and realises that you are the illegitimate daughter of secretary park. no longer having to hide your identity, you candidly discuss with yunho about the strictland nuclear base and who might be involved if it’s presumably inactive status is a lie. you start to handle the illegal side of the business as well and one night, save yunho from an attack which ends up shifting your relationship with him. he overwhelms and confuses you with his casual manner and you go find solace in yeosang’s office (and arms).
With Jihoon away on business at the Sector 1 port, accompanying Seonghwa to oversee the illegal departure of Black Shadow to Mist Island, the midday slot was packed with just you and Eunha to take care of the reports and to deal with the aftermath of the police’s initial investigation after receiving a false tip about drug dealing. You confirmed that the Crescents were not involved but the damage has been done. Apparently, some inspectors had always been on the Crescent’s tail, ready to catch them in the act, waiting for a chance to see the Crescent’s slip. While it was frustrating to hear that the police weren’t doing their job properly, your annoyance only magnified when you learned that they were demanding that one of the Crescents visit the station to clear things up.
Since Yunho was occupied at the port with Seonghwa, making sure the illegal shipment left Eden waters safe and unnoticed, that left Hongjoong in the office and San and Yeosang at the bar. Hongjoong decided that he needed to set the record straight with the police and decided to use this opportunity to shift their attention elsewhere. With a clear plan in his head, he exited his room and spotted you working alongside Eunha.
And when your gaze connected with his, you found him already pointing his finger in your direction.
“You. You’re coming with me.”
You frowned in confusion, pointing at yourself and he nodded in confirmation, ordering ‘downstairs in 2 minutes!’, before disappearing down the stairs, leaving you to process the command on your own.
“Just go– I’ll take care of this,” Eunha assured you and you took a deep breath, grabbed your net gloves and coat, and made your way downstairs. The boss was already at the door waiting with his umbrella– it was raining quite heavily outside. You picked your own from the stand by the doorway, hurriedly getting inside his car that was already at the front of the office– the latest Bentley model befitting the boss of the Crescent Company. Taeyong, Hongjoong’s bodyguard, was driving and he greeted the two of you.
“We’re going to the station, by the way,” Hongjoong told you when you got comfortable and you appreciated that he gave you a heads-up. “There’s still someone on our case and I have to talk to a certain inspector anyway. Might as well kill two birds with one stone.”
“Right. Are you sure you have to go personally?” You asked. “I mean… if it’s not necessary someone else could go in your stead?”
“Inspector Gong only seems to listen to me,” Hongjoong scoffed, looking outside at the pattering rain. There seemed to be an old connection with the inspector, but then again, the Crescents probably knew every single person who lived at least in Sector 1. Your brows quirked at the familiar name. Where had you heard it?
“I’m thinking I might point him towards General Wi,” Hongjoong continued, this time locking eyes with you. “If he starts investigating in that direction, it should eventually lead him to Secretary Park.”
“It’s quite easy to silence someone though– especially a cop. Their loyalty lies with money,” you reminded him. “I’ve seen officers give in to as little as 60 krodus.”
You had personally witnessed your brother Sunghoon bribe an officer who caught him smoking some drugs in a deserted alley. That was when you started to keep tabs on your brother, hoping to find his weakness. Instead, you found him handing that little amount with a pat to the officer. You tried to justify it– perhaps, the officer needed to buy a good meal for his children, but your respect for officers significantly declined afterwards.
“Not all of them,” Hongjoong smirked. “Inspector Gong’s morals seem to be his downfall.”
“Sounds like someone I know,” you shifted your focus to Hongjoong. “For the leader of a criminal organisation, you’re quite a man of morals yourself.”
Hongjoong considered that, his brow arching as he hummed in response. “What exactly did an Edenary citizen think Ateez was?”
“Not so organised, for starters,” you admitted and he shook his head in amusement. “More like a street gang?”
“We were once a street gang,” Hongjoong confirmed. “Just like Kihyun’s gang. You’re very familiar with them– was it a surprise that we operate like them?”
“Well, I never got to hear much about their street gang period before they became a respectable organisation,” you replied. “I’ve always just known them to be owners of MX Pharmaceuticals. Crescent, however…”
“Let’s hear what’s on your mind,” Hongjoong urged you to continue when he noticed that you were restraining yourself from saying more. “Come on, I’ve been called worse than ‘a man with morals’.”
“Just never expected you to have some really strict ones, that’s all I’m saying,” you raised your hands in surrender. “It’s kind of admirable. And you’re also really misunderstood.”
“Or maybe you’ve only seen the good parts yet. Ever wonder about that?”
Well, you thought. That was one way to put it. You dared a look at the boss who was fiddling with his pocket watch– a golden little thing with an hourglass etched on its cover. He caught you staring at it and smiled.
“Do you want to know who gave me this watch?” Hongjoong asked and you blinked in surprise at the question– you both had rarely ever talked outside of work so this was new. You nodded in answer, genuinely wanting to hear the story behind this watch because it seemed to be a part of his personality.
“I was a part of Major General Wi’s squad during the war,” he said and a surprised ‘oh’ erupted from your mouth as your brain tried to connect the dots. “During the war, I had to let go of a lot of things to think like a true strategist. I had to consider every option and not let sentiments waver me. A lot of decisions that I made during that time cost us lives. I may have been honoured in the end because every decision I made was for the ‘greater good’, but if I was a man of morals, Luna, I would have done things a bit differently.”
For a few moments, you let the familiar pitter-patter of the rain fill the silence of the car following Hongjoong’s admission. You recalled what Kihyun had said about Ateez. Children of war. They had to let their innocence go when they got drafted due to the ‘over-17’ law that ensured all capable individuals over the age of 17 served in the war. They were only teenagers when they went to the war, to fight for their land, but when they returned…
“Is that why you keep your watch with you?” You finally asked. “To remind yourself that you’re not all that moral?”
“Kind of,” Hongjoong shrugged nonchalantly.
“I think it could also be a reminder that you are aware of the fact that you made those decisions. Do they keep you up at night?”
“Often,” he admitted with a slow but sure nod. There was no shame in admitting that the horrors of war kept you up at night when everyone had experienced the same.
“That’s a good sign,” you told him. “Because some of the elites who controlled the tides of war at the backend, who are the real reason Eden lost so many lives… they sleep like babies at night. They carry no remorse or guilt. And my moral compass says that those kinds of humans are no different than animals.”
The boss nodded slowly. He knew that it was true but hearing those words from you somehow left a warm, tingling sensation through his chest.
You noticed how he zoned out and let him be until you spotted the station. “We’re here,” you gently said, bringing him out of his trance. He nodded, dropping the watch back inside his pocket and Taeyong stopped the car, opening the door for Hongjoong. It wasn’t raining as hard now, just a light shower so you both didn’t bother to open the umbrella, though Hongjoong took his inside, hand covering the gold eagle hilt.
You stayed right by his side as you navigated through the musky smelling corridors of the station. It looked like everyone recognised Hongjoong. They either stepped aside and merged with the shadows, essentially clearing the path for him, or scrambled forward to greet him over-enthusiastically. You pursed your lips in amusement– it was clear what sort of relationship he had with each officer.
One of the officers saluted military-style and Hongjoong saluted back. He led you to what you assumed was Inspector Gong’s office and you seated yourselves on the chairs in the small, haphazard room.
“The Inspector will be here shortly. Would you like a drink in the meanwhile, Colonel? Coffee or tea?”
“I’m good, thank you,” Hongjoong said and you shook your head in answer as well. He waited until the officer left before saying, “Their coffee has to be the most stale beverage I’ve ever had the misfortune of trying.”
You half-smiled. “Can’t expect much from a station that looks like this,” you pointed at the peeling paint on the walls and the rough furniture in the room, if you could look past the initial shock of all the disorganization of the reports, boxes and documents. “Was that someone you knew from the military?”
“No,” Hongjoong said. “But he probably recognises me.”
“And the people who recognised you but scurried away like rats?”
“They recognise me better,” Hongjoong smirked and you smiled in resignation.
A few moments later, a middle-aged man with a pile of folders managed to get inside the room without help and set the pile on the desk with a thud, grunting in exhaustion. He ran a hand through his wavy dark hair and muttered something about how it had been awfully busy lately before brushing his simple, creased clothes and straightening.
“I see you made it here.” He cast a wary glance at Hongjoong.
“Better than you coming at mine and poking at everything, trying to find a snark,” Hongjoong mocked and you would have found it amusing had you not been staring at the inspector, finding him oddly familiar. He scanned you slowly and his brows wrinkled.
“I’m sorry, have we met before?”
“I don’t think so?” You weren’t sure.
“She’s my new secretary,” Hongjoong said, glancing at you for a second before turning his attention to the inspector. “Now… what’s this new mess your cops have involved us in?”
“Oh, the drug dealing,” Inspector Gong finally took a seat. “You don’t have to worry about it too much. I found another lead just now so you’re off the hook.”
Hongjoong grunted in annoyance. “Should’ve sent a message then.”
“Well, it’s nice to see you were so eager to clear your name for once,” Inspector Gong said curtly. “We don’t want it to affect your new deal, after all.”
“Whatever might you be talking about?” Hongjoong feigned ignorance but the way the two were smiling at each other, you were sure the communication didn’t need words.
“Who knows? Anyways, I heard you have something interesting for me, which is new. Let’s hear it.”
“Maybe I just came here so I could see you,” the boss teased and Inspector Gong’s smile fell– he was beginning to get tired now. You stifled a smile at your boss’ antics. “Alright, I’ll tell you. You might want to send your leads regarding the drug case to the Edenary Station. And while you’re at it, you might want to take a look at what Park Pharmaceuticals have been up to lately.”
“Park Pharmaceuticals? Park Byung Eun, isn’t that the President's secretary?”
“That’s right,” Hongjoong confirmed. “I heard the drug that you found recently is something new. It’s not uncommon to look into every pharmaceutical company, isn’t that so? Our company, MX, we’re only distributors for now, so you should be looking into companies that actually manufacture.”
“I’m sure someone acquainted with the president won’t have his people using drugs illegally,” Inspector Gong said. “Or he might not be aware that it’s happening. It’s a big company and he can’t have everything under control.”
“Maybe you just need to focus on the source of the drug rather than look for consumers or distributors,” you quipped. Inspector Gong looked at you with curiosity.
“And what’s your name, Miss?”
“Jeon y/n,” you said. “Also, while you investigate… maybe check if some of Assemblyman General Wi’s men have been consuming those drugs. I’m not saying he’s at fault, but like you said earlier, they are a big gang in Edenary and it’s not uncommon for gang members to deal drugs. Right?” You looked at Hongjoong who was stifling a smile. He nodded subtly in your direction.
Inspector Gong watched you two with interest. “Okay. If you insist. Though you might be trying to throw me off the scent.”
“I never said you didn’t have to keep looking into us,” Hongjoong raised his hands in surrender. “But maybe… broaden your horizons a bit.”
With that, Hongjoong got up and you followed. As soon as you both settled in the car, Hongjoong snickered at you. You raised a brow in question.
“Good job there. I can see why the boys have taken a liking to you.”
You couldn’t keep your cheeks from flushing at the remark. You shrugged in answer. “Has he always been stationed here?”
“He was demoted from the Edenary Station a few years ago, actually,” Hongjoong said. “Do you recognise him?”
“I’m not sure. I can’t recall,” you admitted and he nodded. “Do you think he will find something out of this wild goose chase?”
“Definitely. All he needs is a whiff– he’s a hound,” Hongjoong shook his head. “Once he gets a scent of something, he won’t let go until he’s satisfied.”
“Sounds like a person you should keep close,” you commented and Hongjoong agreed.
“Your shift is over, right? Did you have lunch yet?” Hongjoong asked and you shook your head no. “I’m going to the bar– I have a few things to discuss with Yeosang and San. You can stay and have lunch with us, if you would like.”
Have lunch with the boss?
“If you’re going to be our new secretary,” Hongjoong teased– a little joke Seonghwa had a habit of making that you should be Hongjoong’s personal secretary, “You should get used to travelling around with me.”
“You can’t seriously be considering that,” you gave him a wan smile. Hongjoong only grinned in answer, taking that as a yes.
The ride to the bar had you sorting out everything you had learned today. Hongjoong’s connection with Assemblyman General Wi was interesting, especially considering that Hongjoong served under him during the war. Inspector Gong’s familiar face and the fact that he was an Edenary citizen was also something you couldn’t simply dismiss.
Before you knew it, the short trip was over and you were outside the bar. Now that the sky was clearing, Hongjoong clicked a button on his umbrella to extract a cane from it before getting out of the car. You had seen the cane on him sometimes, a beautiful black thing with a golden eagle hilt. You were half sure it was also some sort of a weapon.
Upon entering, the employees greeted their boss and lit up at the sight of you, their old coworker. You greeted them back with equal enthusiasm, taking their jokes and teasing jabs because you with the boss!? Hongjoong went straight to Yeosang’s office and you followed behind him, shutting the door while the men shared a brief hug.
Yeosang was surprised to see you two together. “How come?”
“Thought I’d take our little bookkeeper around and show her how things work around here,” Hongjoong said, taking off his coat and hanging it on the stand. You did the same, feeling a bit awkward due to Hongjoong’s presence– it had always been you and Yeosang, or San.
And well… after your little moment with Yeosang that drunken night, it was your first time seeing him. Now in a deep brown sweater with the sleeves rolled to bare his muscular forearms, his expectant gaze as he looked at you, tendrils of brown hair falling over his face– it wasn’t helping you at all.
Yes. You definitely needed a break.
Yeosang nodded at you in acknowledgement, failing to contain his smile– he was bad at hiding his emotions and Hongjoong just knew that he was pleased to see you here. You took a seat next to Hongjoong in front of the desk.
“So, Luna,” Yeosang started. “How has it been so far? Want to come back to your previous post?”
“Sounds tempting because your boss thinks I can handle more workload,” you pointed at Hongjoong with your thumb and he shook his head.
“Ay, don’t be like that now. I’m keeping her, Yeosang. She knows what she’s doing and I like that.”
You accepted your fate with a dejected sigh and the two shared a laugh. The boys recollected the events since the last time they met while they waited for San to arrive. You noticed how they shared even the trivial things–
“I ate lunch at BB Trippin’ yesterday. You have to try their ramen– I swear I haven’t had such a ramen in ages.”
“Seonghwa and I lost a bet to Yunho and we now owe him 5 krodus. That lucky bastard always wins.”
With the waiter’s call indicating San’s arrival, you shifted to Room no. 1 where San was making sure there was enough food and drinks and at the sight of his boss, he lit up, coming forward to hug him briefly.
And then he saw you and lit up even more, making you laugh a bit. You settled down on the very chair you had sat when Seonghwa had passed his judgement on you– only a few weeks had passed since then but a lot had changed. San’s presence, however, still comforted you just as much as it did before.
As did Yeosang’s, but… it held a weird note today.
While you ate lunch and caught up with each other, Yeosang, who was sitting next to you, nudged you with his elbow and you glared at him, the warning in it melting when you saw the apples of his cheek become more prominent as he tried to stifle a smile. “So… how have you been?”
“I’m right in front of you, Yeosang,” you said as casually as you could. “Whatever do you mean?”
“Missed me?”
“Hmm… not really, no,” you responded, putting a spoonful of rice in your mouth as he smirked. “I’ve been far too busy to think of you.”
“So you do think about me,” he teased.
“It would be unnatural to not think of you,” you feigned normalcy again but Yeosang wasn’t having any of it.
“Say, when do I get the tipsy Luna back? I don’t think I’m a fan of the sober Luna…”
“Tipsy Luna is on leave,” you said. “You can forget her.”
“You don’t mean that, do you?” Yeosang’s voice was low this time and you looked at him, finding caution and hurt– was it hurt? In his eyes.
“Of course not,” you frowned. “Did you miss me that much?”
He relaxed. “I thought I made a mistake.”
“Oh,” you paused, making sure Hongjoong and San weren’t listening. Oh.
He thought he did something wrong and you were avoiding him.
“Yeosang, I–”
“Isn’t that right, Luna?” Hongjoong called your name, grabbing your attention and you passed Yeosang a look that you hoped conveyed ‘we’ll talk later’ before you turned your attention to the boss.
“I was just saying how it was a good idea to take you along at the station,” Hongjoong repeated, glancing between you and Yeosang. “Inspector Gong seems to have taken the bait.”
“Ah, yes,” you nodded, straightening. “I think we might have to make sure he catches some of General Wi’s men with the drugs that are under investigation. And we might have to somehow create a link between those drugs and the drugs registered under Park Pharmaceuticals. After that, the boat will float itself.”
“I’ll have Wooyoung take care of that,” San said. “He knows a lot of street druggies. They’re on his beck and call.”
The man in charge of the manufacturing side of the business along with the youngest of the Crescents– Mingi and Jongho. Yeosang and San often talked about Wooyoung. He was Yeosang’s friend from before they went to the war. While you hadn’t had a chance for personal interactions with the younger ones, they often came at the bar as a group. They knew who you were, called you Luna just like everyone else and would strike up some work-related conversation with you if they weren’t teasing or flirting with you, which seemed to be second-nature to them.
“Does Wooyoung’s street druggies network extend to Edenary?” You asked, an idea nagging at you– an old memory you couldn’t let go of.
San hummed in thought. “Probably?”
“What are you thinking?” Yeosang narrowed his eyes and you looked at Hongjoong who was anticipating your answer.
“Park Sunghoon, my brother, was an addict. My father went through hell and back to get him to stop, but chances are he’s still addicted but just learned to look, well, normal.”
Hongjoong looked at Yeosang triumphantly. “There’s a reason I’m keeping her close.”
Yeosang looked a little proud to hear that and he asked you, “Do you know which drugs exactly was he consuming? Or some details?”
“It was a street dealer, that’s all I caught,” you told him. “Bad company, apparently. Last time I saw him, he appeared more polished than before, but I recognise the look in his eyes when he’s high.”
They didn’t miss your sombre tone, neither did they miss the sudden fiddling of your fingers. However, they decided not to comment on it– for now. It was Hongjoong who cleared his throat. “It’s ironic that the heir to Park Pharmaceuticals is a drug addict himself. I’ll get someone to look into it. Inspector Gong would have a field day once he learns about this.”
You passed a weak smile, willing yourself to not recall your brother’s bad behaviour whenever he was high. Sure, he was your half-brother, but he wanted nothing to do with you. Sometimes you wondered if he was the one who pegged your father to change your surname and wipe you off the family registers. It wouldn’t be a surprise if that was the case.
You all finished your lunch, planning a bit more on how to lead Inspector Gong to Sunghoon before you decided to leave first. You told Yeosang you would grab your coat from his office and leave but he decided to see you off– for obvious reasons.
Once inside his office, you found him watching you with folded arms. You wore your black coat over your clothes, huffing at him.
“Did I do or say something wrong that night?” Yeosang asked.
“No. Why would you think that?”
“You look like you’re avoiding me.”
“I’m not,” your gaze softened. “I’m just… I don’t know, Yeosang. I’m confused, if you can’t tell. I don’t know what I’m looking for, and the fact that you’re worried about what I think about you isn’t helping.”
Yeosang licked his lips, trying to come up with a response to that. He was perhaps as confused as you. Had you both inevitably blurred the lines of who you were? While you worked together, you would dismiss such interactions, but now that you stopped working here, who exactly were you to Yeosang? What was your relationship? You had been boss and employee all this time. Friends, perhaps, but never called it so. And now…
You stepped forward, placing your hand on his bare folded arms for assurance. You wished you had placed it on his heart instead. “You’re still who you are to me and more.”
“Who am I to you?” Yeosang asked, a faint smile on his lips.
“Hmm… favourite boss?” You grinned. “Friend?”
Yeosang nodded. “That’s it?”
“More?” You raised a brow. “I mean… what exactly did you do that would warrant more?”
“Is that a challenge, Luna?” He was smirking now and your heart did a little flip-flop at the way the timbre of his voice shifted.
“Maybe… pretty boy,” you flicked his chest, unable to resist and with a giggle, sneaked past him outside, saying a goodbye before you disappeared, because you were positive that you were worse when sober.
You did look back once, finding Yeosang laughing wholeheartedly at your passing figure and you ingrained the sight in the deepest crevice of your heart.
Kim Hongjoong may be a man of few words, but god, was he a man capable of making decisions on the spot and taking swift action. It was no wonder that he was the man who had built his empire of this scale in such a short period of time. All it took was one meeting about the discrepancies in the import cost of the metal in the Utopian trade, and Hongjoong immediately decided to cut down on the amount of metal, using his connections to cover the shortage of metal with local suppliers and saving a couple thousand krodus in the process.
Apparently, there were other gangs that dealt with weapons production and supplied arms illegally around Eden. The Crescents were better off striking a deal with another gang who possessed the metal alloy they required, or something similar in nature to that metal. Hongjoong acknowledged your efforts for dealing with the matter smoothly.
That led to Seonghwa starting to include you in their meetings now, ‘preparing you’ for personal secretary work. You considered asking him if it was just an excuse to get information out of you (and who knows? maybe dispose of you later) but you figured it was a joke. They couldn’t be serious (right?) and you were doing a fine job as a bookkeeper anyway, providing your input since you were from Edenary and you knew a lot of people– and their weaknesses. They thought it was impressive that Secretary Park had rarely ever involved you in his business yet you had built your own connections and learnt so much about the way Eden operated.
Since there were rumours going around that Secretary Park had been ‘rejected by a mafia gang’, it caught the attention of some investors who were willing to collaborate on a drug launch. Though you still had little to no idea about the drug specifically, the Crescents heard your opinion on the willing parties and you expressed your lack of trust in most of the politicians. That left a few businessmen and you supposed they could do with one of them– someone who was willing to fund properly. The Crescents would just have to make a promising offer.
That left finding out more about Secretary Park’s foreign dealings. You had suggested sending an anonymous tip to General Wi about Secretary Park’s possible connection to Strictland and Yunho got the job done a few days ago. As intended, General Wi traced the tip back to the Crescents and sent a message that he would like to have a meeting with the boss.
“He’s going to be curious about the source,” Hongjoong had a faint smirk on his lips as if calculating all the possibilities of how the world could shift from here. You shifted uncomfortably on the chair in front of him. Hongjoong was watching you with interest. “Do you think we should bring you along to the meeting?”
“General Wi likes to play a diplomat. He would tell my father that I was here once he finds out my connection with him, and then–”
“And then what?” Hongjoong challenged, resting his chin on his hand, elbow propped on his desk. With his other hand, he turned the hourglass, watching the sand trickle down slowly. “It’s only a matter of time that your father finds out that you’ve been talking. Chances are, he is already aware of your new post and will be trying to silence you soon. You should be making your stance clear too, Luna.”
“That would be a declaration of war to him,” you said.
“Have you not been told that you are under the protection of the Crescents from now on?” Hongjoong raised a brow in question. You nodded. “Then I don’t see the problem. Being under our protection entails that we will make sure you remain safe and unharmed.”
“You may have been a gang in the past, Mr. Kim,” you said in a low voice. “But my father also has various gangs at his disposal. Mr. Jeong almost got killed that night.”
“Oh, you’re underestimating him if you think it’s that easy to kill him,” Hongjoong scoffed. “He’s avoided death far too many times to be simply called lucky now.”
You shrugged– that might be true but that did not help you feel any better.
“We are part of the underworld and always will be, y/n, no matter how posh we try to appear,” Hongjoong began. “We are the leaders of the underworld– the underworld that no one escapes from. Secretary Park has always operated from above and he does not know how we play. He may try to get to us with his little gangs or whatever, but he is a man of light.”
“And you are a man of the shadows,” you completed for him. He nodded. “If I join you at the meeting, Major General Wi will think that I am someone of importance– he might even recognise me.”
“Well, aren’t you?” He asked almost nonchalantly. You sighed– they sure had been taking you around everywhere and getting you more acquainted with the business, but was your role in the Crescents this important now?
“I meant to remain in the shadows, Mr. Kim. It was never my intention to step in the light for the world to see.”
“You said you wanted a better life,” Hongjoong locked eyes with you. “A way to avenge the life that was stolen from you because you were too helpless and could do nothing except be pushed wherever your father wanted.”
“Not only that,” you admitted. “My conscience does not allow me to know that my father may be doing something immoral and detrimental to this nation and do nothing about it. I have wasted far too many opportunities because I feared the consequences.”
“And now?”
“Now you’re telling me not to be afraid,” you rested your back on the chair in resignation. “Now you’re telling me to involve myself with you.”
“And what’s so bad about that?” Hongjoong’s smile revealed that he might be hiding something. You knew that– they were dangerous. It was better for you to be with them than to stand against them, but could you follow their journey without looking back? Could you swear loyalty to them?
“It was never your intention to step out in the light and fight for yourself, or for Eden, or for your conscience, but y/n… maybe you were meant to rule from the light and the shadows both.”
You looked at Hongjoong in surprise. He watched you with a certain fondness– his little bookkeeper, he still called you. You could understand why Jaemin and even some others referred to him as ‘the Captain’– he cared and accounted for each one of them. These men… they heard you. They did everything they had to to protect themselves and their family. And now…
Now Kim Hongjoong said that you were a part of their group, and he would have you rule from the light and back you from the shadows if you wished to.
“I’m just a bookkeeper though, aren’t I?” you said but couldn’t stop your lips from curling into a smile.
“Maybe I’ll start calling you my little secretary from now on. How does that sound?”
“Oh, no,” you shook your head. “The workload.”
Hongjoong burst out laughing and you looked down to hide your smile– he had such a carefree, almost childish laugh. You thought about his remark and figured that it must have been Seonghwa’s doing. You knew that Seonghwa was planning something and he had hinted this quite often but to actually be Mr. Kim’s secretary? Was he pulling your leg or was he serious?
“I’m serious,” he confirmed as if he saw right through you. “I need one especially now that I’m going to be stepping into the light too. I’ve operated from the shadows for long enough. Who better to have by my side than someone who knows how the underworld of the elites operate?”
“I’m not sure if I’m the right person,” you said. “I’m from Edenary, yes, and I do know how things work there, but I’ve never been much involved.”
“But so far… you’ve not betrayed our trust once, and that is something I value a lot, Luna. You prevented a disaster when you ran away with the content of Yeosang’s locker that night. You stopped a deal that would have ended very badly for us. And you put yourself in danger to save Yunho– I don’t know who else I would want by my side if not you.”
“That is a high compliment,” you took a deep breath, overwhelmed by his proposition.
“You’re still willing to do so much more,” Hongjoong said, outstretching his hand on the table and you were confused for a moment before you realised that he was waiting for you. You frowned– while Seonghwa had always been casual with his affection, much like a boss with a pat to the shoulder that he often gave to everyone else too, and Yunho had been, well, purposely making you jumpy you were sure, the boss had never done much. Every action of his was motivated by something.
And this might be his attempt at persuasion.
Hongjoong raised a brow as if to ask if you were going to keep making him wait and you rolled your eyes before hesitantly placing your hand in his palm. Hongjoong noticed the pause and almost smirked. His hand was cold but comforting when it held yours.
“You’re still willing to do so much more for Eden,” Hongjoong repeated. “I’m doing all I can for Eden too. We share the same goal, Luna. Don’t ever think that it is a shame that you couldn’t do anything about it earlier– you did everything in your power. You can leave it to me now. All you have to do is stay by our side.”
You must have looked half-convinced because he continued.
“I’m not saying you have to be the secretary yet– I would like you to fully know what it is that we do, and I would like the rest of the boys to meet you and hear their opinion too. I may be the boss but their word is equally as important as mine.”
“A captain, then?” You offered and he grinned.
“Yeosang did well choosing you,” Hongjoong said and your heart fluttered at the mention of him– the actions of that drunken night were keeping you awake in your sober ones. “San speaks highly of you. Yunho, well… I think his intentions are clear. And Seonghwa is the one who convinced me to look at you.”
You raised your brow at his wording– sometimes, the way they spoke with so much implication behind their words made you wonder just what was going on inside their heads. Especially Hongjoong– he knew what he was talking about but he always concealed his intentions carefully.
And you were going to make him more direct with his words. With a caress to his fingers, you locked eyes with him.
“Well… you’re looking at me now, Captain. Do you like what you see?”
For once, he was caught in surprise, his brow raising involuntarily and you grinned inwardly. There was nothing more satisfying than having the leader of this establishment speechless. The person you thought was a scary, stuck-up individual with his even scarier military rankings, turned out to be just a man with big dreams for his people and his land.
Hongjoong raised your joined hands in answer. You bowed your head mockingly.
What a turn of events.
When Seonghwa said that he would like you to accompany him to the warehouse so you could meet the rest of the Crescents officially as a potential secretary to Kim Hongjoong and, well, a ‘crucial unit’ of the Crescents, you didn’t think he would actually let you take a peek at the illegal– or the underworld side of the business.
It was just another dusky day in Sector 1, a bit livelier inside the office than usual during the midday slot. Johnny dropped by and while he waited for Yunho, he struck up a conversation with the three of you– more like recount the events of the night you were attacked at the bar and tell Eunha and Jihoon all about how you had looked like a lost mouse while running away with the content of Yeosang’s locker. He went as far to tell them how you looked even worse when you came out of the meeting room. If it weren’t for Yunho interrupting him, Johnny might have done a reenactment.
You were about to sign off for the day after lunch with Eunha and Jihoon when Seonghwa called you in his office and told you about his plans for the day. You agreed to accompany him to the warehouse, having no other prior engagements until your night shift. With Seonghwa’s bodyguard and assistant Yuta, the three of you took his Ford to the outskirts of Sector 1 near the Sector 8 border. It was only a few miles from the Sector 1 Port so the ride took about forty minutes.
It was surprising how comfortable Seonghwa made that ride for you. He talked about his family and told you that he had two siblings and that his family had moved to Utopia before the war began. His father was already a war veteran and an influential person so he had little to no trouble leaving to protect his family– however, since Seonghwa was of age, he had no choice but to get drafted. You asked him if he missed his family and visited them often but he told you it had been quite a while since he saw them and would like to pay a visit soon, once things settle down here a bit.
Somehow, you found yourself telling him about the time you spent in Wonderland, something you hadn’t really talked about ever since you came back. While the woman you looked after– Madame Cha, wasn’t your aunt by blood, she was someone really wise and with a lot of knowledge to share. You often wondered if your father was aware that Madame Cha would make sure that you learnt everything needed to survive in this sick world as an independent woman. She taught you various practical skills, kept you busy and kept your mind away from home. Perhaps, that was the purpose all along, but even if it was, you were still grateful to her.
Seonghwa asked you more about Wonderland, mentioning that he always wanted to visit the country. Wonder City, the capital, was known for its ruins. It was a place rich with history and the people had done a lot to preserve it. The lavender fields which were symbolic of Wonder City only added to its beauty. It had truly been a healing sight for eyes and you told him that you missed the evening walks through those fields the most.
The scenery shifted from cityscape to factories while you chatted, Yuta joining occasionally– apparently, he was one of the oldest employees and had served in Seonghwa’s unit so the two had almost always been together. You liked that most of the employees were more like ‘friends’ than acquaintances. Johnny was quite the example of just how casual they were with each other. While Yuta was a bit more reserved than Johnny, he was still a very charming man.
One of the factories towards the end of the expressway to Sector 8 was what the Crescents addressed as ‘the warehouse’. It belonged to Pledis Manufacturers where the Crescents were major shareholders and business partners. As the car came to a stop near the building, you heard the sounds of laughter reverberating from the inside accompanied by the harsh sound of machines and metal clanging. There were tables and chairs lining the margins and a few men could be seen eating what you presumed was their lunch. At the sight of your car, they got up and gathered around, making way to you and Seonghwa laughed to himself, shaking his head.
“Easy, boys. We’ve got a guest.”
“Oh, what a sight for sore eyes,” a man of medium stature wearing a casual denim outfit placed his hand over his chest as he bowed dramatically, making you a bit shocked though laughter erupted from your mouth. “I’m Boo Seungkwan, Manager of Pledis Manufacturers, at your service.”
“Pleasure,” you bowed back mockingly, noticing the others dressed just as casually.
“That’s Seokmin,” he introduced the tall guy with a contagious smile, and then pointed to another handsome man. “That’s Jun. We’re all managers here.”
The three exchanged looks filled with caution but Seonghwa nodded to let them know it was alright. “They play a vital role in the production part of the business.”
“Lovely,” you said, following Seonghwa inside and waving back at the three men who were almost jumping up and down while they waved at you. You laughed again, falling in step with Seonghwa. “Do they not get to go home often?”
“Oh, them?” Seonghwa scoffed. “They go home every weekend, but that’s normal behaviour from them.”
You smiled but it changed into a wince when you got hit with a wave of heat and the smell of metal and sweat filled your nostrils upon entering the warehouse, the dim lights making it a bit hard to focus. When your eyes finally adjusted, you gasped at the setup– it was truly something. The centre was an open, double-heighted space with the heaviest machines and Seonghwa told you that the main factory was situated at the very back which was connected to this section by a gate. The upper story seemed to be rooms and offices that were lined along the perimeter.
The workers greeted Seonghwa casually– there was no rushing, no scrambling and no awkwardness. Just comfortable acknowledgement of each other’s presence. You did get stares which wasn’t unexpected and you thought that it was because there weren’t any women here, but you spotted one in a causal fit working on operating one of the machines. Seonghwa told you that she was one of the best engineers they had– Umji.
You greeted a few more people including the CEO of Pledis– Choi Seungcheol. He was in the office just about to leave, dropping by for a visit and was glad to have caught Seonghwa. While the two talked, you settled down and a familiar face entered the office room.
“Oh– Luna!”
You smiled at the enthusiasm with which Jung Wooyoung greeted you.
“Mr. Jung,” you shook hands with him. “How have you been?”
“Ay, just call me Wooyoung,” he waved a hand in dismissal. “I’m not used to people calling me Mr. Jung.”
“That’s what I’ve always called you though…”
“And I always tell you to just call me Wooyoung,” he winked, adjusting his black tank top and slumping down on a chair. “So. How are you finding our workplace?”
“Pretty impressive,” you nodded. “What exactly do you do here?”
“Supervise and make sure we have enough stock,” he said. “Mingi is basically the guard dog and Jongho… he likes to play boss.”
“Oh,” you stifled a smile. “Interesting.”
Wooyoung smiled knowingly and Seungcheol said his farewell, leaving the three of you in the office. Seonghwa smiled at you. “We’ll wait for Mingi and Jongho and then you can get to know more about the business in detail.”
“You’ll have to do a lot,” you shrugged. “I’m not very well-versed in machines and the like.”
Wooyoung and Seonghwa shared a look and you caught that, the dots starting to connect. “Don’t tell me you’re going to be showing me something else entirely.”
“Yeah, I’m sure you might be well-versed in that,” Wooyoung grinned. “At least more than these boring old machine parts.”
You looked at Seonghwa who nodded in confirmation. “Are you sure?”
“I am, which is why I brought you here,” he straightened the navy blue coat of his suit. “After all… you should know these things as Hongjoong’s personal secretary.”
“Ooh, so it is happening,” Wooyoung was grinning shamelessly now. “I just knew they would like you when you made that deal that saved you your life. Not that Seonghwa was going to kill you anyway, right?”
“I don’t quite believe that,” you said. It was true, and Seonghwa only smiled in answer, giving away nothing. “But I think you might have liked me way back, Wooyoung. When you shouted at the bar for the whole world to know–”
“Oh, I’m still sorry for that,” Wooyoung laughed, making you share the sentiment.
It was a funny story– Wooyoung had been drunk and yapping, if you were to put it simply, about losing to the boys in a game of cards two times in a row. While passing a message to Yeosang, you secretly gave Wooyoung a tip, having observed the game and finding their weak spots. Wooyoung won the next game and while pompously boasting about how he had turned the tide of the game, he craned his neck out of the window to shout ‘Luna, I could kiss you right now!’ making half the bar groan at the confession while the other laughed and moved on. You were surprised for a few moments but when Eunbi told you that this was typical Wooyoung, you shrugged the nervousness off.
“But my offer still stands,” Wooyoung winked at you. If it had been anyone else, you would have become a mess. But since Wooyoung was… well, Wooyoung, you rolled your eyes in response and the conversation shifted to recent updates.
It wasn’t long after when the line rang and Wooyoung led you to the backside of the factory, playing the role of a tour guide, to everyone’s amusement. He explained how everything was a perfect cover for their weapons business– the material they used for both the machines and the weapons was more or less the same and in case of an inspection, they simply switched the display and transported the half-made weapons to trucks. The vehicles would sneak the weapons away into the thick forest that was not far from here. It was a perfect cover and since Pledis was an old, renowned manufacturing company, there were little to no inspections.
Sure, the police suspected that the Crescents may be dealing weapons but they would never suspect that they actually made their own weapons now.
Song Mingi and Choi Jongho lit up at the sight of the underboss, sharing fistbumps and hugs. You greeted them and they asked how you were doing, offering you a drink and scolding Wooyoung when they found out he hadn’t offered you anything yet. You assured them that you were okay but the conversation took an amusing turn as they pointed fingers at each other.
Mingi was surprised to learn that you knew your guns– Madame Cha, who was a collector of guns and the like, had shared her knowledge of guns with you a lot in passing and you had been able to retain some. The gun that you carried in your purse, a ruger revolver, had also been a gift from her. It was interesting to learn just what role the Crescents played in the making of these guns and an hour passed by with you simply talking about the mechanism with the boys.
Jongho noticed just how much fun you were having chatting with Yerin, one of the lead designers of the guns, and when you caught them waiting for you, you got flustered. You promised Yerin that you would visit again and have a more in-depth conversation with her and joined the Crescents afterwards. “I’m sorry to keep you waiting.”
“Oh, no, it’s all good,” Jongho said. “I’m happy to see that you’re having a good time.”
You smiled and checked the time– there was still about two hours until your shift would begin. Jongho cleared his throat, catching your attention and asked, “Would you like to test some weapons before you go back?”
Your eyes widened with excitement at the offer and soon, you were in a car with Jongho driving and Seonghwa in the front seat. Wooyoung, who was sitting next to you in the backseat, explained that they often went to test the guns in a specific part of the forest and since it was hunting grounds anyway, the sounds went unnoticed– and it wasn’t like there were a lot of residents here.
If the police or someone else did notice, they could buy their silence. You shot him a dirty look but you both knew that it was far too easy to buy silence in Eden, especially after the war.
There was also something bothering you ever since you learned about the weapons project, and that was… who exactly were they delivering the weapons to? Were they really the right people to mingle with? What exactly was right and wrong anymore?
You reckoned you could simply ask at this point. Since they intended to involve you in the business, you could ask such things, right? You turned to Wooyoung, about to ask but you caught an incoming speedy truck through the window and a scream got stuck in your throat. You flailed your arm, trying to catch their attention but it looked like Jongho noticed at the same time that you finally managed to yell ‘watch out!’.
Jongho swerved the car to the side just enough to avoid getting yourselves into a horrible car crash but still couldn’t prevent a light bump and you braced yourself as your body rocked to the side violently. Before you could react, you heard the shatter of glass and you screamed this time, Wooyoung grabbing you by the back of your neck and making you crouch down as the fragments of the glass window rained over you.
You looked at Wooyoung in panic who also let his defence down just for a moment as he made sure that you were okay. You nodded and just like that, his gaze turned steel as he raised his head to inspect just who was trying to kill you guys.
“I’m driving– provide cover!” Jongho pressed the pedal with all his might, steering away from the minitruck that was hell bent on crushing you. Wooyoung loaded his gun and started shooting, Seonghwa doing the same from the front but mostly to protect Jongho. You put your hands over your ears for a moment as you tried to make sense of what was happening–
You were under attack. You had almost died.
You scrambled in your purse for the gun, taking it out and loading it. Wooyoung spared you a glance, tsk-ing in disapproval. “We’ve got it, Luna. Just stay down.”
“I’d rather take my chances,” you muttered, but also obeyed him. You stayed crouching down, focusing more on having Wooyoung’s back. Your shot wasn’t bad but Wooyoung was moving a lot so you couldn’t risk shooting in case you hurt him instead. However, when Wooyoung ran out of bullets, you passed him your gun which he gladly took. Meanwhile, you reloaded his gun with the bullets in the inside pocket of his jacket. You noticed the shards of glass buried in his skin but it was too chaotic to comment on that at the moment.
“Recognise them?” Jongho asked before he took a sharp turn to the right, the road getting bumpier now that you were further on the track in the forest.
“Nah,” Wooyoung sniffed, a sharp frown on his face as he took a breather having shot down the tyres of the minitruck and halting it. “Need help, hyung?”
“I’m good,” Seonghwa said, groaning when the car started to leave. He ordered Jongho to turn the car around so they could catch them and you silently prayed that no one gets hurt. Now that you were gathering your wits, you realised how much the air had changed.
They had become the men you used to watch from afar and were a bit afraid of. Ruthless, calculating and powerful.
Jongho stopped the car near the abandoned truck and you all watched the other car disappear into the forest– they had been at a disadvantage or perhaps, they had underestimated you. Whatever the case was, all that mattered to the Crescents was the reason they attacked you.
Jongho and Seonghwa looked back to make sure you were okay. While you were very surprised, you were okay for the most part if you could ignore the erratic heartbeat. While the younger two checked the perimeter, Seonghwa got out of the car and opened the door for you to help you out.
“You must have been shocked,” he said, caressing your gloved hand and frowning at the cut on your cheek, unable to stop himself and tracing it gently.
“I– I’m fine,” you gulped at his actions. “Uh, we should check the car. Does this happen often?”
“Not really,” he ran his hand through his messy long hair in frustration. “Someone’s really got a grudge against us lately.”
You raised a brow as if to say that that wasn’t new and he chuckled a bit, letting go of your hand and going towards the truck. You followed him, making note of the number plate– it was a registered Sector 1 vehicle. The two of you got inside the front seats of the truck, rummaging through the stuff when a certain something caught your eye.
An emblem of a cube within a cube. It might have gone unnoticed by the rest but you could recognise the unofficial emblem of Park Pharmaceuticals anywhere– it was only used personally by your father and you had seen it on some of his old employees’ uniforms and stationery as well.
Seonghwa noticed you staring at the emblem printed on a card and frowned. “What’s wrong?”
Your father must have learned that you had joined hands with the Crescents– or at least that you were now someone important to them. He must be suspecting that you were sharing information that you shouldn’t have told a soul. Was this supposed to be a warning, or did he really intend to kill you this time?
And he almost hurt the Crescents too. Wooyoung could have been shot. Seonghwa or Jongho could have gotten seriously injured. Just how low was this man going to stoop?
“Luna,” Seonghwa’s voice sounded again. “Do you recognise this emblem? You need to tell us if you do so we do not point at the wrong people.”
“This was my father’s doing,” you sighed in defeat. “This emblem is something he uses privately within his inner circle and gangs. I’m so sorry, Mr. Park. I should have known.”
“It’s not your fault,” he said, taking the emblem from you and examining it.
“But it is,” you got out of the truck, going towards the car, your chest tightening with every step because your father almost killed them just because you were acquainted with them. They almost died because of you. And he must have also been the one behind Yunho’s attack– Yunho almost got shot because of you too–
“Luna,” Seonghwa grabbed you by the wrist and shook his head. “Do not blame yourself for something your father did. He intended to kill you.”
“But he almost killed you guys because of me!” You said through gritted teeth, shutting your eyes and willing yourself to calm down. You looked at your side to see Wooyoung and Jongho watching. “I should not have involved myself like this.”
Wooyoung tsk-ed, searching inside his car and taking out a bottle of water. He motioned for you to sit by the tree and you did, thanking him and drinking a few gulps. Jongho sat down beside you, trying to pick a tiny shard of glass that was buried in his wrist.
“I’ve heard about your father,” Jongho said. “Secretary Park Byung Eun. He’s after you, isn’t he? Just because he’s afraid that you’ll spill all his dirty little secrets?”
“Well… yeah, that’s the gist of it,” you took a deep breath. “He must be mad that his own daughter is after him. What parent would kill their child just to silence them?”
You watched Seonghwa and Wooyoung clean the mess of a car, Wooyoung stealing glances at you occasionally. Seonghwa was mostly noting down the details of the truck, saying something about how he needed to find out just which gang your father had employed for this job.
“Some parents don’t need a reason to want to get rid of their child,” Jongho said, looking at you. “They just do it because they’re selfish like that.”
You frowned. Was he talking from personal experience?
“I’m actually an illegitimate child too,” Jongho shared with a smile and your mouth curved like an o in surprise. “My mother is from Eden and my father from Halaland. She gave birth here, which is why I’m considered an Eden citizen, but I spent my early childhood in Halaland. Quite a combination, right?”
He was right. People from Halaland had always been treated with wariness and after the war, it just got worse. They faced discrimination. To be an illegitimate child who was half Hala…
“I guess we do have something in common then,” you shrugged, Jongho laughing at your joke.
“The reason I’m telling you this, Luna, is because the fact that I am both of these has never hindered my path,” he said and you turned your attention to him. “Hongjoong and the others, they never discriminated. We were all children of war and we bonded with each other because we have more in common-like values and morals. Not family background or useless things like that. And you… just because you’re unwanted does not mean you have to bend under your father’s will.”
“I have not,” you shook your head. “I am resisting. I’m just trying to be careful, because this is what happens when I slip.”
“This did not happen because you were careless,” he assured you. “This happened because he is scared of you, Luna. Don’t you realise? He’s scared he will be exposed because you know that he has joined hands with Strictland. He’s scared that you will uncover the truth and expose him. If he gets exposed, he will lose everything and so will the people he has associated with. Are you gonna let him stomp over you, or are you going to try to be one step ahead?”
You clasped your hands in thought– he wasn’t wrong. You had just been too cowardly to see it.
“Jongho’s right,” Wooyoung joined you, Seonghwa watching with a smile. “Show them what you’re made of, Luna. Accept the secretary position with your whole heart and use us to take your revenge on him– after all, we share the same goals.”
“Where did that come from,” you laughed, finally feeling calmer when Wooyoung grinned back. “What is it to you if I become his secretary?”
“My precious Luna,” he teased, grinning cheekily. “You really think we’re asking you to be the secretary here? You’re already one right now.”
“Wooyoung,” Seonghwa warned but Wooyoung waved a hand.
“I mean,” he said, “Being Hongjoong’s personal secretary, or assistant, or whatever you call it… it will just be a term. What we’re really asking you is to become a part of our inner circle. We’re asking you to walk with us, plan with us, help us so we can help you. It’s more like being a partner, isn’t it?”
“That’s… a lot,” you laughed nervously, overwhelmed by his proposition.
“But we need you,” he said matter-of-factly. “And so do you. Neither of us can do this without each other.”
He was right. They could get more information on whatever Secretary Park was doing, but you still had so much more that you were keeping from them. To be a part of their inner circle, be a part of Ateez was what they were asking from you. Being Hongjoong’s personal secretary would just be the job you would officially do but really–
You walked with them. Dined with them. Planned with them, even now. No one else did it like you were doing. You were already a part of them, whether you liked it or not.
Not that you were complaining. They had treated you with more respect and given you more authority than you’d ever gotten in your life. You were seen and you were heard here. It was overwhelming but if you looked past that…
It was kind of heartwarming.
“We’re here to protect each other,” Seonghwa said, having noticed your features shift from nervousness to acceptance. “And that means that we will protect you, and you will protect us. It doesn't matter who you are or what your background is. Our goals are the same.”
“For Eden,” you said, looking at them. “Are we really doing this for Eden? Will it really benefit our homeland?”
“You must have some doubts about what we do. Rightfully so,” Seonghwa nodded, offering you his hand and you grabbed it, getting up. “You can ask me anything, Luna. On our way back– it’s getting dark, and we really must get going now.”
You went back to the warehouse first to switch cars. You were worried Mingi would be angry but he was surprisingly only glad that you all made it back in one piece. They offered to patch you up but you told them you really did not want to be late for your shift which made them laugh. It was only a scratch so you could take care of it in the office. The trio let you go with a can of beer for the way back ‘to calm your nerves’. You gladly accepted.
Seonghwa told you that it was okay to ask– apparently, Yuta was one of the insiders too. So candidly, you asked him why exactly did they need to manufacture their own weapons.
You learned that Eden had actually suffered in the war more than you imagined with a lot of soldiers having gone missing, suspected of defecting or worse. A lot of the existing weapons channels had also either shut down or stopped business for unknown reasons. The underworld dealing came to a halt for some time after the war and while the treaty between Halaland and Eden ensured that there wouldn’t be a war in the foreseeable future, if Halaland learned that Eden was basically defenceless, they might start something again.
Seonghwa also told you that Eden’s military could not be trusted because their sole purpose seemed to be power and politics, referring to the clashes ex-President Son had with the military when they enforced the ‘over-17’ law. Hence, a few old gangs like MX and others resumed the weapons dealing and even collaborated with gangs from Wonderland and Utopia.
You told Seonghwa that you had qualms about their drug project too but he promised that they would tell you the details soon. You understood and a few minutes later, you reached the Crescent office. You still had some time to spare so you freshened up before going upstairs.
You were arranging your things at the desk and just taking a breather when the door to Yunho’s office opened. Seonghwa appeared to be leaving. Yunho followed behind and they exchanged a few words before Seonghwa disappeared downstairs and Yunho turned his attention to you.
You had to admit it, you missed him a little. He hadn’t been in the office a lot recently, probably busy with other things, but he appeared as sophisticated as ever in his black button down shirt and cream slacks. He smiled at you faintly, slowly walking towards you and shaking his head.
“You need to do something about that,” he pointed at your cheek. You had taken a look at it in the mirror earlier in the bathroom– the blood had crusted so you let it be. You didn’t have any band-aids in your purse and decided to start keeping some.
“Good evening to you too. It’s only a scratch,” you said and Yunho shook his head.
“Come to my room,” he said, not waiting to hear a response and you huffed, surrendering and following him. He was rummaging through his drawers and found the little first-aid box, bringing it towards the couch and beckoning you to sit.
“A simple bandage would do,” you started but he raised a finger in warning and that shut you up pretty quick. He settled down next to you and took out a bottle of disinfectant and a cotton pad, soaking it in and then turning towards you. You extended your hand so he could pass you the pad but he ignored that, leaning in to do the job himself. You reflexively shut your eyes as his hand neared your face and he didn’t miss that.
Your heart rate picked up and you willed your eyes to open, finding him watching you with curiosity. He cleaned the scratch, his brows furrowing in concentration and then he discarded the pad, taking out a box of salve. This time, he picked some on his index finger and you pursed your lips to keep a comment from popping out of your mouth.
With the pad of his thumb, he turned your face sideways so he could properly see the scratch and then he started applying the salve. You took a deep breath, the air thick with tension. He decided to break the silence.
“Are you okay? You must have been shocked,” he said.
“Yeah, I was,” you admitted. “But I recovered pretty quick this time.”
“Ah, did you?” A smirk made its way on his lips as he finished applying the ointment, now opening the bandaid. You just knew he was thinking about that night when you freaked out when he was going to be attacked and kept him close so he wouldn’t risk his life trying to find answers.
“Yes. I owe that to Wooyoung and Jongho,” you huffed. “They are good with words.”
“Was I not?” He asked, referring to that night.
“They also let me use my gun,” you half-lied but when he gave you the look, you rolled your eyes. “Okay, technically, I only loaded it for Wooyoung. He’s the one who used it.”
“Yeah, I’m sure they wouldn’t let you get your hands dirty,” he chuckled, carefully applying the band-aid over the scar.
“Maybe I’ll need to,” you shrugged and he looked at you. “I should learn how to use the gun properly if I’m keeping it. I mean, I do know how to use it but I lack practice.”
“But you shouldn’t actually use it,” he reprimanded but you shook your head.
“I need to learn to protect myself… and protect you.”
He looked at you in surprise and you continued. “All of you. If you claim to have my back, I should return the favour. I should be able to protect myself, not be a burden to you guys, and protect you all in return.”
“Luna… you really don’t have to if you don’t want to,” Yunho assured you calmly. “And you’re not a burden to us. Don’t ever think that.”
“I can’t just sit back and watch you guys risk your life trying to protect me from someone who’s after me!” You started. “You can try to convince me that it’s not my fault that you almost got shot that night or the boys almost got hurt today, but I know it’s my fault.”
“Luna–”
“Yes, it’s not exactly my fault,” you rambled on. “It’s my father’s. But the fact is that he is after me and if to get to me he needs to wipe out all of you, he will, just so he can continue with his awful dealings that I’m sure will cost Eden something–”
“Y/n,” Yunho scooted forward, taking both your hands in his and intertwining them, making you stop mid-sentence. He took a deep breath, watching how your small hands fit in his and when you looked at your joined hands, your heart melted at the way his fingers gently caressed yours. “Are you done now?”
You didn’t respond and he tried not to comment on how you always shut up when you were in close proximity with him or, well, whenever he was touching you. He took a deep breath.
“You’re ours now,” he locked eyes with you, his tone almost containing a hint of warning in them that made your heart sink a little. “You’re a Crescent now, a part of our team, and that means that you will protect us in any way that you can, and we will return the favour. The information that you provide us with… that is our protection, and that is enough. If you wish to learn defence or offence, sure. I won’t stop you. But it should only be to protect yourself, okay?”
You pursed your lips but he was being adamant, squeezing your hands a little. “We would have gotten in trouble with Secretary Park one day anyway. Eventually, our secret drug project was going to lead us to him and it could have taken an even more dangerous turn. But what happened today… that is enough. He’s crossing a line. I will send him a message, and I will make it clear that you are under our protection and we will not tolerate any more misbehaviour from him. Is that okay?”
“He will consider it a call for war,” you warned him. “He will not stop.”
“So be it,” Yunho smiled almost sadistically. “We are children of war, all of us, aren’t we? The personal battles too. We are survivors, you and I. He won’t know what’s coming for him.”
You nodded in answer, looking down. You weren’t sure you were ever going to get used to someone treating you not just as an equal but offering you their power and so much more. But Yunho… he always knew just what was going on in your head. He drew back one of his hands from your hold only to draw it towards your face, lifting your chin up so you would look at him.
“Tell me what you’re thinking.”
It must have been an order because his gaze compelled you to spill.
“It’s hard to wrap my head around the fact that you’re all doing this… willingly. For me.”
Yunho smiled, shaking his head. “For you, and for us. Get used to this treatment, princess.”
With an affectionate tap to your cheek, he drew back and started packing the kit. You sat there, baffled at what he just said and also, taking the loss of his touch to your heart. When he looked at you, your hand seemed to be outstretched as if you aimed to rest it on his back. You drew it away but he caught that, raising a brow.
“Princess? Really?” you asked, making him laugh.
“I can do worse too,” he offered and you shook your head, about to leave but he grabbed your wrist and pulled you towards him, a surprised yelp escaping your mouth when you found his face way too close to yours, his eyes searching yours for answers that you didn’t possess yet. You felt the urge to draw his ruffled hair away from his forehead. His gaze flickered to your lips and god, he was going to be the death of you.
“No thanks,” you scoffed in answer but then he purposely raised your hand slowly, shifting his hold so he could kiss your knuckles softly, all the while maintaining eye contact with you. Your own lips parted in surprise at his actions– he was crossing the line, but–
What line? The question hung in the air as he waited for you to challenge him, to respond to him.
What line, really.
“Is this a challenge?” You dared to ask.
“If you make it to be,” he responded, eagerly waiting for you to make the next move.
And oh, he did not realise that you would never back down from a challenge. You licked your lips, leaning forward and smiling in satisfaction when he started tilting his face, expecting the obvious. You drew closer until you were inches away and when his eyes fluttered shut, you made your move.
You blew lightly at the tip of his nose, earning a shocked sound from him and with an almost childish giggle erupting from your mouth, you backed away and started to go towards the door, looking back to find him flustered but amused. You saluted mockingly, making him laugh before you shut the door.
Oh. You were done for.
next chapter
-> apply for the taglist here! (check your privacy setting if the tags don't work)
THE GONG YOO??? oh, this just got so much better, i have that man's mannerism and expression memorised
“..I may have been honoured in the end because every decision I made was for the ‘greater good’, but if I was a man of morals, Luna, I would have done things a bit differently.”
oh ://
a.. gold eagle.. secret weapon?
“Maybe I just came here so I could see you,” the boss teased and Inspector Gong’s smile fell– he was beginning to get tired now.
BWHABWAHAAAHHAHA
“I’m sure someone acquainted with the president won’t have his people using drugs illegally,” Inspector Gong said.
lord. alright. the president's perceived innocent and good-hearted image really buys him so much favor and benefits of doubt from EVERYONE. even the people closely associated with him get the benefit of the doubt of doing things for good reasons. meanwhile that makes it so much more difficult to convince people otherwise and expose what's really going on behind that possible facade.
“Once he gets a scent of something, he won’t let go until he’s satisfied.”
GULP. i am foreshadowing. 🫥
“You can forget her.” “You don’t mean that, do you?” Yeosang’s voice was low this time and you looked at him, finding caution and hurt– was it hurt? In his eyes. “Of course not,” you frowned.
IM SO WEAK IN THE KNEEES!! 😣 DRAG ME AWAYYY 😩😩 TO A DIFFERENT PLAAACE 😫😫
“You’re still who you are to me and more.” “Who am I to you?” Yeosang asked, a faint smile on his lips.
“Hmm… favourite boss?” You grinned. “Friend?”
Yeosang nodded. “That’s it?”“More?” You raised a brow. “I mean… what exactly did you do that would warrant more?”“Is that a challenge, Luna?” He was smirking now and your heart did a little flip-flop at the way the timbre of his voice shifted.
😀🙂↕️😀🙂↔️😀🙂↕️😀
“Have you not been told that you are under the protection of the Crescents from now on?” Hongjoong raised a brow in question.
HONGJOONG YOU'RE SO SEXY GEEEZUS! either he's like duuuh? i thought you're smart enough to have figured that out by now. or the genuine disbelief that another atz member hadn't made that clear yet. reader being so apprehensive of directly confronting/provoking their father. :c
“I meant to remain in the shadows, Mr. Kim. It was never my intention to step in the light for the world to see.” ... “My conscience does not allow me to know that my father may be doing something immoral and detrimental to this nation and do nothing about it. I have wasted far too many opportunities because I feared the consequences.”
not wanting the world to see them but wanting to save the world at the same time. just.. ✍️✍️✍️ also reader's name being LUNA 😃😃😃 like you can't really see the moon in the dark without there being light!!! and you can't escape the light in the dark once it's there!!! 😤
“You’re still willing to do so much more for Eden,” Hongjoong repeated. “I’m doing all I can for Eden too. We share the same goal, Luna. Don’t ever think that it is a shame that you couldn’t do anything about it earlier– you did everything in your power. You can leave it to me now. All you have to do is stay by our side.”
hmm.. 😒 mhnnn..🤔 hmph. i really don't trust hongjoong, wow🤨
damn, reader is really wanting to sign out for the day-shift just to then join seonghwa on another, work-related/company-related excursion before their night-shift. girl.. that's working overtime BEFORE your promotion 😭😭😭 get that bonus pay-out, pls.
Madame Cha, wasn’t your aunt by blood, she was someone really wise and with a lot of knowledge to share. You often wondered if your father was aware that Madame Cha would make sure that you learnt everything needed to survive in this sick world as an independent woman.
reader finally having someone that they can talk to about their life that they've had to hide from everyone else 🥺 and ofc it's seonghwa.
nct members working as bodyguards/drivers but nobody got a porsche? at least there's a minimum of two baddies in the car.
this running gag of svt members being managers got me🤭
However, when Wooyoung ran out of bullets, you passed him your gun which he gladly took. Meanwhile, you reloaded his gun with the bullets in the inside pocket of his jacket.
what a cool fucking scene, man. such a dream-team already, lol.
He must be suspecting that you were sharing information that you shouldn’t have told a soul. Was this supposed to be a warning, or did he really intend to kill you this time?
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
“It’s not your fault,” he said, taking the emblem from you and examining it.
“But it is,” you got out of the truck, going towards the car, your chest tightening with every step because your father almost killed them just because you were acquainted with them. They almost died because of you. And he must have also been the one behind Yunho’s attack– Yunho almost got shot because of you too–
“Luna,” Seonghwa grabbed you by the wrist and shook his head. “Do not blame yourself for something your father did. He intended to kill you.”
when did it turn from wanting to use them for your own revenge to having second thoughts about involving them, huh? 😭😭😭
“.. And you… just because you’re unwanted does not mean you have to bend under your father’s will.”
oh.. ouch. OK. ✋🥲🤚 thanks for the reminder. appreciated.
You extended your hand so he could pass you the pad but he ignored that, leaning in to do the job himself. You reflexively shut your eyes as his hand neared your face and he didn’t miss that.
man fuck you yunho. caring for me, depending on you, making me like you or something 🙄🙄 ugh.
“You’re ours now,” he locked eyes with you, his tone almost containing a hint of warning in them that made your heart sink a little.
oh. alright. he is keeping it strict. ⚫️🫦⚫️
“Is this a challenge?” You dared to ask.
“If you make it to be,” he responded, eagerly waiting for you to make the next move. And oh, he did not realise that you would never back down from a challenge. You licked your lips, leaning forward and smiling in satisfaction when he started tilting his face, expecting the obvious.
HAH. YOU THOUGHT?!🫵😹🖕 also, this moment is kind of similar to the scene between yeosang and reader where they test around a little - but this time it's reverse, LMAO?
"this is the underworld that no one escapes from."
masterlist
ot8!ateez x f!reader, mafia au
chapter warnings: drinking, illegal businesses, mentions of violence, war/military and weapons, the designated assholes be warming up now, yunho is trying his utmost best to confuse tf out of you.
chapter wc: 11.8k
chapter synopsis: yunho verifies with kihyun that secretary park is not the man for their new deal and hongjoong makes the connection, finding out who your father is. no longer having to hide your identity, you candidly discuss what you know about the strictland nuclear base and who might be involved other than secretary park. you save yunho from an attack which shifts your relationship with him. overwhelmed, you find yeosang at the crescent bar who hears you out and comforts you.
prev chapter recap: you learn more about the crescent’s past– as ateez, the gang, and their accomplishments in the war that earned them respect. while you get familiar with your job at the main office, you meet the young informant jaemin who refers to the boss as ‘the captain’. seonghwa continues to question your background but you only warn him to be careful making deals with secretary park. you finally meet the boss hongjoong who barely acknowledges you, and you complain about the recent events to san at the bar who assures you that your new bosses are just human if you look past their big, scary titles. convinced, you make a decision and warn the bosses directly to not make the deal with secretary park and reveal his connection with strictland. however, they have trouble taking your word for it and hongjoong reminds you that you are just a bookkeeper, though he instructs yunho and seonghwa to look into your connection with secretary park.
You had never dreaded a shift as much as you were dreading the night shift the day after Kim Hongjoong showed you your place by reminding you that you were just a bookkeeper. His words still rang in your head over and over, asserting that you were no one of importance.
“You have a lot of audacity to come in here and make claims about a business you are not a part of, and people you don’t know enough about. Possessing such audacity is what almost cost you your life that night, and what is tempting me to retract the deal my partners made behind my back.”
Hongjoong had made it clear that he wanted you to stop interfering in their deals and it was honestly a surprise that the man didn’t shoot you in the head last night. He wasn’t known to be merciful, so you had probably used up a good bit of your luck considering how you weren’t fired from your job. If he was going to keep you still, he would definitely be digging into your past and you were preparing yourself to deal with the consequences of your actions. If they found out that you were Secretary Park’s daughter and told him about what you said… you would be in huge, huge trouble.
You should not have blindly trusted the Crescents. If they were just a mere business organisation, maybe they would have believed you but they were Ateez too– a gang who clawed their way up, fighting tooth and nail for a place in this world which they eventually and rightfully earned. Yeosang and San may have told you that the Crescents were good people at heart but Kihyun was also right– they were children of war, and they could fight their own battles. They did not need a mere bookkeeper with a shady past to help them out and save them from deals that could go wrong in the future.
In the midst of this hopelessness, the feelings of guilt over keeping state secrets to yourself were eating you up. You wished you could share those secrets with someone who actually cared for their land rather than wielding that secret like a threat to satisfy their selfish desires. What you carried with yourself was a burden too heavy for your shoulders and you didn’t know how long you could last before you would get crushed under it. Perhaps, what drove you mad was the fact that no one could be trusted. You had no idea who was involved in that sick scheme– it could be anyone.
No one would take your word for it. You had been at the wrong place, at the wrong time, hearing something that should have never passed anywhere near your ears. You saw your father engage in discussion with a man that you did not recognise, but what you heard was enough to make you lose your footing and trip on the ground with a loud thud, unable to function properly because of the gravity of those words.
Your father discovered you eavesdropping on him and that was when things took an ugly turn for you. If Kihyun hadn’t been present in another room, waiting for your father at that time, there would have been no one to stop the man from trying to wring the truth out of his own daughter in the most despicable, threatening manner. You would have met a fate much worse than him wiping your name off the family registers and sending you to Wonderland.
You shivered involuntarily at the thought, glad you were alone in the office and no one had noticed you staring into the distance and picking on the skin near your nails. The words you had heard years ago replayed in your head, the memory as clear as day even after all this time, refusing to be forgotten.
“Halaland knew we had joined hands with Strictland’s nuclear operation officials so they did what they had to protect themselves.”
Strictland was a piece of land that had always been a part of Halaland, but had also always fought for independence. For a good few decades now, it had earned itself the status of an occupied nation under Halaland’s military control. It was always a sensitive matter, for Strictland was home to a nuclear base that had once been functional but long since shut down on the basis of the amended international peace laws that made sure that no country on this continent created or owned nuclear weapons. So why was there talk about Strictland’s nuclear operation officials going on if the base was supposed to be shut for a good thirty years now? And most importantly–
What exactly did Halaland do to protect itself? Was it the long, bloody war that lasted four years during President Son’s second presidential term, beginning from 1958? The war was triggered by bombing in Halaland near Strictland, and Halaland had accused Eden and sent forces soon after. The war came to a sudden end after President Son proposed the Treaty of the Eight Hills, ensuring peace. Post-treaty, things with Halaland were strained, sure, but nothing has been amiss so far.
Strictland’s nuclear base could not be active and not cause a stir in the continent, so why did it seem like something was happening under wraps? Could the base be functional and be the reason why Halaland refused to grant Strictland the status of an independent nation?
And just who was aware of this information? Your father was a secretary to Mr. Lee Jinwook who was just an assemblyman at that time. Today, he was the current president of Eden with your father still as his secretary. Was there a chance that President Lee knew what your father was up to?
“Luna?”
You looked up to find Yunho, of all the people, standing not too far, leaning against the wall. His watchful gaze travelled from your zoned-out eyes to the marred skin on your thumb, taking notice of all the picking that you had been doing while thinking.
“Are you… alright?”
“Sorry, I’m alright, I was just… thinking,” you said, straightening and arranging your desk. “How can I help you, Mr. Jeong?”
Yunho frowned at your very formal tone, waiting for you to say something but you kept a straight face. “I just… saw you zoning out and called to make sure that you were alright.”
Oh. You licked your lips, looking at your thumb– yikes. “Thank you, Mr. Jeong. I was just taking a little breather. I will get back to work now.”
“That’s not why I–” Yunho began but paused when you picked up a page and started scribbling on it. You were ignoring him on purpose. You were being professional, he thought, probably a bit hurt by how Hongjoong had dealt with you last night. He had heard about it, but he wished he could tell you that they did take your words into consideration.
However, you would probably learn from Hongjoong and Seonghwa themselves after they would be back from their meeting with Secretary Park– which would be in about an hour. Yunho sighed deeply and went back to his room, shutting the door with a bit of an unintentional slam. He sagged into the chair, rubbing his face.
Maybe he should have told you that he called your name twice before you answered. He would have been on his way unnoticed by you but he caught you staring intently into the distance and thought something was wrong.
He had just come back to the office after meeting with Hongjoong and Seonghwa and telling them about his meeting with Kihyun earlier in the morning, where he finally briefed him about the potential deal with Secretary Park as someone who would fund their project and approve the launch of their new drug in the pharmaworld.
“That man is not a good choice, Yunho.” Kihyun said with an adamant shake after Yunho finished telling him the details.
“Why?” Yunho asked. “He is going to become the next Minister of Health. I can’t think of a better choice.”
“People are not all that they seem to be, as you must know by now,” Kihyun spun the pen between his fingers as he said. “Secretary Park… he treads a dangerous path. If you involve yourself with him now, he will take what you have to offer, wring you dry and abolish any remains of your business. As someone who has been acquainted with him in the past, can’t you take my word for it?”
Yunho believed Kihyun– he was one of his closest friends and his gang had helped Ateez become who they were today. So, he decided to ask something a bit personal instead.
“Jeon y/n… she warned us about Secretary Park. She said he is conspiring with Strictland officials to do something illegal and immoral. She offered better options like ex-president Mr. Son or Assemblyman Kim Jooheon.”
“You know,” Kihyun chuckled at that. “She has a knack for these things, she does. And what she has to offer to you is credible, if you can believe it. It’s only a shame that we’re close to retiring and aren’t as ambitious as you, otherwise we would have kept her all to ourselves.”
Somehow, Yunho felt both pride and jealousy to hear that. Pride that you were a part of the Crescents, and jealousy because Kihyun knew you better than he did.
“Who is she really, Kihyun? And why is she helping us?”
“Didn’t she tell you already?” Kihyun smiled in answer. “She only wants you to help her and when it’s time, she’ll use the power you have to take her revenge.”
Unfinished business. Yunho recalled what you had said that night when you made a deal with them for your life.
“I’ll only ask this of you, Yunho,” Kihyun’s smile fell and he leaned forward. “A favour, if you want to call it that, but… don’t hurt her. Protect her. Use her if you have to– she has a lot to offer, and she is well-educated and sharp. She possesses information that could shake not only Eden but the entire continent. She can help you navigate through the dark waters of the underworld. You’ll only have to trust her a little and allow her to trust you back.”
Those words stuck with Yunho for the next hour until the boss and the underboss arrived back from the meeting with Secretary Park. The room filled with silence and palpable tension as Hongjoong and Seonghwa settled down on the sofas, each absently staring at the ceiling or the plant that was in dire need of watering.
“Well?” Yunho decided one minute was enough for them to sort their thoughts out. “Did you end up shaking hands with Secretary Park?”
“Of course not,” Hongjoong took a deep breath. “Not after what Kihyun had to say about our little bookkeeper.”
“Her name’s Luna,” Yunho scoffed at the term Hongjoong kept using to address you and Hongjoong grinned at Yunho’s immediate correction. “It’s just funny that you refuse to say her name when you literally address everyone by their surnames. You don’t even call her Jeon.”
“She’s not even a Jeon,” Seonghwa sighed. “I contacted the RV spies today– Wendy. She refuses to talk about her and told me to save my time and not look for her family. Do you know what that means?”
“That that is exactly what we need to find out?” Hongjoong quipped.
“That her family must be someone influential in Eden. Considering what she knows… she sounds like an insider. A citizen of Edenary, if I have to make a wild guess because no one from the eight sectors could have possessed so much information only to hide in the shadows.”
“Or that,” Hongjoong scoffed, agreeing with Seonghwa. “If she really is from Edenary, she would have either worked there long enough to know these things or… she has family there.”
“I can’t find any information on her– no one in Sector 1 knows her from before 1966, when she came back from Wonderland,” Seonghwa said. “And Secretary Park reacted strangely when we mentioned that we’re reluctant to make a deal with him because of his connection with foreigners.”
“How so?” Yunho asked.
“He wasn’t fazed at all. It was as if he saw it coming, which can only mean one thing…”
The heavy implications of what Seonghwa said filled the room as the three struggled to make sense of it.
“Is there a chance Secretary Park didn’t react because he didn’t know what you were talking about?” Yunho asked cautiously, willing to entertain every possibility right now.
“No,” Hongjoong said, sure about this. “The look in his eyes wasn’t of surprise, it was more of an acceptance. That can only mean that he knew that there was a chance we would be aware of his dealing with Strictland. He can’t have gone and told every other person that he was involved with Strictland, right?”
“Which means he somehow knows that Luna is aware of this knowledge, or he personally knows her– isn’t Kihyun acquainted with Secretary Park? And he refuses to talk about her too?” Seonghwa asked.
Yunho nodded. “And you’re saying the RV spies refused to reveal her identity?”
“Then we have no choice but to ask her,” Hongjoong clapped his hands in conclusion. “Call her.”
“Are you sure?” Seonghwa straightened. “You made it pretty clear last night that she should just stick to her desk.”
“You know that was necessary,” Hongjoong folded his arms. “Things have changed now.”
Yunho got up slowly, footsteps heavy with thought. “I’ll call her inside, but can you both let me do the talking this time?”
While Hongjoong looked surprised, Seonghwa merely smiled knowingly. “Don’t tell me you’ve already taken a liking to her, Yunho.”
Yunho rolled his eyes in amusement before walking outside. Hongjoong looked at Seonghwa in disbelief. “He didn’t deny it. What have you all been doing with her behind my back?”
“Nothing,” Seonghwa chuckled. “But the boys seemed to have taken a liking for our bookkeeper.”
“And you?” Hongjoong cocked his head in curiosity but Seonghwa’s smile revealed nothing to him. Even after all these years, Hongjoong wondered how Seonghwa could hide his feelings from him when he wanted to. Even when he was the one who knew Seonghwa the best.
“Let’s talk about it later,” Seonghwa promised in a whisper.
You entered the room behind Yunho, preparing yourself for whatever was about to happen– for once, you have no idea what. Yunho had been pretty calm when he told you that the boss would like to see you, even waiting for you to follow him which you thought was a bit odd. You greeted the men with a ‘good evening’ and the boss motioned for you to sit next to Seonghwa. It was oddly relieving to have him by your side.
Hongjoong was about to say something but Yunho rested a hand on his thigh, making him pause and relax back instead. You noted the little exchange– it was strange to see the boss submit under someone who was third-in-command. Yunho looked at you, offering a small smile before starting.
“We did not sign the deal with Secretary Park. We only mentioned that we intended to keep our business out of the spotlight for now and it would not be beneficial for us to involve ourselves with someone who was dealing with foreigners.”
You exhaled deeply after hearing that– a bit in relief and a bit in grim acceptance. “Thank you for letting me know.”
“We also noted that he didn’t react when we told him our reasons. Secretary Park… you know him personally, don’t you?”
This time, you chose not to run your mouth, opting for silence. Yunho played with the silver button of his black form-fitting waistcoat, and you fixated your gaze over the silver ring that he wore on his index finger with infinity signs, a ring that all of Ateez wore. They seemed to have a lot of staple jewellery and accessories, like the gold pocket watch the boss had on him at all times, even tonight in his dark brown three-piece.
“I met with Kihyun today, Luna,” Yunho continued and your eyes widened a little– whatever did Kihyun say? “He’s one of our mentors and I take his words seriously. He confirmed Secretary Park was not the man to make such a deal with, and he also said that you had a lot to offer.”
You stifled a smile at that. “What is this really about, Mr. Jeong?”
“Secretary Park… you’re acquainted or even related to him in some way, aren’t you?”
Your smile visibly fell which didn’t go unnoticed. This time, Seonghwa shifted closer, keeping a respectable distance from you as he said, “We’re willing to trust you and involve you in future business dealings if you’re willing to share some information that we should be aware of, before we make this deal with you.”
“I appreciate your kind offer, but I really am only a bookkeeper,” you said, an intentional jab towards the boss himself.
Hongjoong poked his tongue inside his cheek, clearly amused at your challenge. Did you want him to beg? To say please?
“You are also a part of Crescent now, and that means you’re not just a bookkeeper, like Hongjoong might have said last night,” Yunho insisted. “We could find out what your relationship with Secretary Park is through other means but we decided to ask you instead.”
“Then use your other means,” you said with immense effort, tired of this little game. “I belong to the shadows and I will remain there.”
You got up to leave, straightening your maroon skirt. You only took a few steps when you heard the boss’ voice.
“You don’t happen to be the illegitimate daughter of Secretary Park, eh? The one he liked to pretend was his niece instead?”
You didn’t simply stop in your tracks but every muscle in your body tensed. With dread creeping through your nerves, you turned to look at the boss, finding the others equally as surprised at his deduction. Hongjoong’s smirk widened and his eyes gleamed dangerously at the fear in your eyes.
He got up, approaching you slowly. “I’ve been to his house only once, towards the end of the war. Year 1962. He was looking for workers and I was only a colonel at that time, yet to be honoured. I saw his family portrait– he has a son that looks just like him. And then I saw a glimpse of a girl who was looking for her father. Upon asking a servant if the man had other children, they let me know that she was his illegitimate daughter and he pretended that she was his niece.”
Hongjoong noted the way that you gulped and your eyes darted among the three men as if gauging their reactions and trying to find a way out. He continued.
“They said it was understandable because other than the fact that illegitimate kids aren’t treated with respect around here, he was a striving politician and she would only hinder his career. I didn’t realise the little bird left its cage, though…”
“I– I’m not sure what you’re talking about,” you tried but he shook his head.
“We’re going to find one way or another. It’s better if we just hear it from you so we can move on and address the more important matters… Luna.”
You looked at the boss– while he didn’t tower over you like Yunho did, he certainly was more intimidating. His gaze was sharper, his stance more confident and almost bordering on arrogance and his presence was consuming, almost luring.
You could not win.
“Alright, fine,” you gave in, walking back to your seat next to Seonghwa who looked thoroughly amused even though he tried not to appear so. “Yes. I am his daughter– illegitimate daughter. Don’t ask me who the mother is– I don’t know.”
Yunho sucked in his breath in disbelief. “Is that who you’re so scared of?”
“Not just him,” you shook your head. “There are other forces at play. He was just a pharmaceutical business owner at that time– he could not have dealt with Strictland on his own.”
Seonghwa agreed. “Is there anyone you suspect?”
“I don’t know. President Lee seems like the likelier suspect but he’s far too clean for that, which is a bit suspicious. It could be anyone from Eden Hall– another assemblyman or some existing minister or cabinet members. All I know is that what they’re doing is very dangerous. I know more, but I really need to confirm a few things before I can confide in you.”
“Well,” Hongjoong shifted his weight on one leg, thinking. “This certainly changes things. I still need to check a few things about you,” he looked pointedly at you, “but you can continue your bookkeeping duties for now. I’ll see what I’ll do with you later.”
“If you feel like you should share a warning with us at any time, since you know exactly what deals we make on a daily business,” Seonghwa said, his tone unexpectedly warm, “you can let us know. If it weren’t for you, we wouldn’t have asked for Kihyun’s opinion and proceeded with the deal and suffered damage. We owe you one.”
“That’s alright,” you said but he shook his head, insistent. “Can you just keep this a secret? As you must realise now, Secretary Park has gone to great lengths to hide my identity from the world. The fact that he even let me come back to Eden… he might be regretting it now. I can only warn you that he might try to attack me in the future which means someone else could get hurt too.”
“That’s unfortunate. Thank you for letting us know,” Hongjoong gave you a nod and you felt almost reassured. You looked at Yunho who was simply watching you with eyes full of curiosity.
“I’ll go back to the desk now and finish compiling today’s reports,” you said.
“Great, you can leave them with Yunho later,” Seonghwa said. “I have somewhere to be with Hongjoong. Let’s go.”
You had half an hour to complete that report and you came back to that room, knocking before entering. Yunho was still where he sat before and you discussed the report with him before getting up to put it in the cupboard and preparing to go home.
You were putting on your coat and gathering your belongings when Yunho joined you at your desk, his own overcoat in hand. “Care for a stroll?”
You looked at him in surprise but nodded, following him downstairs– he must have a lot of questions. He locked the office behind him and greeted the guard, nudging you towards the main street. Since it was past midnight and this was a business street, it was pretty empty. The offices were shut with only the guards stationed outside trying to keep awake in the lonely hours, or keeping each other company over a little fire in the tub.
You walked in silence for a few moments with only the sound of the cackling of fire and your footsteps accompanying you before he finally asked if you had ever felt targeted while working for the Crescents.
“Up until now, no,” you told him. “But after my father wiped my name off the registers of Eden and gave me a new identity… sometimes it feels like I’m being watched. He wasn’t surprised to hear that you knew about his deal with Strictland, was he?”
“We never explicitly mentioned Strictland but yes, he wasn’t surprised in the least,” Yunho said. “He must have known that you are working here.”
“He probably knew about my job at the bar, at least,” you said. “He has always made sure that I never interacted with someone of power. It’s only a shame that Kihyun took me in and he could do nothing about it.”
“Do you have any suspicions about what he might be doing in Strictland?”
“I only ever heard a bit of it, and I’m not sure exactly what he was referring to, but this might be my chance to confirm if what I heard holds any value,” you said, pausing in the middle of the crossroads in front of the canal, looking around for any passersby but finding none. “Do you know about the nuclear base in Strictland?”
“Everyone knows about it,” Yunho said, putting his hands in the pockets of his coat. “It is suspected that Halaland wants to take over Strictland because they want to resume the operations at the nuclear base and become a nuclear power. That would violate the international arms law which is why they are resorting to playing dirty instead.”
“And the base has been inactive for a while, right?”
“For about thirty years now, yes,” Yunho confirmed.
“I have no idea how much truth this information holds, but I once heard my father talk about something regarding the nuclear base,” you whispered. “He said something about how Halaland knows that Eden has joined hands with Strictland’s nuclear operation officials. I don’t know who in Eden, but he also claimed whatever Halaland was doing– or would be doing– will be in order to protect itself.”
Yunho’s mouth parted in disbelief, his eyes boring into you. “That… that can’t be true.”
“Right?” you wrapped your arms around yourself, looking sideways to the canal. Its murky waters seemed to be reflecting your mood. “That should not be true, but… Mr. Kim said my father– Secretary Park did not react when you mentioned his dealings with foreigners. What other dealings might he have?”
“I hope something else, because if there’s even a slight chance that what you said is true,” Yunho grunted in discomfort. “I can’t imagine the consequences. Does he know that you are aware of this knowledge? Your father?”
“He knows I heard something,” you confirmed. “That’s when things started going downhill for me. He had always made it clear that once I was independent, he was going to change my surname and cut ties with me. But after that day, he just sped up the process, changed my surname to Jeon and sent me to Wonderland to an acquaintance of his.”
Just like that, you wanted to add, recalling how easy it was for the man that claimed to be your father.
“I don’t know if he did that so I would not speak about this or if he had some ounce of guilt for me,” you continued with a scoff, shaking your head. “But he kept tabs on me. He made sure I got a good education and once I was done, he allowed me to come back. I had to beg a little, but he let me come back on the condition that I stay low.”
“Too late for that, isn’t it?” Yunho commented and you looked at him, a smirk creeping on your lips.
“Well, I always planned about how to get back at him. Just because he made a mistake doesn’t mean I get to suffer for it for the rest of my life.”
“That’s right,” Yunho stepped closer to you, facing the canal just like you. For a moment, you shared a comfortable silence, thinking about the implications of your admittance. Yunho cleared his throat as he looked at you. “You must be from Edenary then. Was it tough to adjust in Sector 1?”
Edenary was not just the capital of Eden– it was like a safe haven for the elite class of Eden where they did not have to encounter a common man. Everyone who lived in Edenary was someone who possessed at least one of the three things– wealth, power, or connections. Before the monarchy was abolished in Eden, the royalty resided in Edenary. Now it was home to government officials, politicians, business owners and influencers.
Your heart twisted as you recalled your time in Edenary. Though you had lived in the shadows in Edenary too, there was a point in your life when your father had taken you around with him, introducing you as his niece but still letting you know the ins-and-outs of business in Eden. It was his dream that his child carry on in his footsteps, but his son and your half-brother, Park Sunghoon, had always been incompetent. You suspected he might let you take over his business instead but the fear of his tarnishing his reputation must have outweighed the fear of passing his legacy to someone who was useless. Sunghoon had always been far too short-tempered and reckless. Your father was not proud of him.
“Do you also dream of living in Edenary one day?” You asked, fiddling with your pearl ring.
“We dream of opening an office there, maybe a branch of the Crescent Bar if we’re lucky,” Yunho admitted. “But our home will always be in Sector 1.”
You smiled at that– his admission was unexpected. You outstretched your hand. “This ring is the only symbol of Edenary that I possess. A reminder that I may have found a place somewhere else but my roots remain in Edenary. I don’t miss the life I had, though. It wasn’t much.”
“It must have been better than this?” Yunho asked. You shook your head.
“I’ve only ever felt at home here, in my little apartment that I share with a person who cares about me a lot,” you said. “At the Crescent Bar where I got more respect than I ever got in Edenary.”
“And at the office?” Yunho said and you looked at him, finding an amused look on his face.
“Not yet, and you know that,” you said.
“That could change,” he suggested.
“Definitely,” you nodded. “But for that… you would have to make a little effort.”
“Well, I’m here now, with you, aren’t I?” Yunho said, cocking his head challengingly and you realised that this was his effort. “Tell me how to verify the information you just gave me tonight.”
You took a deep breath. “I’ve thought about it long and hard. I don’t think anyone who is not involved would know, so if you’re a fan of taking someone hostage and interrogating them…”
“We’re really trying to do things the right way, Luna,” he chuckled. “We’ve left that life behind.”
“Yunho, you shot ten men in two minutes just a few months ago, without hesitation,” you reminded him and his brows rose a little in surprise. You thought he was shocked to hear that you finally confronted him about it, but then you realised–
You had called him Yunho.
You were an absolute fool–
“I can do anything to protect the people I care about,” Yunho decided not to point out your informal use of his name, though he couldn’t complain– he had to admit that it was nice to hear his name from your lips. “But any other ideas?”
“Well… you can give someone else a tip and let them do the dirty work for you?” You suggested. “Now might be a nice opportunity to use Assemblyman General Wi. He has been trying to get dirt on President Lee because his term is almost over and he is pretty sure President Lee will be running for presidency again. If you give him a tip, he can verify all of this for you. Plus, if word gets out, Secretary Park will be in big trouble. It could confirm if President Lee is a part of this Strictland business or not, though it’s hard to believe that such a saint of a man could be.”
You often considered confronting President Lee about your father– if he really wasn’t aware of your father’s dealing with Strictland, he was probably the only person who could make things right once and for all. Lee Jinwook had always been in the political scene but he only stepped up as a presidential candidate after his wife, President Han Hyojoo, was assassinated three years into her term. She had ruled Eden right after the Treaty of the Eight Hills when President Son’s term ended, and the way she strengthened Eden’s defence and helped rebuild the land was an admirable feat but also earned her enemies.
President Lee always had a clean and morally upright image and though his succession was quick and easy, he continued his wife’s legacy and boosted Eden’s morale. He was a good president and Eden was flourishing in his reign just as it had in his wife’s reign. Days after his wife was assassinated, he laid the foundations of a hospital in his late wife’s memory. You recalled reading an article about it– that was in 1963, right after you came back from Wonderland. In his interview, he said that his wife had always dreamed about making a hospital in Eden that would focus on maternity services and advancements ever since they lost their child a couple of months after birth, and that it was a shame she couldn’t live long enough to see the hospital functioning.
It was thoughtful how he was fulfilling his late wife’s dreams even after her death. Such a man couldn’t be capable of such sinister actions, could he?
“If President Lee is a part of this, he could end up having your father killed to protect himself,” Yunho said and you sucked in a breath. “That’s how these people operate. Are you sure you want that? And even before that, Secretary Park would try to get at you for leaking that information. Your life could be in danger too.”
“It already is,” you shrugged. “An anonymous tip to General Wi– he’s a military man and Strictland is under military control. It would make sense that General Wi stumbled upon this information himself.”
Yunho hummed in agreement. “Shall I walk you home?”
Your heart did a little flip at his offer and that had you wondering… just how much should you involve yourself with the Crescents?
“Thank you for the offer… Mr. Jeong,” you said and Yunho noted the formality in your tone, “but I would rather walk myself home. Goodnight, and… thank you for tonight.”
Yunho considered insisting but he knew it would be too much for you, for now. Though he liked spending time in your company and wished to find out more about you or simply talk with you, this was not the time, and you had made your stance clear– he was only Mr. Jeong of Crescent to you, as he should be, but…
Did he wish to be more?
“Goodnight, and… I’m only carrying out my duty,” he said, confirming the distance between the two of you. “If you ever feel like you’re under threat or need some assistance, you can let us know. You are a part of our company and it is our obligation to protect you.”
Well. What a way to put it, you thought. With another thanks, you separated your paths for the remainder of the night.
Over the next few days, things at work became just a bit less overwhelming and you found yourself almost adapting to the new routine. Eunha and Jihoon noticed that you were competent and efficient and even Jihoon complimented you over handling a task that he was having a tough time with.
Every day after the midday slot, Eunha and you would go for lunch in one of the nearby cafes. Eunha told you that she used to have lunch with Jihoon almost everyday but with the shift in schedules, they couldn’t eat lunch together anymore and she admitted that surprisingly, she missed that. You asked what exactly did she miss about having lunch with Jihoon and got your answer later that day when he finally joined the two of you– a first for you. You were having sandwiches for lunch and while you both chattered about trivial stuff, he complained about the weather, the cucumbers in his sandwich, his milkshake being too bland and you knew then.
It was his way of contributing to the conversation, and the fact that he had joined you for lunch was enough. You told him that you hoped he would join you both often from now on and he just shrugged awkwardly though you caught him smiling to himself afterwards. He also made a point to scold you both for wasting too much time deciding on a spot and you both just retorted with a crude gesture (Eunha) and assigning him with the responsibility of picking lunch spots moving forwards (you).
It was just another day in the month of May with the shift of seasons bringing about rain and prompting you to dress up warmly. The weather in this part of the continent didn’t change much throughout the year, remaining a sticky cold in the summers with the rain and freezing towards the end of the year. You started to keep an umbrella on you and switched to boots and warm gloves, though you kept your net gloves in your purse in case you needed to wear them to a formal meeting. Just like the change in the colour saturation of Eden and its hues, your ensembles shifted to darker, moodier tones. The only constant would always be the pearl ring from home, often the only glimmer on you.
You reached ten minutes before 6pm and Eunha, just like every other day, sighed happily at the sight of you. Really, the sigh came out of sheer relief that she could go home now. With a kiss blown in your direction, she hurried off, her light pink hair very much like cotton candy as they fluffed up with every happy skip she made down the stairs.
You shook your head in amusement at her fading figure and straightened your back before assessing the reports and the latest updates. When the boss had called off the deal with Secretary Park just a few days ago, rumours of it went around town and some called it ‘a rejection to the president himself’ since it was known that a secretary basically did all of the president’s work. Others admired the fact that the Crescents didn’t bend to the secretary’s will like everyone else did, without knowing the context.
While it infuriated you how people were so quick to make something out of nothing– nothing that they knew about– you also noticed how the Crescents started getting more offers for collaboration by different businessmen and government officials. Yunho provided you with a list of people that they were considering for their new project. No one was aware of what exactly was the Crescent’s new project and you were almost still in the dark too– nothing confirmed and nothing denied. You told yourself that you did not need to ask just what this project was about and you could let them know your opinion anyway, but your achilles heel had always been your curiosity and your adventurous spark, a deadly combination. You would do just about anything to silence the buzzing in your brain.
About two hours passed when you heard light footsteps and the familiar scrawny figure of the young informant entered your vision. You set your pen down, a satisfied exhale leaving your mouth at the way your joints cracked when you stretched.
“Is the Captain inside?”
“Good evening to you too, kid,” you shook your head. “Yes, he’s inside.”
Jaemin smirked and you made a face at him. “Nice hair today.”
“Really?” You blinked in surprise. “I wear it like this every day though?”
The question was directed more to yourself. Jaemin went towards the boss’ room and knocked, entering a moment later. You dug the compact mirror out of your purse and checked your hair–
And sure enough, a tuft of hair was sticking out near your temple on the right side. You groaned loudly, fixing it and groaned even louder when you realised why Hongjoong had looked at you for a moment longer than usual when he greeted you today, and why he had a little smile on his face when he went to his room.
Damn it.
You waited for Jaemin to come out and you called him over. “Can I ask you something?”
“Sure, madame,” he bowed dramatically.
“Why do you call Mr. Kim the Captain?”
“Well… he is the boss, the leader, so captain is just another word to address him, right?” he grinned. “I like the sound of it.”
“Fair enough,” you said. “How did you become an informant?”
“Your question of the day has been used up. Adios!” Jaemin saluted mockingly and ran away before you could call his name or chuck something at him– you just sat there watching with your hand awkwardly stretched in the air as if you could have grabbed him from across the desk.
Menace.
You went back to focusing on the monthly budget report that you had been studying, trying to spot any discrepancies. This time, you were in charge of presenting the monthly report to the boss and you wanted to make sure everything looked okay, especially with their new deal. Whoever was in charge of handling the tracking of their money was doing a pretty damn good job. On the surface, the Crescents were exchanging Black Shadow with the latest machine parts– the produce from Pledis Manufacturers which was a cover for the actual export that was the weapons– with Utopia.
Black Shadow was a very strong red wine, a staple of Utopia, the land known for its wineries and extensive collection of all sorts of wines. While the Crescents were still a gang, they became acquainted with some of the winemakers, got mentored and secured a deal so that their business began with the Crescent Bar. Now the Crescent Bar was the only spot in all of Eden where this fine wine was available. You thought that was an admirable feat– it must not have been easy to convince the Utopians to export their wine. You supposed Utopia must really be in dire need of weapons as well to share their best wine with Eden.
On the sidelines, though, Black Shadow and other liquor was being smuggled to Mist Island in exchange for raw metal that was required in the production of those machine parts and weapons by Pledis. Simply sending wine in exchange for metal did not cover the discrepancy in costs, so you made a mental note to bring this to light in the meeting later this week. It had gone unnoticed the past few months but from your experience from the time in Wonderland when you had a part time job at a bank, you knew that someone was bound to raise suspicions of where the Crescents were spending all that money.
You did not realise how much time passed when you heard Yunho’s office door open and you looked at him, finding him wearing his overcoat. There was still an hour until your shift would be over so Yunho must have some engagement. He approached you and asked if you were done compiling the report.
“Yeah, I was just wrapping up. Do you want me to put it in your office later?”
Yunho pursed his lips in thought. “Actually, you know what? If you’re done for tonight, you can leave as well. No point staying until midnight. Seonghwa won’t be here tonight either.”
“Oh, well, sure,” you tried not to show how happy you were to leave early. “Let me put this away before you lock your room then.”
Yunho nodded and waited for you and when you came back, you found him with your coat in his hands and he offered to help you wear it. You stood still.
“Mr. Jeong. I can wear my coat on my own.”
“I know,” he shrugged, not letting go of it. “Are you going to keep me waiting though?”
You looked at him pointedly before giving in, going to grab your purse before he would try to do that for you too. “How very gentlemanly of you.”
Yunho scoffed, outstretching his arm. “After you.”
In the past few days, Yunho’s behaviour towards you had been nothing short of odd. Sometimes, he was the Mr. Jeong that you had always known– unapproachable, reserved and a man of few but meaningful words.
And the other times, well… you weren’t sure if this was just how he had always been, but it was strange to experience it firsthand. He was considerate, just like tonight. He would make sure you’d had dinner. He would ask if you were faring well when you would go to discuss the reports with him. He would make a casual remark or even a joke if he felt like it. Overall, you were sure that he knew the difference between being professional and casual very well–
And boy, was he tiptoeing right at the borderline.
He held the door for you and you told him the guard would have done it anyway but he only smiled. And then he mockingly saluted because you had made it a point of calling him ‘lieutenant’ whenever you needed to get a point across. That made you laugh a little and you said goodnight, going in opposite directions.
You were only a few steps down your road when you thought you could just walk with him and discuss the details about the Mist Island finances that had been nagging you all this time. You turned, speed-walking towards him in the dark street and were about to call his name when you stopped in your tracks.
There was a man who had slipped right behind him from an alley and you were half sure Yunho hadn’t noticed his presence. The man was walking quite awkwardly, tense and fidgeting, almost–
Almost as if he was about to attack Yunho.
And sure enough, you saw his hand resting right above his hip where he would be hiding a gun under his jacket.
With all your senses heightening, you willed yourself to remain calm and think– if you screamed, it would probably end badly. You could go back and alert the guard or find someone, anyone, but it might be too late–
And then you remembered that you had a gun in your purse.
You switched to the street on your right, rushing through the alleys as silently as you could, gun in hand and a scream lodged in your throat that threatened to escape at any second. You spotted Yunho whenever the alley opened into the street and every time, relief and urgency clashed. With pure adrenaline fueling you, you waited for Yunho to turn right at the crossroads– if he turned left, you would have to step in and you hoped that would not be the case.
As soon as Yunho turned right, you grabbed his wrist and pulled him into the alley, a surprised exhale exiting his mouth. You rushed to hide, finding a spot to squeeze into which was covered by abandoned boards that would hopefully help conceal your figures. You aimed the gun at the street, hoping to get a visual of the man, the sounds of your breaths and Yunho’s gun being loaded feeling too loud. He tried lowering your gun, intending to take care of the situation but you shook your head, gently pushing him aside despite the lack of space, as if you could cover him.
“I need to see if it is someone I recognise,” you whispered. “And you really don’t need to kill tonight.”
“I rarely ever kill, y/n,” he said, “Only immobilise.”
You didn’t respond, and if you hadn’t been worrying about your lives, maybe you would have noticed that he called you by your name instead of Luna. Your gaze remained focused on the street, aiming to identify the man.
“Is that someone you recognise?”
“Never seen him before,” Yunho bent down a little into the light to get a clearer vision. “Might just be a thug.”
You remained in your position with your gun aimed at the confused man who looked around warily before tracing his steps back. However, you kept the gun trained where you last spotted him and it wasn’t until Yunho put a hand over yours and gently lowered it that you let out the breath that you had been holding.
You made the mistake of looking at him, the realisation that you both were okay crashing on you like a fierce, cold wave. You took a shaky breath, resting your back against the wall and gripping the edge of a box nearby to hold yourself steady. Yunho looked quite alright, casually resting his back against the wall in front of you. You realised how narrow the alley was because his knees brushed against your legs.
“Are you alright?”
“Yeah, just… catching my breath,” you whispered. “Does this happen often?”
“Not that often– not like this, at least,” Yunho looked for any signs of the man in the street. “Usually it’s a gang targeting us, not an individual.”
You nodded, thinking about the attack that night at the bar. This was different. Had this man intended to shoot Yunho or just take him hostage?
“I’ll go do a quick scan of the area and see if there are more men–”
You grabbed his arm as he tried to exit the alley and pulled him back to his original spot. Yunho shook his head. “I need to check if there are more men, and if anyone else was hurt–”
“No,” you insisted, tightening the grip on his arm. “It’s dangerous.”
“You’re telling that to me?” Yunho asked, reminding you that he was an honoured lieutenant colonel and knew how to deal with situations like these, but you weren’t having any of it. You shook your head adamantly.
“We will leave together, after a few minutes.”
And then, with a crashing realisation, Yunho understood that you were not just scared for yourself. You were scared for him too.
He didn’t know why but your words, spoken and unspoken, wrapped around his heart like an embrace. With a shaky sigh of his own, he resigned to his previous position, though this time he stood just a little closer to you. He noticed how you were still holding the gun while your hand trembled– you had obviously never actually used it.
“You’re a fool,” Yunho said in a low voice. “You should not have come after me. I could have dealt with that on my own. I would have gotten answers out of him–”
“He meant to shoot you, Yunho,” you said, and this time you called his name on purpose. “I did what I had to.”
“You could have gotten hurt, Luna,” Yunho leaned forward to be at your eye level. “You shouldn’t have put yourself in danger.”
“I have a gun–”
“A gun you’ve clearly never used before, at least not on a real person,” Yunho reproached, grabbing your shaky hand to prove his point. “Would you have used it tonight? If things went wrong?”
You didn’t answer that, too focused on the way his hand intertwined with yours and even with the weapon preventing full contact, you felt the comfort of his touch seep through your skin and slowly, but surely, calm your nerves.
“Shall I teach you how to use a gun some day?” Yunho’s low voice almost reverberated in your skull and you looked at him in shock, finding him a bit too close– you could see the excited glimmer in his pupils.
“I can protect myself without using a gun too,” you managed to say, wincing inside at the weak retort. You clearly couldn’t.
“But you can protect me too if you know how to use a gun,” Yunho said teasingly, a smirk creeping on his lips. You rolled your eyes briefly but he wasn’t backing away and neither did you want him to. His fingers caressing the skin on your hand was something you didn’t want to stop anytime soon.
“I’m pretty sure you can take good care of yourself, Lieutenant,” you challenged. “You definitely had it under control tonight.”
Yunho laughed then, a bit embarrassed because he clearly had not noticed anything amiss and if it weren’t for you, it might have gone very wrong. You laughed along because wow. You made Jeong Yunho laugh for the first time. The sound of his sweet, shy chuckle went straight to your brain, making you dizzy for a hot second. You broke out of your trance, pushing him away with immense effort. He took it as teasing, thankfully, not knowing that you wanted to do anything but put distance between you two at that moment.
God, you thought. You needed a drink.
Yunho squeezed your hand once before letting it go, perhaps realising how casual he just had been. This time, you let him survey the area you were already sure was clear. He came back and signalled for you to come outside, walking with you back to the path you should have been on in the first place.
“Don’t you have somewhere to be?” You asked. “You left early tonight.”
“Just home,” Yunho said. “The maknaes were going to drop by.”
You hummed– he must mean the warehouse boys– Mingi, Wooyoung and Jongho. You often caught them at the Crescent Bar when you worked there, and it was always very lively when they dropped by. Wooyoung, in particular, always added life to the bar.
“You can be on your way then. I’ll walk home–”
“No chance,” he shook his head. “I’m walking you home tonight, whether you like it or not.”
You knew you had no choice and surrendered. It wasn’t a long walk so you decided to tell him about how you had spotted some discrepancies in their finances and wanted to discuss them with the boss. He told you to run over them with Seonghwa first before Hongjoong and you agreed.
“This is me,” you told him when you reached Regulus Street, pointing at your apartment. “I would invite you in for a drink or something, but I have a roommate and I’m not sure if she would like it...”
“Thanks for the offer. I’ll accept the gesture,” Yunho placed his hand over his heart, taking a few steps backward while maintaining eye contact. You watched him with a smile creeping on your lips– he was unexpectedly goofy at times.
“Goodnight then?” You laughed, unsure what he was doing.
“Thank you, Luna,” he finally said and you scoffed. “I owe you one.”
“You owe me two,” you told him. “You owe me one for stopping the deal with Secretary Park too.”
“Ah, is that so?” He raised a brow. “How would you like me to pay you back?”
Maybe he hadn’t meant it like that, but the implications of those words sent a wave of warmth coursing throughout your body. It didn’t help that he was smirking, probably understanding why you were rendered speechless.
“Well…” you managed to say, clearing your throat. “We’ll burn that bridge when we have to cross it.”
“Fair enough. Goodnight, Luna.”
Something had changed indefinitely between you and Yunho.
Perhaps, you wondered, it would still have come to this even if you hadn’t shared those moments a few nights ago. You would like to believe that. You were not complaining about the change– it wasn’t much. He was just more friendlier and casual towards you now, but…
It was as if he wanted to see you break.
You appreciated the change in his manners, yes. He wasn’t cold towards you anymore, even when he maintained a professional stance. It kind of reminded you of Seonghwa– he had always been kind and gentle towards you and something about him had always been comforting, even when he had put death on the table between you two. It was a dangerous trait, you supposed. It was Seonghwa’s weapon, but–
Gentleness seemed to be Yunho’s gift. If someone cared to look past his rough edges and mannerism, they would be rewarded with a nature so gentle that it would make them wonder how such contrasting traits could coexist within the same person.
And it wasn’t the gentleness that was killing you, no. Such was a trait that every man should possess.
It was the way he wielded it to rile you up– there was no other explanation. You kept placing walls between the two of you even with the change and he kept scaling them effortlessly with just a casual brush of his fingers against yours, an assuring or encouraging touch on your shoulder, or even–
God, even the way he tucked your hair behind your ears the other day when you had come back from the storage with a big pile of files in your arms, the front strands of your hair having escaped the hold of the pins. And the first thing Yunho thought to do was not to take some obvious weight off your shoulders but to tuck your hair behind your ears with his brows furrowed in concentration, those damned big brown eyes almost unrecognisable in that moment.
Perhaps, he didn’t even realise he had done that.
And you wished you could ask him if that was true.
“Luna?” Seonghwa’s voice called and you found him peeking out of Yunho’s room. “You can come in to brief me now.”
“Alright,” you said, the report already in your hands as you got up. You straightened your clothes before you entered the room, taking a seat in front of him and opening the files to show him the numbers. You briefed him about what you had done so far before getting to the point.
“The net cash exchange between the wine and the metal is 74.27 percent, which includes all the expenses including necessary licences and fragile care. 25.73 percent of the amount is completely unaccounted for– we’re paying Mist Island but on papers and bank statements, it’s not exactly clear what this amount of money is being used for. For personal purposes, maybe, but one day they’re going to notice it and make a big deal out of it. It’s better if we have a cover for this too. No matter how small the amount is.”
“Yeah, you’re right,” Seonghwa took a deep breath, resigning back on the sofa. “Any suggestions?”
“Well,” you thought about it. “We’ll have to manipulate a few documents if we want to adjust this amount in pre-existing channels. That, or have something to prove the money has been put to use– like donations or artwork.”
“Hmm, sounds like a good idea. I’ll discuss it with Hongjoong and get back on that, yeah?”
The door opened and Yunho entered, having come back from one of his meetings. You nodded at Seonghwa, saying you would wait for a heads-up before drafting the monthly report.
And at that moment, Yunho, who had been standing behind your sofa and looking at the documents on the table, decided to not disturb your conversation with Seonghwa and take the matters into his own hands, resting a hand on your upper back for support as he leaned forward to take the file from the table.
Your breath hitched and you were glad you had just finished a sentence– he was too close, and you were reminded once again that you were only reacting to such casual actions because this was Jeong Yunho.
And you wanted to kill him a little when he stayed there and asked if this was the report you had mentioned to him. You nodded and only then did he back away to go sit at his desk. You looked at Seonghwa whose expressions betrayed nothing.
“Well then, I’ll be on my way,” you told him and he nodded, praising you with the usual ‘good job’ and watching you fumble with the folders before you left the room. Seonghwa chuckled to himself and turned his gaze to the consigliere.
“Lieutenant Colonel Jeong Yunho,” he called, making Yunho drop the file on the table to look at him.
“Why are you suddenly calling my rank?”
“What do you think you’re doing?” He asked, thoroughly amused.
“What do you mean?”
“Luna,” Seonghwa said, running a hand through his long hair. “I’m not blind, Yunho.”
“Yeah, but you’re an idiot,” Yunho went back to looking at his file.
“You haven’t shown interest like that in quite a while. Is it wrong to be curious?” Seonghwa asked.
“Well,” Yunho looked at his hyung. “She’s… interesting.”
“Interesting,” Seonghwa repeated but in a different context. “I’ll be damned.”
“Don’t you like her, just a little bit, too?” Yunho asked, smirking. “You’ve never taken someone this seriously, like, ever.”
“I have to take her seriously when she talks like she already belongs here,” Seonghwa said. “And you know what? I think she could be more than just our little bookkeeper.”
Yunho noted the term Seonghwa had used though he decided not to comment on it yet. “What do you plan to do? Are you really going to involve her in the full business?”
Seonghwa smiled knowingly, already having planned out details that none of the others might have considered.
That night, you found yourself outside the Crescent Bar again. You stood thinking for a few moments before you entered, making your way towards the office that had once been your little safe haven– an escape from the boisterous outside world. You knocked at the door but no one answered. You pushed the door just a fraction, finding it unlocked which meant Yeosang must be around. You decided to just make yourself at home, damned be the consequences, and went inside to sit on the couch and curl in on yourself.
There was too much going on. There was too much you were feeling, and you had no one to share these thoughts with. You weren’t even sure if you should be sharing these thoughts. You were an anomaly, you always had been–
The door opened and you were met with a deadly silence instead of a greeting. You looked up to see Yeosang clutching his chest.
“Shit, I thought I was seeing things. You scared me, Luna,” he said, shutting the door and sitting on his chair. “What’s up with you?”
“I missed you too,” you laughed. “How have you been?”
“As good as ever, I suppose. Better now that you’re not nagging me on a daily basis. Thriving, as some might say–”
You chucked a cushion at him which he caught and rested on his lap. “What are you really doing here?”
“Am I not welcome here?”
“Of course you are, this will always be your office,” Yeosang said, making you smile. “But I’d rather know what’s up so I can order an appropriate drink.”
“Bring me your strongest.”
“On it,” he grinned, going out to get the drink himself, returning with two glasses. Amused, you watched him pop the cork dramatically and fill the glasses a little more than average, swirling the wine just enough before he handed you one.
“It’s an honour,” you said, truly meaning it. “You’ve never served me like this. You’ve only ever served the boys.”
“I’ve heard rumours that you act too much like a Crescent yourself,” he said, sipping his drink and sitting on the desk. “You’ve got guns and big reports up your sleeves now.”
“Yikes,” you downed the drink and Yeosang filled your glass again. “Am I not supposed to? Not that I’m trying to be one of you.”
“Sounds insulting for some reason,” he commented. “But good words only, Luna. I’ve only heard good things about you. Makes me wonder what kind of a boss I was to not realise your potential.”
“You did. I became your bookkeeper. I was also your best employee for two months straight, wasn’t I?”
“And then you told me I was clumsy and I put you on my blacklist,” Yeosang huffed.
“You broke your most expensive tray. I wanted to kill you,” you almost cried as you recalled that chaotic night at the bar a few months ago. “That tray was the prettiest one we had.”
“And you’re already drunk,” Yeosang chuckled at the way you ran your mouth so freely– perhaps, it was also because you were no longer boss and employee. “Now tell me… why did you come here?”
“Why do you all want me to say everything out loud?” You groaned in frustration. “I wanted to be here, obviously. You know this office was like my safe haven. I always come here when I am overwhelmed.”
“And what’s got you so overwhelmed, love?” Yeosang asked gently and your heart fluttered at the change in his tone.
“You,” you muttered, surprising him. “And Mr. Jeong. And Mr. Park. And your boss but I tend to avoid him so I won’t complain yet. And San!”
“San?” Yeosang laughed. “What did he do?”
“Nothing, I’m just dragging him into this,” you rested your head on your knees, hugging them to your chest. “It’s just… you’re all confusing me and I don’t like it. I don’t like being in unexpected situations.”
Yeosang hummed in thought. He knew what was up with you and Seonghwa, and you and Yunho. The boys– none of them hid anything from anyone. They had always been bare with each other, so he knew that Yunho was a little into you even though he never said it. Yeosang wasn’t oblivious to the way Yunho’s eyes lit up or the way his attention shifted any time someone mentioned you.
Yeosang also wasn’t oblivious to how much you occupied Seonghwa’s headspace even though he pretended to be unfazed. He could tell that Seonghwa was bordering on the lines between admiration and adoration for you.
And while Hongjoong himself hadn’t expressed any personal feelings about you, he knew that once you would properly interact with him, you would find yourself charmed by him too– Hongjoong was like that. And San… he had seen you that night opening up to San and watched fondly from the distance.
But it kind of blew him a little that he was the source of your confusion too. Perhaps, it was because you had worked with him so long. You were friends, that was for sure. If you weren’t, you wouldn’t be here right now. But why were you overwhelmed because of him? It wasn’t the proximity– you two had shared a lot of time in this office in the past. A lack of proximity then? Did you actually, truly miss him? Did the distance really make you fonder of each other?
With caution, he settled down in front of you and took your glass from your hands. “That is enough drinking.”
“It’s not,” you whispered, not looking at him.
“Just say what’s on your mind, Luna,” Yeosang said, turning his full attention to you. “You know I’ve never judged you and never will.”
You smiled at that. Even with the lack of explanations you gave for your actions or your behaviour, Yeosang always tried to understand you, and that was what you liked about him. Sometimes, you couldn’t quite believe that he had ever been anything else other than a bar manager. How could this man have gone to the war at such a young age and intercepted multiple messages, saving countless lives? How could he be a part of the gang that had a repute like none other?
“It’s hard to put it into words,” you sighed deeply. “And I don’t even know what I would say anyway. Nothing makes sense, yet everything does. Now that I don’t have to hide who I am from you… it’s like I’m living a new life all over again.”
“Yet you’re still the same old Luna that we all adore.”
“So you adore me then?”
“Did hearing that make you feel better?” Yeosang shook his head and you grinned. “I’ve always adored you, Luna, in my own ways. Does that help?”
“I thought you hated– okay, not hated, but… only tolerated me. Maximum liked me a little. But you’re saying you adore me.”
“I do,” he pinched your nose. “Especially when you’re tipsy.”
“Gee, thanks,” you said, uncurling and sitting properly, still facing him. “Can I ask you something… strange? You can blame it on me being tipsy later.”
“Go ahead,” Yeosang grabbed the glasses and filled them again, handing you yours. “Let’s blame tonight on being drunk.”
“Hmm, I knew coming here tonight was a good idea,” you downed the drink in one go, setting the glass aside and looking at your former boss. “Have you ever liked someone? Like really, really like someone?”
“I have,” Yeosang said and your brows rose momentarily in surprise.
“How do you know you don’t like them like you would just another person?” You asked. “Is there something I’m supposed to feel?”
“Let’s test that out,” Yeosang said in such a low voice that you almost missed it. He leaned forward a bit more than he should have, twirling a few strands of your hair between his fingers. You got a good look at that heartbreakingly gorgeous face– it was a crime to be this beautiful and stay inside the bar almost all the time, you often thought. Your breath hitched when Yeosang’s finger traced the vein along your neck and then he locked eyes with you.
“Who is it that you like so much, y/n?”
“That’s the thing,” you whispered, kneeling into his touch when his hand went to cup your face. “I don’t know.”
Yeosang smiled knowingly though, his eyes travelling all over your face, stopping at your parted lips a few times– he was too obvious. Your heart was beating frantically and for once, you did not know what to do. You may have come here because of another man (or two) but now you were almost in the arms of someone else entirely. His other hand was holding yours– when did that happen? And bringing you closer.
Your eyes fluttered shut and you felt his warm breath on your cheek before he kissed it lightly. You drew back, a bit surprised but wanting more.
“You can sort your thoughts out when you’re sober,” Yeosang said. “You should rest, for now. It must have been a long day.”
Before he could draw his hand away, you scooted closer and he chuckled when you rested your head against his shoulder. “It’s because I’m tired.”
“Whatever you say, Luna,” he patted your arm. “It’s certainly not because you miss me.”
“Certainly not,” you confirmed, the both of you laughing at the obvious lie. “And definitely not because I may like you a little too much.”
“Oh,” Yeosang pulled you closer in the half embrace. “Definitely not.”
next chapter
-> apply for the taglist here! (check your privacy setting if the tags don't work)
You wished you could share those secrets with someone who actually cared for their land rather than wielding that secret like a threat to satisfy their selfish desires. What you carried with yourself was a burden too heavy for your shoulders and you didn’t know how long you could last before you would get crushed under it.
BABY NOOO🥺🥺🥺
Oh. You licked your lips, looking at your thumb– yikes. “Thank you, Mr. Jeong. I was just taking a little breather. I will get back to work now.” “That’s not why I–” Yunho began but paused when you picked up a page and started scribbling on it. You were ignoring him on purpose. You were being professional, he thought, probably a bit hurt by how Hongjoong had dealt with you last night. He had heard about it, but he wished he could tell you that they did take your words into consideration.
no, not the soft spot for reader 😔 and wanting to show they care but being hesitant to put ALL their trust in them all at once. since they have their business to run and that not on speculations.
“..It’s only a shame that we’re close to retiring and aren’t as ambitious as you, otherwise we would have kept her all to ourselves.” Somehow, Yunho felt both pride and jealousy to hear that. Pride that you were a part of the Crescents, and jealousy because Kihyun knew you better than he did.
as soon as i read kihyun say that i was like 😛 o 😛 yun 😛 ho!! 😛
“Not after what Kihyun had to say about our little bookkeeper.”
oh, NOW it is *our* little bookkeeper, kim hongjoong?!? ☺️☺️
“She’s not even a Jeon,” Seonghwa sighed. “I contacted the RV spies today– Wendy. She refuses to talk about her and told me to save my time and not look for her family. Do you know what that means?”
LETS GO WENDYYYYYY MY GIRRLL!! 👩❤️💋👩👩❤️💋👩
“He wasn’t fazed at all. It was as if he saw it coming, which can only mean one thing…” The heavy implications of what Seonghwa said filled the room as the three struggled to make sense of it. ... “Which means he somehow knows that Luna is aware of this knowledge, or he personally knows her– isn’t Kihyun acquainted with Secretary Park? And he refuses to talk about her too?” Seonghwa asked. Yunho nodded. “And you’re saying the RV spies refused to reveal her identity?”
everybody covering for reader gives me so much hope.. but also.. uh.. the fact that secretary park was unphased by their deal falling through.. either he got confirmation NOW or he already knew that reader has something to do with this. surely, he has the means to rid of reader but.. why hasn't he done so BEFORE reader could throw bricks at him?
“I appreciate your kind offer, but I really am only a bookkeeper,” you said, an intentional jab towards the boss himself. Hongjoong poked his tongue inside his cheek, clearly amused at your challenge. Did you want him to beg? To say please?
oh how i love you, love the pettiness, always love making hongjoong eat his own words in fiction hehekhekhehj beg!
“You don’t happen to be the illegitimate daughter of Secretary Park, eh? The one he liked to pretend was his niece instead?” You didn’t simply stop in your tracks but every muscle in your body tensed. With dread creeping through your nerves, you turned to look at the boss, finding the others equally as surprised at his deduction. Hongjoong’s smirk widened and his eyes gleamed dangerously at the fear in your eyes.
fuckkfkmfCKKKFUCKFUCKK I KNEW IT! the looking-familiar, the hinting that it's inevitable to cross paths at least ONCE with kim hongjoong khehejhek
“Can you just keep this a secret? As you must realise now, Secretary Park has gone to great lengths to hide my identity from the world. The fact that he even let me come back to Eden… he might be regretting it now. I can only warn you that he might try to attack me in the future which means someone else could get hurt too.”
oh yeah! i had forgotten how he had tried to hide reader's identity (in relation to him) but also he approved their return from wonderland?! so maybe he WAS expecting reader to snitch on him. so did he keep tabs on reader? but why does he remain unphased? alternatively, he HAD underestimated reader's guts.
“Well, I always planned about how to get back at him. Just because he made a mistake doesn’t mean I get to suffer for it for the rest of my life.”
yeah, you tell them love 🫵🥲✊
“That could change,” he suggested. “Definitely,” you nodded. “But for that… you would have to make a little effort.” “Well, I’m here now, with you, aren’t I?” Yunho said, cocking his head challengingly and you realised that this was his effort.
uhh? this kind of made me melt, ugh. 🙄🫠
“Yunho, you shot ten men in two minutes just a few months ago, without hesitation,” you reminded him and his brows rose a little in surprise. You thought he was shocked to hear that you finally confronted him about it, but then you realised– You had called him Yunho. You were an absolute fool–
“I can do anything to protect the people I care about,” Yunho decided not to point out your informal use of his name, though he couldn’t complain– he had to admit that it was nice to hear his name from your lips.
OK WHATEVER JUST GO MAKEOUT 😶🌫️😶🌫️ but okay, wait.. so, reader describes the moment that had made them FEAR yunho, right? and he remembers what they're referring to. but insinuates that even THAT moment had his reasons - protecting people he cares about. now.. is this just a generalisation of his motives when he DOES use violence as means or is that specific moment connected with a PERSON he was trying to protect. and would considering potentially reader as this person (even though they had no relations at that point) be too far-fetched, hm.. like i might be too much of a romantic here. since there'd be no reason for him to protect them unless under the guise of them being an employee of the Crescent Bar. wtv. 😮💨🫳
It was thoughtful how he was fulfilling his late wife’s dreams even after her death. Such a man couldn’t be capable of such sinister actions, could he?
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
You were having sandwiches for lunch and while you both chattered about trivial stuff, he complained about the weather, the cucumbers in his sandwich, his milkshake being too bland and you knew then. It was his way of contributing to the conversation, and the fact that he had joined you for lunch was enough.
i'm wholeheartedly enjoying the dynamic between reader and eunha with/against jihoon, like this is so so woozi i'm cracking
“Your question of the day has been used up. Adios!” Jaemin saluted mockingly and ran away before you could call his name or chuck something at him.. Menace.
😭😭HELP ME😭😭
Yunho nodded and waited for you and when you came back, you found him with your coat in his hands and he offered to help you wear it. You stood still.
“Mr. Jeong. I can wear my coat on my own.” “I know,” he shrugged, not letting go of it. “Are you going to keep me waiting though?”
[MANIACAL GOBLIN NOISES]
He held the door for you and you told him the guard would have done it anyway but he only smiled. And then he mockingly saluted because you had made it a point of calling him ‘lieutenant’ whenever you needed to get a point across. That made you laugh a little and you said goodnight, going in opposite directions.
YUMI STOOOPP IM CRINKLING UP LIKE ALUMINIUM FOIL 😩😩
He tried lowering your gun, intending to take care of the situation but you shook your head, gently pushing him aside despite the lack of space, as if you could cover him. “I need to see if it is someone I recognise,” you whispered. “And you really don’t need to kill tonight.”
what i really like about this moment is that reader has their reasons!! it's not this sudden declaration of wanting to be the ONE to protect yunho (though perhaps that is a deeper reason) but her actions aren't dependent on anyone else!! not right now at least.
However, you kept the gun trained where you last spotted him and it wasn’t until Yunho put a hand over yours and gently lowered it that you let out the breath that you had been holding.
that move had me like 🥹
He noticed how you were still holding the gun while your hand trembled– you had obviously never actually used it. “You’re a fool,” Yunho said in a low voice. “You should not have come after me. I could have dealt with that on my own. I would have gotten answers out of him–”“I have a gun–” “A gun you’ve clearly never used before, at least not on a real person,” Yunho reproached, grabbing your shaky hand to prove his point. “Would you have used it tonight? If things went wrong?”
STOP THIS KSFJNJ IT'S LIKE THAT THING OF NOT WANTING SOMEONE TO SPILL BLOOD FOR YOUR SAFETY BUT YOU'RE NO BETTER MAAAN!! 😫😫
“I can protect myself without using a gun too,”
“But you can protect me too if you know how to use a gun,”
NOW YOU'RE SPEAKING MUH LANGUAGE 😛🤪😛
WAREHOUSE MENTIOOON 👹👹👹
..“I owe you one.” “You owe me two,” ..
“Ah, is that so?” He raised a brow. “How would you like me to pay you back?”
KEKEKRJRKJJKNFMNB;NH 🤏👁️🫦👁️
It was as if he wanted to see you break.
look away. 🧎♀️➡️🧎♀️➡️🧎♀️➡️
And it wasn’t the gentleness that was killing you, no. Such was a trait that every man should possess. It was the way he wielded it to rile you up– there was no other explanation. You kept placing walls between the two of you even with the change and he kept scaling them effortlessly with just a casual brush of his fingers against yours, an assuring or encouraging touch on your shoulder, or even–
i need to be more than just a selfinsert. i need my existence to be made up of atoms and molecules that circulate his presence.
“What do you think you’re doing?”
“What do you mean?” “Luna. ..I’m not blind, Yunho.” “Yeah, but you’re an idiot,”
DAYUM 💀💀 shut that down with the swiftness.
There was too much going on. There was too much you were feeling, and you had no one to share these thoughts with. You weren’t even sure if you should be sharing these thoughts. You were an anomaly, you always had been–
my baby shaylaaa 🥺🥺 an anomaly literally felt like a punch.
“And what’s got you so overwhelmed, love?” “You,” you muttered, surprising him. “And Mr. Jeong. And Mr. Park. And your boss but I tend to avoid him so I won’t complain yet. And San!” “San?” Yeosang laughed. “What did he do?” “Nothing, I’m just dragging him into this,
IM DEAD 💀💀💀 LET THAT MAN CATCH STRAYS!! 🗣📢
“Just say what’s on your mind, Luna,” Yeosang said, turning his full attention to you. “You know I’ve never judged you and never will.”
omg, i've been nothing but soft for yeosang these entire chapters. it doesn't dull at all, that man is my kryptonite in the best way.
“How do you know you don’t like them like you would just another person?” You asked. “Is there something I’m supposed to feel?” “Let’s test that out,” Yeosang said in such a low voice that you almost missed it. He leaned forward a bit more than he should have, twirling a few strands of your hair between his fingers.
OH!?! he's stealthy.. but like.. in a seductive way? quiet and unexpected. 🫨🫨 the handholding, the pull, the making moves out of sight.. LORD , HE BEEN HUNGRYY THIS WHOLE TIME. he just needed the slightest confirmation or hint that reader could be DOWN for it. it's all game from here on out. 😈
"this is the underworld that no one escapes from."
masterlist
ot8!ateez x f!reader, mafia au
chapter warnings: drinking, smoking, illegal businesses, mentions of gangs, war/military and weapons, hongjoong is the designated asshole in this chapter
chapter wc: 10.9k
chapter synopsis: you learn more about ateez from your housemate, wendy, and from kihyun of mx pharmaceuticals who is also the crescent’s business partner. you get familiar with your new job at the crescent company’s main office and learn about their deal with secretary park. wanting to stop them from that harmful deal, you finally speak up only for the boss, hongjoong, to remind you that you are just a bookkeeper.
prev chapter recap: an attack on the crescent bar prompts you, the bookkeeper of the crescent bar, to carry out yeosang’s order and flee with the contents of the safe. however, you have discovered a secret package which leads you to a confrontation with the underboss, park seonghwa, who has no choice but to kill you. to save yourself, you reveal that you possess some information about the elites that could be useful to them, and that you are willing to exchange this information for your life. that lands you a job at the crescent company’s main office and you have a rocky first day, getting to know the ins-and-outs of your new workplace and colleagues.
For the beginning of a new chapter of your life, which could take a very sinister turn, it sure was awfully sunny today, the pigeons on your window sill taking great joy in the way you would pause in the middle of getting ready and reconsider all your life choices so far. Their cheerful chirps were starting to annoy you and you couldn’t help but shoot deathly glares in their direction.
It was your first official work day as the bookkeeper in the main office of the Crescent Company, and you were done getting ready– as ready as you could be with your heart threatening to burst out of your chest. It didn’t help that when you exited your room, you immediately had your housemate’s attention who let out a dramatic whistle at the sight of you.
“Woah. That’s quite a formal outfit for the bar,” Wendy said, stopping in the middle of stirring the pot, the fragrant scent of rosemary and chicken broth filling your nostrils. “Also… why are you still home?”
You turned to the full-length mirror in the living room, inspecting your outfit for the day– a pleated navy blue skirt that reached mid-calves paired with a blue tweed jacket, your feet clad in ivory kitten heels. Just the right outfit to make good first impressions, yet it was a struggle to ignore the urge to go back to your closet and restart the lengthy process of choosing another outfit.
“Uh…” you took a deep breath while tucking the stray strands of your hair back in the half-tied hairdo, bracing yourself for her reaction. “I may have gotten a new job at the Crescent Company.”
The room fell awfully silent and you turned to Wendy, finding her deadpan staring at you.
Odd.
“Something wrong?” You frowned in confusion.
“The Crescent Company?” Wendy repeated and you nodded. It was strange, the soberness in her tone, when you were expecting enthusiastic theatrical reactions from her. “When?”
“Literally yesterday,” you turned your full attention to her, wondering if she was cross with you for not letting her know earlier. “I start working officially from today.”
“How did you get this job?” Wendy asked, finally doing something else other than assessing your form. She turned the stove off, setting the pot on the table where you joined her for breakfast.
“Well… one thing led to another. Some gang attacked the bar two nights ago and when I carried out my instructions– which were to get the contents of the safe and run– they decided… that I am good at my job and would do better in some other environment.”
“I heard about the attack, yes,” Wendy said, munching on a piece of bread. “But I thought it was a fight outside the bar, not an attack inside. Is that how you got these tiny scratches all over you?” You pursed your lips in answer and Wendy continued. “Are you sure this is the right job for you? Because let’s be real– we all know who Ateez is. You should be avoiding that gang– didn’t you want to lay low?”
Ateez. Known throughout all the eight sectors of Eden and its capital, the gang formed after the Battle of the Eight Hills and played a vital role in the rebuilding of Eden afterwards. Really, you wondered if they had done so much for Eden, why were they feared and labelled as a criminal organisation?
“I am laying low,” you sipped the broth as you said, “It’s just an office job– paperwork.”
“I don’t know, Luna,” she said, clearly worried. “I’m not sure about this.”
“Do you know something you’re not telling me?” You asked but Wendy kept a straight face which meant there was something. “In fact… refresh my memory a little since I wasn’t here when Ateez was at the peak of their career, but who is Ateez? What do they really do?”
Wendy took a deep breath as if contemplating opening her pandora of secrets for you but then she checked her wristwatch to your utter disappointment. “Next time or else we’ll both be late. Just… stay safe, will you?”
“Oh, I will. I keep the gun in my purse, you know,” you smirked and Wendy finally relaxed, smiling back. “See you tonight if you aren’t snoring by that time– my shift ends at the strike of midnight.”
“Heavens, that’s late,” Wendy winced. “What are you doing up so early then? You should have slept some more.”
You should have, but you had a little stop to make before you clocked in at midday at your workplace– the stop being at the office of MX Pharmaceuticals located in the heart of Sector 1 with all the other businesses and offices. It was only the Crescent Office which was situated right outside that hotspot, and you were starting to think that it was a calculated move on their part. With their status, they could be situated in the slums and still be flourishing– the leaders of Sector 1.
It was a bit strange to walk the streets of your block and not allow your muscle memory to take you in the direction of the Crescent Bar. It felt alleviating, even, to not cross the old lady on the pavement selling crocheted goods to make a living. Somehow, she always made you feel guilty about having the privilege of connections. You could very well have been sitting there at the corner of the road instead of her, selling your paintings or embroideries if Kihyun hadn’t helped you land a job when you came back to Eden from Wonderland just a few years ago.
Because your father always made sure you would never be in the spotlight. There was a reason he basically shipped you to Wonderland– though you often wondered if that was justification enough. He claimed that you could study more if you wished to while you looked after your aunt but really… you knew that he wanted to get rid of you because you found out his dark, dirty secrets– things you were never supposed to find out. It was a shame he couldn’t kill his own daughter and bury those secrets along with her. Maybe his humanity awakened when he thought about his children.
You could spot the MX Office when you took a turn left into the busy, bustling street with corporate slaves ready to sign in for their daily dose of torture. To your demise, you were blending right in. You walked towards the office, which was a brick-coloured building just like the rest of the offices in this street. The guard at the front door recognised you and nodded in greeting, as did the receptionist and a few employees, aware that you had some sort of a relationship with their boss, though no one dared to ask the nature of it.
The boss, Kihyun, was a respectable figure in all of Eden as a powerful businessman and a former gang member. Each connection he made was for a reason, but you were not just a connection. You respected each other far too much to refer to each other as just a ‘connection’.
You were being accompanied to Kihyun’s room when on the stairs, you encountered Hyungwon.
“Miss Jeon– what brings you here?” He asked. It had been a while since you saw the manager of MX Pharmaceuticals. He was usually found at one of the labs or warehouses that MX owned. “Good to see you.”
“Hope you’ve been well,” you smiled. “I’m here to see Kihyun.”
Hyungwon nodded at the assistant who left and you followed Hyungwon upstairs. “Kihyun just arrived. How has it been?”
“I’m doing good. I got a new job so I was going to tell him about that and discuss a few things.”
“Oh, that’s nice to hear,” Hyungwon knocked at Kihyun’s door before opening it for you. “I’ll send some tea. And you know that if you need anything, we’re here, right?”
You nodded, smiling earnestly at his reminder. “Thank you. Have a good day.”
You entered Kihyun’s room, closing the door behind you. His room was as neat as ever with a variety of indoor plants lining the huge windows that provided a view of Maddox Street. You walked past that window, drawing the cerulean curtains away and Kihyun tsk-ed at you.
“You’re back at it, eh?”
“You need someone who will pull the curtains open every day. I can’t keep doing that for you,” you grinned, joining him at his desk. He was clad in a navy button-down shirt, his hair combed back. “How have you been?”
He spread his arms in answer. “Right in front of you. As good as ever. But I’ve heard you are doing better lately.”
“Heard the news already?” You shook your head. “Once I find your informant, I’m gonna give them an earful.”
“We’re the Crescent’s business partners. I should know the happenings,” Kihyun said, waiting for the assistant to leave the tea for you before continuing. “Tell me… how did it happen?”
“Let’s say I passed a trust test,” you said, adding a sugar in your tea and two in his, just as he liked. “I’m the Crescent’s bookkeeper now.”
“That must not have been easy.”
“Actually, yes,” you took a sip of the black tea. “I almost got killed. I had to win their favour.”
“And how did you do that?” Kihyun frowned.
“I played a few cards,” you admitted and he groaned in disbelief. “It was that or I die.”
“They would not have killed you–”
“They knew we were acquainted, and they were ready to kill me,” you interjected. “I only told them that I’m aware of Assemblyman General Wi’s artefact gallery.”
“Luna,” Kihyun leaned forward, clasping his hands. “You know the game you are playing right now is a dangerous one–”
“I know that I have to keep my identity hidden, and I’m sure they only know what’s on the documents–”
“Let me finish,” Kihyun said in a low voice and you slumped back. “It’s not just about your identity. You know who they are, don’t you? Ateez? They were once a gang, and they always play dirty.”
“So were you, Kihyun,” you reminded him. “Back in your early days, before my father took you under his wing.”
Kihyun clenched his jaw– he did not need to be reminded of his ugly past. “We were not children of war when we were a gang, Luna. The Crescents– Ateez– they are children of war. They served the army when they should have been fooling around with other kids their age or studying. A nineteen year old Kim Hongjoong became a well-known military strategist in the Battle of the Eight Hills. Another nineteen year old Park Seonghwa became a sniper and a medic– a god awful combination, don’t you think? And an eighteen year old Jeong Yunho became an honoured lieutenant colonel, for heaven’s sake. Those are the people you have involved yourself with.”
That was the first time you heard about their achievements during the war and you realised with a creeping dread that Kihyun might be right about this.
“Us? We were just a street gang, Luna. We were kids who rebelled, who got lucky because your father, a politician, saw potential in us and hired us as his informants. Ateez are different, and it would do you better if you stay aware of them.”
You took a deep breath. “Do you think they will dig into my past?”
“I can’t promise they won’t,” Kihyun relaxed, finally smiling and drinking his tea. “But I’ll see if I can do something. Just make sure to stay in the shadows.”
“Until it’s time,” you reminded him.
His expressions didn’t change. “Still conjuring up revenge plans?”
“You know how stubborn I am,” you traced the gold outline on the cup. “I cannot forgive my father for taking my identity and shipping me to Wonderland as if I meant nothing to him.”
“I’m sure you mean something to him. You are his daughter, after all.”
“I’m sure I don’t, and I don’t need him,” you said, looking at the boss of MX. “You are my family if I ever had one, Kihyun. I am in your debt for everything that you have done for me.”
“Nonsense,” he waved his hand and you stifled a smile at the way he always got a little shy when you called him family or brother. “You don’t owe me anything. I would have done that for anyone.”
“You risked your business and your life for me. You don’t do that for just anyone,” you concluded and he smiled in answer. It was a truth that he could not deny. “You can call it whatever you want, but let me feel about it however I want too.”
“I can see how you might have talked them out of killing you, you stubborn brat,” Kihyun said, laughing. He stared into the distance, taking a few moments to think. “I heard you will be answering to Park Seonghwa and Jeong Yunho. That worries me.”
“It is just work,” you told him, though you were wholly aware that it was not just work. “You don’t need to worry too much.”
After a busy midday shift at the Crescent Office with Eunha and Jihoon, you decided to pay a visit to the Crescent Bar– you were free for the rest of the afternoon and could squeeze in a lunch with your friends. Plus, you were not sure that you could do the night shift without some liquid courage in your system.
The bar was as lively as it could be during day hours, with people popping in from work to get a drink or a meal. The employees– your old coworkers– warmly welcomed you and you went to sit at the counter with Eunbi and Jeonghan, just like the old times.
“How has it been without me?” You teased Eunbi who wrapped her arms loosely around your waist, snuggling beside you.
“Boring. Jeonghan is always pretending to sleep so I can’t really talk to anyone anymore.”
“I am actually asleep,” Jeonghan raised his hand as a sign that he was alive. He looked like a corpse, actually, if you could put it nicely. Eunbi gave you a pointed look.
“Got a new bookkeeper yet?”
“Not yet,” she said, going back to the cash register when she saw a customer approach. You walked to the staff room, catching up with Yuju who ordered your favourite grilled cheese sandwiches for lunch with Black Shadow– probably the best wine you had tasted in your life, if you were objective. You knew there was a backstory to how Ateez made that wine their staple, but you figured you would hear about it someday later. For now, you had another purpose that led you to Yeosang’s office.
Yeosang opened the door when you knocked, blinking in surprise. “Aren’t you supposed to be at the main office?”
“Good evening? How have you been doing? How has work been?” You glared at him. “I’m good, thank you for asking.”
Yeosang snickered, letting you in and you took the seat in front of him. You sighed deeply, folding your arms. “I kind of miss this, I won’t lie. I feel like an outsider there, and it’s only my first day. Shift doesn’t start for another hour, by the way.”
“Would you like a drink?” He offered and you shook your head, telling him you just had lunch. “Well, Miss y/n. How can I help you today?”
You passed him the side-eye. “It’s still Luna for you. And I wanted to ask you a few things that I really should have asked before.”
“Ah… is it time for those questions?” Yeosang relaxed back, resting his hands behind his head, his muscles poking out from under the ivory dress shirt. You watched him for a moment, wondering what his accomplishments during the war were. Could he be holding a scary title as well, or was it something worse?
“Yes. You can’t blame me for being curious after the stunt the underboss pulled that night. True to your name, Ateez.”
It was the first time you ever referred to them with their gang name and he only watched you in silence, waiting for you to continue. It irked you that his expressions gave away nothing. Trained to give away nothing, a distant voice in your mind said.
“Just tell me if there’s anything I need to know for now. I’m reporting directly to Mr. Park and… Mr. Jeong. I really don’t want to make a mistake.”
“You weren’t worried when you started working under me.”
“That’s because… you are you,” you tried to explain, ignoring the faint ache in your heart. “You don’t go around wearing formal suits and looking down on people and being… weird.”
“We don’t look down on people,” Yeosang sighed, though he was smiling at your admission. “Was Yunho weird towards you? What did he do now?”
“How did you– he didn’t do anything,” you told him. It was uncanny how well they knew each other. “I just want you to tell me if there’s something I should be aware of so I don’t make a mistake.”
Yeosang thought it was strange that you were asking such a question. He wished he could ask you what exactly you meant. Just what mistakes were you so afraid to make? Why did you always have to be cautious and walk on eggshells, even around him, even when you claimed that you were comfortable with him?
“I don’t think that you realise that Yunho is the only one of us who will forgive you even if you betray us in the worst possible way– he would still try to understand your reasons.”
Your eyes went a little wide as you let his words sink in. “Lieutenant Colonel Jeong Yunho… is forgiving?”
“I don’t know what you’ve heard about us,” Yeosang leaned forward, speaking gently. “But I can promise you that it’s not the entire truth. We are more than what you people make us to be, if you care to look past the ranks and titles.”
You didn’t understand what he meant by that, and you were too scared to ask. You couldn’t stop thinking about his admission about Yunho. You really couldn’t see it– he always looked so strict, in the traditional sense. Even when he had a hint of a smile on his lips last night, you couldn’t envision him to be someone who could sympathise with the ugliness of the people who were driven into the corner. Perhaps, because Yeosang was his friend, he was able to look past everything and see the lieutenant’s true, unmarred nature, but to you…
To you, he was Lieutenant Colonel Jeong Yunho. And you intended to keep it that way, for everyone’s sake.
Later, when you were at work and taking a breather, having just finished recording the day’s transactions, you reminded yourself that your relationship with Yeosang had turned too casual. Sure, it was the way he was with everyone at the bar– almost everyone. It was different with you, whether you liked it or not. Even though you had wanted to keep a distance from Yeosang, you just couldn’t. After all, you went to him right after hearing about their old gang days.
You made a mental note to learn more about Ateez and the Crescent Company, and to learn about the extent of their involvement in Eden’s business world. You needed any information you could get your hands on, every detail whether true or not. If you were going to play this game and use them for your goal, you needed to know that the Crescents were not involved with your father and his business in any way.
You needed to know if what they did was truly moral and right. And if you needed to sneak into places where you weren’t meant to go and possibly risk your life again… you would.
It took you about a week to fully get the hang of things at the office. While Jihoon was still being an arse– at this point, you were starting to consider that it might be a part of his personality– he never refused to guide you or help you when you were stuck. Eunha was just as helpful and you were actually starting to like her a little. She wasn’t very talkative but considering that she was able to make Jihoon laugh… you were tempted to take pointers from her. Jihoon had worked the longest here and you needed to crack him to get him to talk.
In that one week, you got a chance to go into Mr. Jeong’s room twice, when he was not present to take the report from you himself. You made it quick– unlock the room, unlock the cupboard and place the report inside, look around if you had a few seconds and get the hell out. It was too soon to make a mistake so you only dared to make note of what the office looked like. There wasn’t much to it anyway– just the usual workspace, and it frustrated you that his workspace gave away nothing about him.
Mr. Jeong, you noted, usually came to the office during your shift at the late hours of night, presumably after dinner. You learned that Kim Hongjoong was out of station for some business dealing which was why the office was mostly empty, but also that this was where they usually gathered to meet up and discuss things. This office was sort of a base and if not here, they would be at the bar, though they generally avoided it because of obvious reasons. There was no saying when a drunkard fool, or two, would dare to interrupt them.
Yunho usually locked himself inside his office (Eunha was very suspicious that he usually napped there, claiming to have heard light snores sometimes) and Seonghwa came by twice that week, greeting you and asking if you were adjusting well. Neither of them had interacted with you much during the week but…
You recalled two nights ago when Yunho came back to the office just as it was closing time. You handed him the report and he called you inside his office to discuss a few things. When he was going over the report, he asked you if you had any problems with work recently.
“None at all,” you assured him. “It is manageable.”
He flicked through the pages, the white sleeves of his shirt rolled up over his sleeves, baring his veiny arms. You resisted the urge to trace all those veins on his arms– Jeong Yunho was one handsome man. It didn’t help that he had such beautiful hands either. Why were you assigned to submit him the reports every night? What was this new form of torture?
He caught you staring at his hands but he didn’t comment on it. Instead, he finished checking the report and shut the folder, running his hands over the cover once before clearing his throat to get your attention. You met his stare, pretending that you had not been ogling at his hands and arms– or at least, fake confidence that you were normal about it.
“You were right about the artefact gallery,” Yunho said and you straightened. “It is indeed a money-laundering business. He is an assemblyman, a potential presidential candidate and, well, that’s a bad look for him with the elections right around the corner. How did you know when even his enemies aren’t aware of this information? And more importantly… do you want us to do something about it?”
“How I know does not matter,” you shook your head, adamant to not tell them your source. “It is just a piece of information that might be useful to you later. I am aware that your leader has been well involved with politicians– for connections, to secure deals. If you ever need leverage over General Wi, here is what you can use.”
Yunho took a deep breath at your response. You watched him scan you slowly, his eyes unreadable. “Is your source Yoo Kihyun of MX Pharmaceuticals?”
You looked down to hide your smile. “I have heard that you are well acquainted with him. He was more of a recipient than a source until a few years ago. The tables have turned now, but we still share information, and I was told that you could be trusted with the information I have. Is that still true?”
He rubbed his chin in thought. “That depends on how useful the information you possess is. And it also depends on how loyal you are.”
“I am loyal to anyone who is loyal to me,” you said with a certainty that surprised him. “I know what it is like to be betrayed by blood and water both. To me, loyalty is the highest virtue.”
“Higher than morality?” He asked with a certain nonchalance, perhaps expecting to pin you in a corner, but…
“And what is morality, in this era?” You mused. “I’m sure you ask that question yourself often… Lieutenant Jeong.”
You seemed to have hit the nail because his gaze darkened. Perhaps, you should not have reminded him of his military rank, but to be Eden’s honoured lieutenant colonel and possess some fair morals? It didn’t add up even after Yeosang had said all the good things about him.
“I know what my morals are, Miss Jeon,” Yunho leaned forwards, locking his eyes with you and you wish some of his dark tendrils hid a bit of his eyes because that gaze was damning. “Do you? Or do you like to make yourself believe that you are the only virtuous one in the room?”
Maybe it was a dangerous game you were playing but you mirrored his position, your clasped hands almost brushing his as you said, “Oh, I have the lowest moral standards. In order to survive in Eden, especially when you’re on your own… you can’t go around possessing such foolish things as virtue, isn’t that so?”
Yunho looked down at your clasped hands, spotting the fading scar that ran along your thumb down to your wrist– one that you had gotten the night you lost everything.
And then he ran a finger across it, ever so slowly, sending a trail of fire in its wake before getting up and wearing his coat, indicating that the meeting was over.
Damn him. Damn him and his stupid, beautiful hands–
“Goodnight, Luna,” he said in a low voice and you got up as well, gathering your wits before exiting the room.
“Goodnight… Mr. Jeong.”
And that had been the last time you saw him. It was Mr. Park who took the reports from you the day after, and last night you locked the office yourself about half an hour after midnight– you did not know why you stayed waiting for somebody to show up, but you felt a bit stupid afterwards. You should have clocked out on time.
You did not know why you waited.
You were so lost in your thoughts that you almost did not hear the sound of footsteps skittering in the direction of the office rooms. You looked up, gaping at what had to be a fifteen year old considering his scrawny appearance, moving not towards Yunho’s office but Kim Hongjoong’s. You frowned– how did he get past the guard?
“Oi,” you called but when he proceeded to knock at the boss’ door, you decided you had enough and slammed a hand on the desk to get his attention. “Oi, kid!”
“Is the Captain not inside?” he turned to look at you, looking as surprised to see you as you were. “Who are you?”
“Who are you?” you beckoned him to come nearer and he obeyed this time. “How did you get in?”
“I have something the Captain might like,” he grinned. “Still not back from his little trip to Edenary?”
So that’s where he was. The Capital of Eden, the land of the elites. “Uh… nope. Why you calling him ‘the Captain’?”
“Because that’s who he is?” He shook his head in disapproval. “New here?”
You scoffed in disbelief. “Kid, if you don’t tell me who you are, I’m going to have to escort you out.”
“No need, I’ll see myself out,” he winked at you and you laughed this time. You had to admit he was kind of cute for a kid even though you wanted to smack him on his head. You didn’t recall seeing him on the streets– his loose flannel shirt and newsboy cap was a look you thought you would have remembered. “I’m Jaemin, the informant. I answer directly to the Captain, so don’t even think about asking me what this was about.”
“You could still tell me, it could be our little secret,” you smirked but he shook his head. You stuck your tongue out at him. “Alright then. He’s supposed to come back tomorrow, I think. Should I let him know some kid was looking for him?”
Jaemin narrowed his eyes. “You haven’t met him yet, have you?”
“No,” you said. “Why?”
Jaemin only smiled condescendingly in answer. “You’ll find out. No need to tell him, I’ll be back soon.”
With that, the kid disappeared downstairs, leaving you wondering why he called the boss ‘the Captain’. It didn’t refer to his military rank because you knew that he was an honoured military strategist and colonel. You recently heard from Wendy that he had played a vital role towards the end of the war before the treaty between Eden and Halaland was signed. At such a young age, it was impressive. He was only a year older than you so he must have been about twenty when he earned that honour.
You distantly wondered if you ever came across him during the war. You had volunteered as a medical assistant– almost a nurse– in the latter half of the war. You had spent two whole years training medically and assisting the doctors and nurses. There weren’t many people in Eden so you might have encountered one of the Ateez men there, though you weren’t sure if you would recognise each other now.
Moments later, you heard another pair of footsteps coming, this time familiar. Mr. Park, dressed in his usual black three-piece suit, met your gaze and sent a warm smile in your direction before he approached you.
“How are we doing tonight, Luna?”
“Good, Mr. Park. How about you?” You asked, taking tonight’s report and following him to Yunho’s office. “Did you perhaps see a kid leaving the building?”
Seonghwa chuckled at that. “You might find it hard to believe but that kid has saved lives with the information he shares.”
So the kid had not lied. “Impressive.”
Seonghwa waited until you took the seat in front of him. “He is like a stray cat who has marked us as his owners. We cannot take him in– he is too young, and he does not need to share the same fate the rest of us did, yeah? But he is a kid that nobody notices, and he uses that to his advantage. Next time you see him, ask him how he struck a deal with his ‘captain’.”
You laughed softly at that. “I will.”
Seonghwa nodded and started skimming through the reports. You told him that the new batch of liquor– specifically Black Shadow– had successfully been shipped to Mist Island. The shipment of their latest copper bullets was on the way too. You were surprised when you first found out that Mist Island was willing to trade weapons for liquor. Mist Island had a strict liquor import ban so the smuggling was being done secretly from both sides. It was impressive what money could buy.
Silence, Jihoon had told you one day when he was in a good mood. Silence of the police force.
You still hadn’t figured out what exactly they were doing with the weapons– you were aware that a lot of their money was being used in their business partnership with Pledis Manufacturers who were producers of machine parts. Your best guess was that they were involved in the weapons business and doing something undercover. You couldn’t question anyone about that yet. It was too soon.
“Good job, tonight,” Seonghwa said his usual words but this time, he did not dismiss you. Instead, he rested his back on the chair to look at you. “There are a few questions about your background that I must ask you before our boss arrives tomorrow, Luna. I’m hoping you will cooperate.”
There it was. They must have been done with the background check now. You wondered how much they found. “As best as I can while protecting myself, I will.”
Seonghwa smiled at that. “It’s not that I don’t trust you. Neither is it that I trust you already– Yeosang did, but that was different. You are now involved in the heart of the business that the Crescent Company does, so I have to make sure you’re suitable for this job, right?”
You were glad it was Mr. Park who was asking you these questions right now. Something about his presence was utterly calming and you could relax a little while talking to him. If you were objective, you could say that perhaps, it was his strategy to get you to lower your guard. But still… he was always soft spoken and kind. That did not change.
“I understand, Mr. Park,” you assured him.
“I could not find the records of your family… Miss Jeon,” he emphasised at your surname and you nodded. “You’re not a Jeon, are you?”
“It is a surname I borrowed around the time of the war, but I can assure you that I am from Eden. I was born here and have lived here all my life, at the Sector 1 border… save for a few years that I was not here.” Almost the truth. You had lived in Edenary, at the outskirts that met with Sector 1.
“And where were you? Where did you go in 1963?”
You exhaled. “Wonderland, to look after my sick aunt and get some further education.”
“Where, in Wonderland? Can I confirm that?” Seonghwa asked.
“The capital, Wonder City” you told him. “I’m not related to that aunt. She’s just an acquaintance who was willing to take me in. I looked after her and she gave me the financial help I needed.”
“Financial help,” Seonghwa repeated, glancing at your pearl ring that you always wore. He had an eye for things, and he knew that the pearl could not be in the hands of someone who was struggling financially. You could not have worn it so proudly if you had stolen it, so was it a family ring? A normal middle-class family could not afford such a pearl.
Just who were you?
“Yes,” you confirmed, willing him to trust you. “I might be wearing a pearl from Maddox & Co., Mr. Park, but that does not mean that I was showered in luxuries all my life. You must have found out that I was desperate for a job when I came back in 1966.”
Seonghwa nodded, swiping his hair back and exhaling. “Alright, I’ll let it be for now. You only need to tell us if you are related in any way to our rival gangs or the Sirens Rebel Party.”
“I am not your enemy,” you confirmed. “I cannot be acquainted with Yoo KIhyun and be in cahoots with any of your enemies. You have the same rivals.”
“Today’s friend is tomorrow’s rival,” Seonghwa mused. “Today’s enemy might be tomorrow’s lifesaver.”
“Then it is up to you, whatever you want me to be,” you smirked. “Rival or friend.”
Seonghwa nodded in thought, a bit amused, proceeding to pour you both some wine. While he downed it in one gulp, you sipped on it slowly, anticipating his next move.
“Do you perhaps have another tip for us?” Seonghwa raised a brow, amused.
“I might have, regarding your latest dealings with General Wi, but I will wait until both sides are clear.”
“Good,” Seonghwa shut the folder in conclusion. “I will take the leap of trust in you, Luna. Maybe you can do the same for us?”
“For you… yes, I can,” you told him. “I have one favour to ask, though.”
“Another one, already?” Seonghwa teased.
“You have a meeting scheduled with Secretary Park Byung Eun on the 14th, right?” You asked, the name leaving the most bitter taste in your mouth.
“President Lee’s secretary, yes,” Seonghwa nodded. “Do you know him?”
“Everyone knows him,” you said. While he was the President's current secretary, his name was well-known before that as one of the most successful businessmen in Eden. “You must be meeting because of a potential pharma-collaboration?”
“That’s right,” Seonghwa frowned, anticipating what was next.
You took a deep breath. “Do not reveal all your cards to that man. Do not let them know what you are up to.”
“Is that your way of telling us to be careful?” Seonghwa snorted. “We never show all our cards in the first meeting, Luna.”
“Neither do they,” you warned him and his smile fell. “Secretary Park’s team has a penchant for tricking you into deals. I’m just asking you to think this deal through. Whatever they are offering you won’t be very beneficial in the long run.”
“And how do you know that?”
“That doesn’t matter,” you told him. “If you need sources, or funds, you don’t need to rely on the Secretary Park.”
“You don’t know what business we conduct here, Luna–”
“I don’t need to know to warn you,” you insisted, feeling that tight knot of frustration build up in the back of your throat now. “I’m only asking you to think this through and take my words into consideration.”
“Your words, Miss Jeon, lack credibility right now,” he stated in a finalising tone, a pang of hurt shooting through your chest for a moment. He was right, though. They had no reason to trust you and to them, you must be seeming like someone who was looking to jeopardise their deal. “If you really want us to take you seriously, you would have to start giving us more.”
“I cannot give you more if I don’t know what you will do with the information,” you told him, sighing deeply. “Forget it, just… can you please let me know what you will be gaining and what you will be losing after your meeting with Secretary Park?”
“You’re assuming we will lose something,” Seonghwa noted. You didn’t answer and Seonghwa scanned your face, almost detecting fear in your eyes. Just what were you so scared of? “Is there any way you can trust me and tell me what this is about?”
“Not so soon, no, sorry,” you smiled sadly. You wanted to trust that man, you wanted to trust someone, anyone. “I don’t know what I’m waiting for, if I have to be honest. I’m probably asking too much considering that I am a mere bookkeeper.”
“We may have ranks here but we’re all equal, in the end,” Seonghwa said and his words tugged at your heart. There was rarely anyone who didn’t bring rank into everything. “I know you have no reasons to trust us either. Let’s work through our differences first before we make such demands, alright?”
You smiled at him and got up to leave. He followed, locking the doors and you both exited the building together. You shivered when the chilly night wind hit you.
“The weather is getting colder. Bring a jacket or a scarf next time, will you?” Seonghwa said and you nodded. “Goodnight, Luna. I hope we are able to overcome all that is keeping us from mutual trust.”
“Goodnight, Mr. Park. Thank you for taking my words into consideration.”
He nodded, patting your back affectionately before you separated ways. That night, when you went home, you found Wendy getting ready to go to sleep. You didn’t get much of a chance to talk to her the whole week, considering your conflicting schedules, but you needed some answers right now so you sat at her bedside and she groaned in defeat.
“You need to tell me every detail, every rumour you’ve heard or any information you have on Ateez and what they do. Now.”
It was quite the busy day at the Crescent Office today.
During the midday slot, you were packed with the new reports you had to make regarding the recent trade dealings with Mist Island, and you also needed to compile a transaction history before the Crescents were going to finalise their new deal with Utopia– both dealings happening undercover. You realised just how much work this job was– you had to create a pretty seamless legal report that was going to be used officially and make it seem like all their money was being circulated in their manufacturing business or the liquor business.
Seonghwa and San arrived when your shift was about to end. San waved at you, promising to catch up later and Eunha looked at you with a scandalous smile.
“Do you know the Choi San?”
“I literally worked at the Crescent Bar, Eunha,” you laughed. “I had to work with him.”
“He’s never waved at me like that. I’ve been here for a decade,” Eunha pouted.
“Maybe you need to work as a cashier at the Crescent Bar in order to earn that privilege,” you told her, though you felt a bit pleased to hear that San had formal relations with the staff here.
Why were you pleased to hear that? You wondered but not long enough to make sense of it, soon getting caught up in more work.
You went home after your midday shift, hoping to get some rest before your night shift because you knew it was going to be packed. You had no idea when the boss was supposed to come to office but you just hoped you would go unnoticed today– you had far too many thoughts that needed some sorting from everything Wendy told you last night– another reason you wanted to get some rest because her words kept you awake for the most part of the night.
You made sure to dress properly today though, in any case. The weather was starting to get a bit chilly– summers were usually chilly in Eden. You wore a grey plaid suit that you kept for days like these, when you needed to make a good impression. You had fond memories with the two-piece– it was the first gift Wendy got you and it was more than she should have done, but she insisted she earned enough to buy gifts like these for the few friends she had. That made you wonder why she lived in a lousy shared apartment. You knew that her actual residence was in Sector 8 and she sometimes joked about how she lived here because it was ‘convenient’.
You wore white net gloves over your hands before going out, donning a matching grey hat. Eunha noted the new additions to your outfit and whistled as she shut her registers, groaning in satisfaction when she stretched her back.
“You did right with the gloves, but it’s a shame the boss isn’t here to appreciate them.”
“Eunha,” you glared at her and she giggled. She had warmed up to you– a bit too much, if you had to say, because she made jokes and teasing remarks like these often now that she was comfortable with you. You took off the gloves and spread them on your desk, grinning at her.
“I think they look pretty good from here too.”
You both shared a grin at that and Eunha wore her overcoat, saluting mockingly before leaving. Just before she was about to go downstairs, she turned in your direction, her doe eyes gleaming. “Luna!”
“What now?”
“If you see the boss… don’t take his words to heart,” she said. “He may sound like a complete arse but he cares for all of us.”
“It can’t be any worse than Jihoon, can it?” You joked.
Eunha was right, though. At around 10 pm, you finally heard a few sets of footsteps ascend up the stairs and you took a deep breath, fixing your gaze on the stairs. To get to his office, the boss would have to walk past you so you fixed your half tied hair and arranged your desk a bit. Yunho’s head was the first to pop up, followed by an unfamiliar man and Seonghwa. They went inside Yunho’s room first, absorbed in heated discussion and you took a deep breath.
It was clear as day who Kim Hongjoong was. If it was not his appearance that betrayed him– dressed in a luxurious three-piece suit with the chain of a golden pocket watch visible, dark brown curls falling stylishly over his forehead– it was his unmistakable aura, the way he carried himself and his confidence. You felt it even if what you got was only a glimpse.
A few minutes later, the trio popped out of Yunho’s room to go into Hongjoong’s room. You continued scribbling this time. You were going to remain in the shadows and go unnoticed–
“Get me the tax files,” the boss said. “I will personally make sure everything is seamless because I cannot have anyone messing it up– ah. Who is this again?”
Seonghwa cleared his throat. “Miss Jeon y/n. The bookkeeper– I thought Yunho told you already?”
Yunho looked guiltily at Seonghwa and you stood up in greeting, meeting the boss’s sharp eyes and internally gasping because oh, good heavens. He was inexplicably gorgeous–
“Good evening, Mr. Kim. If you need the tax files, I can get them for you.”
Hongjoong’s eyes betrayed him for just a second as he scanned your form, finding something oddly familiar about you. But his steel expressions returned and he shrugged lightly. “Yeah, well. I’ll have Yunho deal with that. You can get back to work.”
With that, he went towards his office and only waited a moment for the others to follow before he shut the door.
What a snob, you thought. His new bookkeeper and he didn’t even acknowledge you. Had Seonghwa and Yunho really not told him about you, or was he above these meagre details? You were aware that you would have to work with the boss now that he was back, but… how?
Later, you found yourself at the Crescent Bar instead of your room. Perhaps, here you could get something that would make the bitter aftertaste in your mouth after tonight’s shift seem like nothing. Eunbi’s shift was over so you just found an empty spot in the corner and instructed one of your old colleagues to get you some Black Shadow and to make sure no one would bother you. He gave you a thumbs-up and a few minutes later, you were sipping at the rich drink while recalling the events of today.
Kim Hongjoong. Ateez’s boss, the brains behind the entity of the Crescent Company. A force to be reckoned with. A trickster, a manipulator, a true businessman, you had heard a while ago from the mouth of the elites who came here to drink. A man of his principles, Wendy had told you last night. He was rigid with his principles and that was what got him so far. You supposed he had to be all of that in order to survive after coming back from the war.
Wendy said she wasn’t worried that you were working with him– at some point in this small sector, everyone had or would encounter him at least once in his life, directly or indirectly. However, she was worried that you would catch his eye, because according to her, you did not want to be involved with him personally in any way. He was a calculating and ruthless businessman with an ambition, and according to Wendy, that was something you were better off staying away from.
You considered everything you knew about the Crescent Company now that it had been a week working with them. They had partnered with Pledis Manufacturers to produce machine parts but you now knew that it was an undercover business for their weapons assembling. They had recently signed a new deal with Utopia to export these weapons in exchange for the Utopian wine– Black Shadow– which was a trademark of the Crescent Bar.
And it was Mist Island that provided the Crescents with the bullets and some metal for weapons production in exchange for Eden wine. It truly was a well-thought out business.
But that could not be all. You still did not know what the small packet– the powdery thing that got you here– was. Was it just a drug they used for pleasure purposes? You had never seen them in such a state, nor did the Crescent Bar tolerate druggies, though deals happened there, just like at any other bar. Nobody seemed to talk about it, there was no record of such an object being traded or produced– so what was it? Why had they almost killed you when they learned that you saw it?
And if it was a drug, why did they need to make a business deal with Secretary Park Byung Eun and have him fund MX Pharmaceuticals, of which they owned shares of? Kihyun knew that Secretary Park was not a man you should involve yourself with, so was he not aware of this new venture or was he turning a blind eye to it because they needed Secretary Park? Why would they need him of all the people in this world?
“If you glare at your glass any longer, it will shatter,” a familiar voice said and you looked up, mouth parting in surprise.
“San!” You got up, straightening your clothes. “What are you doing here?”
“Uh, I literally own this bar?” San chuckled, noticing the almost empty bottle.
“I mean, here here,” you pointed at your table. “I was just… drinking, as you can already see.”
“Long day?”
“Kind of,” you nodded.
“Can I join you then? I’ve had a long day too.”
“Sure,” you said and he settled down in front of you, tossing his jacket on the other chair, now in a half sleeve black shirt. You poured the drink for him and he swirled it a few times before downing it in one gulp. You filled his glass again and motioned one of the waiters to get you a new one.
It felt a little strange to have him seated like this in front of you. Sure, you had shared drinks countless times, but that was when you worked here and were serving him. There was also a shift in your interactions ever since that fateful night at the bar– somehow, that had turned your conversations more casual. He caught you staring at him but he didn’t comment on it.
“I’m assuming you met Hongjoong?” San asked and you exhaled, making him snicker. “What?”
“He’s… definitely the boss,” you laughed shortly. “He scanned me once and was like, okay, time to move on.”
“That’s him,” San laughed. “But that little scan he does means that he has memorised who you are and won’t forget. He’s got quite the memory.”
“I would expect nothing less, but San,” you sighed. “I miss being here. Even though I acted all professional here for the sake of formalities, it wasn’t ever suffocating being here.”
San frowned at your admission. “Do you not like where you are now?”
“It’s not that,” you shook your head. “I like the new job. It’s testing my capabilities, and I like challenges. It’s just that… you aren’t there. Yeosang isn’t there. You both are Crescents too. You both are also Ateez, so… how are you two so different from the rest?”
A smile creeped up on San’s lips and your heart did a little somersault– you hadn’t forgotten how handsome he was, but it had certainly been a while since you admired his charms. “Just say you miss us and move on, Luna.”
You laughed at that and San joined, the two of you chuckling for a few moments. “Yeah, I kind of miss being here and reporting all the gossip to you,” you said. “I miss working in silence with Yeosang too– don’t tell him I said that. It’ll get to his head.”
“I won’t,” he grinned. “Shall I tell you the gossip?”
“Oh, please, I’ve been starving,” you said.
About an hour passed over gossip and drinks, switching from wine to plain soda. San told you the latest happenings of the area– they had a little fight with Chan’s gang and had settled the matter about the attack on the Crescent Bar, making them pay for the damages. Yuju had gone to different bars to do a survey of what was trendy and come up with nothing, and you joked about how she was only good at doing what she knew– managing the staff, something she was an expert at. San said he would be sending Jeonghan and Mingyu next– perhaps, they would come up with a better report.
It was the first time you talked to San as a friend, and though you had always found it quite easy to talk to him, you liked that just like Yeosang, he didn’t make it feel like there was a distinction between you two. Perhaps, you wondered, it was because of the nature of your work- after all, you couldn’t be too formal in a place like a bar. Maybe if there was no Crescent Bar, you really would have found San intimidating and unapproachable, just like people claimed he was. You still couldn’t believe them– not when he had the softest gaze when he paid attention to you, not when his eyes curved into moons when he smiled or laughed, and certainly not when he whined like just another adult with problems.
When you checked the time on your wristwatch, you whistled– it was almost 2 in the morning. “Well. Time flies.”
“The night is still young, but we’ve both got to get up early, don’t we?”
“We sure do,” you nodded. “Well, this has been… a pleasure, San.”
“Likewise,” he propped his chin on his hand as he looked at you. “We should do this again.”
“Complaining about work?” You laughed. “Complaining about my bosses slash your friends?”
“Oh, so when you do it, it’s complaining, but when I do it, it’s whining? Noted,” San shook his head in disappointment and you grinned. “Can I tell you something, Luna?”
“Sure.”
“The hyungs– Yunho, Seonghwa and Hongjoong… they’re just like me and Yeosang. You just don’t know them yet.”
You looked at him for a moment. “I would have believed you if you had not included Seonghwa in that list.”
“Why?”
“You’re nothing like Seonghwa,” you joked. “He’s far too kind and refined.”
San’s loud laughter filled the room and you looked around, making sure no one was being disturbed. You leaned forward to tap his hand and make him stop laughing.
“I’m not lying, Luna,” San wiped his eyes. “Seonghwa… he may look refined but he can be very playful and childish when he wants to be. Yunho… well, once he warms up, you’ll know that he is the best kind of person you can have by your side.”
Somehow, his words wrapped around your heart like a promise. “You care about them a lot, huh?”
“I do,” he nodded. “They’re my friends, a part of my heart. I would do anything for them.”
“And… Hongjoong?”
“Hongjoong, well…” San smiled. “You find that out for yourself.”
“Not helping, San,” you folded your arms but he shook his head.
“All I can tell you is that if you’re lucky enough to break his walls… if he takes you under his wing, he won’t let anything hurt you. That’s the kind of person he is. He is the boss but he acts like a shield for us, and I wish I could do the same for him.”
You took note of his words. Did you trust San? A bit, yes. If he said all those things about Hongjoong, they must be true– at least according to his perception. But could you trust Hongjoong? Could you act as a shield for them so they could protect you in the future?
You made the decision before you slept that night.
During your night shift the next day, you waited for the office to get a bit emptier. When there was only Seonghwa and Hongjoong on the upper level, you took a leap of faith and knocked on the boss’s door. It was now or never, and you had to make your move.
“Come in,” Seonghwa’s voice sounded and you opened the door. Seonghwa was seated at the couch while Hongjoong was at the end of the room in his chair, scribbling on paper, not bothering to look at you.
“Can I talk to you for a moment?” You asked Seonghwa.
“Sure, have a seat,” he motioned to the couch in front of him and you did, sliding the report to him and glancing at Hongjoong once. “Is everything alright?”
“It is, but… I must warn you of something. You cannot proceed with the deal you’re making with Secretary Park Byung Eun.”
Seonghwa settled the pen he had been playing with on the table, taking a deep breath. “What is this really about?”
“Secretary Park is aiming to become the Minister of Health, isn’t that right? All of the ex-president’s team has either retired or left their posts, replaced by President Lee’s people,” you said. “Is that why you need Secretary Park? Because you have no other option?”
Seonghwa narrowed his eyes– how did you find out that he was aiming to become the next Minister of Health? It wasn’t publicly announced yet– he had yet to sign up as a candidate for that post.
“You must have one hell of a source,” Seonghwa looked amused, glancing at Hongjoong who was smoking a cigar and now looking at you with mild interest. You gathered your nerves before continuing.
“He is not a good candidate for the position, but that is not what matters right now. I would have gone to Kihyun but I decided to confirm with you first because I’m not sure if he’s aware of your plans, but… you must need Secretary Park to approve some drug in the future, right?”
Seonghwa’s brow rose ever so slightly and you jumped a little when Hongjoong slammed the pen that he had been holding on the table. He cocked his head as he glared at you.
“Miss Jeon,” he said in a warning tone. “If you don’t stop talking in circles right now and tell us what this is about, I’ll have to deal with you myself. You don’t want that.”
You gritted your teeth, unafraid for the first time in a while. “Do you want this business deal with Secretary Park to be legal? Just answer my question first, Mr. Kim.”
“That’s right,” Seonghwa answered for him.
“You should know that Secretary Park already has some business deals with Strictland officials going on,” you said in a low tone and the two looked at each other in surprise, clearly unaware. “You know how it will look for you if word comes out– Strictland is already an occupied state on the verge of military dictatorship. You can try to verify it for yourself if you want, but whatever deal Secretary Park has going on with Strictland… it’s not legal in any sense, neither is it moral.”
Seonghwa took a deep breath. “Our meeting with Secretary Park is scheduled for tomorrow.”
“And I thought you should be aware of this before the meeting,” you locked eyes with him, hoping he could see the desperation in them.
“Jeon y/n, was it?” Hongjoong called and you looked at him. He was squashing his cigar in the ashtray on his desk. You nodded and he finally smiled, though it looked almost devilish. “Why would you care to tell us this information?”
“You must have heard from your underboss,” you said. “I am willing to trade information with you in return for protection.”
“And power,” he pointed out the missing part. “You mentioned power.”
“I only desire power in order to survive in Eden,” you said.
“So why protection?” Hongjoong asked. “You can’t be a powerful figure in Eden and not have everyone targeting you.”
“Being a part of the Crescent Company is protection enough, I suppose,” you rested your hands on the soft material of your black pants, subtly wiping the sweat off.
“Protection from whom?” Hongjoong asked, his gaze set on you. You found it overwhelming almost to the point that you considered answering– he had a commanding presence.
“I… can’t say. Not yet,” you said and Seonghwa shook his head, having already known your answer. “I don’t expect you to tell me what the deal is about– after all, I’m only a bookkeeper. But I can give you better options– ex-president Mr. Son, for instance, or Assemblyman Kim Jooheon.”
“Assemblyman Kim is a nobody in the political scene if we are being objective,” Seonghwa said. “I don’t think he will have much to offer to us.”
“He will have something to offer to you if you give him something in return– maybe something that pulls him out of the shadows and into the spotlight of the political scene,” you said, recalling how the politicians in Edenary always thought Assemblyman Kim had the potential but lacked the resources.
“Why would Mr. Son ever associate himself with us?” Hongjoong got up from his seat, slowly walking towards you, hands in the pocket of his striped black suit. “We may be owners of a legal business company now, but everyone knows of our mafia ties and background.”
“You are an honoured military strategist who played a vital role to end the war, isn’t that true?”
Hongjoong chuckled at that, nodding slowly to confirm that and settling down next to Seonghwa. “Not everyone is aware of that, Miss Jeon. I don’t like people talking about it.”
“But Mr. Son was the president at that time, and he honoured you with a badge,” you kept his gaze. “I think he will agree that a person who did everything in their power to end the feud between two nations would not be making a deal that would harm his motherland and its people… don’t you agree?”
Hongjoong stared at you while considering your words. “You have a lot of audacity to come in here and make claims about a business you are not a part of, and people you don’t know enough about. Possessing such audacity is what almost cost you your life that night, and what is tempting me to retract the deal my partners made behind my back.”
And there it was. A stark reminder that you may have struck a deal with the queen, but you were still just a pawn in this game of chess where the king ruled. Weak and expendable– that’s what you were.
“Hongjoong,” Seonghwa began but Hongjoong raised his hand in the air to stop him from speaking further, his eyes still locked with yours. You didn’t feel shame nor fear in that moment– just regret that maybe you had trusted the wrong people.
“You are a bookkeeper, and you can remain so. Goodnight, Miss Jeon.”
You nodded slowly, letting his words sink in and then you got up, bowing in greeting. “Good night, Mr. Kim, Mr. Park. Thank you for hearing me out.”
With that, you left the room and Seonghwa looked at Hongjoong. “You did not have to put it like that. I know she got you.”
Hongjoong slumped down on the couch in front of Seonghwa, cracking his knuckles while he thought about his next move. “Is there any way we can verify the information about Secretary Park without anyone getting a whiff?”
“I don’t know,” Seonghwa admitted. “I’m wondering how she knows that– if that was the truth. If Secretary Park really has a business deal with Strictland officials… I don’t think even his wife would know about that. If anyone gets a whiff of that, it could cost him his position and cause President Lee significant harm too, since Park Byung Eun is his secretary. You know how Strictland is still a sensitive topic after the war.”
“Then how does she know?” Hongjoong looked at Seonghwa. “Is she a spy?”
“She can’t be,” Seonghwa shook his head. “Luna worked as the bookkeeper at Crescent Bar for two years–”
“Luna?”
“That’s what everyone calls her,” Seonghwa said, a hint of a smile on his lips.
“She could be a mole, then,” Hongjoong sighed. “But no. Even a mole could not possess this information. What do we do?”
“Kihyun was Secretary Park’s former business partner. I’ll ask Yunho to check with Kihyun and confirm if Secretary Park is the right man for this deal, but that means we will have to let Kihyun know that we are intending to make such a deal.”
“We were going to tell him anyway, let’s proceed with that plan. And Seonghwa?”
“Yeah?”
“Contact the RV spies and get any information you can on your little bookkeeper.”
next chapter
-> apply for the taglist here! (check your privacy setting if the tags don't work)
"You should be avoiding that gang– didn’t you want to lay low?”
ou, did reader tell wendy about their past? but doest that mean ready knows of the RV spies? like reader didn't exactly reveal how atz ended up hiring them, just that they were 'exceptionally good at their job'.. hmhmm.. they've known kihyun since they were young but how did reader and wendy meet and become roommates?
Really, you wondered if they had done so much for Eden, why were they feared and labelled as a criminal organisation?
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
“And how did you do that?” Kihyun frowned. “I played a few cards. It was that or I die.” “They would not have killed you–” “They knew we were acquainted, and they were ready to kill me,”
so, atz knows of reader's and kihyun's relations. probably through background check and plain questions over her life.. i assume? if mx pharmaceuticals is a crescent partner, is that enough connection for them to only threaten reader? there's a repeated certainty that atz would have never actually gotten rid of reader but hmm.. why would that be? just through informants and hunches? 🤔🧠
also, it keeps autocorrecting kihyun to kitten, pls make it stop
A sniper and a medic– a god awful combination, don’t you think?
ok.. but that combo is kinda 😛😛😛
“I’m sure you mean something to him. You are his daughter, after all.”
“I’m sure I don’t, and I don’t need him,” you said, looking at the boss of MX. “You are my family if I ever had one, Kihyun.”..
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
“I don’t think that you realise that Yunho is the only one of us who will forgive you even if you betray us in the worst possible way– he would still try to understand your reasons.”
first idea i had as to why this would be, which i'm certain is unrelated to theleaders!yunho, is through faith and devotion (like real yunho) which considering the time period.. maybe? but also, not really. would 'children of war' turn to a higher power for.. mercy? repention? guidance? 🫥
If you were going to play this game and use them for your goal, you needed to know that the Crescents were not involved with your father and his business in any way. You needed to know if what they did was truly moral and right.
opposed to their father's business? like, atz is not necessarily the ones that are trying to cover up their.. businesses. they've shown enough to give reader an idea of what they're getting themselves into. plus.. reader is using them as well!! what, that's fine because they're doing it for some greater good goal? as if their primary drive isn't revenge in the first place..
“How did you know when even his enemies aren’t aware of this information? And more importantly… do you want us to do something about it?”
oh soo... are we.. working together now? or is it another trick to have reader slip up about themselves... trying to gauge a connection.
“I am loyal to anyone who is loyal to me,.. I know what it is like to be betrayed by blood and water both. To me, loyalty is the highest virtue.” “Higher than morality?” He asked with a certain nonchalance, perhaps expecting to pin you in a corner, but.. “And what is morality, in this era?” You mused. “I’m sure you ask that question yourself often… Lieutenant Jeong.” You seemed to have hit the nail because his gaze darkened.
kljslskmdfhelpimindanger 🙃
Yunho looked down at your clasped hands, spotting the fading scar that ran along your thumb down to your wrist– one that you had gotten the night you lost everything. And then he ran a finger across it, ever so slowly, sending a trail of fire in its wake before getting up and wearing his coat, indicating that the meeting was over. Damn him. Damn him and his stupid, beautiful hands–
THE TEAAAASE!!! THAT ABSOLUTE TEASE?? HELLO?? 🗣🗣🗣
You distantly wondered if you ever came across him during the war. You had volunteered as a medical assistant– almost a nurse– in the latter half of the war. You had spent two whole years training medically and assisting the doctors and nurses. There weren’t many people in Eden so you might have encountered one of the Ateez men there, though you weren’t sure if you would recognise each other now.
WHOA HOLY LORE DROP! I LOVE THIS; MORE YES PLEASE!! 🥸
“Then it is up to you, whatever you want me to be,.. Rival or friend.”
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
“The weather is getting colder. Bring a jacket or a scarf next time, will you?”
🥺seong🥺hwa🥺
“He’s never waved at me like that. I’ve been here for a decade,” Eunha pouted.
the amount of subtle special treatment is gonna kill me.. 💀💀
Hongjoong’s eyes betrayed him for just a second as he scanned your form, finding something oddly familiar about you. But his steel expressions returned and he shrugged lightly.
MY SYNAPSES ARE REACHING OUT FOR EACH OTHER SCREAMING 🫸🫷
Wendy said she wasn’t worried that you were working with him– at some point in this small sector, everyone had or would encounter him at least once in his life, directly or indirectly. However, she was worried that you would catch his eye, because according to her, you did not want to be involved with him personally in any way. He was a calculating and ruthless businessman with an ambition, and according to Wendy, that was something you were better off staying away from.
there's such a stark contrast between the people that work under HJ and the people who have worked against him/have heard of him. from insinuating he has reasons to be protective (but not elaborating) to calling him ruthless and calculating due to especially his past.
damn, everybody wants that damn wine, i'm getting fomo 🍷😑
“Just say you miss us and move on, Luna.”
SAN! 🫵🤫❗️
“All I can tell you is that if you’re lucky enough to break his walls… if he takes you under his wing, he won’t let anything hurt you. That’s the kind of person he is. He is the boss but he acts like a shield for us, and I wish I could do the same for him.”
like they're reaaally lathering up the honey which only makes me personally more reluctant to trust LMAO, sorry reader.
Seonghwa narrowed his eyes– how did you find out that he was aiming to become the next Minister of Health? It wasn’t publicly announced yet– he had yet to sign up as a candidate for that post. “You must have one hell of a source,” Seonghwa looked amused, glancing at Hongjoong who was smoking a cigar and now looking at you with mild interest.. “.. You must need Secretary Park to approve some drug in the future, right?”
ooh... oOOooh OHH!! ☝️🤓
And there it was. A stark reminder that you may have struck a deal with the queen, but you were still just a pawn in this game of chess where the king ruled. Weak and expendable– that’s what you were.
YASS QUEEN PARK SEONGHWAAA MENTION 🙂↕️🙂↕️🙂↕️
“Contact the RV spies and get any information you can on your little bookkeeper.”
Wait, wendy? So they definitely know Wendy is reader's roomate and trying to get her to spill? still unsure if reader knows about wendy's spy association or if that is a given/been said since she told reader all about what she knows of ateez (which she could have easily written off as general rumours.).
"this is the underworld that no one escapes from."
masterlist
ot8!ateez x f!reader, mafia au
chapter warnings: mentions of violence, gangs, drinking, shooting, near-death experience, illegal businesses, seonghwa and yunho are major assholes in this chap, san and yeosang have warmed up, mention of killing, etc
chapter wc: 9.8k
chapter synopsis: it is the year 1970 in eden when an attack on the crescent bar prompts you, the bookkeeper, to carry out yeosang’s order and flee with the contents of the safe. however, you are unlucky to have discovered an unknown, suspicious package that sentences you to an early death. left with no choice, you reveal secrets about the underworld to the crescents and their underboss that even they are not aware of. will this gamble prove to be fruitful?
It was very easy to get lost in the liveliness of the Crescent Bar. Despite being stationed away from the heart of it all, you often found yourself distracted by the chatter of a couple who would occasionally pop in for a drink, the hushed whispers of a group of men who would be looking over their shoulders every few minutes, the hearty laughter that would suddenly fill the hall and spread warmth in its wake, or simply, a lone traveller who would be swaying to the light music that you were actually sick of hearing but didn’t have the heart to complain about.
It was now second nature to jot in an observation or record transactions on an hourly basis, just like it was natural for you to take over the cashier’s place so the poor girl could take a break and move around. You no longer felt your hair rise every time you overheard a piece of information that you knew Yeosang or San would like to hear, nor did you feel your pores opening to release sweat every time they glanced your way– just like San did now, just having entered the bar and sent his trademark flirty smile in your direction.
“Restock champagne on table two, right away!”
“On the way!” You shouted instead of the new girl who was currently finding it hard to multitask. You didn’t have to worry about a thing– Yuju, the head of staff, noticed everything as if she had eyes in every corner of the bar. She would make sure to let the girl know that she was doing well with an encouraging pat to her back.
“They’re going to empty our inventory tonight,” Eunbi shared a grin with you. “We’re going to have to check the stock again.”
“I’ll take that– ask Jeonghan to wake the hell up and make sure we don’t run out,” you requested, sliding over to the cash register and typing in the latest entry, marking it with today’s date of 3rd April, 1970. Eunbi urged the waiters to speed up before rushing to the empty table at the left corner of the bar where Jeonghan was resting. She delivered the message with a smack and Jeonghan, who was never really asleep but just had a knack for pretending that he found the loud and bustling atmosphere of the bar relaxing, groggily walked across the hall to the door that led downstairs to check stock- or to get an actual nap. You would find that out later.
“Luna,” San greeted you with your nickname and you nodded in greeting– the nickname stuck with you after Jeonghan once called you Luna. Everyone started calling you by that name afterwards but only a handful knew it was short for lunatic and you intended to keep it that way.
You had no desire to use your real name anyway.
“Busy night?” San slid on the stool not far from you, Eunbi passing him a sweet smile before she started to pour Black Shadow for him- a staple of the Crescent Bar as the only supplier of the famous and well-loved Utopian wine in all of Eden. San swirled the red wine in his glass casually before downing it in one gulp and Eunbi refilled it before passing the bottle to you, going to attend to more pressing matters than one of the owners casually lounging to chat.
“Kind of,,” you turned to grab yourself a glass and San poured the wine for you. The clinking of your glasses echoed even in your loud surroundings and you took a sip, taking in his appearance- you assumed he must be returning from business since he was wearing a formal black suit, though he ditched his coat at the entrance. The white sleeves were rolled up, revealing his sturdy forearms with a thick silver watch on his left wrist and a silver band on his index finger- one you had never seen him without.
Your eyes travelled up to his face- tendrils of slick hair falling on his forehead. Choi San was one of the most attractive men you had ever seen, and hardly anyone could deny that.
The problem was that perhaps, he really did not realise how painfully attractive he was. The man was far too humble for his own good, despite being one of the most dangerous and powerful men in Eden.
“Heard something interesting of late?” He inquired routinely. It was always a bit more casual with him as compared to Yeosang. Yeosang was the boss around here, yes, but San was the one who kept things under control. The pair of them worked together very harmoniously and you admired that, even though you had qualms about whatever they were doing- whatever you thought they were doing. Almost two years here and you still had no idea just what it was that their gang did.
Gang, you called them though they preferred ‘organisation’. The cops preferred ‘criminal organisation’ but you supposed it was just semantics at this point. Their name was Ateez- you never heard that term directly from any of their mouths, but even a child recognised that name and knew to avoid them- or avoid trouble with them.
But officially, they were the Crescent Company, owner of the Crescent Bar and other businesses in Eden.
“Just politics,” you finished the rest of your drink, adjusting the lone pearl ring on your right hand. “Everyone’s a little antsy with what happened at the protest. They think it’s Assemblyman General Wi’s gang.”
“General Wi would never interfere like that, though,” San scoffed in amusement- perhaps he genuinely found the idea of a man like Major General Wi resorting to dirty means hilarious. “He’s far too smart for that.”
“He is,” you had to agree. “But who else to blame? Only someone from the military would dislike people protesting against martial law. There’s only one candidate for presidency who’s got influence in the army. They think General Wi’s success in the elections would mean the army would control the state.”
“Isn’t the army somewhat controlling the state already, though?” San pondered. “President Lee has ties with the army too.”
You may have gotten used to interacting with the most feared gang in Eden, but the mention of President Lee still made you shiver involuntarily. San had noticed it one too many times and though he hadn’t asked for an explanation, you were sure you would lack the words to describe this sentiment anyway. “President Lee… cannot be controlled by the army, or anyone for that matter. General Wi may be smart but he’s still easily influenced when met with someone of a higher status- that’s what I heard,” you added the last bit hoping it wouldn’t sound like a personal opinion.
San raised a brow at your comment- you often tried (and failed) to mask your personal opinions under the guise of news but whenever you shared something, he made sure to listen- and listen beneath what your words tried to cover up. He often found your opinions and predictions regarding politics holding some weight and he wasn’t quite sure if you were subconsciously very observant or purposely pretending to be unaware. He once asked you how you knew so much but when you didn’t discuss any information with him for a few weeks, he took the hint. You only reported officially to Yeosang and he could bet you found it easier to talk to him about these things because he wasn’t one to probe.
“Keep me updated,” San said and you nodded. “Yeosang must be inside?”
“He’s actually in Room no. 1- he has visitors.”
“Visitors?” San frowned. “Who?”
“Lieutenant Jeong and co.,” you said and San shook his head at the way you so formally addressed the man. He had told you before that no one ever referred to him as the ‘lieutenant’ but you didn’t know how else to refer to him. “I was in the office earlier so they decided to take the room.”
“That’s okay, I’ll pop in there,” he grabbed a handful of nuts from the counter before walking to the backside of the bar, disappearing in the shadows as he reached the VIP area. You took a deep breath, your mind once again wandering to the ‘guest’.
Lieutenant Jeong Yunho was not a guest here at all. He belonged here. If you thought Choi San was intimidating, you were wrong. You still recalled the first time you saw him right outside the bar, all roughed up, wiping the blood off his face with his sleeve but not a single scratch on him while a group of men around him writhed on the floor, clutching their mangled limbs. He met your eyes and your heart sank in the worst way possible- worse than the moment you were disowned by your own father. It was simply fear, and you hated feeling fear. You made up your mind to avoid him from then on but there was only so much you could do when you worked at the place he owned.
Oftentimes he came into the bar in the late hours of the night after wrapping up things in the main office and sat right where San had been sitting earlier in front of you, drinking the strongest wine available in silence- perhaps to sort his thoughts out. He didn’t mind you sitting near him and doing your paperwork, and you didn’t make him feel uncomfortable unlike the others who could not stop stealing glances at him- it wasn’t that you didn’t want to, but you simply could not. You didn’t want him to find out what kind of an effect he had on you.
Especially when he had the warmest laughter and his entire demeanour shifted around his comrades. It intrigued you because he felt like two different persons in one vessel. That was the only time you would allow yourself to steal glances at him- when he was distracted enough. Otherwise you didn’t dare look at him in fear that he might find something about you that you had been struggling to hide all your life.
Eunbi came back after serving a group of guests, whispering, “This one table- they were awfully quiet when I went to serve them. I don’t know if it’s because they’ve got some gossip they don’t want anyone to hear or if they’re going to try something stupid.”
You looked at her- Eunbi’s instincts were usually spot-on. “Which table?”
“Over there,” she glanced at the corner and sure enough, the group of four was already looking in your direction. You pretended to be unaffected, asking her to take over the register. While casually strolling towards the door that led to the basement at the other end of the hall, you passed their table, noticing how they resumed talking only after you were out of earshot.
Something was up. You went downstairs to see Jeonghan napping on the couch.
“Oi,” you poked his thigh and he stirred, opening an eye. You knew he wasn’t really asleep- he wasn’t one to let his guard down, but you supposed he could have his moments of peace. “Stock?”
“Enough for tonight but I’ll place an order for tomorrow before we leave,” he said. “What’s up?”
“There’s a group at table seven. Four young men, armed with guns, awfully quiet and jumpy. Care to take a look?”
“They could have just lost a bet. They might be collecting the remnants of their pride- you tend to do that in silence,” Jeonghan mused.
“Yeah, well, I’d rather you make sure,” you said. “Lieutenant Jeong is here. They’d be stupid to try anything- anything at all, even if it’s just throwing a tantrum.”
“Ah,” Jeonghan got up and smoothened his long dark hair. “I suppose I’ll ask them if they require a better drink to down their shame.”
“Whatever,” you sniggered before going back to your position upstairs. You watched Jeonghan don his jacket as he entered the floor and he looked around, meeting eyes with the group and you both noticed two things-
That their hands went to their hip where the weapons rested, and that they exchanged quick glances with each other. Jeonghan looked at you and you shook your head, urging him to skip the plan and alert the others- it might be an attempt at robbery or worse, but they were so stupid to do that, especially tonight.
“You’ve restocked their drinks?” You asked Eunbi.
“They just ordered another, Soojin is going to refill their drinks-”
“The new girl?” You shook your head, “She’s been jumpy all night. Stop her, right now. They’re armed, they might do something stupid-”
Before you could finish the sentence or Eunbi could carry out your order, the loud shatter of glass made you both flinch and hold on to each other as you ducked, splinters raining down on you and making you both hiss in pain when some of them met your skin. You tucked Eunbi closer before you raised your head over the counter to assess the situation-
Chaos was the word. Eunbi had been right to be suspicious- the men were now pointing guns at whoever dared to move and another gunshot sounded followed by a guttural yell of the waiter whose arm took the blow. You met eyes with Soojin who stood frozen in the middle of the room and you motioned for her to stay that way.
“No one move!” One of the men shouted, wide eyes relaying the threat. “I’ll shoot you if you move!”
“I’m going to take the register and go to the office,” you whispered to Eunbi who shook her head furiously.
“It’s too dangerous- they’ll shoot you,” Eunbi held your arms in panic but you pried her hands away, squeezing them assuringly.
“I’ll be fine- they won’t spot me. I have to hurry,” you told her and before she could insist, you started crawling away from her, keeping close to the wall and moving towards the backside of the bar, avoiding the shards of glass as best as you could. You had orders to follow- orders Yeosang trusted you would follow at a time like this. You could not disappoint him now after everything he had done for you.
The office was the nearest room from where you sat crouched and if you made a dash for it, you could probably go unnoticed- if the instigators didn’t catch movement from the corner of their eyes. They were too busy forcing the customers to line up against the walls so you could take this chance-
Without thinking any further, you gathered the material of your skirt and thanked the lord that you wore boots instead of your usual heels today as you took a few large steps to disappear into the shadows, now successfully out of their vision. You silently unlocked the door and entered the empty office, taking a deep breath once inside, the adrenaline rush making your head spin. After stealing just a few seconds to calm down, you opened the drawers to make sure nothing of importance was there and then you bent down to access the locker under the desk-
The locker of which you had the key to all this time, but never once checked the contents of. You remembered when Yeosang promoted you from cashier to bookkeeper and told you that not all their transactions were legal- you just had to keep a record and stay shut about it. That, you could do. You kept the key on you at all times, and you took it out from the inside of your skirt’s waistband, unlocking the safe and gathering the two registers and a small packet wrapped way too much to figure out what it held inside. You held the things close to your chest as you made your way out, peeking first to see if the commotion had moved away from your eyeshot.
You took a turn to the narrow space at your right that led to the back exit, but that was not your destination- the room at the end of that corridor had a passageway that led to another exit in the alley. You slowed down at the sound of footsteps and you wondered if they were coming from right behind you-
Before you knew it, you were being pulled inside the room with a twirl that ended up with your back slamming against the wall, a gasp producing from your lips and freezing midway when you realised just who had pinned you against the wall-
Lieutenant Jeong. And he did not look pleased.
“What do you think you’re doing?”
“Carrying out orders,” you breathed, realising just how tall and broad he was now that he was in front of you, bending to reach your height. You clutched the registers tighter reflexively, your left wrist still in his strong grip. “I’ve been instructed to flee with the contents of the safe in case of an attack.”
“By who?”
“Kang Yeosang,” you said, though you figured he already knew the answer. “I have the key.”
The man scanned you slowly as if that would give him all the answers to the questions he wasn’t asking. He knew you were the bookkeeper, but did he not know that Yeosang trusted you enough with this?
The sound of a few rushed footsteps caused him to let go of your wrists and you rubbed the skin there. It was Yuju accompanied by the manager, Mingyu, and they told Yunho that there were more men outside now.
“Did you figure out who’s behind the attack?” Yunho asked.
“Probably Chan’s gang,” Mingyu huffed, looking at you and relaxing when he saw that you were safe. “I’m going back to get the rest of the employees.”
“I’ll stay here and make sure they get out safely,” Yuju nodded, noticing the items you were clutching. “Luna- go. We’ll call you when things settle down.”
You looked at Yunho- though you didn’t need his permission, you knew that he could very well ruin things for you. He didn’t trust you- he had no reason to. He told you to wait and disappeared out of the room and Yuju widened her eyes in confusion.
“I mean… I can understand,” you shrugged. “Is everyone okay back there?”
“I don’t think they knew that Yunho and his lackeys were here,” Yuju folded her arms, hugging herself. “They’re going to regret it. Whoever it is… they’ll make him regret ever coming up with this plan.”
“Even if it was just San and Yeosang, they couldn’t have won,” you said and Yuju agreed. “They both go a little crazy too.”
“But Yunho-” she shivered. “He’s something else.”
Your lips twitched in amusement despite the gravity of the situation and moments later, Johnny- Yunho’s assistant- appeared, looking battered.
“I thought it was a gunfight- why does it look like you were in a catfight?” Yuju commented, slumping down on one of the chairs and Johnny shot her an annoyed look.
“One, I didn’t have a gun on me. Two- they touched my hair!” Johnny huffed and you looked at the man in disbelief, all the impression you had of him going down the drain. Yuju was familiar with Johnny so she didn’t seem very surprised at his childish outburst. “Anyone who messes with my face will get worse in return.”
“Understandable,” you muttered. “Can I go now?”
“Oh, you’re staying here,” Johnny urged you to take a seat. “You’re not going anywhere- Yunho’s orders.”
“Wow, okay,” you sank down on the chair. “And you don’t have a gun? If someone comes here and tries to take these away from me?”
“They’ll have to get past me, you don’t need to worry,” he grinned. “You can relax.”
You could, but you were far too nervous to. You didn’t realise how badly you were rocking your legs until Eunbi entered and you groaned in relief to see she was unscathed. “They almost shot me. I can never get used to this.”
“You will get used to it, one day,” you told her, holding her hands and Eunbi squeezed it with an anxious smile, wondering if that was why you seemed mostly unaffected.
The rest of the employees came one by one in a matter of a few minutes, recovering from the initial shock though it quickly wore off since all of you had experienced something like this at least once- and working in a bar owned by a gang, it was bound to happen anyway. Everyone knew better than to call them a ‘gang’ to their face, though- they had spent years to make their business and organisation legal.
Somewhat legal, you would argue as their bookkeeper who knew that wine wasn’t the only thing being consumed here. Your hand that was clutching the packet in its grip itched in answer and you looked at it in suspicion.
The few new employees like Soojin were definitely in shock and Yuju did her best to calm them down. Johnny was kind enough to crack jokes to lighten the mood and you were glad to see it was working. Some people really were here to make a living and you were sure you were going to lose a few employees after this incident.
The door opened and Yeosang entered, looking unharmed, almost unfazed. He talked with Yuju first in hushed voices- probably something about the damage they would have to deal with. When he spotted you, he smiled and called you over. You got up and followed him outside to the corridor.
“Glad to see someone followed their orders,” he commented.
“I would have gone to that building you’ve told me about but…”
“Yunho stopped you, I know.” He was going in the direction of Room no.1 where he had previously been in with Yunho but when you entered, you found not only San but Park Seonghwa as well, looking as posh as ever.
The underboss of Crescent Company, he was the one person in all of the gang that you truly had respect for- it didn’t matter that Park Seonghwa was a criminal. You had once seen him help a lost child find his mother, and another time seen him carry a cat with a broken leg in his arms, and that had changed everything. Not only you but the whole town was aware that Park Seonghwa was a man that possessed a functioning heart unlike most of the gangsters here.
However, you were soon going to find how wrong you had been.
“Miss Jeon, please, make yourself comfortable,” Seonghwa’s calm voice sounded and you looked at Yeosang instinctively- what was happening? He only smiled though it didn’t quite meet his eyes, pouring you a drink which you downed- you needed it now more than ever.
“I’m glad to see you’re alright,” Seonghwa said. “You have the contents of the locker?”
“Right here,” you placed them on the desk and Yunho shifted in discomfort.
“Thank you for keeping them safe,” the underboss took a deep breath. “I understand that you’ve been working here as the bookkeeper for a considerable amount of time now?”
“About a year, yes,” you straightened, suddenly aware of the tension in the room- even San appeared to be squirming, playing with the ends of his sleeves- you’d never seen him fidget like this. “What is this about, if I may ask?”
“And you… do you have some family? Someone you’ve been caring for?”
“Not in Eden, no,” you confirmed.
“Do you have any idea of what these items are?”
“That’s my registers,” you nudged the thick books. “I’ve recorded every transaction here, legal or not. And this…” you held the package in your hand. “I’m afraid I do not know, but if I have to assume… probably the drugs we slip to our VIPs here.”
Seonghwa met eyes with Yeosang who sighed. “I told you. She does not know, but she can be trusted.”
“We have a policy, Yeosang. I know we trust our employees, but the trust can only go so far.”
“If you could tell me what this is about,” you gritted your teeth, knowing fully well where this was going. “Maybe you should just talk to me, Mr. Park.”
“Well, here’s the thing,” he turned his attention to you, fixing his coat. “We cannot let you go since you’ve seen that,” he pointed at the package and you realised that it was not the drug that you were aware of.
But if not that, then what was it? You shook it slightly and felt the rustling of something powdery. It had to be a drug.
“And?” You countered. “I was assigned by one of you to take this and flee in case of an attack. I’ve simply followed orders.”
Seonghwa’s brow rose subconsciously and he shared a look with Yunho who looked amused- amused? You knew that people didn’t usually talk back to those in power, but you had once been there. They didn’t know that you once had power- some semblance of it, at least.
“I’ll be forward with you- we are not allowed to share that with anyone outside our circle, and anyone who does see that is subject to execution.”
You looked at Yeosang in disbelief- he knew that, yet he had still assigned you to carry out this job for him. He could have asked anyone, but he chose you, even when he knew Kihyun had recommended you. Kihyun, the leader of the longest standing gang here and Ateez’s partner. He knew how desperate you were for some stability in your life, yet he chose you.
“I chose you because I trusted you,” Yeosang offered, not meeting your eyes lest he saw how betrayed you felt. It didn’t matter anymore, though.
“You can’t kill me,” you told Yeosang. “You know who recommended me.”
“I’m sure they will understand,” Seonghwa answered in his stead.
“No, actually,” you tossed the packet on the table and folded your arms, liquid courage making its way up unfiltered as you met Yunho’s eyes- the one thing that you hid from him- from all of them. “I’m sure I’ll be much more useful alive.”
Yunho scoffed loudly, not quite believing the shift in your demeanour and the calculation in your voice, but Seonghwa leaned forward as if to question the sheer audacity that you displayed, and if you knew any better, you would have backed down and accepted your predetermined faith, but-
You still had unfinished business. You still had to take down the men of Eden who possessed power yet wielded it against their homeland. You still had to get back at your father for disowning you. You were far from your goal and you simply couldn’t stop here.
“Miss Jeon… how on earth could you be more useful alive to us?”
You mirrored Seonghwa’s posture, leaning forward as well and though the wide table separated the two of you, you could very well have been inches away considering how fixated your gazes were. “I know things about the people in power that even your angels do not know of, Mr. Park. I know how their minds work, I know their dirty little secrets. I know what to avoid when dealing with them. I could help you shake Eden’s current establishment- you should not kill me.”
A silence spread in the room as they processed your words and assessed your statement- was this a leap of faith or an act of stupidity? Whatever it was, it seemed to be enough. Seonghwa looked at Yunho again who seemed just as surprised as the rest.
“We could strike a deal,” you offered, relaxing back. While you knew that they could kill you right away and move on with their night, you decided that if you were really going to get killed, you could try something.
It wasn’t a bluff, no. You meant each word you said, but it was a gamble on your life.
“Luna,” Yeosang’s low voice prompted you to turn to him and adhere to his warning but you were still cross with him.
“What deal would that be?” Yunho finally spoke- you supposed that as consigliere to his boss, he handled these matters. “What information do you possess that is worth more than your life?”
“If I give it away right now, you won’t have any reason to keep me alive, would you?” You countered and San huffed in appreciation, making Yunho shoot daggers at him.
“What? She’s smart,” he pouted and you smiled inwardly, glad that he was still the same old San.
“You will have to give us something, darling,” Seonghwa straightened his gun on the table and though the action was casual, it felt like a mockery of how your life was literally in his- in their hands.
You leaned back to think- you had to play your cards right here, and very carefully. One wrong move and you’d be gone. What was it that you could reveal right now that would make them consider that you were a force to be reckoned with, and would also make them join hands with you? Could you make this mafia gang bend to your will, or were you asking for too much?
You looked around the room, meeting eyes with each one of them, calculating every possible move from here. Most of the information you had was something you couldn’t simply claim to know without blowing your real identity. If they started looking into your background properly this time, they would find out that your surname was borrowed and there was no record of you being here in Eden before 1966- that was four years ago. You came back from Wonderland in ‘66, having spent a few years there looking after your sick aunt and recovering from the shame and anger of being disowned by your father. You couldn’t tell them who your father was- it was far too early for that.
And since you couldn’t have them finding who your father was, you couldn’t let them know anything related to the pharmaceutical business your father owned, or his connections with the politicians- could you give them some information about a politician? President Lee, perhaps? But you weren’t sure how dangerous he was, maybe someone else-
Your eyes fell on an antique porcelain vase in the corner that looked awfully familiar. Your frown deepened as you tried to recall where you had seen it, and when it clicked, you realised you had your answer.
“You got that vase from Assemblyman Major General Wi, is that right?”
The four of them turned to look at the object you were pointing at. Yeosang confirmed that you were right. You couldn’t help but have your lips curl in a smirk. “You might want to return it. You don’t want to have an object that was used for money-laundering… unless you’re involved.”
Yeosang blinked in confusion, looking at the older two who seemed to be concealing any hints of emotions. San, however, looked just as confused as Yeosang. “How do you know that?”
“That’s not the point,” you told him. “The point is that General Wi’s artefact gallery is just a cover for his money-laundering business. Not a good look for a presidential candidate, is it?”
Seonghwa nodded, perhaps connecting some dots in his head and coming to the conclusion that you may be right. “I’m impressed, Miss Jeon. I will verify this information but I have a feeling that you’re speaking the truth.”
You nodded and Yeosang finally laughed in disbelief. “Who are you really, Luna?”
“Your bookkeeper who’s asking that you take consideration of my loyalty and make a deal,” you said and when Yeosang nodded, you continued. “I… I, too, have unfinished business. You know I was desperate to have stability when I first got a job here- it wasn’t always like this. I will give you all the information that you need as long as you protect me as your source. As long as you keep me safe, because you and I,” you turned to Seonghwa. “We have the same goals.”
“And what might that be?”
“Power and protection,” you said, sure that you were right about the first part but when Seonghwa’s brows twitched, you realised that the shot in the dark with ‘protection’ wasn’t fruitless. “We’ve all got something or someone to protect. I’m protecting myself. You’re protecting your people.”
“You’re very talkative… Luna,” Yunho commented and your heart fluttered at the way he called your name- only the nickname, yet you were wavering. You mentally scolded yourself. “This could be the only information you possess. Not enough.”
“Oh, please,” you countered. “You know I have more- I can’t be running on sheer confidence here. But don’t think for one second that you can torture that information out of me,” you said and when Yunho smiled guiltily, you somehow found yourself smiling back despite the fact that your life was on the line. “Protect me and I’ll make sure your boss overthrows the current establishment and becomes the most powerful man in Eden.”
“Protect you from who?” Yunho asked and you gulped involuntarily, recalling the darkness and emptiness in the eyes of the person the whole nation admired.
“I can’t say yet, just… keep me in the shadows, for now. Please.”
Yunho looked at Seonghwa- you couldn’t be making this up. Yeosang asked you to go home and that they would give you an answer soon. When you left the room, Yeosang sat down next to San.
“You’re thinking what I’m thinking?”
“She’s not lying, yes,” San confirmed and Yeosang nodded. “She’s only ever worked, right? We’ve been seeing her for a year now. Work and home is all she does, isn’t that so?”
“Yes. I kept an eye on her for a few months before I assigned her with bookkeeping duties- she has no family here. Just a few acquaintances- Kihyun of MX Pharmaceuticals, which I thought was odd, but they were a gang before they became a pharmaceutical company, so maybe she encountered them at some point. They literally know everyone.”
“And her roommate just so happens to be Wendy.”
“I dismissed it as a coincidence. She couldn’t be one of the RV spies, could she?”
“Nope. They’re far too meticulous.”
“You assigned bookkeeping to a person who was acquainted with both Kihyun and Wendy?” Yunho raised his brows in disbelief. “That’s too big a coincidence, guys.”
“Wendy is under a disguise, Luna probably doesn’t know what she actually does,” Yeosang said. “Besides… I trust her. I really believe it wasn’t necessary to just kill her like that. It’s not like she knows what’s inside this,” Yeosang poked the packet with his finger.
“I don’t think Chan’s gang got a whiff of our drug dealing,” Seonghwa sighed, running a hand through his lengthy locks. “They must have attacked just to get us riled up. They wish to tarnish our reputation because General Wi is choosing sides.”
“We really need to check if the thing about the artefacts gallery is true,” Yunho said. “If it is, we have to tread carefully. Hongjoong will be pissed to learn what happened tonight.”
“I’ll take care of him,” Seonghwa got up. “This girl… Luna?”
“That’s what everyone calls her here,” Yeosang said and Seonghwa nodded slowly.
“She’s something. I’ll verify her information- it’s probably true. Tell her we’ve got a new job for her.”
When you bluffed your way out of your death- though you hadn’t really lied, you did hold information that could ruin Eden- you didn’t expect that you’d find yourself with a new job in the main office of the Crescent Company. You paused in the middle of recording the last entries of the day and your job, only to catch Yeosang watching you with interest.
You folded your arms, staring back and pulling your lower lip between your teeth in contemplation.
“Are you sure this isn’t just a trap to kill me? You could just shoot me and get on with your day, why go through all these lengths?”
Yeosang’s rich laughter boomed in the office room and you sent a tired glare in his direction before going back to checking the receipts of the new stock.
“We would have killed you last night if we really wanted to.”
The nonchalance with which he said that sent a bitter taste down your throat, reminding you of familiar words you had heard a few years ago, but you knew that this situation was different- you had to believe that they were different. Otherwise, there was no hope left for Eden.
“I’m still mad that you signed me up for death with this job, by the way. That was a low blow.”
“You are our first bookkeeper,” Yeosang said in response. “We just didn’t know what to do… does that sound like a good excuse?”
“Hardly,” you muttered. “I thought we were… acquaintances, if not friends. I respected you, Yeosang.”
Yeosang put a hand on his chest. “Respected? Do you hate me now?”
“I can’t really hate you when you’re… you,” you shut the register, looking at him.
You had spent long hours with Yeosang in this very office. Somehow, with him, it had always been naturally comfortable and he once admitted that he thought it was odd how you both could be in the same room, busy with your own work yet feeling right at home. Though you barely ever had a heart-to-heart with the man, the impression that he was a scary gangster had vanished long ago. He was scary when he had to be, but he just felt more human than his partners.
“What does that mean?”
“I’m just a little hurt that you delivered me on a platter to your underboss for him to do whatever he wanted with me. Try to understand,” you explained. “And I still respect you, don’t worry.”
“He wouldn’t have killed you. I would have stopped him,” Yeosang insisted.
“You were more nervous than me,” you scoffed.
“I was nervous for you, that you were going to make a mistake and he would really have to kill you,” Yeosang admitted and you blinked in surprise. “But you did just fine on your own. Are you not going to tell me who you really are?”
“I can’t tell you that yet,” you told him. “I trust you just enough to gamble with my life, but I’ll reveal things only when I’m sure the information would be in safe hands. You have to trust me a little too. It’s not like I can betray you- where would I even go? You’re all going to kill me if I make a mistake anyway.”
Yeosang nodded- you had a point. “Have you got nothing to lose?”
“I’ve already lost everything that I had,” you shook your head. “I’ve only got my life now.”
“I have a feeling you’ll do well in the main office,” Yeosang clapped his hands once in conclusion. “Since you’re already aware that we’re doing both legal and illegal dealings, you can do bookkeeping there. I have to warn you though- if information ever leaks, they will kill you without hesitation.”
“Geez, thanks,” you winced. “Tell me something new.”
“I don’t know where you got the guts to talk back to me,” Yeosang laughed, shaking his head once. “But keep this up and you won’t last long.”
“Why?” You leaned forward on the table in challenge. “Are you and San the only ones who can converse like normal humans?”
“We’re always just a little tipsy,” Yeosang said cheekily and you realised he was right. “You shouldn’t see me when I’m sober.”
You pursed your lips, realising that he was right- if he was anything like the rest of his gang, he had to be drunk all this time if he could tolerate you, a mere employee, talking like you were on his level.
“Snob,” you muttered and got up to put these registers with the rest of the piles, ignoring Yeosang’s snickers. “Alright, my work here is done.”
“You’re fired,” Yeosang announced with a grin. “I’ve wanted to say that to you for so long.”
“You’re hopeless! I’ve been promoted, not fired,” you corrected.
“Whatever,” Yeosang got up, checking the time on his wristwatch. “San will be here in a few minutes- he’ll accompany you to the main office. You can say your farewells but you’ll be here often. It’s not a goodbye.”
“Okay,” you stood awkwardly for a moment, looking around- the beige walls with paint peeling in the corner, the dark shelves and furniture, the gramophone in one corner that you never played because you could always hear music from outside.
“I’ll miss this,” you took a deep breath, nodding as you memorised and soaked in the feeling of this room.
“You’ll be back,” he assured, giving you a moment. “Now off you go.”
Sticking your tongue out at him, very out-of-character for you and taking him by surprise, you exited the office. You could hear what his response would have been- ‘just because we decided to keep you alive doesn’t mean that you can act out!’ but it was exactly that. If you had their protection, you would act out- just not to them.
To the people who wore the cloaks of saints over their demonic hearts and ruled over Eden.
“Luna!,” Eunbi spread her arms as soon as she spotted you and you gladly let her hug you. “I’m gonna miss you so much.”
“I’m hearing I’ll be here often, so you won’t have to worry too much,” you poked her ribs, making her squirm as she laughed. “Just stay safe. And no matter what, do not become their bookkeeper.”
Eunbi frowned at that but before she could ask you more, the bell over the front door chimed and you knew it was San the way the bar suddenly fell quiet. You let go of Eunbi and patted her cheek before meeting eyes with San who waved at you.
Waved. You were a little pleased to see that the new arrangement was as awkward for him as it was for you. Eunbi echoed that out loud with a ‘did he just…?’ and you told her to get back to the counter.
“Hi,” San stifled a smile. “Good to see you’re still in one piece.”
“No thanks to you,” you countered. “Shall we?”
“I’m just going to let Yeosang know that I’m here,” San said, finally chuckling. “Look, if it helps, Seonghwa wasn’t really going to kill you.”
“I keep hearing that, but it just feels like you’re trying to convince yourselves instead of me,” you shook your head. “It doesn’t matter. I'll say my farewell to Yuju.”
You agreed to meet outside in five minutes and you went to find Yuju, who told you to stay safe. Jeonghan looked more worried than Yuju- he had overheard some of their conversation last night about them getting rid of you but you assured him it was alright now. You just found out something you shouldn’t have so they were just being cautious. Though he didn’t look convinced, he let you go with an affectionate pat to your shoulder and a joke about how no one is going to let him nap in peace anymore.
Before you went outside, you took a look in the mirror and adjusted your black slacks and the rounded collar of your cream blouse before wearing your black coat over it. San was already waiting for you in his car- a black ‘67 Bentley- and you got in the backseat, your heart beating in anticipation.
“It’s not a long drive from here,” San said, “But I thought as an apology, I’d give you a ride.”
“I’ve been in better cars, but I appreciate the sentiment,” you said and San deadpan stared at you. You squirmed, realising an explanation would entail revealing details from your background. “I mean… the condition could definitely improve.”
“Yeah, it’s been through a lot, you’re right, “ San let out a chuckle before glancing at you. “You’re not going to tell me where exactly you’ve been in better cars? Because as far as I know, you were struggling to make a living when you first got a job here.”
“That was because I moved back from Wonderland after a long time,” you fiddled with your pearl ring. “Anyone would struggle.”
“And how do you really know Kihyun?”
Kihyun- he was almost like a brother to you. As a child, you had often seen him go in and out of your house because of some business dealings with your father. Though your father kept you hidden for the most part, having homeschooled you and pretending that you were his niece instead of daughter, Kihyun knew. He was far too smart to be deceived by a simple lie, and your brother had made it painfully obvious that he hated you for a reason. And when everything went wrong, Kihyun was there as a shield.
He had offered you a place in his company too, but you could not possibly involve Kihyun into your plans for the demise of your enemies. You respected him far too much to drag him into your mess.
“He’s just a connection- we have a few mutual acquaintances.”
“And who might they be?” San asked but you shook your head.
“I can’t reveal their identities… yet,” you said and when he narrowed his eyes, you stifled a smile. “Is there something I should know before we reach the office?”
“Well,” San exhaled, thinking. “It’s going to be quite different from the bar- more professional and tense. I’m sure the secretaries you’ll work with will warm up to you eventually but they might come off as unwelcoming or prickly at first.”
“We’ll see,” you said. “And… will I be interacting with… one of you often?”
“Why?” San questioned, a playful smile gracing his lips. “Is there someone you’d like to interact with?”
“That’s not what I mean-” you started but the car came to a halt and with a dirty look thrown in San’s direction, you got out of the car and craned your neck to look at the double-story building that was the main office for Crescent Company.
It wasn’t anything much, and you knew that that was intentional. Just like all the other office buildings in this somewhat posh area of the town, it had a chestnut brick wall with a new moon that made up for the ‘c’ in crescent. The guard situated at the front door bowed to San as you entered. The employees inside acknowledged San’s presence, halting what they were doing and only resuming once San nodded. There were a handful of them- a receptionist and a few workers coming in and out of the unlabelled rooms. You supposed everyone was assigned a task and had respective offices.
“This is us,” San announced, motioning at the somewhat lifeless interior. “Nothing much, and we would like to keep it that way. You’ll be working upstairs with Jihoon and Eunha- they are our boss’ secretary.”
“Mr. Park’s?” You questioned as you followed him at the end of the hall towards the stairs.
“And Hongjoong’s,” San said and you paused in the middle of ascending the stairs.
“I’m going to work for Kim Hongjoong?”
“Relax,” San snickered. “He’s always holed up in his office if he’s not in the field, and Jihoon does the assistant work. You won’t encounter him too much.”
“That’s not the point,” you muttered. You reached the upper story to see three rooms across the spacious hall which was set up as an office itself. There were two people working in that space, sitting in front of the windows where there were three desks in a row. It didn’t look out of place since their workspaces were spread across the entirety of the hall. The empty desk looked a bit odd, though, and you reckoned it had been set for you which meant they must have moved things around a bit.
“I’ll leave you to get acquainted with them,” San said. “There won’t be much to do for a few days until they think you can handle the work.”
When Jihoon’s burning gaze met yours indicating his annoyance- already?- you gulped. Perhaps, you should have stuck to the bar or denied their offer. Jihoon was quick to change his expressions as he rose from his seat.
“Mr. Choi,” Jihoon greeted and Eunha looked a bit surprised as if she hadn’t heard you two come. She followed with her own greeting, tucking her short pink hair behind her ear in what looked like a nervous habit.
“This is… Jeon y/n- the new secretary. I hope you’ll train her well. She’s already familiar with bookkeeping so I don’t think she’ll have to learn much.”
“No worries, we’ll handle it,” Jihoon said. “Nice to meet you, Miss Jeon.”
“Nice to meet you too. You can just call me Luna- everyone does.”
“That’s a pretty name,” Eunha shook hands with you. “This is your desk, and I’ll give you a walkthrough before Jihoon takes you around the office, is that okay?”
“Sure,” you nodded, feeling hopeful. You turned to San. “I think I got it from here.”
“Very well,” San nodded. “Take care of her- she’s got potential.”
Jihoon only smiled in response and as soon as San was out of sight, he slumped down on his desk and went back to typing. You turned to Eunha who only smiled awkwardly, muttering ‘he’s a bit cranky at times’ and you shrugged. You could deal with cranky.
Eunha told you about your duties- bookkeeping since you had experience, typing a report each night that Mr. Park or Mr. Jeong would be signing, and any other miscellaneous tasks that Eunha and Jihoon couldn’t cover in their shift hours. Once she was done briefing, she handed you over to Jihoon who made a display of grunting in annoyance before he guided you downstairs to the last room which was essentially a storage.
“You must know that not all the business under the Crescent Company is legal,” he said and you nodded. “Where would you keep the record of illegal transactions?”
“Definitely not here?”
“Here,” he corrected, “but concealed while still being right in front of your eyes. In the case of a raid by the detectives because a certain inspector has been on our case for a while, they will take everything in here, right? The illegal transactions are kept in a safe behind that painting,” he pointed towards the mediocre painting of cherry trees in the darkest corner of the room.
“And the key?”
“A code, this time,” he said. “I’m still hesitant about sharing it with you but Mr. Choi said you could be trusted.”
“I’ve handled such matters before, yes,” you told him, understanding why he was sceptical about you. “There’s a reason I’m here.”
“That is definitely not the reason why you’re here,” Jihoon scoffed loudly. “Just because you passed a little trust test does not mean you get a position as the boss’s secretary. Eunha and I have worked under them since the beginning- that’s a plausible reason. They trust us.”
Though you wanted to argue with the man, you decided that you would be better off being civil towards him if you had to tolerate him to keep your job.
“Who else knows the key?”
“Apart from the boss, underboss and consigliere… only Eunha and I. So if information leaks, if the location of the safe leaks-”
“I’ll be the obvious suspect, of course,” you nodded and Jihoon considered you for a moment before acknowledging your answer.
“Our schedules are going to change now, so there is always at least one person out of the three of us in the office at all times, though the three of us must always be present in the 12 to 2pm slot. In case of an emergency, you are expected- obliged to get down here and escape with the contents of this safe, is that clear?”
“Clear as day,” you confirmed.
“1024 is the code,” Jihoon said and you nodded, memorising it. “Now, let me show you where we keep the official records.”
You took note of every little thing Jihoon had to tell you. Eunha observed how you worked for the rest of the evening and made you acquainted with the methods that you were to use. You were familiar with the work- you had already been in charge of tracking expenses, monitoring budget and keeping a record of all the financial transactions in the Crescent Bar. Eunha was going to take care of tax payments and returns while Jihoon was going to supervise.
It was a manageable workload so you were pleased with your current position- you just hoped the two would warm up to you soon. You did not expect them to get along with you, you just prayed they would remain civil and not stir any trouble.
Your schedule was going to change from the next day and your shift was from 6pm to midnight- or more, if the need be- and you would also have to be present in the 12 to 2 pm slot. Since you were going to be the one who would lock up the office, you received a set of keys which included one for the storage, one for the main door, and one for Jeong Yunho’s office- in case he or Park Seonghwa weren’t present- to lock away those documents. You were to place them in the cupboard in Mr. Jeong’s room.
While you were in the office today, you didn’t encounter any of your bosses. You figured their absence wasn’t unusual since no one was talking about them. Eunha helped you prepare the report that you were to hand over tonight in her stead if anyone did visit the office because she had a work appointment and needed to be there. She told you to make sure that all the locks are in place before you leave for home.
While you waited for the clock to strike midnight- which was about twenty minutes from now- you busied yourself with scratching your pencil at a piece of paper that was going to be discarded anyway. One thing that calmed you like nothing else was the feeling of the pencil’s lead rubbing against the grains of the paper and leaving a mark for you to play with. With a very specific picture in your mind, you continued to draw straight lines, sharp curves and edges, adding the elements of threat and danger where needed, but preserving the softness of it all-
“What are you doing here?”
You looked up to find not the person you were hoping to see but the person you wanted to avoid the most.
Jeong Yunho.
Lieutenant Jeong Yunho, all dressed up in a black suit with engraved silver buttons, the black tie loose on his neck, his hands hidden in the pockets of his pants. Your eyes travelled up to his parted lips, to the muscles of his jaw flexing and unflexing, to his dark gaze trained not on you but lower- what was he looking at-
You subconsciously put a hand over your incomplete sketch and got up in greeting. “Lieutenant Jeong. I have the report- Eunha had a work engagement.”
“I see,” he nodded slowly as if still coming to terms that you were to work here now. You could return the sentiment- it was a strange feeling to see him here. You had acknowledged each other’s presence in silence and at rare times, shared a drink (you didn’t often drink at the bar). But standing across each other in this formal setting…
“Well?”
You broke out of your trance, feeling heat creep up your neck. Perhaps, you were waiting for him to call you to his office. Had you expected him to do that because Yeosang had done the same once? He had been so nonchalant about everything but right now, you felt overwhelmed. You fumbled with the folders until you dug out the report, cursing yourself internally because why didn’t you place it right on the top?
You extended your hand and he drew closer to grab the document from you, reminding you once again of how tall he was. You gulped- there was no way to explain what you were feeling except a crushing sense of intimidation that made you feel so very small. It had been about a year, yet whenever you were in his presence, your mind took you back to memory lane-
Specifically the lane near the bar where he ended his enemies and found you watching. Neither of you ever addressed why you had been there or why he had done all of that mercilessly.
“Looks fine,” he said, turning the few pages and skimming through them. “You can leave now- it’s almost closing time. I’ll lock the doors behind me”
“Alright…” were you two the only ones inside the building? “Goodnight, Lieutenant.”
“You don’t have to call me lieutenant, you know,” he said and you met his eyes again, finding the ends of his lips slightly curled in a… smile? Or was that a smirk?
“How would you have me address you then?”
Somehow, it oddly reminded you of a similar conversation you had with Yeosang, except you had been calling him ‘sir’ and he couldn’t stop snorting everytime you called him that. He let it be for the entire day until he told you to just call him Yeosang- calling him sir in an informal environment only earned him odd looks. You argued that apart from the selected few employees, literally everyone called him ‘sir’ or a variation of it, but he insisted that you already sounded like something was stuck up your [redacted] and he didn’t want to add on to that.
That was the only time he saw your composure break. The rest was history.
The consigliere shrugged, giving you yet another glimpse of the person he was. He didn’t like to be called lieutenant, even though this was a formal environment.
“Mr. Jeong then, since everyone calls you that,” you concluded.
“And do you still go by Luna?”
“I… do.”
He nodded once, his gaze falling at the paper you were hiding from him. You kept your hand placed over it and he turned, disappearing into his office. You didn’t miss the frustrated grunt that escaped his mouth as he shut the door.
Your shoulders relaxed and you picked the paper- he had definitely seen and recognised the gun that you had just seen last night on the table, and he probably recognised the hand that held it as well- the long, slender fingers that radiated delicacy despite being roughed up.
The hand of the underboss of Crescent Company. Someone you had wished to meet before the night ended.
~ next chapter
-> apply for the taglist here! (check your privacy setting if the tags don't work)
He once asked you how you knew so much but when you didn’t discuss any information with him for a few weeks, he took the hint.
this is sooo 😭😭 omg the attitude. like you want the information or not? hehekhkeek😌
You didn’t want him to find out what kind of an effect he had on you.
damn, we are predetermined weak in the knees for yunho, sigh..
You had orders to follow- orders Yeosang trusted you would follow at a time like this. You could not disappoint him now after everything he had done for you.
ooh, yeosang and reader backstory 👀 this little excerpt also kind of added a little more warmth to the scene, idk how else to explain it
bro, mingyu as the manager? nah 😭😭😭
oooh, is this a skz rival gang sidestory 👀
“..One, I didn’t have a gun on me. Two- they touched my hair!” Johnny huffed and you looked at the man in disbelief, all the impression you had of him going down the drain.
the second i read johnny is involved i knew he'd be there for comedic relief
Not only you but the whole town was aware that Park Seonghwa was a man that possessed a functioning heart unlike most of the gangsters here.
OUR BABYYYYPIEEE 😭😭
They didn’t know that you once had power- some semblance of it, at least.
👉😳❓
“I’ll be forward with you- we are not allowed to share that with anyone outside our circle, and anyone who does see that is subject to execution.”
YOU PUT ME IN THIS MESS KANG YEOSAAAANG 👊😫💢
“If I give it away right now, you won’t have any reason to keep me alive, would you?” You countered and San huffed in appreciation, making Yunho shoot daggers at him. “What? She’s smart,” he pouted and you smiled inwardly, glad that he was still the same old San.
MY SAAAN SNNCKSJS 🙂↕️🙂↕️ he rooting for us fr
“You’re very talkative… Luna,” Yunho commented and your heart fluttered at the way he called your name- only the nickname, yet you were wavering.
GET UP OFF THE FLOOR NEEEOOOW READER!!
“But don’t think for one second that you can torture that information out of me,” you said and when Yunho smiled guiltily, you somehow found yourself smiling back despite the fact that your life was on the line.
ALRIGHT! NVM! THEY'RE BOTH FREAKS. WRAP IT UP.. 🚶♀️➡️
.. You had to believe that they were different. Otherwise, there was no hope left for Eden.
that's a lot of unprompted (?) trust in people you did NOT know.
“He wouldn’t have killed you. I would have stopped him,” Yeosang insisted.
HM.....MMMMM.... 🤨😑🤨
“You’re fired,” Yeosang announced with a grin. “I’ve wanted to say that to you for so long.”
i wheezed so bad to this, oh my god 💀💀
If you had their protection, you would act out- just not to them. To the people who wore the cloaks of saints over their demonic hearts and ruled over Eden.
daaamn, okaaay.. i'm liking them!! miss lunatic indeed. 😏
THE PEEEARLS MAN OMG YOU KEEP BRINGING THEM UP AND I'M LIKE ✍️👀 trying not to choke on a gasp.
“And… will I be interacting with… one of you often?”“Why?” San questioned, a playful smile gracing his lips. “Is there someone you’d like to interact with?”
“That’s not what I mean-”
I HATE HOW WELL I CAN PICTURE HIS SMUG ASS FACE LIKE KSJKLJDNF
One thing that calmed you like nothing else was the feeling of the pencil’s lead rubbing against the grains of the paper and leaving a mark for you to play with.
this just made me want to keep reader in a little terrarium with everything they need and want just so i can watch them tenderly. 🥹 protect them at all costs.
You looked up to find not the person you were hoping to see but the person you wanted to avoid the most. Jeong Yunho.
just.. ✍️✍️✍️
The hand of the underboss of Crescent Company. Someone you had wished to meet before the night ended.
are we trying to cope? also, huh? why seonghwa? maybe she believes that seonghwa (outside of hongjoong who she seems less open to meet) is the one who could assist her personal revenge best?
PSA: Fic writers do not mind when you spazz in their fic’s tags. They encourage it. It fuels them. Do not be afraid to be feral in reblog tags. You are not bothering anyone. You’re feeding into the sense of community we’re trying to rebuild.
